Title: 'Amazon Web Services' Analytics Services
Version: 0.9.0
Description: Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' 'analytics' services, including 'Elastic MapReduce' 'Hadoop' and 'Spark' big data service, 'Elasticsearch' search engine, and more https://aws.amazon.com/.
License: Apache License (≥ 2.0)
URL: https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.analytics
BugReports: https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues
Imports: paws.common (≥ 0.8.0)
Suggests: testthat
Encoding: UTF-8
RoxygenNote: 7.3.2
Collate: 'athena_service.R' 'athena_interfaces.R' 'athena_operations.R' 'cloudsearch_service.R' 'cloudsearch_interfaces.R' 'cloudsearch_operations.R' 'cloudsearchdomain_service.R' 'cloudsearchdomain_interfaces.R' 'cloudsearchdomain_operations.R' 'datapipeline_service.R' 'datapipeline_interfaces.R' 'datapipeline_operations.R' 'datazone_service.R' 'datazone_interfaces.R' 'datazone_operations.R' 'elasticsearchservice_service.R' 'elasticsearchservice_interfaces.R' 'elasticsearchservice_operations.R' 'emr_service.R' 'emr_interfaces.R' 'emr_operations.R' 'entityresolution_service.R' 'entityresolution_interfaces.R' 'entityresolution_operations.R' 'firehose_service.R' 'firehose_interfaces.R' 'firehose_operations.R' 'glue_service.R' 'glue_interfaces.R' 'glue_operations.R' 'gluedatabrew_service.R' 'gluedatabrew_interfaces.R' 'gluedatabrew_operations.R' 'healthlake_service.R' 'healthlake_interfaces.R' 'healthlake_operations.R' 'ivs_service.R' 'ivs_interfaces.R' 'ivs_operations.R' 'ivsrealtime_service.R' 'ivsrealtime_interfaces.R' 'ivsrealtime_operations.R' 'kafka_service.R' 'kafka_interfaces.R' 'kafka_operations.R' 'kafkaconnect_service.R' 'kafkaconnect_interfaces.R' 'kafkaconnect_operations.R' 'kendra_service.R' 'kendra_interfaces.R' 'kendra_operations.R' 'kendraranking_service.R' 'kendraranking_interfaces.R' 'kendraranking_operations.R' 'kinesis_service.R' 'kinesis_interfaces.R' 'kinesis_operations.R' 'kinesisanalytics_service.R' 'kinesisanalytics_interfaces.R' 'kinesisanalytics_operations.R' 'kinesisanalyticsv2_service.R' 'kinesisanalyticsv2_interfaces.R' 'kinesisanalyticsv2_operations.R' 'mturk_service.R' 'mturk_interfaces.R' 'mturk_operations.R' 'opensearchingestion_service.R' 'opensearchingestion_interfaces.R' 'opensearchingestion_operations.R' 'opensearchservice_service.R' 'opensearchservice_interfaces.R' 'opensearchservice_operations.R' 'opensearchserviceserverless_service.R' 'opensearchserviceserverless_interfaces.R' 'opensearchserviceserverless_operations.R' 'quicksight_service.R' 'quicksight_interfaces.R' 'quicksight_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R'
NeedsCompilation: no
Packaged: 2025-03-14 09:19:09 UTC; dyfanjones
Author: David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph]
Maintainer: Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com>
Repository: CRAN
Date/Publication: 2025-03-14 12:00:02 UTC

Amazon Athena

Description

Amazon Athena is an interactive query service that lets you use standard SQL to analyze data directly in Amazon S3. You can point Athena at your data in Amazon S3 and run ad-hoc queries and get results in seconds. Athena is serverless, so there is no infrastructure to set up or manage. You pay only for the queries you run. Athena scales automatically—executing queries in parallel—so results are fast, even with large datasets and complex queries. For more information, see What is Amazon Athena in the Amazon Athena User Guide.

If you connect to Athena using the JDBC driver, use version 1.1.0 of the driver or later with the Amazon Athena API. Earlier version drivers do not support the API. For more information and to download the driver, see Accessing Amazon Athena with JDBC.

Usage

athena(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- athena(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_named_query Returns the details of a single named query or a list of up to 50 queries, which you provide as an array of query ID strings
batch_get_prepared_statement Returns the details of a single prepared statement or a list of up to 256 prepared statements for the array of prepared statement names that you provide
batch_get_query_execution Returns the details of a single query execution or a list of up to 50 query executions, which you provide as an array of query execution ID strings
cancel_capacity_reservation Cancels the capacity reservation with the specified name
create_capacity_reservation Creates a capacity reservation with the specified name and number of requested data processing units
create_data_catalog Creates (registers) a data catalog with the specified name and properties
create_named_query Creates a named query in the specified workgroup
create_notebook Creates an empty ipynb file in the specified Apache Spark enabled workgroup
create_prepared_statement Creates a prepared statement for use with SQL queries in Athena
create_presigned_notebook_url Gets an authentication token and the URL at which the notebook can be accessed
create_work_group Creates a workgroup with the specified name
delete_capacity_reservation Deletes a cancelled capacity reservation
delete_data_catalog Deletes a data catalog
delete_named_query Deletes the named query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query was saved
delete_notebook Deletes the specified notebook
delete_prepared_statement Deletes the prepared statement with the specified name from the specified workgroup
delete_work_group Deletes the workgroup with the specified name
export_notebook Exports the specified notebook and its metadata
get_calculation_execution Describes a previously submitted calculation execution
get_calculation_execution_code Retrieves the unencrypted code that was executed for the calculation
get_calculation_execution_status Gets the status of a current calculation
get_capacity_assignment_configuration Gets the capacity assignment configuration for a capacity reservation, if one exists
get_capacity_reservation Returns information about the capacity reservation with the specified name
get_database Returns a database object for the specified database and data catalog
get_data_catalog Returns the specified data catalog
get_named_query Returns information about a single query
get_notebook_metadata Retrieves notebook metadata for the specified notebook ID
get_prepared_statement Retrieves the prepared statement with the specified name from the specified workgroup
get_query_execution Returns information about a single execution of a query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query ran
get_query_results Streams the results of a single query execution specified by QueryExecutionId from the Athena query results location in Amazon S3
get_query_runtime_statistics Returns query execution runtime statistics related to a single execution of a query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query ran
get_session Gets the full details of a previously created session, including the session status and configuration
get_session_status Gets the current status of a session
get_table_metadata Returns table metadata for the specified catalog, database, and table
get_work_group Returns information about the workgroup with the specified name
import_notebook Imports a single ipynb file to a Spark enabled workgroup
list_application_dpu_sizes Returns the supported DPU sizes for the supported application runtimes (for example, Athena notebook version 1)
list_calculation_executions Lists the calculations that have been submitted to a session in descending order
list_capacity_reservations Lists the capacity reservations for the current account
list_databases Lists the databases in the specified data catalog
list_data_catalogs Lists the data catalogs in the current Amazon Web Services account
list_engine_versions Returns a list of engine versions that are available to choose from, including the Auto option
list_executors Lists, in descending order, the executors that joined a session
list_named_queries Provides a list of available query IDs only for queries saved in the specified workgroup
list_notebook_metadata Displays the notebook files for the specified workgroup in paginated format
list_notebook_sessions Lists, in descending order, the sessions that have been created in a notebook that are in an active state like CREATING, CREATED, IDLE or BUSY
list_prepared_statements Lists the prepared statements in the specified workgroup
list_query_executions Provides a list of available query execution IDs for the queries in the specified workgroup
list_sessions Lists the sessions in a workgroup that are in an active state like CREATING, CREATED, IDLE, or BUSY
list_table_metadata Lists the metadata for the tables in the specified data catalog database
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags associated with an Athena resource
list_work_groups Lists available workgroups for the account
put_capacity_assignment_configuration Puts a new capacity assignment configuration for a specified capacity reservation
start_calculation_execution Submits calculations for execution within a session
start_query_execution Runs the SQL query statements contained in the Query
start_session Creates a session for running calculations within a workgroup
stop_calculation_execution Requests the cancellation of a calculation
stop_query_execution Stops a query execution
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to an Athena resource
terminate_session Terminates an active session
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from an Athena resource
update_capacity_reservation Updates the number of requested data processing units for the capacity reservation with the specified name
update_data_catalog Updates the data catalog that has the specified name
update_named_query Updates a NamedQuery object
update_notebook Updates the contents of a Spark notebook
update_notebook_metadata Updates the metadata for a notebook
update_prepared_statement Updates a prepared statement
update_work_group Updates the workgroup with the specified name

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- athena()
svc$batch_get_named_query(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Returns the details of a single named query or a list of up to 50 queries, which you provide as an array of query ID strings

Description

Returns the details of a single named query or a list of up to 50 queries, which you provide as an array of query ID strings. Requires you to have access to the workgroup in which the queries were saved. Use ListNamedQueriesInput to get the list of named query IDs in the specified workgroup. If information could not be retrieved for a submitted query ID, information about the query ID submitted is listed under UnprocessedNamedQueryId. Named queries differ from executed queries. Use BatchGetQueryExecutionInput to get details about each unique query execution, and ListQueryExecutionsInput to get a list of query execution IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_batch_get_named_query/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_batch_get_named_query(NamedQueryIds)

Arguments

NamedQueryIds

[required] An array of query IDs.


Returns the details of a single prepared statement or a list of up to 256 prepared statements for the array of prepared statement names that you provide

Description

Returns the details of a single prepared statement or a list of up to 256 prepared statements for the array of prepared statement names that you provide. Requires you to have access to the workgroup to which the prepared statements belong. If a prepared statement cannot be retrieved for the name specified, the statement is listed in UnprocessedPreparedStatementNames.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_batch_get_prepared_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_batch_get_prepared_statement(PreparedStatementNames, WorkGroup)

Arguments

PreparedStatementNames

[required] A list of prepared statement names to return.

WorkGroup

[required] The name of the workgroup to which the prepared statements belong.


Returns the details of a single query execution or a list of up to 50 query executions, which you provide as an array of query execution ID strings

Description

Returns the details of a single query execution or a list of up to 50 query executions, which you provide as an array of query execution ID strings. Requires you to have access to the workgroup in which the queries ran. To get a list of query execution IDs, use ListQueryExecutionsInput$WorkGroup. Query executions differ from named (saved) queries. Use BatchGetNamedQueryInput to get details about named queries.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_batch_get_query_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_batch_get_query_execution(QueryExecutionIds)

Arguments

QueryExecutionIds

[required] An array of query execution IDs.


Cancels the capacity reservation with the specified name

Description

Cancels the capacity reservation with the specified name. Cancelled reservations remain in your account and will be deleted 45 days after cancellation. During the 45 days, you cannot re-purpose or reuse a reservation that has been cancelled, but you can refer to its tags and view it for historical reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_cancel_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_cancel_capacity_reservation(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the capacity reservation to cancel.


Creates a capacity reservation with the specified name and number of requested data processing units

Description

Creates a capacity reservation with the specified name and number of requested data processing units.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_capacity_reservation(TargetDpus, Name, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

TargetDpus

[required] The number of requested data processing units.

Name

[required] The name of the capacity reservation to create.

Tags

The tags for the capacity reservation.


Creates (registers) a data catalog with the specified name and properties

Description

Creates (registers) a data catalog with the specified name and properties. Catalogs created are visible to all users of the same Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_data_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_data_catalog(
  Name,
  Type,
  Description = NULL,
  Parameters = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the data catalog to create. The catalog name must be unique for the Amazon Web Services account and can use a maximum of 127 alphanumeric, underscore, at sign, or hyphen characters. The remainder of the length constraint of 256 is reserved for use by Athena.

For FEDERATED type the catalog name has following considerations and limits:

  • The catalog name allows special characters such as ⁠_ , @ , \ , - ⁠. These characters are replaced with a hyphen (-) when creating the CFN Stack Name and with an underscore (_) when creating the Lambda Function and Glue Connection Name.

  • The catalog name has a theoretical limit of 128 characters. However, since we use it to create other resources that allow less characters and we prepend a prefix to it, the actual catalog name limit for FEDERATED catalog is 64 - 23 = 41 characters.

Type

[required] The type of data catalog to create: LAMBDA for a federated catalog, GLUE for an Glue Data Catalog, and HIVE for an external Apache Hive metastore. FEDERATED is a federated catalog for which Athena creates the connection and the Lambda function for you based on the parameters that you pass.

Description

A description of the data catalog to be created.

Parameters

Specifies the Lambda function or functions to use for creating the data catalog. This is a mapping whose values depend on the catalog type.

  • For the HIVE data catalog type, use the following syntax. The ⁠metadata-function⁠ parameter is required. ⁠The sdk-version⁠ parameter is optional and defaults to the currently supported version.

    ⁠metadata-function=lambda_arn, sdk-version=version_number ⁠

  • For the LAMBDA data catalog type, use one of the following sets of required parameters, but not both.

    • If you have one Lambda function that processes metadata and another for reading the actual data, use the following syntax. Both parameters are required.

      ⁠metadata-function=lambda_arn, record-function=lambda_arn ⁠

    • If you have a composite Lambda function that processes both metadata and data, use the following syntax to specify your Lambda function.

      ⁠function=lambda_arn ⁠

  • The GLUE type takes a catalog ID parameter and is required. The catalog_id is the account ID of the Amazon Web Services account to which the Glue Data Catalog belongs.

    catalog-id=catalog_id

    • The GLUE data catalog type also applies to the default AwsDataCatalog that already exists in your account, of which you can have only one and cannot modify.

  • The FEDERATED data catalog type uses one of the following parameters, but not both. Use connection-arn for an existing Glue connection. Use connection-type and connection-properties to specify the configuration setting for a new connection.

    • ⁠connection-arn:<glue_connection_arn_to_reuse> ⁠

    • lambda-role-arn (optional): The execution role to use for the Lambda function. If not provided, one is created.

    • ⁠connection-type:MYSQL|REDSHIFT|...., connection-properties:"<json_string>"⁠

      For \<json_string\> , use escaped JSON text, as in the following example.

      ⁠"{\"spill_bucket\":\"my_spill\",\"spill_prefix\":\"athena-spill\",\"host\":\"abc12345.snowflakecomputing.com\",\"port\":\"1234\",\"warehouse\":\"DEV_WH\",\"database\":\"TEST\",\"schema\":\"PUBLIC\",\"SecretArn\":\"arn:aws:secretsmanager:ap-south-1:111122223333:secret:snowflake-XHb67j\"}"⁠

Tags

A list of comma separated tags to add to the data catalog that is created. All the resources that are created by the create_data_catalog API operation with FEDERATED type will have the tag federated_athena_datacatalog="true". This includes the CFN Stack, Glue Connection, Athena DataCatalog, and all the resources created as part of the CFN Stack (Lambda Function, IAM policies/roles).


Creates a named query in the specified workgroup

Description

Creates a named query in the specified workgroup. Requires that you have access to the workgroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_named_query/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_named_query(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  Database,
  QueryString,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The query name.

Description

The query description.

Database

[required] The database to which the query belongs.

QueryString

[required] The contents of the query with all query statements.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the query is idempotent (executes only once). If another create_named_query request is received, the same response is returned and another query is not created. If a parameter has changed, for example, the QueryString, an error is returned.

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for users. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup in which the named query is being created.


Creates an empty ipynb file in the specified Apache Spark enabled workgroup

Description

Creates an empty ipynb file in the specified Apache Spark enabled workgroup. Throws an error if a file in the workgroup with the same name already exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_notebook/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_notebook(WorkGroup, Name, ClientRequestToken = NULL)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The name of the Spark enabled workgroup in which the notebook will be created.

Name

[required] The name of the ipynb file to be created in the Spark workgroup, without the .ipynb extension.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the notebook is idempotent (executes only once).

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for you. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.


Creates a prepared statement for use with SQL queries in Athena

Description

Creates a prepared statement for use with SQL queries in Athena.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_prepared_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_prepared_statement(
  StatementName,
  WorkGroup,
  QueryStatement,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

StatementName

[required] The name of the prepared statement.

WorkGroup

[required] The name of the workgroup to which the prepared statement belongs.

QueryStatement

[required] The query string for the prepared statement.

Description

The description of the prepared statement.


Gets an authentication token and the URL at which the notebook can be accessed

Description

Gets an authentication token and the URL at which the notebook can be accessed. During programmatic access, create_presigned_notebook_url must be called every 10 minutes to refresh the authentication token. For information about granting programmatic access, see Grant programmatic access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_presigned_notebook_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_presigned_notebook_url(SessionId)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.


Creates a workgroup with the specified name

Description

Creates a workgroup with the specified name. A workgroup can be an Apache Spark enabled workgroup or an Athena SQL workgroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_create_work_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_create_work_group(
  Name,
  Configuration = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The workgroup name.

Configuration

Contains configuration information for creating an Athena SQL workgroup or Spark enabled Athena workgroup. Athena SQL workgroup configuration includes the location in Amazon S3 where query and calculation results are stored, the encryption configuration, if any, used for encrypting query results, whether the Amazon CloudWatch Metrics are enabled for the workgroup, the limit for the amount of bytes scanned (cutoff) per query, if it is specified, and whether workgroup's settings (specified with EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration) in the WorkGroupConfiguration override client-side settings. See WorkGroupConfiguration$EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration.

Description

The workgroup description.

Tags

A list of comma separated tags to add to the workgroup that is created.


Deletes a cancelled capacity reservation

Description

Deletes a cancelled capacity reservation. A reservation must be cancelled before it can be deleted. A deleted reservation is immediately removed from your account and can no longer be referenced, including by its ARN. A deleted reservation cannot be called by get_capacity_reservation, and deleted reservations do not appear in the output of list_capacity_reservations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_delete_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_delete_capacity_reservation(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the capacity reservation to delete.


Deletes a data catalog

Description

Deletes a data catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_delete_data_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_delete_data_catalog(Name, DeleteCatalogOnly = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the data catalog to delete.

DeleteCatalogOnly

Deletes the Athena Data Catalog. You can only use this with the FEDERATED catalogs. You usually perform this before registering the connector with Glue Data Catalog. After deletion, you will have to manage the Glue Connection and Lambda function.


Deletes the named query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query was saved

Description

Deletes the named query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query was saved.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_delete_named_query/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_delete_named_query(NamedQueryId)

Arguments

NamedQueryId

[required] The unique ID of the query to delete.


Deletes the specified notebook

Description

Deletes the specified notebook.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_delete_notebook/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_delete_notebook(NotebookId)

Arguments

NotebookId

[required] The ID of the notebook to delete.


Deletes the prepared statement with the specified name from the specified workgroup

Description

Deletes the prepared statement with the specified name from the specified workgroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_delete_prepared_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_delete_prepared_statement(StatementName, WorkGroup)

Arguments

StatementName

[required] The name of the prepared statement to delete.

WorkGroup

[required] The workgroup to which the statement to be deleted belongs.


Deletes the workgroup with the specified name

Description

Deletes the workgroup with the specified name. The primary workgroup cannot be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_delete_work_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_delete_work_group(WorkGroup, RecursiveDeleteOption = NULL)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The unique name of the workgroup to delete.

RecursiveDeleteOption

The option to delete the workgroup and its contents even if the workgroup contains any named queries, query executions, or notebooks.


Exports the specified notebook and its metadata

Description

Exports the specified notebook and its metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_export_notebook/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_export_notebook(NotebookId)

Arguments

NotebookId

[required] The ID of the notebook to export.


Describes a previously submitted calculation execution

Description

Describes a previously submitted calculation execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_calculation_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_calculation_execution(CalculationExecutionId)

Arguments

CalculationExecutionId

[required] The calculation execution UUID.


Retrieves the unencrypted code that was executed for the calculation

Description

Retrieves the unencrypted code that was executed for the calculation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_calculation_execution_code/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_calculation_execution_code(CalculationExecutionId)

Arguments

CalculationExecutionId

[required] The calculation execution UUID.


Gets the status of a current calculation

Description

Gets the status of a current calculation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_calculation_execution_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_calculation_execution_status(CalculationExecutionId)

Arguments

CalculationExecutionId

[required] The calculation execution UUID.


Gets the capacity assignment configuration for a capacity reservation, if one exists

Description

Gets the capacity assignment configuration for a capacity reservation, if one exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_capacity_assignment_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_capacity_assignment_configuration(CapacityReservationName)

Arguments

CapacityReservationName

[required] The name of the capacity reservation to retrieve the capacity assignment configuration for.


Returns information about the capacity reservation with the specified name

Description

Returns information about the capacity reservation with the specified name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_capacity_reservation(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the capacity reservation.


Returns the specified data catalog

Description

Returns the specified data catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_data_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_data_catalog(Name, WorkGroup = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the data catalog to return.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup. Required if making an IAM Identity Center request.


Returns a database object for the specified database and data catalog

Description

Returns a database object for the specified database and data catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_database(CatalogName, DatabaseName, WorkGroup = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogName

[required] The name of the data catalog that contains the database to return.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database to return.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup for which the metadata is being fetched. Required if requesting an IAM Identity Center enabled Glue Data Catalog.


Returns information about a single query

Description

Returns information about a single query. Requires that you have access to the workgroup in which the query was saved.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_named_query/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_named_query(NamedQueryId)

Arguments

NamedQueryId

[required] The unique ID of the query. Use list_named_queries to get query IDs.


Retrieves notebook metadata for the specified notebook ID

Description

Retrieves notebook metadata for the specified notebook ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_notebook_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_notebook_metadata(NotebookId)

Arguments

NotebookId

[required] The ID of the notebook whose metadata is to be retrieved.


Retrieves the prepared statement with the specified name from the specified workgroup

Description

Retrieves the prepared statement with the specified name from the specified workgroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_prepared_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_prepared_statement(StatementName, WorkGroup)

Arguments

StatementName

[required] The name of the prepared statement to retrieve.

WorkGroup

[required] The workgroup to which the statement to be retrieved belongs.


Returns information about a single execution of a query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query ran

Description

Returns information about a single execution of a query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query ran. Each time a query executes, information about the query execution is saved with a unique ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_query_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_query_execution(QueryExecutionId)

Arguments

QueryExecutionId

[required] The unique ID of the query execution.


Streams the results of a single query execution specified by QueryExecutionId from the Athena query results location in Amazon S3

Description

Streams the results of a single query execution specified by QueryExecutionId from the Athena query results location in Amazon S3. For more information, see Working with query results, recent queries, and output files in the Amazon Athena User Guide. This request does not execute the query but returns results. Use start_query_execution to run a query.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_query_results/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_query_results(QueryExecutionId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

QueryExecutionId

[required] The unique ID of the query execution.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results (rows) to return in this request.


Returns query execution runtime statistics related to a single execution of a query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query ran

Description

Returns query execution runtime statistics related to a single execution of a query if you have access to the workgroup in which the query ran. Statistics from the Timeline section of the response object are available as soon as QueryExecutionStatus$State is in a SUCCEEDED or FAILED state. The remaining non-timeline statistics in the response (like stage-level input and output row count and data size) are updated asynchronously and may not be available immediately after a query completes. The non-timeline statistics are also not included when a query has row-level filters defined in Lake Formation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_query_runtime_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_query_runtime_statistics(QueryExecutionId)

Arguments

QueryExecutionId

[required] The unique ID of the query execution.


Gets the full details of a previously created session, including the session status and configuration

Description

Gets the full details of a previously created session, including the session status and configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_session(SessionId)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.


Gets the current status of a session

Description

Gets the current status of a session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_session_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_session_status(SessionId)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.


Returns table metadata for the specified catalog, database, and table

Description

Returns table metadata for the specified catalog, database, and table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_table_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_table_metadata(
  CatalogName,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogName

[required] The name of the data catalog that contains the database and table metadata to return.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database that contains the table metadata to return.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which metadata is returned.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup for which the metadata is being fetched. Required if requesting an IAM Identity Center enabled Glue Data Catalog.


Returns information about the workgroup with the specified name

Description

Returns information about the workgroup with the specified name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_get_work_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_get_work_group(WorkGroup)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The name of the workgroup.


Imports a single ipynb file to a Spark enabled workgroup

Description

Imports a single ipynb file to a Spark enabled workgroup. To import the notebook, the request must specify a value for either Payload or NoteBookS3LocationUri. If neither is specified or both are specified, an InvalidRequestException occurs. The maximum file size that can be imported is 10 megabytes. If an ipynb file with the same name already exists in the workgroup, throws an error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_import_notebook/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_import_notebook(
  WorkGroup,
  Name,
  Payload = NULL,
  Type,
  NotebookS3LocationUri = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The name of the Spark enabled workgroup to import the notebook to.

Name

[required] The name of the notebook to import.

Payload

The notebook content to be imported. The payload must be in ipynb format.

Type

[required] The notebook content type. Currently, the only valid type is IPYNB.

NotebookS3LocationUri

A URI that specifies the Amazon S3 location of a notebook file in ipynb format.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to import the notebook is idempotent (executes only once).

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for you. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.


Returns the supported DPU sizes for the supported application runtimes (for example, Athena notebook version 1)

Description

Returns the supported DPU sizes for the supported application runtimes (for example, ⁠Athena notebook version 1⁠).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_application_dpu_sizes/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_application_dpu_sizes(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

Specifies the maximum number of results to return.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated.


Lists the calculations that have been submitted to a session in descending order

Description

Lists the calculations that have been submitted to a session in descending order. Newer calculations are listed first; older calculations are listed later.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_calculation_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_calculation_executions(
  SessionId,
  StateFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.

StateFilter

A filter for a specific calculation execution state. A description of each state follows.

CREATING - The calculation is in the process of being created.

CREATED - The calculation has been created and is ready to run.

QUEUED - The calculation has been queued for processing.

RUNNING - The calculation is running.

CANCELING - A request to cancel the calculation has been received and the system is working to stop it.

CANCELED - The calculation is no longer running as the result of a cancel request.

COMPLETED - The calculation has completed without error.

FAILED - The calculation failed and is no longer running.

MaxResults

The maximum number of calculation executions to return.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.


Lists the capacity reservations for the current account

Description

Lists the capacity reservations for the current account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_capacity_reservations/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_capacity_reservations(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated.

MaxResults

Specifies the maximum number of results to return.


Lists the data catalogs in the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the data catalogs in the current Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_data_catalogs/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_data_catalogs(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

Specifies the maximum number of data catalogs to return.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup. Required if making an IAM Identity Center request.


Lists the databases in the specified data catalog

Description

Lists the databases in the specified data catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_databases/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_databases(
  CatalogName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogName

[required] The name of the data catalog that contains the databases to return.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

Specifies the maximum number of results to return.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup for which the metadata is being fetched. Required if requesting an IAM Identity Center enabled Glue Data Catalog.


Returns a list of engine versions that are available to choose from, including the Auto option

Description

Returns a list of engine versions that are available to choose from, including the Auto option.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_engine_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_engine_versions(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of engine versions to return in this request.


Lists, in descending order, the executors that joined a session

Description

Lists, in descending order, the executors that joined a session. Newer executors are listed first; older executors are listed later. The result can be optionally filtered by state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_executors/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_executors(
  SessionId,
  ExecutorStateFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.

ExecutorStateFilter

A filter for a specific executor state. A description of each state follows.

CREATING - The executor is being started, including acquiring resources.

CREATED - The executor has been started.

REGISTERED - The executor has been registered.

TERMINATING - The executor is in the process of shutting down.

TERMINATED - The executor is no longer running.

FAILED - Due to a failure, the executor is no longer running.

MaxResults

The maximum number of executors to return.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.


Provides a list of available query IDs only for queries saved in the specified workgroup

Description

Provides a list of available query IDs only for queries saved in the specified workgroup. Requires that you have access to the specified workgroup. If a workgroup is not specified, lists the saved queries for the primary workgroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_named_queries/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_named_queries(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of queries to return in this request.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup from which the named queries are being returned. If a workgroup is not specified, the saved queries for the primary workgroup are returned.


Displays the notebook files for the specified workgroup in paginated format

Description

Displays the notebook files for the specified workgroup in paginated format.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_notebook_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_notebook_metadata(
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  WorkGroup
)

Arguments

Filters

Search filter string.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated.

MaxResults

Specifies the maximum number of results to return.

WorkGroup

[required] The name of the Spark enabled workgroup to retrieve notebook metadata for.


Lists, in descending order, the sessions that have been created in a notebook that are in an active state like CREATING, CREATED, IDLE or BUSY

Description

Lists, in descending order, the sessions that have been created in a notebook that are in an active state like CREATING, CREATED, IDLE or BUSY. Newer sessions are listed first; older sessions are listed later.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_notebook_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_notebook_sessions(NotebookId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NotebookId

[required] The ID of the notebook to list sessions for.

MaxResults

The maximum number of notebook sessions to return.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.


Lists the prepared statements in the specified workgroup

Description

Lists the prepared statements in the specified workgroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_prepared_statements/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_prepared_statements(WorkGroup, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The workgroup to list the prepared statements for.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.


Provides a list of available query execution IDs for the queries in the specified workgroup

Description

Provides a list of available query execution IDs for the queries in the specified workgroup. Athena keeps a query history for 45 days. If a workgroup is not specified, returns a list of query execution IDs for the primary workgroup. Requires you to have access to the workgroup in which the queries ran.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_query_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_query_executions(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of query executions to return in this request.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup from which queries are being returned. If a workgroup is not specified, a list of available query execution IDs for the queries in the primary workgroup is returned.


Lists the sessions in a workgroup that are in an active state like CREATING, CREATED, IDLE, or BUSY

Description

Lists the sessions in a workgroup that are in an active state like CREATING, CREATED, IDLE, or BUSY. Newer sessions are listed first; older sessions are listed later.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_sessions(
  WorkGroup,
  StateFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The workgroup to which the session belongs.

StateFilter

A filter for a specific session state. A description of each state follows.

CREATING - The session is being started, including acquiring resources.

CREATED - The session has been started.

IDLE - The session is able to accept a calculation.

BUSY - The session is processing another task and is unable to accept a calculation.

TERMINATING - The session is in the process of shutting down.

TERMINATED - The session and its resources are no longer running.

DEGRADED - The session has no healthy coordinators.

FAILED - Due to a failure, the session and its resources are no longer running.

MaxResults

The maximum number of sessions to return.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.


Lists the metadata for the tables in the specified data catalog database

Description

Lists the metadata for the tables in the specified data catalog database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_table_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_table_metadata(
  CatalogName,
  DatabaseName,
  Expression = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogName

[required] The name of the data catalog for which table metadata should be returned.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database for which table metadata should be returned.

Expression

A regex filter that pattern-matches table names. If no expression is supplied, metadata for all tables are listed.

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

Specifies the maximum number of results to return.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup for which the metadata is being fetched. Required if requesting an IAM Identity Center enabled Glue Data Catalog.


Lists the tags associated with an Athena resource

Description

Lists the tags associated with an Athena resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] Lists the tags for the resource with the specified ARN.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no additional results for this request, where the request lists the tags for the resource with the specified ARN.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request that lists the tags for the resource.


Lists available workgroups for the account

Description

Lists available workgroups for the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_list_work_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_list_work_groups(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A token generated by the Athena service that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To obtain the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken from the response object of the previous page call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of workgroups to return in this request.


Puts a new capacity assignment configuration for a specified capacity reservation

Description

Puts a new capacity assignment configuration for a specified capacity reservation. If a capacity assignment configuration already exists for the capacity reservation, replaces the existing capacity assignment configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_put_capacity_assignment_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_put_capacity_assignment_configuration(
  CapacityReservationName,
  CapacityAssignments
)

Arguments

CapacityReservationName

[required] The name of the capacity reservation to put a capacity assignment configuration for.

CapacityAssignments

[required] The list of assignments for the capacity assignment configuration.


Submits calculations for execution within a session

Description

Submits calculations for execution within a session. You can supply the code to run as an inline code block within the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_start_calculation_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_start_calculation_execution(
  SessionId,
  Description = NULL,
  CalculationConfiguration = NULL,
  CodeBlock = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.

Description

A description of the calculation.

CalculationConfiguration

Contains configuration information for the calculation.

CodeBlock

A string that contains the code of the calculation. Use this parameter instead of CalculationConfiguration$CodeBlock, which is deprecated.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the calculation is idempotent (executes only once). If another StartCalculationExecutionRequest is received, the same response is returned and another calculation is not created. If a parameter has changed, an error is returned.

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for users. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.


Runs the SQL query statements contained in the Query

Description

Runs the SQL query statements contained in the Query. Requires you to have access to the workgroup in which the query ran. Running queries against an external catalog requires get_data_catalog permission to the catalog. For code samples using the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java, see Examples and Code Samples in the Amazon Athena User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_start_query_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_start_query_execution(
  QueryString,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  QueryExecutionContext = NULL,
  ResultConfiguration = NULL,
  WorkGroup = NULL,
  ExecutionParameters = NULL,
  ResultReuseConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

QueryString

[required] The SQL query statements to be executed.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the query is idempotent (executes only once). If another start_query_execution request is received, the same response is returned and another query is not created. An error is returned if a parameter, such as QueryString, has changed. A call to start_query_execution that uses a previous client request token returns the same QueryExecutionId even if the requester doesn't have permission on the tables specified in QueryString.

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for users. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.

QueryExecutionContext

The database within which the query executes.

ResultConfiguration

Specifies information about where and how to save the results of the query execution. If the query runs in a workgroup, then workgroup's settings may override query settings. This affects the query results location. The workgroup settings override is specified in EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration (true/false) in the WorkGroupConfiguration. See WorkGroupConfiguration$EnforceWorkGroupConfiguration.

WorkGroup

The name of the workgroup in which the query is being started.

ExecutionParameters

A list of values for the parameters in a query. The values are applied sequentially to the parameters in the query in the order in which the parameters occur.

ResultReuseConfiguration

Specifies the query result reuse behavior for the query.


Creates a session for running calculations within a workgroup

Description

Creates a session for running calculations within a workgroup. The session is ready when it reaches an IDLE state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_start_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_start_session(
  Description = NULL,
  WorkGroup,
  EngineConfiguration,
  NotebookVersion = NULL,
  SessionIdleTimeoutInMinutes = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

The session description.

WorkGroup

[required] The workgroup to which the session belongs.

EngineConfiguration

[required] Contains engine data processing unit (DPU) configuration settings and parameter mappings.

NotebookVersion

The notebook version. This value is supplied automatically for notebook sessions in the Athena console and is not required for programmatic session access. The only valid notebook version is ⁠Athena notebook version 1⁠. If you specify a value for NotebookVersion, you must also specify a value for NotebookId. See EngineConfiguration$AdditionalConfigs.

SessionIdleTimeoutInMinutes

The idle timeout in minutes for the session.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the session is idempotent (executes only once). If another StartSessionRequest is received, the same response is returned and another session is not created. If a parameter has changed, an error is returned.

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for users. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.


Requests the cancellation of a calculation

Description

Requests the cancellation of a calculation. A stop_calculation_execution call on a calculation that is already in a terminal state (for example, STOPPED, FAILED, or COMPLETED) succeeds but has no effect.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_stop_calculation_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_stop_calculation_execution(CalculationExecutionId)

Arguments

CalculationExecutionId

[required] The calculation execution UUID.


Stops a query execution

Description

Stops a query execution. Requires you to have access to the workgroup in which the query ran.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_stop_query_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_stop_query_execution(QueryExecutionId)

Arguments

QueryExecutionId

[required] The unique ID of the query execution to stop.


Adds one or more tags to an Athena resource

Description

Adds one or more tags to an Athena resource. A tag is a label that you assign to a resource. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. For example, you can use tags to categorize Athena workgroups, data catalogs, or capacity reservations by purpose, owner, or environment. Use a consistent set of tag keys to make it easier to search and filter the resources in your account. For best practices, see Tagging Best Practices. Tag keys can be from 1 to 128 UTF-8 Unicode characters, and tag values can be from 0 to 256 UTF-8 Unicode characters. Tags can use letters and numbers representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @. Tag keys and values are case-sensitive. Tag keys must be unique per resource. If you specify more than one tag, separate them by commas.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] Specifies the ARN of the Athena resource to which tags are to be added.

Tags

[required] A collection of one or more tags, separated by commas, to be added to an Athena resource.


Terminates an active session

Description

Terminates an active session. A terminate_session call on a session that is already inactive (for example, in a FAILED, TERMINATED or TERMINATING state) succeeds but has no effect. Calculations running in the session when terminate_session is called are forcefully stopped, but may display as FAILED instead of STOPPED.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_terminate_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_terminate_session(SessionId)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The session ID.


Removes one or more tags from an Athena resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from an Athena resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] Specifies the ARN of the resource from which tags are to be removed.

TagKeys

[required] A comma-separated list of one or more tag keys whose tags are to be removed from the specified resource.


Updates the number of requested data processing units for the capacity reservation with the specified name

Description

Updates the number of requested data processing units for the capacity reservation with the specified name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_capacity_reservation/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_capacity_reservation(TargetDpus, Name)

Arguments

TargetDpus

[required] The new number of requested data processing units.

Name

[required] The name of the capacity reservation.


Updates the data catalog that has the specified name

Description

Updates the data catalog that has the specified name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_data_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_data_catalog(Name, Type, Description = NULL, Parameters = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the data catalog to update. The catalog name must be unique for the Amazon Web Services account and can use a maximum of 127 alphanumeric, underscore, at sign, or hyphen characters. The remainder of the length constraint of 256 is reserved for use by Athena.

Type

[required] Specifies the type of data catalog to update. Specify LAMBDA for a federated catalog, HIVE for an external hive metastore, or GLUE for an Glue Data Catalog.

Description

New or modified text that describes the data catalog.

Parameters

Specifies the Lambda function or functions to use for updating the data catalog. This is a mapping whose values depend on the catalog type.

  • For the HIVE data catalog type, use the following syntax. The ⁠metadata-function⁠ parameter is required. ⁠The sdk-version⁠ parameter is optional and defaults to the currently supported version.

    ⁠metadata-function=lambda_arn, sdk-version=version_number ⁠

  • For the LAMBDA data catalog type, use one of the following sets of required parameters, but not both.

    • If you have one Lambda function that processes metadata and another for reading the actual data, use the following syntax. Both parameters are required.

      ⁠metadata-function=lambda_arn, record-function=lambda_arn ⁠

    • If you have a composite Lambda function that processes both metadata and data, use the following syntax to specify your Lambda function.

      ⁠function=lambda_arn ⁠


Updates a NamedQuery object

Description

Updates a NamedQuery object. The database or workgroup cannot be updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_named_query/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_named_query(NamedQueryId, Name, Description = NULL, QueryString)

Arguments

NamedQueryId

[required] The unique identifier (UUID) of the query.

Name

[required] The name of the query.

Description

The query description.

QueryString

[required] The contents of the query with all query statements.


Updates the contents of a Spark notebook

Description

Updates the contents of a Spark notebook.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_notebook/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_notebook(
  NotebookId,
  Payload,
  Type,
  SessionId = NULL,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

NotebookId

[required] The ID of the notebook to update.

Payload

[required] The updated content for the notebook.

Type

[required] The notebook content type. Currently, the only valid type is IPYNB.

SessionId

The active notebook session ID. Required if the notebook has an active session.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the notebook is idempotent (executes only once).

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for you. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.


Updates the metadata for a notebook

Description

Updates the metadata for a notebook.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_notebook_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_notebook_metadata(NotebookId, ClientRequestToken = NULL, Name)

Arguments

NotebookId

[required] The ID of the notebook to update the metadata for.

ClientRequestToken

A unique case-sensitive string used to ensure the request to create the notebook is idempotent (executes only once).

This token is listed as not required because Amazon Web Services SDKs (for example the Amazon Web Services SDK for Java) auto-generate the token for you. If you are not using the Amazon Web Services SDK or the Amazon Web Services CLI, you must provide this token or the action will fail.

Name

[required] The name to update the notebook to.


Updates a prepared statement

Description

Updates a prepared statement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_prepared_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_prepared_statement(
  StatementName,
  WorkGroup,
  QueryStatement,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

StatementName

[required] The name of the prepared statement.

WorkGroup

[required] The workgroup for the prepared statement.

QueryStatement

[required] The query string for the prepared statement.

Description

The description of the prepared statement.


Updates the workgroup with the specified name

Description

Updates the workgroup with the specified name. The workgroup's name cannot be changed. Only ConfigurationUpdates can be specified.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/athena_update_work_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

athena_update_work_group(
  WorkGroup,
  Description = NULL,
  ConfigurationUpdates = NULL,
  State = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkGroup

[required] The specified workgroup that will be updated.

Description

The workgroup description.

ConfigurationUpdates

Contains configuration updates for an Athena SQL workgroup.

State

The workgroup state that will be updated for the given workgroup.


Amazon CloudSearch

Description

Amazon CloudSearch Configuration Service

You use the Amazon CloudSearch configuration service to create, configure, and manage search domains. Configuration service requests are submitted using the AWS Query protocol. AWS Query requests are HTTP or HTTPS requests submitted via HTTP GET or POST with a query parameter named Action.

The endpoint for configuration service requests is region-specific: cloudsearch.region.amazonaws.com. For example, cloudsearch.us-east-1.amazonaws.com. For a current list of supported regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints.

Usage

cloudsearch(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cloudsearch(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

build_suggesters Indexes the search suggestions
create_domain Creates a new search domain
define_analysis_scheme Configures an analysis scheme that can be applied to a text or text-array field to define language-specific text processing options
define_expression Configures an Expression for the search domain
define_index_field Configures an IndexField for the search domain
define_suggester Configures a suggester for a domain
delete_analysis_scheme Deletes an analysis scheme
delete_domain Permanently deletes a search domain and all of its data
delete_expression Removes an Expression from the search domain
delete_index_field Removes an IndexField from the search domain
delete_suggester Deletes a suggester
describe_analysis_schemes Gets the analysis schemes configured for a domain
describe_availability_options Gets the availability options configured for a domain
describe_domain_endpoint_options Returns the domain's endpoint options, specifically whether all requests to the domain must arrive over HTTPS
describe_domains Gets information about the search domains owned by this account
describe_expressions Gets the expressions configured for the search domain
describe_index_fields Gets information about the index fields configured for the search domain
describe_scaling_parameters Gets the scaling parameters configured for a domain
describe_service_access_policies Gets information about the access policies that control access to the domain's document and search endpoints
describe_suggesters Gets the suggesters configured for a domain
index_documents Tells the search domain to start indexing its documents using the latest indexing options
list_domain_names Lists all search domains owned by an account
update_availability_options Configures the availability options for a domain
update_domain_endpoint_options Updates the domain's endpoint options, specifically whether all requests to the domain must arrive over HTTPS
update_scaling_parameters Configures scaling parameters for a domain
update_service_access_policies Configures the access rules that control access to the domain's document and search endpoints

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cloudsearch()
svc$build_suggesters(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Indexes the search suggestions

Description

Indexes the search suggestions. For more information, see Configuring Suggesters in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_build_suggesters/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_build_suggesters(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]


Creates a new search domain

Description

Creates a new search domain. For more information, see Creating a Search Domain in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_create_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_create_domain(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] A name for the domain you are creating. Allowed characters are a-z (lower-case letters), 0-9, and hyphen (-). Domain names must start with a letter or number and be at least 3 and no more than 28 characters long.


Configures an analysis scheme that can be applied to a text or text-array field to define language-specific text processing options

Description

Configures an analysis scheme that can be applied to a text or text-array field to define language-specific text processing options. For more information, see Configuring Analysis Schemes in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_define_analysis_scheme/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_define_analysis_scheme(DomainName, AnalysisScheme)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

AnalysisScheme

[required]


Configures an Expression for the search domain

Description

Configures an Expression for the search domain. Used to create new expressions and modify existing ones. If the expression exists, the new configuration replaces the old one. For more information, see Configuring Expressions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_define_expression/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_define_expression(DomainName, Expression)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

Expression

[required]


Configures an IndexField for the search domain

Description

Configures an IndexField for the search domain. Used to create new fields and modify existing ones. You must specify the name of the domain you are configuring and an index field configuration. The index field configuration specifies a unique name, the index field type, and the options you want to configure for the field. The options you can specify depend on the IndexFieldType. If the field exists, the new configuration replaces the old one. For more information, see Configuring Index Fields in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_define_index_field/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_define_index_field(DomainName, IndexField)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

IndexField

[required] The index field and field options you want to configure.


Configures a suggester for a domain

Description

Configures a suggester for a domain. A suggester enables you to display possible matches before users finish typing their queries. When you configure a suggester, you must specify the name of the text field you want to search for possible matches and a unique name for the suggester. For more information, see Getting Search Suggestions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_define_suggester/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_define_suggester(DomainName, Suggester)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

Suggester

[required]


Deletes an analysis scheme

Description

Deletes an analysis scheme. For more information, see Configuring Analysis Schemes in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_delete_analysis_scheme/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_delete_analysis_scheme(DomainName, AnalysisSchemeName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

AnalysisSchemeName

[required] The name of the analysis scheme you want to delete.


Permanently deletes a search domain and all of its data

Description

Permanently deletes a search domain and all of its data. Once a domain has been deleted, it cannot be recovered. For more information, see Deleting a Search Domain in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_delete_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_delete_domain(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to permanently delete.


Removes an Expression from the search domain

Description

Removes an Expression from the search domain. For more information, see Configuring Expressions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_delete_expression/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_delete_expression(DomainName, ExpressionName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

ExpressionName

[required] The name of the Expression to delete.


Removes an IndexField from the search domain

Description

Removes an IndexField from the search domain. For more information, see Configuring Index Fields in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_delete_index_field/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_delete_index_field(DomainName, IndexFieldName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

IndexFieldName

[required] The name of the index field your want to remove from the domain's indexing options.


Deletes a suggester

Description

Deletes a suggester. For more information, see Getting Search Suggestions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_delete_suggester/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_delete_suggester(DomainName, SuggesterName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

SuggesterName

[required] Specifies the name of the suggester you want to delete.


Gets the analysis schemes configured for a domain

Description

Gets the analysis schemes configured for a domain. An analysis scheme defines language-specific text processing options for a text field. Can be limited to specific analysis schemes by name. By default, shows all analysis schemes and includes any pending changes to the configuration. Set the Deployed option to true to show the active configuration and exclude pending changes. For more information, see Configuring Analysis Schemes in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_analysis_schemes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_analysis_schemes(
  DomainName,
  AnalysisSchemeNames = NULL,
  Deployed = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to describe.

AnalysisSchemeNames

The analysis schemes you want to describe.

Deployed

Whether to display the deployed configuration (true) or include any pending changes (false). Defaults to false.


Gets the availability options configured for a domain

Description

Gets the availability options configured for a domain. By default, shows the configuration with any pending changes. Set the Deployed option to true to show the active configuration and exclude pending changes. For more information, see Configuring Availability Options in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_availability_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_availability_options(DomainName, Deployed = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to describe.

Deployed

Whether to display the deployed configuration (true) or include any pending changes (false). Defaults to false.


Returns the domain's endpoint options, specifically whether all requests to the domain must arrive over HTTPS

Description

Returns the domain's endpoint options, specifically whether all requests to the domain must arrive over HTTPS. For more information, see Configuring Domain Endpoint Options in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_domain_endpoint_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_domain_endpoint_options(DomainName, Deployed = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] A string that represents the name of a domain.

Deployed

Whether to retrieve the latest configuration (which might be in a Processing state) or the current, active configuration. Defaults to false.


Gets information about the search domains owned by this account

Description

Gets information about the search domains owned by this account. Can be limited to specific domains. Shows all domains by default. To get the number of searchable documents in a domain, use the console or submit a matchall request to your domain's search endpoint: ⁠q=matchall&amp;q.parser=structured&amp;size=0⁠. For more information, see Getting Information about a Search Domain in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_domains(DomainNames = NULL)

Arguments

DomainNames

The names of the domains you want to include in the response.


Gets the expressions configured for the search domain

Description

Gets the expressions configured for the search domain. Can be limited to specific expressions by name. By default, shows all expressions and includes any pending changes to the configuration. Set the Deployed option to true to show the active configuration and exclude pending changes. For more information, see Configuring Expressions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_expressions/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_expressions(
  DomainName,
  ExpressionNames = NULL,
  Deployed = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to describe.

ExpressionNames

Limits the describe_expressions response to the specified expressions. If not specified, all expressions are shown.

Deployed

Whether to display the deployed configuration (true) or include any pending changes (false). Defaults to false.


Gets information about the index fields configured for the search domain

Description

Gets information about the index fields configured for the search domain. Can be limited to specific fields by name. By default, shows all fields and includes any pending changes to the configuration. Set the Deployed option to true to show the active configuration and exclude pending changes. For more information, see Getting Domain Information in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_index_fields/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_index_fields(
  DomainName,
  FieldNames = NULL,
  Deployed = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to describe.

FieldNames

A list of the index fields you want to describe. If not specified, information is returned for all configured index fields.

Deployed

Whether to display the deployed configuration (true) or include any pending changes (false). Defaults to false.


Gets the scaling parameters configured for a domain

Description

Gets the scaling parameters configured for a domain. A domain's scaling parameters specify the desired search instance type and replication count. For more information, see Configuring Scaling Options in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_scaling_parameters/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_scaling_parameters(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]


Gets information about the access policies that control access to the domain's document and search endpoints

Description

Gets information about the access policies that control access to the domain's document and search endpoints. By default, shows the configuration with any pending changes. Set the Deployed option to true to show the active configuration and exclude pending changes. For more information, see Configuring Access for a Search Domain in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_service_access_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_service_access_policies(DomainName, Deployed = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to describe.

Deployed

Whether to display the deployed configuration (true) or include any pending changes (false). Defaults to false.


Gets the suggesters configured for a domain

Description

Gets the suggesters configured for a domain. A suggester enables you to display possible matches before users finish typing their queries. Can be limited to specific suggesters by name. By default, shows all suggesters and includes any pending changes to the configuration. Set the Deployed option to true to show the active configuration and exclude pending changes. For more information, see Getting Search Suggestions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_describe_suggesters/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_describe_suggesters(
  DomainName,
  SuggesterNames = NULL,
  Deployed = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to describe.

SuggesterNames

The suggesters you want to describe.

Deployed

Whether to display the deployed configuration (true) or include any pending changes (false). Defaults to false.


Tells the search domain to start indexing its documents using the latest indexing options

Description

Tells the search domain to start indexing its documents using the latest indexing options. This operation must be invoked to activate options whose OptionStatus is RequiresIndexDocuments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_index_documents/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_index_documents(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]


Lists all search domains owned by an account

Description

Lists all search domains owned by an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_list_domain_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_list_domain_names()

Configures the availability options for a domain

Description

Configures the availability options for a domain. Enabling the Multi-AZ option expands an Amazon CloudSearch domain to an additional Availability Zone in the same Region to increase fault tolerance in the event of a service disruption. Changes to the Multi-AZ option can take about half an hour to become active. For more information, see Configuring Availability Options in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_update_availability_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_update_availability_options(DomainName, MultiAZ)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

MultiAZ

[required] You expand an existing search domain to a second Availability Zone by setting the Multi-AZ option to true. Similarly, you can turn off the Multi-AZ option to downgrade the domain to a single Availability Zone by setting the Multi-AZ option to false.


Updates the domain's endpoint options, specifically whether all requests to the domain must arrive over HTTPS

Description

Updates the domain's endpoint options, specifically whether all requests to the domain must arrive over HTTPS. For more information, see Configuring Domain Endpoint Options in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_update_domain_endpoint_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_update_domain_endpoint_options(DomainName, DomainEndpointOptions)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] A string that represents the name of a domain.

DomainEndpointOptions

[required] Whether to require that all requests to the domain arrive over HTTPS. We recommend Policy-Min-TLS-1-2-2019-07 for TLSSecurityPolicy. For compatibility with older clients, the default is Policy-Min-TLS-1-0-2019-07.


Configures scaling parameters for a domain

Description

Configures scaling parameters for a domain. A domain's scaling parameters specify the desired search instance type and replication count. Amazon CloudSearch will still automatically scale your domain based on the volume of data and traffic, but not below the desired instance type and replication count. If the Multi-AZ option is enabled, these values control the resources used per Availability Zone. For more information, see Configuring Scaling Options in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_update_scaling_parameters/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_update_scaling_parameters(DomainName, ScalingParameters)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

ScalingParameters

[required]


Configures the access rules that control access to the domain's document and search endpoints

Description

Configures the access rules that control access to the domain's document and search endpoints. For more information, see Configuring Access for an Amazon CloudSearch Domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearch_update_service_access_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearch_update_service_access_policies(DomainName, AccessPolicies)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

AccessPolicies

[required] The access rules you want to configure. These rules replace any existing rules.


Amazon CloudSearch Domain

Description

You use the AmazonCloudSearch2013 API to upload documents to a search domain and search those documents.

The endpoints for submitting upload_documents, search, and suggest requests are domain-specific. To get the endpoints for your domain, use the Amazon CloudSearch configuration service DescribeDomains action. The domain endpoints are also displayed on the domain dashboard in the Amazon CloudSearch console. You submit suggest requests to the search endpoint.

For more information, see the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

Usage

cloudsearchdomain(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cloudsearchdomain(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

search Retrieves a list of documents that match the specified search criteria
suggest Retrieves autocomplete suggestions for a partial query string
upload_documents Posts a batch of documents to a search domain for indexing

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cloudsearchdomain()
svc$search(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Description

Retrieves a list of documents that match the specified search criteria. How you specify the search criteria depends on which query parser you use. Amazon CloudSearch supports four query parsers:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearchdomain_search/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearchdomain_search(
  cursor = NULL,
  expr = NULL,
  facet = NULL,
  filterQuery = NULL,
  highlight = NULL,
  partial = NULL,
  query,
  queryOptions = NULL,
  queryParser = NULL,
  return = NULL,
  size = NULL,
  sort = NULL,
  start = NULL,
  stats = NULL
)

Arguments

cursor

Retrieves a cursor value you can use to page through large result sets. Use the size parameter to control the number of hits to include in each response. You can specify either the cursor or start parameter in a request; they are mutually exclusive. To get the first cursor, set the cursor value to initial. In subsequent requests, specify the cursor value returned in the hits section of the response.

For more information, see Paginating Results in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

expr

Defines one or more numeric expressions that can be used to sort results or specify search or filter criteria. You can also specify expressions as return fields.

You specify the expressions in JSON using the form {"EXPRESSIONNAME":"EXPRESSION"}. You can define and use multiple expressions in a search request. For example:

⁠{"expression1":"_score*rating", "expression2":"(1/rank)*year"}⁠

For information about the variables, operators, and functions you can use in expressions, see Writing Expressions in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

facet

Specifies one or more fields for which to get facet information, and options that control how the facet information is returned. Each specified field must be facet-enabled in the domain configuration. The fields and options are specified in JSON using the form ⁠{\"FIELD\":{\"OPTION\":VALUE,\"OPTION:\"STRING\"},\"FIELD\":{\"OPTION\":VALUE,\"OPTION\":\"STRING\"}}⁠.

You can specify the following faceting options:

  • buckets specifies an array of the facet values or ranges to count. Ranges are specified using the same syntax that you use to search for a range of values. For more information, see Searching for a Range of Values in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide. Buckets are returned in the order they are specified in the request. The sort and size options are not valid if you specify buckets.

  • size specifies the maximum number of facets to include in the results. By default, Amazon CloudSearch returns counts for the top 10. The size parameter is only valid when you specify the sort option; it cannot be used in conjunction with buckets.

  • sort specifies how you want to sort the facets in the results: bucket or count. Specify bucket to sort alphabetically or numerically by facet value (in ascending order). Specify count to sort by the facet counts computed for each facet value (in descending order). To retrieve facet counts for particular values or ranges of values, use the buckets option instead of sort.

If no facet options are specified, facet counts are computed for all field values, the facets are sorted by facet count, and the top 10 facets are returned in the results.

To count particular buckets of values, use the buckets option. For example, the following request uses the buckets option to calculate and return facet counts by decade.

⁠\{"year":\{"buckets":["[1970,1979]","[1980,1989]","[1990,1999]","[2000,2009]","[2010,\}"]\}\}⁠

To sort facets by facet count, use the count option. For example, the following request sets the sort option to count to sort the facet values by facet count, with the facet values that have the most matching documents listed first. Setting the size option to 3 returns only the top three facet values.

⁠{"year":{"sort":"count","size":3}}⁠

To sort the facets by value, use the bucket option. For example, the following request sets the sort option to bucket to sort the facet values numerically by year, with earliest year listed first.

{"year":{"sort":"bucket"}}

For more information, see Getting and Using Facet Information in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

filterQuery

Specifies a structured query that filters the results of a search without affecting how the results are scored and sorted. You use filterQuery in conjunction with the query parameter to filter the documents that match the constraints specified in the query parameter. Specifying a filter controls only which matching documents are included in the results, it has no effect on how they are scored and sorted. The filterQuery parameter supports the full structured query syntax.

For more information about using filters, see Filtering Matching Documents in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

highlight

Retrieves highlights for matches in the specified text or text-array fields. Each specified field must be highlight enabled in the domain configuration. The fields and options are specified in JSON using the form ⁠{\"FIELD\":{\"OPTION\":VALUE,\"OPTION:\"STRING\"},\"FIELD\":{\"OPTION\":VALUE,\"OPTION\":\"STRING\"}}⁠.

You can specify the following highlight options:

  • format: specifies the format of the data in the text field: text or html. When data is returned as HTML, all non-alphanumeric characters are encoded. The default is html.

  • max_phrases: specifies the maximum number of occurrences of the search term(s) you want to highlight. By default, the first occurrence is highlighted.

  • pre_tag: specifies the string to prepend to an occurrence of a search term. The default for HTML highlights is ⁠&lt;em&gt;⁠. The default for text highlights is *.

  • post_tag: specifies the string to append to an occurrence of a search term. The default for HTML highlights is ⁠&lt;/em&gt;⁠. The default for text highlights is *.

If no highlight options are specified for a field, the returned field text is treated as HTML and the first match is highlighted with emphasis tags: ⁠&lt;em>search-term&lt;/em&gt;⁠.

For example, the following request retrieves highlights for the actors and title fields.

⁠{ "actors": {}, "title": {"format": "text","max_phrases": 2,"pre_tag": "","post_tag": ""} }⁠

partial

Enables partial results to be returned if one or more index partitions are unavailable. When your search index is partitioned across multiple search instances, by default Amazon CloudSearch only returns results if every partition can be queried. This means that the failure of a single search instance can result in 5xx (internal server) errors. When you enable partial results, Amazon CloudSearch returns whatever results are available and includes the percentage of documents searched in the search results (percent-searched). This enables you to more gracefully degrade your users' search experience. For example, rather than displaying no results, you could display the partial results and a message indicating that the results might be incomplete due to a temporary system outage.

query

[required] Specifies the search criteria for the request. How you specify the search criteria depends on the query parser used for the request and the parser options specified in the queryOptions parameter. By default, the simple query parser is used to process requests. To use the structured, lucene, or dismax query parser, you must also specify the queryParser parameter.

For more information about specifying search criteria, see Searching Your Data in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

queryOptions

Configures options for the query parser specified in the queryParser parameter. You specify the options in JSON using the following form ⁠{\"OPTION1\":\"VALUE1\",\"OPTION2\":VALUE2\"...\"OPTIONN\":\"VALUEN\"}.⁠

The options you can configure vary according to which parser you use:

  • defaultOperator: The default operator used to combine individual terms in the search string. For example: defaultOperator: 'or'. For the dismax parser, you specify a percentage that represents the percentage of terms in the search string (rounded down) that must match, rather than a default operator. A value of ⁠0%⁠ is the equivalent to OR, and a value of ⁠100%⁠ is equivalent to AND. The percentage must be specified as a value in the range 0-100 followed by the percent (%) symbol. For example, ⁠defaultOperator: 50%⁠. Valid values: and, or, a percentage in the range 0%-100% (dismax). Default: and (simple, structured, lucene) or 100 (dismax). Valid for: simple, structured, lucene, and dismax.

  • fields: An array of the fields to search when no fields are specified in a search. If no fields are specified in a search and this option is not specified, all text and text-array fields are searched. You can specify a weight for each field to control the relative importance of each field when Amazon CloudSearch calculates relevance scores. To specify a field weight, append a caret (^) symbol and the weight to the field name. For example, to boost the importance of the title field over the description field you could specify: ⁠"fields":["title^5","description"]⁠. Valid values: The name of any configured field and an optional numeric value greater than zero. Default: All text and text-array fields. Valid for: simple, structured, lucene, and dismax.

  • operators: An array of the operators or special characters you want to disable for the simple query parser. If you disable the and, or, or not operators, the corresponding operators (+, |, -) have no special meaning and are dropped from the search string. Similarly, disabling prefix disables the wildcard operator (*) and disabling phrase disables the ability to search for phrases by enclosing phrases in double quotes. Disabling precedence disables the ability to control order of precedence using parentheses. Disabling near disables the ability to use the ~ operator to perform a sloppy phrase search. Disabling the fuzzy operator disables the ability to use the ~ operator to perform a fuzzy search. escape disables the ability to use a backslash (⁠\⁠) to escape special characters within the search string. Disabling whitespace is an advanced option that prevents the parser from tokenizing on whitespace, which can be useful for Vietnamese. (It prevents Vietnamese words from being split incorrectly.) For example, you could disable all operators other than the phrase operator to support just simple term and phrase queries: ⁠"operators":["and","not","or", "prefix"]⁠. Valid values: and, escape, fuzzy, near, not, or, phrase, precedence, prefix, whitespace. Default: All operators and special characters are enabled. Valid for: simple.

  • phraseFields: An array of the text or text-array fields you want to use for phrase searches. When the terms in the search string appear in close proximity within a field, the field scores higher. You can specify a weight for each field to boost that score. The phraseSlop option controls how much the matches can deviate from the search string and still be boosted. To specify a field weight, append a caret (^) symbol and the weight to the field name. For example, to boost phrase matches in the title field over the abstract field, you could specify: ⁠"phraseFields":["title^3", "plot"]⁠ Valid values: The name of any text or text-array field and an optional numeric value greater than zero. Default: No fields. If you don't specify any fields with phraseFields, proximity scoring is disabled even if phraseSlop is specified. Valid for: dismax.

  • phraseSlop: An integer value that specifies how much matches can deviate from the search phrase and still be boosted according to the weights specified in the phraseFields option; for example, phraseSlop: 2. You must also specify phraseFields to enable proximity scoring. Valid values: positive integers. Default: 0. Valid for: dismax.

  • explicitPhraseSlop: An integer value that specifies how much a match can deviate from the search phrase when the phrase is enclosed in double quotes in the search string. (Phrases that exceed this proximity distance are not considered a match.) For example, to specify a slop of three for dismax phrase queries, you would specify "explicitPhraseSlop":3. Valid values: positive integers. Default: 0. Valid for: dismax.

  • tieBreaker: When a term in the search string is found in a document's field, a score is calculated for that field based on how common the word is in that field compared to other documents. If the term occurs in multiple fields within a document, by default only the highest scoring field contributes to the document's overall score. You can specify a tieBreaker value to enable the matches in lower-scoring fields to contribute to the document's score. That way, if two documents have the same max field score for a particular term, the score for the document that has matches in more fields will be higher. The formula for calculating the score with a tieBreaker is ⁠(max field score) + (tieBreaker) * (sum of the scores for the rest of the matching fields)⁠. Set tieBreaker to 0 to disregard all but the highest scoring field (pure max): "tieBreaker":0. Set to 1 to sum the scores from all fields (pure sum): "tieBreaker":1. Valid values: 0.0 to 1.0. Default: 0.0. Valid for: dismax.

queryParser

Specifies which query parser to use to process the request. If queryParser is not specified, Amazon CloudSearch uses the simple query parser.

Amazon CloudSearch supports four query parsers:

  • simple: perform simple searches of text and text-array fields. By default, the simple query parser searches all text and text-array fields. You can specify which fields to search by with the queryOptions parameter. If you prefix a search term with a plus sign (+) documents must contain the term to be considered a match. (This is the default, unless you configure the default operator with the queryOptions parameter.) You can use the - (NOT), | (OR), and * (wildcard) operators to exclude particular terms, find results that match any of the specified terms, or search for a prefix. To search for a phrase rather than individual terms, enclose the phrase in double quotes. For more information, see Searching for Text in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

  • structured: perform advanced searches by combining multiple expressions to define the search criteria. You can also search within particular fields, search for values and ranges of values, and use advanced options such as term boosting, matchall, and near. For more information, see Constructing Compound Queries in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

  • lucene: search using the Apache Lucene query parser syntax. For more information, see Apache Lucene Query Parser Syntax.

  • dismax: search using the simplified subset of the Apache Lucene query parser syntax defined by the DisMax query parser. For more information, see DisMax Query Parser Syntax.

return

Specifies the field and expression values to include in the response. Multiple fields or expressions are specified as a comma-separated list. By default, a search response includes all return enabled fields (⁠_all_fields⁠). To return only the document IDs for the matching documents, specify ⁠_no_fields⁠. To retrieve the relevance score calculated for each document, specify ⁠_score⁠.

size

Specifies the maximum number of search hits to include in the response.

sort

Specifies the fields or custom expressions to use to sort the search results. Multiple fields or expressions are specified as a comma-separated list. You must specify the sort direction (asc or desc) for each field; for example, ⁠year desc,title asc⁠. To use a field to sort results, the field must be sort-enabled in the domain configuration. Array type fields cannot be used for sorting. If no sort parameter is specified, results are sorted by their default relevance scores in descending order: ⁠_score desc⁠. You can also sort by document ID (⁠_id asc⁠) and version (⁠_version desc⁠).

For more information, see Sorting Results in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

start

Specifies the offset of the first search hit you want to return. Note that the result set is zero-based; the first result is at index 0. You can specify either the start or cursor parameter in a request, they are mutually exclusive.

For more information, see Paginating Results in the Amazon CloudSearch Developer Guide.

stats

Specifies one or more fields for which to get statistics information. Each specified field must be facet-enabled in the domain configuration. The fields are specified in JSON using the form:

⁠{"FIELD-A":{},"FIELD-B":{}}⁠

There are currently no options supported for statistics.


Retrieves autocomplete suggestions for a partial query string

Description

Retrieves autocomplete suggestions for a partial query string. You can use suggestions enable you to display likely matches before users finish typing. In Amazon CloudSearch, suggestions are based on the contents of a particular text field. When you request suggestions, Amazon CloudSearch finds all of the documents whose values in the suggester field start with the specified query string. The beginning of the field must match the query string to be considered a match.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearchdomain_suggest/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearchdomain_suggest(query, suggester, size = NULL)

Arguments

query

[required] Specifies the string for which you want to get suggestions.

suggester

[required] Specifies the name of the suggester to use to find suggested matches.

size

Specifies the maximum number of suggestions to return.


Posts a batch of documents to a search domain for indexing

Description

Posts a batch of documents to a search domain for indexing. A document batch is a collection of add and delete operations that represent the documents you want to add, update, or delete from your domain. Batches can be described in either JSON or XML. Each item that you want Amazon CloudSearch to return as a search result (such as a product) is represented as a document. Every document has a unique ID and one or more fields that contain the data that you want to search and return in results. Individual documents cannot contain more than 1 MB of data. The entire batch cannot exceed 5 MB. To get the best possible upload performance, group add and delete operations in batches that are close the 5 MB limit. Submitting a large volume of single-document batches can overload a domain's document service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudsearchdomain_upload_documents/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudsearchdomain_upload_documents(documents, contentType)

Arguments

documents

[required] A batch of documents formatted in JSON or HTML.

contentType

[required] The format of the batch you are uploading. Amazon CloudSearch supports two document batch formats:

  • application/json

  • application/xml


AWS Data Pipeline

Description

AWS Data Pipeline configures and manages a data-driven workflow called a pipeline. AWS Data Pipeline handles the details of scheduling and ensuring that data dependencies are met so that your application can focus on processing the data.

AWS Data Pipeline provides a JAR implementation of a task runner called AWS Data Pipeline Task Runner. AWS Data Pipeline Task Runner provides logic for common data management scenarios, such as performing database queries and running data analysis using Amazon Elastic MapReduce (Amazon EMR). You can use AWS Data Pipeline Task Runner as your task runner, or you can write your own task runner to provide custom data management.

AWS Data Pipeline implements two main sets of functionality. Use the first set to create a pipeline and define data sources, schedules, dependencies, and the transforms to be performed on the data. Use the second set in your task runner application to receive the next task ready for processing. The logic for performing the task, such as querying the data, running data analysis, or converting the data from one format to another, is contained within the task runner. The task runner performs the task assigned to it by the web service, reporting progress to the web service as it does so. When the task is done, the task runner reports the final success or failure of the task to the web service.

Usage

datapipeline(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- datapipeline(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

activate_pipeline Validates the specified pipeline and starts processing pipeline tasks
add_tags Adds or modifies tags for the specified pipeline
create_pipeline Creates a new, empty pipeline
deactivate_pipeline Deactivates the specified running pipeline
delete_pipeline Deletes a pipeline, its pipeline definition, and its run history
describe_objects Gets the object definitions for a set of objects associated with the pipeline
describe_pipelines Retrieves metadata about one or more pipelines
evaluate_expression Task runners call EvaluateExpression to evaluate a string in the context of the specified object
get_pipeline_definition Gets the definition of the specified pipeline
list_pipelines Lists the pipeline identifiers for all active pipelines that you have permission to access
poll_for_task Task runners call PollForTask to receive a task to perform from AWS Data Pipeline
put_pipeline_definition Adds tasks, schedules, and preconditions to the specified pipeline
query_objects Queries the specified pipeline for the names of objects that match the specified set of conditions
remove_tags Removes existing tags from the specified pipeline
report_task_progress Task runners call ReportTaskProgress when assigned a task to acknowledge that it has the task
report_task_runner_heartbeat Task runners call ReportTaskRunnerHeartbeat every 15 minutes to indicate that they are operational
set_status Requests that the status of the specified physical or logical pipeline objects be updated in the specified pipeline
set_task_status Task runners call SetTaskStatus to notify AWS Data Pipeline that a task is completed and provide information about the final status
validate_pipeline_definition Validates the specified pipeline definition to ensure that it is well formed and can be run without error

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- datapipeline()
svc$activate_pipeline(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Validates the specified pipeline and starts processing pipeline tasks

Description

Validates the specified pipeline and starts processing pipeline tasks. If the pipeline does not pass validation, activation fails.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_activate_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_activate_pipeline(
  pipelineId,
  parameterValues = NULL,
  startTimestamp = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

parameterValues

A list of parameter values to pass to the pipeline at activation.

startTimestamp

The date and time to resume the pipeline. By default, the pipeline resumes from the last completed execution.


Adds or modifies tags for the specified pipeline

Description

Adds or modifies tags for the specified pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_add_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_add_tags(pipelineId, tags)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

tags

[required] The tags to add, as key/value pairs.


Creates a new, empty pipeline

Description

Creates a new, empty pipeline. Use put_pipeline_definition to populate the pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_create_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_create_pipeline(name, uniqueId, description = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

name

[required] The name for the pipeline. You can use the same name for multiple pipelines associated with your AWS account, because AWS Data Pipeline assigns each pipeline a unique pipeline identifier.

uniqueId

[required] A unique identifier. This identifier is not the same as the pipeline identifier assigned by AWS Data Pipeline. You are responsible for defining the format and ensuring the uniqueness of this identifier. You use this parameter to ensure idempotency during repeated calls to create_pipeline. For example, if the first call to create_pipeline does not succeed, you can pass in the same unique identifier and pipeline name combination on a subsequent call to create_pipeline. create_pipeline ensures that if a pipeline already exists with the same name and unique identifier, a new pipeline is not created. Instead, you'll receive the pipeline identifier from the previous attempt. The uniqueness of the name and unique identifier combination is scoped to the AWS account or IAM user credentials.

description

The description for the pipeline.

tags

A list of tags to associate with the pipeline at creation. Tags let you control access to pipelines. For more information, see Controlling User Access to Pipelines in the AWS Data Pipeline Developer Guide.


Deactivates the specified running pipeline

Description

Deactivates the specified running pipeline. The pipeline is set to the DEACTIVATING state until the deactivation process completes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_deactivate_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_deactivate_pipeline(pipelineId, cancelActive = NULL)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

cancelActive

Indicates whether to cancel any running objects. The default is true, which sets the state of any running objects to CANCELED. If this value is false, the pipeline is deactivated after all running objects finish.


Deletes a pipeline, its pipeline definition, and its run history

Description

Deletes a pipeline, its pipeline definition, and its run history. AWS Data Pipeline attempts to cancel instances associated with the pipeline that are currently being processed by task runners.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_delete_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_delete_pipeline(pipelineId)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.


Gets the object definitions for a set of objects associated with the pipeline

Description

Gets the object definitions for a set of objects associated with the pipeline. Object definitions are composed of a set of fields that define the properties of the object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_describe_objects/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_describe_objects(
  pipelineId,
  objectIds,
  evaluateExpressions = NULL,
  marker = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline that contains the object definitions.

objectIds

[required] The IDs of the pipeline objects that contain the definitions to be described. You can pass as many as 25 identifiers in a single call to describe_objects.

evaluateExpressions

Indicates whether any expressions in the object should be evaluated when the object descriptions are returned.

marker

The starting point for the results to be returned. For the first call, this value should be empty. As long as there are more results, continue to call describe_objects with the marker value from the previous call to retrieve the next set of results.


Retrieves metadata about one or more pipelines

Description

Retrieves metadata about one or more pipelines. The information retrieved includes the name of the pipeline, the pipeline identifier, its current state, and the user account that owns the pipeline. Using account credentials, you can retrieve metadata about pipelines that you or your IAM users have created. If you are using an IAM user account, you can retrieve metadata about only those pipelines for which you have read permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_describe_pipelines/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_describe_pipelines(pipelineIds)

Arguments

pipelineIds

[required] The IDs of the pipelines to describe. You can pass as many as 25 identifiers in a single call. To obtain pipeline IDs, call list_pipelines.


Task runners call EvaluateExpression to evaluate a string in the context of the specified object

Description

Task runners call evaluate_expression to evaluate a string in the context of the specified object. For example, a task runner can evaluate SQL queries stored in Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_evaluate_expression/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_evaluate_expression(pipelineId, objectId, expression)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

objectId

[required] The ID of the object.

expression

[required] The expression to evaluate.


Gets the definition of the specified pipeline

Description

Gets the definition of the specified pipeline. You can call get_pipeline_definition to retrieve the pipeline definition that you provided using put_pipeline_definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_get_pipeline_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_get_pipeline_definition(pipelineId, version = NULL)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

version

The version of the pipeline definition to retrieve. Set this parameter to latest (default) to use the last definition saved to the pipeline or active to use the last definition that was activated.


Lists the pipeline identifiers for all active pipelines that you have permission to access

Description

Lists the pipeline identifiers for all active pipelines that you have permission to access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_list_pipelines/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_list_pipelines(marker = NULL)

Arguments

marker

The starting point for the results to be returned. For the first call, this value should be empty. As long as there are more results, continue to call list_pipelines with the marker value from the previous call to retrieve the next set of results.


Task runners call PollForTask to receive a task to perform from AWS Data Pipeline

Description

Task runners call poll_for_task to receive a task to perform from AWS Data Pipeline. The task runner specifies which tasks it can perform by setting a value for the workerGroup parameter. The task returned can come from any of the pipelines that match the workerGroup value passed in by the task runner and that was launched using the IAM user credentials specified by the task runner.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_poll_for_task/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_poll_for_task(
  workerGroup,
  hostname = NULL,
  instanceIdentity = NULL
)

Arguments

workerGroup

[required] The type of task the task runner is configured to accept and process. The worker group is set as a field on objects in the pipeline when they are created. You can only specify a single value for workerGroup in the call to poll_for_task. There are no wildcard values permitted in workerGroup; the string must be an exact, case-sensitive, match.

hostname

The public DNS name of the calling task runner.

instanceIdentity

Identity information for the EC2 instance that is hosting the task runner. You can get this value from the instance using ⁠http://169.254.169.254/latest/meta-data/instance-id⁠. For more information, see Instance Metadata in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. Passing in this value proves that your task runner is running on an EC2 instance, and ensures the proper AWS Data Pipeline service charges are applied to your pipeline.


Adds tasks, schedules, and preconditions to the specified pipeline

Description

Adds tasks, schedules, and preconditions to the specified pipeline. You can use put_pipeline_definition to populate a new pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_put_pipeline_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_put_pipeline_definition(
  pipelineId,
  pipelineObjects,
  parameterObjects = NULL,
  parameterValues = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

pipelineObjects

[required] The objects that define the pipeline. These objects overwrite the existing pipeline definition.

parameterObjects

The parameter objects used with the pipeline.

parameterValues

The parameter values used with the pipeline.


Queries the specified pipeline for the names of objects that match the specified set of conditions

Description

Queries the specified pipeline for the names of objects that match the specified set of conditions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_query_objects/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_query_objects(
  pipelineId,
  query = NULL,
  sphere,
  marker = NULL,
  limit = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

query

The query that defines the objects to be returned. The Query object can contain a maximum of ten selectors. The conditions in the query are limited to top-level String fields in the object. These filters can be applied to components, instances, and attempts.

sphere

[required] Indicates whether the query applies to components or instances. The possible values are: COMPONENT, INSTANCE, and ATTEMPT.

marker

The starting point for the results to be returned. For the first call, this value should be empty. As long as there are more results, continue to call query_objects with the marker value from the previous call to retrieve the next set of results.

limit

The maximum number of object names that query_objects will return in a single call. The default value is 100.


Removes existing tags from the specified pipeline

Description

Removes existing tags from the specified pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_remove_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_remove_tags(pipelineId, tagKeys)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to remove.


Task runners call ReportTaskProgress when assigned a task to acknowledge that it has the task

Description

Task runners call report_task_progress when assigned a task to acknowledge that it has the task. If the web service does not receive this acknowledgement within 2 minutes, it assigns the task in a subsequent poll_for_task call. After this initial acknowledgement, the task runner only needs to report progress every 15 minutes to maintain its ownership of the task. You can change this reporting time from 15 minutes by specifying a reportProgressTimeout field in your pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_report_task_progress/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_report_task_progress(taskId, fields = NULL)

Arguments

taskId

[required] The ID of the task assigned to the task runner. This value is provided in the response for poll_for_task.

fields

Key-value pairs that define the properties of the ReportTaskProgressInput object.


Task runners call ReportTaskRunnerHeartbeat every 15 minutes to indicate that they are operational

Description

Task runners call report_task_runner_heartbeat every 15 minutes to indicate that they are operational. If the AWS Data Pipeline Task Runner is launched on a resource managed by AWS Data Pipeline, the web service can use this call to detect when the task runner application has failed and restart a new instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_report_task_runner_heartbeat/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_report_task_runner_heartbeat(
  taskrunnerId,
  workerGroup = NULL,
  hostname = NULL
)

Arguments

taskrunnerId

[required] The ID of the task runner. This value should be unique across your AWS account. In the case of AWS Data Pipeline Task Runner launched on a resource managed by AWS Data Pipeline, the web service provides a unique identifier when it launches the application. If you have written a custom task runner, you should assign a unique identifier for the task runner.

workerGroup

The type of task the task runner is configured to accept and process. The worker group is set as a field on objects in the pipeline when they are created. You can only specify a single value for workerGroup. There are no wildcard values permitted in workerGroup; the string must be an exact, case-sensitive, match.

hostname

The public DNS name of the task runner.


Requests that the status of the specified physical or logical pipeline objects be updated in the specified pipeline

Description

Requests that the status of the specified physical or logical pipeline objects be updated in the specified pipeline. This update might not occur immediately, but is eventually consistent. The status that can be set depends on the type of object (for example, DataNode or Activity). You cannot perform this operation on FINISHED pipelines and attempting to do so returns InvalidRequestException.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_set_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_set_status(pipelineId, objectIds, status)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline that contains the objects.

objectIds

[required] The IDs of the objects. The corresponding objects can be either physical or components, but not a mix of both types.

status

[required] The status to be set on all the objects specified in objectIds. For components, use PAUSE or RESUME. For instances, use TRY_CANCEL, RERUN, or MARK_FINISHED.


Task runners call SetTaskStatus to notify AWS Data Pipeline that a task is completed and provide information about the final status

Description

Task runners call set_task_status to notify AWS Data Pipeline that a task is completed and provide information about the final status. A task runner makes this call regardless of whether the task was sucessful. A task runner does not need to call set_task_status for tasks that are canceled by the web service during a call to report_task_progress.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_set_task_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_set_task_status(
  taskId,
  taskStatus,
  errorId = NULL,
  errorMessage = NULL,
  errorStackTrace = NULL
)

Arguments

taskId

[required] The ID of the task assigned to the task runner. This value is provided in the response for poll_for_task.

taskStatus

[required] If FINISHED, the task successfully completed. If FAILED, the task ended unsuccessfully. Preconditions use false.

errorId

If an error occurred during the task, this value specifies the error code. This value is set on the physical attempt object. It is used to display error information to the user. It should not start with string "Service_" which is reserved by the system.

errorMessage

If an error occurred during the task, this value specifies a text description of the error. This value is set on the physical attempt object. It is used to display error information to the user. The web service does not parse this value.

errorStackTrace

If an error occurred during the task, this value specifies the stack trace associated with the error. This value is set on the physical attempt object. It is used to display error information to the user. The web service does not parse this value.


Validates the specified pipeline definition to ensure that it is well formed and can be run without error

Description

Validates the specified pipeline definition to ensure that it is well formed and can be run without error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datapipeline_validate_pipeline_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

datapipeline_validate_pipeline_definition(
  pipelineId,
  pipelineObjects,
  parameterObjects = NULL,
  parameterValues = NULL
)

Arguments

pipelineId

[required] The ID of the pipeline.

pipelineObjects

[required] The objects that define the pipeline changes to validate against the pipeline.

parameterObjects

The parameter objects used with the pipeline.

parameterValues

The parameter values used with the pipeline.


Amazon DataZone

Description

Amazon DataZone is a data management service that enables you to catalog, discover, govern, share, and analyze your data. With Amazon DataZone, you can share and access your data across accounts and supported regions. Amazon DataZone simplifies your experience across Amazon Web Services services, including, but not limited to, Amazon Redshift, Amazon Athena, Amazon Web Services Glue, and Amazon Web Services Lake Formation.

Usage

datazone(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- datazone(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_predictions Accepts automatically generated business-friendly metadata for your Amazon DataZone assets
accept_subscription_request Accepts a subscription request to a specific asset
add_entity_owner Adds the owner of an entity (a domain unit)
add_policy_grant Adds a policy grant (an authorization policy) to a specified entity, including domain units, environment blueprint configurations, or environment profiles
associate_environment_role Associates the environment role in Amazon DataZone
cancel_metadata_generation_run Cancels the metadata generation run
cancel_subscription Cancels the subscription to the specified asset
create_asset Creates an asset in Amazon DataZone catalog
create_asset_filter Creates a data asset filter
create_asset_revision Creates a revision of the asset
create_asset_type Creates a custom asset type
create_connection Creates a new connection
create_data_product Creates a data product
create_data_product_revision Creates a data product revision
create_data_source Creates an Amazon DataZone data source
create_domain Creates an Amazon DataZone domain
create_domain_unit Creates a domain unit in Amazon DataZone
create_environment Create an Amazon DataZone environment
create_environment_action Creates an action for the environment, for example, creates a console link for an analytics tool that is available in this environment
create_environment_profile Creates an Amazon DataZone environment profile
create_form_type Creates a metadata form type
create_glossary Creates an Amazon DataZone business glossary
create_glossary_term Creates a business glossary term
create_group_profile Creates a group profile in Amazon DataZone
create_listing_change_set Publishes a listing (a record of an asset at a given time) or removes a listing from the catalog
create_project Creates an Amazon DataZone project
create_project_membership Creates a project membership in Amazon DataZone
create_project_profile Creates a project profile
create_rule Creates a rule in Amazon DataZone
create_subscription_grant Creates a subsscription grant in Amazon DataZone
create_subscription_request Creates a subscription request in Amazon DataZone
create_subscription_target Creates a subscription target in Amazon DataZone
create_user_profile Creates a user profile in Amazon DataZone
delete_asset Deletes an asset in Amazon DataZone
delete_asset_filter Deletes an asset filter
delete_asset_type Deletes an asset type in Amazon DataZone
delete_connection Deletes and connection
delete_data_product Deletes a data product in Amazon DataZone
delete_data_source Deletes a data source in Amazon DataZone
delete_domain Deletes a Amazon DataZone domain
delete_domain_unit Deletes a domain unit
delete_environment Deletes an environment in Amazon DataZone
delete_environment_action Deletes an action for the environment, for example, deletes a console link for an analytics tool that is available in this environment
delete_environment_blueprint_configuration Deletes the blueprint configuration in Amazon DataZone
delete_environment_profile Deletes an environment profile in Amazon DataZone
delete_form_type Delets and metadata form type in Amazon DataZone
delete_glossary Deletes a business glossary in Amazon DataZone
delete_glossary_term Deletes a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone
delete_listing Deletes a listing (a record of an asset at a given time)
delete_project Deletes a project in Amazon DataZone
delete_project_membership Deletes project membership in Amazon DataZone
delete_project_profile Deletes a project profile
delete_rule Deletes a rule in Amazon DataZone
delete_subscription_grant Deletes and subscription grant in Amazon DataZone
delete_subscription_request Deletes a subscription request in Amazon DataZone
delete_subscription_target Deletes a subscription target in Amazon DataZone
delete_time_series_data_points Deletes the specified time series form for the specified asset
disassociate_environment_role Disassociates the environment role in Amazon DataZone
get_asset Gets an Amazon DataZone asset
get_asset_filter Gets an asset filter
get_asset_type Gets an Amazon DataZone asset type
get_connection Gets a connection
get_data_product Gets the data product
get_data_source Gets an Amazon DataZone data source
get_data_source_run Gets an Amazon DataZone data source run
get_domain Gets an Amazon DataZone domain
get_domain_unit Gets the details of the specified domain unit
get_environment Gets an Amazon DataZone environment
get_environment_action Gets the specified environment action
get_environment_blueprint Gets an Amazon DataZone blueprint
get_environment_blueprint_configuration Gets the blueprint configuration in Amazon DataZone
get_environment_credentials Gets the credentials of an environment in Amazon DataZone
get_environment_profile Gets an evinronment profile in Amazon DataZone
get_form_type Gets a metadata form type in Amazon DataZone
get_glossary Gets a business glossary in Amazon DataZone
get_glossary_term Gets a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone
get_group_profile Gets a group profile in Amazon DataZone
get_iam_portal_login_url Gets the data portal URL for the specified Amazon DataZone domain
get_job_run The details of the job run
get_lineage_event Describes the lineage event
get_lineage_node Gets the data lineage node
get_listing Gets a listing (a record of an asset at a given time)
get_metadata_generation_run Gets a metadata generation run in Amazon DataZone
get_project Gets a project in Amazon DataZone
get_project_profile The details of the project profile
get_rule Gets the details of a rule in Amazon DataZone
get_subscription Gets a subscription in Amazon DataZone
get_subscription_grant Gets the subscription grant in Amazon DataZone
get_subscription_request_details Gets the details of the specified subscription request
get_subscription_target Gets the subscription target in Amazon DataZone
get_time_series_data_point Gets the existing data point for the asset
get_user_profile Gets a user profile in Amazon DataZone
list_asset_filters Lists asset filters
list_asset_revisions Lists the revisions for the asset
list_connections Lists connections
list_data_product_revisions Lists data product revisions
list_data_source_run_activities Lists data source run activities
list_data_source_runs Lists data source runs in Amazon DataZone
list_data_sources Lists data sources in Amazon DataZone
list_domains Lists Amazon DataZone domains
list_domain_units_for_parent Lists child domain units for the specified parent domain unit
list_entity_owners Lists the entity (domain units) owners
list_environment_actions Lists existing environment actions
list_environment_blueprint_configurations Lists blueprint configurations for a Amazon DataZone environment
list_environment_blueprints Lists blueprints in an Amazon DataZone environment
list_environment_profiles Lists Amazon DataZone environment profiles
list_environments Lists Amazon DataZone environments
list_job_runs Lists job runs
list_lineage_events Lists lineage events
list_lineage_node_history Lists the history of the specified data lineage node
list_metadata_generation_runs Lists all metadata generation runs
list_notifications Lists all Amazon DataZone notifications
list_policy_grants Lists policy grants
list_project_memberships Lists all members of the specified project
list_project_profiles Lists project profiles
list_projects Lists Amazon DataZone projects
list_rules Lists existing rules
list_subscription_grants Lists subscription grants
list_subscription_requests Lists Amazon DataZone subscription requests
list_subscriptions Lists subscriptions in Amazon DataZone
list_subscription_targets Lists subscription targets in Amazon DataZone
list_tags_for_resource Lists tags for the specified resource in Amazon DataZone
list_time_series_data_points Lists time series data points
post_lineage_event Posts a data lineage event
post_time_series_data_points Posts time series data points to Amazon DataZone for the specified asset
put_environment_blueprint_configuration Writes the configuration for the specified environment blueprint in Amazon DataZone
reject_predictions Rejects automatically generated business-friendly metadata for your Amazon DataZone assets
reject_subscription_request Rejects the specified subscription request
remove_entity_owner Removes an owner from an entity
remove_policy_grant Removes a policy grant
revoke_subscription Revokes a specified subscription in Amazon DataZone
search Searches for assets in Amazon DataZone
search_group_profiles Searches group profiles in Amazon DataZone
search_listings Searches listings (records of an asset at a given time) in Amazon DataZone
search_types Searches for types in Amazon DataZone
search_user_profiles Searches user profiles in Amazon DataZone
start_data_source_run Start the run of the specified data source in Amazon DataZone
start_metadata_generation_run Starts the metadata generation run
tag_resource Tags a resource in Amazon DataZone
untag_resource Untags a resource in Amazon DataZone
update_asset_filter Updates an asset filter
update_connection Updates a connection
update_data_source Updates the specified data source in Amazon DataZone
update_domain Updates a Amazon DataZone domain
update_domain_unit Updates the domain unit
update_environment Updates the specified environment in Amazon DataZone
update_environment_action Updates an environment action
update_environment_profile Updates the specified environment profile in Amazon DataZone
update_glossary Updates the business glossary in Amazon DataZone
update_glossary_term Updates a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone
update_group_profile Updates the specified group profile in Amazon DataZone
update_project Updates the specified project in Amazon DataZone
update_project_profile Updates a project profile
update_rule Updates a rule
update_subscription_grant_status Updates the status of the specified subscription grant status in Amazon DataZone
update_subscription_request Updates a specified subscription request in Amazon DataZone
update_subscription_target Updates the specified subscription target in Amazon DataZone
update_user_profile Updates the specified user profile in Amazon DataZone

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- datazone()
svc$accept_predictions(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts automatically generated business-friendly metadata for your Amazon DataZone assets

Description

Accepts automatically generated business-friendly metadata for your Amazon DataZone assets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_accept_predictions/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_accept_predictions(
  acceptChoices = NULL,
  acceptRule = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  revision = NULL
)

Arguments

acceptChoices

Specifies the prediction (aka, the automatically generated piece of metadata) and the target (for example, a column name) that can be accepted.

acceptRule

Specifies the rule (or the conditions) under which a prediction can be accepted.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request. This field is automatically populated if not provided.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the asset.

revision

The revision that is to be made to the asset.


Accepts a subscription request to a specific asset

Description

Accepts a subscription request to a specific asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_accept_subscription_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_accept_subscription_request(
  assetScopes = NULL,
  decisionComment = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier
)

Arguments

assetScopes

The asset scopes of the accept subscription request.

decisionComment

A description that specifies the reason for accepting the specified subscription request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The Amazon DataZone domain where the specified subscription request is being accepted.

identifier

[required] The unique identifier of the subscription request that is to be accepted.


Adds the owner of an entity (a domain unit)

Description

Adds the owner of an entity (a domain unit).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_add_entity_owner/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_add_entity_owner(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  owner
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which you want to add the entity owner.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the entity to which you want to add an owner.

entityType

[required] The type of an entity.

owner

[required] The owner that you want to add to the entity.


Adds a policy grant (an authorization policy) to a specified entity, including domain units, environment blueprint configurations, or environment profiles

Description

Adds a policy grant (an authorization policy) to a specified entity, including domain units, environment blueprint configurations, or environment profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_add_policy_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_add_policy_grant(
  clientToken = NULL,
  detail,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  policyType,
  principal
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

detail

[required] The details of the policy grant.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to add a policy grant.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the entity (resource) to which you want to add a policy grant.

entityType

[required] The type of entity (resource) to which the grant is added.

policyType

[required] The type of policy that you want to grant.

principal

[required] The principal to whom the permissions are granted.


Associates the environment role in Amazon DataZone

Description

Associates the environment role in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_associate_environment_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_associate_environment_role(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  environmentRoleArn
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the environment role is associated.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone environment.

environmentRoleArn

[required] The ARN of the environment role.


Cancels the metadata generation run

Description

Cancels the metadata generation run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_cancel_metadata_generation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_cancel_metadata_generation_run(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the metadata generation run is to be cancelled.

identifier

[required] The ID of the metadata generation run.


Cancels the subscription to the specified asset

Description

Cancels the subscription to the specified asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_cancel_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_cancel_subscription(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The unique identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain where the subscription request is being cancelled.

identifier

[required] The unique identifier of the subscription that is being cancelled.


Creates an asset in Amazon DataZone catalog

Description

Creates an asset in Amazon DataZone catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_asset/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_asset(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  externalIdentifier = NULL,
  formsInput = NULL,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  name,
  owningProjectIdentifier,
  predictionConfiguration = NULL,
  typeIdentifier,
  typeRevision = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

Asset description.

domainIdentifier

[required] Amazon DataZone domain where the asset is created.

externalIdentifier

The external identifier of the asset.

formsInput

Metadata forms attached to the asset.

glossaryTerms

Glossary terms attached to the asset.

name

[required] Asset name.

owningProjectIdentifier

[required] The unique identifier of the project that owns this asset.

predictionConfiguration

The configuration of the automatically generated business-friendly metadata for the asset.

typeIdentifier

[required] The unique identifier of this asset's type.

typeRevision

The revision of this asset's type.


Creates a data asset filter

Description

Creates a data asset filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_asset_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_asset_filter(
  assetIdentifier,
  clientToken = NULL,
  configuration,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  name
)

Arguments

assetIdentifier

[required] The ID of the data asset.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

configuration

[required] The configuration of the asset filter.

description

The description of the asset filter.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which you want to create an asset filter.

name

[required] The name of the asset filter.


Creates a revision of the asset

Description

Creates a revision of the asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_asset_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_asset_revision(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  formsInput = NULL,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  identifier,
  name,
  predictionConfiguration = NULL,
  typeRevision = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The revised description of the asset.

domainIdentifier

[required] The unique identifier of the domain where the asset is being revised.

formsInput

The metadata forms to be attached to the asset as part of asset revision.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms to be attached to the asset as part of asset revision.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the asset.

name

[required] Te revised name of the asset.

predictionConfiguration

The configuration of the automatically generated business-friendly metadata for the asset.

typeRevision

The revision type of the asset.


Creates a custom asset type

Description

Creates a custom asset type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_asset_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_asset_type(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  formsInput,
  name,
  owningProjectIdentifier
)

Arguments

description

The descripton of the custom asset type.

domainIdentifier

[required] The unique identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain where the custom asset type is being created.

formsInput

[required] The metadata forms that are to be attached to the custom asset type.

name

[required] The name of the custom asset type.

owningProjectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone project that is to own the custom asset type.


Creates a new connection

Description

Creates a new connection. In Amazon DataZone, a connection enables you to connect your resources (domains, projects, and environments) to external resources and services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_connection(
  awsLocation = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  name,
  props = NULL
)

Arguments

awsLocation

The location where the connection is created.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

A connection description.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the connection is created.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment where the connection is created.

name

[required] The connection name.

props

The connection props.


Creates a data product

Description

Creates a data product.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_data_product/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_data_product(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  formsInput = NULL,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  items = NULL,
  name,
  owningProjectIdentifier
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description of the data product.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the data product is created.

formsInput

The metadata forms of the data product.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms of the data product.

items

The data assets of the data product.

name

[required] The name of the data product.

owningProjectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the owning project of the data product.


Creates a data product revision

Description

Creates a data product revision.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_data_product_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_data_product_revision(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  formsInput = NULL,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  identifier,
  items = NULL,
  name
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description of the data product revision.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the data product revision is created.

formsInput

The metadata forms of the data product revision.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms of the data product revision.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data product revision.

items

The data assets of the data product revision.

name

[required] The name of the data product revision.


Creates an Amazon DataZone data source

Description

Creates an Amazon DataZone data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_data_source(
  assetFormsInput = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  configuration = NULL,
  connectionIdentifier = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  enableSetting = NULL,
  environmentIdentifier = NULL,
  name,
  projectIdentifier,
  publishOnImport = NULL,
  recommendation = NULL,
  schedule = NULL,
  type
)

Arguments

assetFormsInput

The metadata forms that are to be attached to the assets that this data source works with.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

configuration

Specifies the configuration of the data source. It can be set to either glueRunConfiguration or redshiftRunConfiguration.

connectionIdentifier

The ID of the connection.

description

The description of the data source.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where the data source is created.

enableSetting

Specifies whether the data source is enabled.

environmentIdentifier

The unique identifier of the Amazon DataZone environment to which the data source publishes assets.

name

[required] The name of the data source.

projectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone project in which you want to add this data source.

publishOnImport

Specifies whether the assets that this data source creates in the inventory are to be also automatically published to the catalog.

recommendation

Specifies whether the business name generation is to be enabled for this data source.

schedule

The schedule of the data source runs.

type

[required] The type of the data source.


Creates an Amazon DataZone domain

Description

Creates an Amazon DataZone domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_domain(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainExecutionRole,
  domainVersion = NULL,
  kmsKeyIdentifier = NULL,
  name,
  serviceRole = NULL,
  singleSignOn = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description of the Amazon DataZone domain.

domainExecutionRole

[required] The domain execution role that is created when an Amazon DataZone domain is created. The domain execution role is created in the Amazon Web Services account that houses the Amazon DataZone domain.

domainVersion

The version of the domain that is created.

kmsKeyIdentifier

The identifier of the Amazon Web Services Key Management Service (KMS) key that is used to encrypt the Amazon DataZone domain, metadata, and reporting data.

name

[required] The name of the Amazon DataZone domain.

serviceRole

The service role of the domain that is created.

singleSignOn

The single-sign on configuration of the Amazon DataZone domain.

tags

The tags specified for the Amazon DataZone domain.


Creates a domain unit in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a domain unit in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_domain_unit/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_domain_unit(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  name,
  parentDomainUnitIdentifier
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description of the domain unit.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to crate a domain unit.

name

[required] The name of the domain unit.

parentDomainUnitIdentifier

[required] The ID of the parent domain unit.


Create an Amazon DataZone environment

Description

Create an Amazon DataZone environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_environment(
  deploymentOrder = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentAccountIdentifier = NULL,
  environmentAccountRegion = NULL,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier = NULL,
  environmentConfigurationId = NULL,
  environmentProfileIdentifier,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  name,
  projectIdentifier,
  userParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

deploymentOrder

The deployment order of the environment.

description

The description of the Amazon DataZone environment.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the environment is created.

environmentAccountIdentifier

The ID of the account in which the environment is being created.

environmentAccountRegion

The region of the account in which the environment is being created.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

The ID of the blueprint with which the environment is being created.

environmentConfigurationId

The configuration ID of the environment.

environmentProfileIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the environment profile that is used to create this Amazon DataZone environment.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms that can be used in this Amazon DataZone environment.

name

[required] The name of the Amazon DataZone environment.

projectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone project in which this environment is created.

userParameters

The user parameters of this Amazon DataZone environment.


Creates an action for the environment, for example, creates a console link for an analytics tool that is available in this environment

Description

Creates an action for the environment, for example, creates a console link for an analytics tool that is available in this environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_environment_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_environment_action(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  name,
  parameters
)

Arguments

description

The description of the environment action that is being created in the environment.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the environment action is created.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment in which the environment action is created.

name

[required] The name of the environment action.

parameters

[required] The parameters of the environment action.


Creates an Amazon DataZone environment profile

Description

Creates an Amazon DataZone environment profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_environment_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_environment_profile(
  awsAccountId = NULL,
  awsAccountRegion = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier,
  name,
  projectIdentifier,
  userParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

awsAccountId

The Amazon Web Services account in which the Amazon DataZone environment is created.

awsAccountRegion

The Amazon Web Services region in which this environment profile is created.

description

The description of this Amazon DataZone environment profile.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this environment profile is created.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

[required] The ID of the blueprint with which this environment profile is created.

name

[required] The name of this Amazon DataZone environment profile.

projectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the project in which to create the environment profile.

userParameters

The user parameters of this Amazon DataZone environment profile.


Creates a metadata form type

Description

Creates a metadata form type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_form_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_form_type(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  model,
  name,
  owningProjectIdentifier,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of this Amazon DataZone metadata form type.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this metadata form type is created.

model

[required] The model of this Amazon DataZone metadata form type.

name

[required] The name of this Amazon DataZone metadata form type.

owningProjectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone project that owns this metadata form type.

status

The status of this Amazon DataZone metadata form type.


Creates an Amazon DataZone business glossary

Description

Creates an Amazon DataZone business glossary.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_glossary/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_glossary(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  name,
  owningProjectIdentifier,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description of this business glossary.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this business glossary is created.

name

[required] The name of this business glossary.

owningProjectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the project that currently owns business glossary.

status

The status of this business glossary.


Creates a business glossary term

Description

Creates a business glossary term.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_glossary_term/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_glossary_term(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  glossaryIdentifier,
  longDescription = NULL,
  name,
  shortDescription = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  termRelations = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this business glossary term is created.

glossaryIdentifier

[required] The ID of the business glossary in which this term is created.

longDescription

The long description of this business glossary term.

name

[required] The name of this business glossary term.

shortDescription

The short description of this business glossary term.

status

The status of this business glossary term.

termRelations

The term relations of this business glossary term.


Creates a group profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a group profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_group_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_group_profile(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  groupIdentifier
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the group profile is created.

groupIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the group for which the group profile is created.


Publishes a listing (a record of an asset at a given time) or removes a listing from the catalog

Description

Publishes a listing (a record of an asset at a given time) or removes a listing from the catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_listing_change_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_listing_change_set(
  action,
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityRevision = NULL,
  entityType
)

Arguments

action

[required] Specifies whether to publish or unpublish a listing.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the asset.

entityRevision

The revision of an asset.

entityType

[required] The type of an entity.


Creates an Amazon DataZone project

Description

Creates an Amazon DataZone project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_project(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  domainUnitId = NULL,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  name,
  projectProfileId = NULL,
  userParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of the Amazon DataZone project.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this project is created.

domainUnitId

The ID of the domain unit. This parameter is not required and if it is not specified, then the project is created at the root domain unit level.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms that can be used in this Amazon DataZone project.

name

[required] The name of the Amazon DataZone project.

projectProfileId

The ID of the project profile.

userParameters

The user parameters of the project.


Creates a project membership in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a project membership in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_project_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_project_membership(
  designation,
  domainIdentifier,
  member,
  projectIdentifier
)

Arguments

designation

[required] The designation of the project membership.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which project membership is created.

member

[required] The project member whose project membership was created.

projectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the project for which this project membership was created.


Creates a project profile

Description

Creates a project profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_project_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_project_profile(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  domainUnitIdentifier = NULL,
  environmentConfigurations = NULL,
  name,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

description

A description of a project profile.

domainIdentifier

[required] A domain ID of the project profile.

domainUnitIdentifier

A domain unit ID of the project profile.

environmentConfigurations

Environment configurations of the project profile.

name

[required] Project profile name.

status

Project profile status.


Creates a rule in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a rule in Amazon DataZone. A rule is a formal agreement that enforces specific requirements across user workflows (e.g., publishing assets to the catalog, requesting subscriptions, creating projects) within the Amazon DataZone data portal. These rules help maintain consistency, ensure compliance, and uphold governance standards in data management processes. For instance, a metadata enforcement rule can specify the required information for creating a subscription request or publishing a data asset to the catalog, ensuring alignment with organizational standards.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_rule(
  action,
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  detail,
  domainIdentifier,
  name,
  scope,
  target
)

Arguments

action

[required] The action of the rule.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description of the rule.

detail

[required] The detail of the rule.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the rule is created.

name

[required] The name of the rule.

scope

[required] The scope of the rule.

target

[required] The target of the rule.


Creates a subsscription grant in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a subsscription grant in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_subscription_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_subscription_grant(
  assetTargetNames = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  grantedEntity,
  subscriptionTargetIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

assetTargetNames

The names of the assets for which the subscription grant is created.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription grant is created.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment in which the subscription grant is created.

grantedEntity

[required] The entity to which the subscription is to be granted.

subscriptionTargetIdentifier

The ID of the subscription target for which the subscription grant is created.


Creates a subscription request in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a subscription request in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_subscription_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_subscription_request(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  metadataForms = NULL,
  requestReason,
  subscribedListings,
  subscribedPrincipals
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription request is created.

metadataForms

The metadata form included in the subscription request.

requestReason

[required] The reason for the subscription request.

subscribedListings

[required] The published asset for which the subscription grant is to be created.

subscribedPrincipals

[required] The Amazon DataZone principals for whom the subscription request is created.


Creates a subscription target in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a subscription target in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_subscription_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_subscription_target(
  applicableAssetTypes,
  authorizedPrincipals,
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  manageAccessRole,
  name,
  provider = NULL,
  subscriptionTargetConfig,
  type
)

Arguments

applicableAssetTypes

[required] The asset types that can be included in the subscription target.

authorizedPrincipals

[required] The authorized principals of the subscription target.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which subscription target is created.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment in which subscription target is created.

manageAccessRole

[required] The manage access role that is used to create the subscription target.

name

[required] The name of the subscription target.

provider

The provider of the subscription target.

subscriptionTargetConfig

[required] The configuration of the subscription target.

type

[required] The type of the subscription target.


Creates a user profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Creates a user profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_create_user_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_create_user_profile(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  userIdentifier,
  userType = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a user profile is created.

userIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the user for which the user profile is created.

userType

The user type of the user for which the user profile is created.


Deletes an asset in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes an asset in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_asset/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_asset(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the asset is deleted.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the asset that is deleted.


Deletes an asset filter

Description

Deletes an asset filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_asset_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_asset_filter(assetIdentifier, domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

assetIdentifier

[required] The ID of the data asset.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to delete an asset filter.

identifier

[required] The ID of the asset filter that you want to delete.


Deletes an asset type in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes an asset type in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_asset_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_asset_type(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the asset type is deleted.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the asset type that is deleted.


Deletes and connection

Description

Deletes and connection. In Amazon DataZone, a connection enables you to connect your resources (domains, projects, and environments) to external resources and services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_connection(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the connection is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the connection that is deleted.


Deletes a data product in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a data product in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_data_product/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_data_product(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the data product is deleted.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the data product that is deleted.


Deletes a data source in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a data source in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_data_source(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  retainPermissionsOnRevokeFailure = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the data source is deleted.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the data source that is deleted.

retainPermissionsOnRevokeFailure

Specifies that the granted permissions are retained in case of a self-subscribe functionality failure for a data source.


Deletes a Amazon DataZone domain

Description

Deletes a Amazon DataZone domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_domain(
  clientToken = NULL,
  identifier,
  skipDeletionCheck = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon Web Services domain that is to be deleted.

skipDeletionCheck

Specifies the optional flag to delete all child entities within the domain.


Deletes a domain unit

Description

Deletes a domain unit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_domain_unit/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_domain_unit(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to delete a domain unit.

identifier

[required] The ID of the domain unit that you want to delete.


Deletes an environment in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes an environment in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_environment(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the environment is deleted.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the environment that is to be deleted.


Deletes an action for the environment, for example, deletes a console link for an analytics tool that is available in this environment

Description

Deletes an action for the environment, for example, deletes a console link for an analytics tool that is available in this environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_environment_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_environment_action(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  identifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which an environment action is deleted.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment where an environment action is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the environment action that is deleted.


Deletes the blueprint configuration in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes the blueprint configuration in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_environment_blueprint_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_environment_blueprint_configuration(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the blueprint configuration is deleted.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

[required] The ID of the blueprint the configuration of which is deleted.


Deletes an environment profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes an environment profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_environment_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_environment_profile(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the environment profile is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the environment profile that is deleted.


Delets and metadata form type in Amazon DataZone

Description

Delets and metadata form type in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_form_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_form_type(domainIdentifier, formTypeIdentifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the metadata form type is deleted.

formTypeIdentifier

[required] The ID of the metadata form type that is deleted.


Deletes a business glossary in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a business glossary in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_glossary/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_glossary(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the business glossary is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the business glossary that is deleted.


Deletes a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_glossary_term/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_glossary_term(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the business glossary term is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the business glossary term that is deleted.


Deletes a listing (a record of an asset at a given time)

Description

Deletes a listing (a record of an asset at a given time).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_listing/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_listing(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain.

identifier

[required] The ID of the listing to be deleted.


Deletes a project in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a project in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_project(domainIdentifier, identifier, skipDeletionCheck = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the project is deleted.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the project that is to be deleted.

skipDeletionCheck

Specifies the optional flag to delete all child entities within the project.


Deletes project membership in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes project membership in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_project_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_project_membership(domainIdentifier, member, projectIdentifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where project membership is deleted.

member

[required] The project member whose project membership is deleted.

projectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone project the membership to which is deleted.


Deletes a project profile

Description

Deletes a project profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_project_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_project_profile(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where a project profile is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the project profile that is deleted.


Deletes a rule in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a rule in Amazon DataZone. A rule is a formal agreement that enforces specific requirements across user workflows (e.g., publishing assets to the catalog, requesting subscriptions, creating projects) within the Amazon DataZone data portal. These rules help maintain consistency, ensure compliance, and uphold governance standards in data management processes. For instance, a metadata enforcement rule can specify the required information for creating a subscription request or publishing a data asset to the catalog, ensuring alignment with organizational standards.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_rule(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain that where the rule is to be deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the rule that is to be deleted.


Deletes and subscription grant in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes and subscription grant in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_subscription_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_subscription_grant(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where the subscription grant is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the subscription grant that is deleted.


Deletes a subscription request in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a subscription request in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_subscription_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_subscription_request(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription request is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the subscription request that is deleted.


Deletes a subscription target in Amazon DataZone

Description

Deletes a subscription target in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_subscription_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_subscription_target(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  identifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription target is deleted.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone environment in which the subscription target is deleted.

identifier

[required] The ID of the subscription target that is deleted.


Deletes the specified time series form for the specified asset

Description

Deletes the specified time series form for the specified asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_delete_time_series_data_points/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_delete_time_series_data_points(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  formName
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request. This field is automatically populated if not provided.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain that houses the asset for which you want to delete a time series form.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the asset for which you want to delete a time series form.

entityType

[required] The type of the asset for which you want to delete a time series form.

formName

[required] The name of the time series form that you want to delete.


Disassociates the environment role in Amazon DataZone

Description

Disassociates the environment role in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_disassociate_environment_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_disassociate_environment_role(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  environmentRoleArn
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which an environment role is disassociated.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment.

environmentRoleArn

[required] The ARN of the environment role.


Gets an Amazon DataZone asset

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_asset/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_asset(domainIdentifier, identifier, revision = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain to which the asset belongs.

identifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone asset.

revision

The revision of the Amazon DataZone asset.


Gets an asset filter

Description

Gets an asset filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_asset_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_asset_filter(assetIdentifier, domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

assetIdentifier

[required] The ID of the data asset.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to get an asset filter.

identifier

[required] The ID of the asset filter.


Gets an Amazon DataZone asset type

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone asset type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_asset_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_asset_type(domainIdentifier, identifier, revision = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the asset type exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the asset type.

revision

The revision of the asset type.


Gets a connection

Description

Gets a connection. In Amazon DataZone, a connection enables you to connect your resources (domains, projects, and environments) to external resources and services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_connection(domainIdentifier, identifier, withSecret = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where we get the connection.

identifier

[required] The connection ID.

withSecret

Specifies whether a connection has a secret.


Gets the data product

Description

Gets the data product.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_data_product/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_data_product(domainIdentifier, identifier, revision = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the data product lives.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data product.

revision

The revision of the data product.


Gets an Amazon DataZone data source

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_data_source(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the data source exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone data source.


Gets an Amazon DataZone data source run

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone data source run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_data_source_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_data_source_run(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which this data source run was performed.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data source run.


Gets an Amazon DataZone domain

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_domain(identifier)

Arguments

identifier

[required] The identifier of the specified Amazon DataZone domain.


Gets the details of the specified domain unit

Description

Gets the details of the specified domain unit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_domain_unit/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_domain_unit(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to get a domain unit.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the domain unit that you want to get.


Gets an Amazon DataZone environment

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_environment(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where the environment exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone environment.


Gets the specified environment action

Description

Gets the specified environment action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_environment_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_environment_action(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  identifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the get_environment_action API is invoked.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The environment ID of the environment action.

identifier

[required] The ID of the environment action


Gets an Amazon DataZone blueprint

Description

Gets an Amazon DataZone blueprint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_environment_blueprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_environment_blueprint(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the domain in which this blueprint exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of this Amazon DataZone blueprint.


Gets the blueprint configuration in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets the blueprint configuration in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_environment_blueprint_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_environment_blueprint_configuration(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where this blueprint exists.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

[required] He ID of the blueprint.


Gets the credentials of an environment in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets the credentials of an environment in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_environment_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_environment_credentials(domainIdentifier, environmentIdentifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this environment and its credentials exist.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment whose credentials this operation gets.


Gets an evinronment profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets an evinronment profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_environment_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_environment_profile(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this environment profile exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the environment profile.


Gets a metadata form type in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a metadata form type in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_form_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_form_type(domainIdentifier, formTypeIdentifier, revision = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this metadata form type exists.

formTypeIdentifier

[required] The ID of the metadata form type.

revision

The revision of this metadata form type.


Gets a business glossary in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a business glossary in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_glossary/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_glossary(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this business glossary exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the business glossary.


Gets a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_glossary_term/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_glossary_term(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which this business glossary term exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the business glossary term.


Gets a group profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a group profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_group_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_group_profile(domainIdentifier, groupIdentifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the group profile exists.

groupIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the group profile.


Gets the data portal URL for the specified Amazon DataZone domain

Description

Gets the data portal URL for the specified Amazon DataZone domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_iam_portal_login_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_iam_portal_login_url(domainIdentifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] the ID of the Amazon DataZone domain the data portal of which you want to get.


The details of the job run

Description

The details of the job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_job_run(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain.

identifier

[required] The ID of the job run.


Describes the lineage event

Description

Describes the lineage event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_lineage_event/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_lineage_event(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain.

identifier

[required] The ID of the lineage event.


Gets the data lineage node

Description

Gets the data lineage node.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_lineage_node/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_lineage_node(domainIdentifier, eventTimestamp = NULL, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which you want to get the data lineage node.

eventTimestamp

The event time stamp for which you want to get the data lineage node.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data lineage node that you want to get.

Both, a lineage node identifier generated by Amazon DataZone and a sourceIdentifier of the lineage node are supported. If sourceIdentifier is greater than 1800 characters, you can use lineage node identifier generated by Amazon DataZone to get the node details.


Gets a listing (a record of an asset at a given time)

Description

Gets a listing (a record of an asset at a given time). If you specify a listing version, only details that are specific to that version are returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_listing/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_listing(domainIdentifier, identifier, listingRevision = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain.

identifier

[required] The ID of the listing.

listingRevision

The revision of the listing.


Gets a metadata generation run in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a metadata generation run in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_metadata_generation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_metadata_generation_run(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain the metadata generation run of which you want to get.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the metadata generation run.


Gets a project in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a project in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_project(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the project exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the project.


The details of the project profile

Description

The details of the project profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_project_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_project_profile(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain.

identifier

[required] The ID of the project profile.


Gets the details of a rule in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets the details of a rule in Amazon DataZone. A rule is a formal agreement that enforces specific requirements across user workflows (e.g., publishing assets to the catalog, requesting subscriptions, creating projects) within the Amazon DataZone data portal. These rules help maintain consistency, ensure compliance, and uphold governance standards in data management processes. For instance, a metadata enforcement rule can specify the required information for creating a subscription request or publishing a data asset to the catalog, ensuring alignment with organizational standards.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_rule(domainIdentifier, identifier, revision = NULL)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where the get_rule action is to be invoked.

identifier

[required] The ID of the rule.

revision

The revision of the rule.


Gets a subscription in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a subscription in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_subscription(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the subscription.


Gets the subscription grant in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets the subscription grant in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_subscription_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_subscription_grant(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription grant exists.

identifier

[required] The ID of the subscription grant.


Gets the details of the specified subscription request

Description

Gets the details of the specified subscription request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_subscription_request_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_subscription_request_details(domainIdentifier, identifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which to get the subscription request details.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the subscription request the details of which to get.


Gets the subscription target in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets the subscription target in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_subscription_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_subscription_target(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  identifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription target exists.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the environment associated with the subscription target.

identifier

[required] The ID of the subscription target.


Gets the existing data point for the asset

Description

Gets the existing data point for the asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_time_series_data_point/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_time_series_data_point(
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  formName,
  identifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain that houses the asset for which you want to get the data point.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the asset for which you want to get the data point.

entityType

[required] The type of the asset for which you want to get the data point.

formName

[required] The name of the time series form that houses the data point that you want to get.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data point that you want to get.


Gets a user profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Gets a user profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_get_user_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_get_user_profile(domainIdentifier, type = NULL, userIdentifier)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] the ID of the Amazon DataZone domain the data portal of which you want to get.

type

The type of the user profile.

userIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the user for which you want to get the user profile.


Lists asset filters

Description

Lists asset filters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_asset_filters/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_asset_filters(
  assetIdentifier,
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

assetIdentifier

[required] The ID of the data asset.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list asset filters.

maxResults

The maximum number of asset filters to return in a single call to list_asset_filters. When the number of asset filters to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_asset_filters to list the next set of asset filters.

nextToken

When the number of asset filters is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of asset filters, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_asset_filters to list the next set of asset filters.

status

The status of the asset filter.


Lists the revisions for the asset

Description

Lists the revisions for the asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_asset_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_asset_revisions(
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the domain.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the asset.

maxResults

The maximum number of revisions to return in a single call to list_asset_revisions. When the number of revisions to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_asset_revisions to list the next set of revisions.

nextToken

When the number of revisions is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of revisions, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_asset_revisions to list the next set of revisions.


Lists connections

Description

Lists connections. In Amazon DataZone, a connection enables you to connect your resources (domains, projects, and environments) to external resources and services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_connections(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  projectIdentifier,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  type = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list connections.

environmentIdentifier

The ID of the environment where you want to list connections.

maxResults

The maximum number of connections to return in a single call to ListConnections. When the number of connections to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListConnections to list the next set of connections.

name

The name of the connection.

nextToken

When the number of connections is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of connections, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListConnections to list the next set of connections.

projectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the project where you want to list connections.

sortBy

Specifies how you want to sort the listed connections.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order for the listed connections.

type

The type of connection.


Lists data product revisions

Description

Lists data product revisions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_data_product_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_data_product_revisions(
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain of the data product revisions that you want to list.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data product revision.

maxResults

The maximum number of asset filters to return in a single call to list_data_product_revisions. When the number of data product revisions to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_data_product_revisions to list the next set of data product revisions.

nextToken

When the number of data product revisions is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of data product revisions, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_data_product_revisions to list the next set of data product revisions.


Lists data source run activities

Description

Lists data source run activities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_data_source_run_activities/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_data_source_run_activities(
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which to list data source run activities.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the data source run.

maxResults

The maximum number of activities to return in a single call to list_data_source_run_activities. When the number of activities to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_data_source_run_activities to list the next set of activities.

nextToken

When the number of activities is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of activities, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_data_source_run_activities to list the next set of activities.

status

The status of the data source run.


Lists data source runs in Amazon DataZone

Description

Lists data source runs in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_data_source_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_data_source_runs(
  dataSourceIdentifier,
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

dataSourceIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the data source.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which to invoke the list_data_source_runs action.

maxResults

The maximum number of runs to return in a single call to list_data_source_runs. When the number of runs to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_data_source_runs to list the next set of runs.

nextToken

When the number of runs is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of runs, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_data_source_runs to list the next set of runs.

status

The status of the data source.


Lists data sources in Amazon DataZone

Description

Lists data sources in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_data_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_data_sources(
  connectionIdentifier = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  projectIdentifier,
  status = NULL,
  type = NULL
)

Arguments

connectionIdentifier

The ID of the connection.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which to list the data sources.

environmentIdentifier

The identifier of the environment in which to list the data sources.

maxResults

The maximum number of data sources to return in a single call to list_data_sources. When the number of data sources to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_data_sources to list the next set of data sources.

name

The name of the data source.

nextToken

When the number of data sources is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of data sources, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_data_sources to list the next set of data sources.

projectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the project in which to list data sources.

status

The status of the data source.

type

The type of the data source.


Lists child domain units for the specified parent domain unit

Description

Lists child domain units for the specified parent domain unit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_domain_units_for_parent/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_domain_units_for_parent(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  parentDomainUnitIdentifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which you want to list domain units for a parent domain unit.

maxResults

The maximum number of domain units to return in a single call to ListDomainUnitsForParent. When the number of domain units to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListDomainUnitsForParent to list the next set of domain units.

nextToken

When the number of domain units is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of domain units, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListDomainUnitsForParent to list the next set of domain units.

parentDomainUnitIdentifier

[required] The ID of the parent domain unit.


Lists Amazon DataZone domains

Description

Lists Amazon DataZone domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_domains(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL, status = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of domains to return in a single call to list_domains. When the number of domains to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_domains to list the next set of domains.

nextToken

When the number of domains is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of domains, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_domains to list the next set of domains.

status

The status of the data source.


Lists the entity (domain units) owners

Description

Lists the entity (domain units) owners.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_entity_owners/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_entity_owners(
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list entity owners.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the entity that you want to list.

entityType

[required] The type of the entity that you want to list.

maxResults

The maximum number of entities to return in a single call to list_entity_owners. When the number of entities to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_entity_owners to list the next set of entities.

nextToken

When the number of entities is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of entities, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_entity_owners to list the next set of entities.


Lists existing environment actions

Description

Lists existing environment actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_environment_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_environment_actions(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the environment actions are listed.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The ID of the envrironment whose environment actions are listed.

maxResults

The maximum number of environment actions to return in a single call to list_environment_actions. When the number of environment actions to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_environment_actions to list the next set of environment actions.

nextToken

When the number of environment actions is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of environment actions, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_environment_actions to list the next set of environment actions.


Lists blueprint configurations for a Amazon DataZone environment

Description

Lists blueprint configurations for a Amazon DataZone environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_environment_blueprint_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_environment_blueprint_configurations(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

maxResults

The maximum number of blueprint configurations to return in a single call to list_environment_blueprint_configurations. When the number of configurations to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_environment_blueprint_configurations to list the next set of configurations.

nextToken

When the number of blueprint configurations is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of configurations, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_environment_blueprint_configurations to list the next set of configurations.


Lists blueprints in an Amazon DataZone environment

Description

Lists blueprints in an Amazon DataZone environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_environment_blueprints/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_environment_blueprints(
  domainIdentifier,
  managed = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

managed

Specifies whether the environment blueprint is managed by Amazon DataZone.

maxResults

The maximum number of blueprints to return in a single call to list_environment_blueprints. When the number of blueprints to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_environment_blueprints to list the next set of blueprints.

name

The name of the Amazon DataZone environment.

nextToken

When the number of blueprints in the environment is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of blueprints in the environment, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_environment_blueprintsto list the next set of blueprints.


Lists Amazon DataZone environment profiles

Description

Lists Amazon DataZone environment profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_environment_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_environment_profiles(
  awsAccountId = NULL,
  awsAccountRegion = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  projectIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

awsAccountId

The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account where you want to list environment profiles.

awsAccountRegion

The Amazon Web Services region where you want to list environment profiles.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

The identifier of the blueprint that was used to create the environment profiles that you want to list.

maxResults

The maximum number of environment profiles to return in a single call to list_environment_profiles. When the number of environment profiles to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_environment_profiles to list the next set of environment profiles.

name
nextToken

When the number of environment profiles is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of environment profiles, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_environment_profiles to list the next set of environment profiles.

projectIdentifier

The identifier of the Amazon DataZone project.


Lists Amazon DataZone environments

Description

Lists Amazon DataZone environments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_environments/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_environments(
  awsAccountId = NULL,
  awsAccountRegion = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier = NULL,
  environmentProfileIdentifier = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  projectIdentifier,
  provider = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

awsAccountId

The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account where you want to list environments.

awsAccountRegion

The Amazon Web Services region where you want to list environments.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

The identifier of the Amazon DataZone blueprint.

environmentProfileIdentifier

The identifier of the environment profile.

maxResults

The maximum number of environments to return in a single call to list_environments. When the number of environments to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_environments to list the next set of environments.

name

The name of the environment.

nextToken

When the number of environments is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of environments, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_environments to list the next set of environments.

projectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone project.

provider

The provider of the environment.

status

The status of the environments that you want to list.


Lists job runs

Description

Lists job runs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_job_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_job_runs(
  domainIdentifier,
  jobIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list job runs.

jobIdentifier

[required] The ID of the job run.

maxResults

The maximum number of job runs to return in a single call to ListJobRuns. When the number of job runs to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListJobRuns to list the next set of job runs.

nextToken

When the number of job runs is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of job runs, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListJobRuns to list the next set of job runs.

sortOrder

Specifies the order in which job runs are to be sorted.

status

The status of a job run.


Lists lineage events

Description

Lists lineage events.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_lineage_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_lineage_events(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  processingStatus = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  timestampAfter = NULL,
  timestampBefore = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list lineage events.

maxResults

The maximum number of lineage events to return in a single call to ListLineageEvents. When the number of lineage events to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListLineageEvents to list the next set of lineage events.

nextToken

When the number of lineage events is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of lineage events, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListLineageEvents to list the next set of lineage events.

processingStatus

The processing status of a lineage event.

sortOrder

The sort order of the lineage events.

timestampAfter

The after timestamp of a lineage event.

timestampBefore

The before timestamp of a lineage event.


Lists the history of the specified data lineage node

Description

Lists the history of the specified data lineage node.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_lineage_node_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_lineage_node_history(
  direction = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  eventTimestampGTE = NULL,
  eventTimestampLTE = NULL,
  identifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

direction

The direction of the data lineage node refers to the lineage node having neighbors in that direction. For example, if direction is UPSTREAM, the list_lineage_node_history API responds with historical versions with upstream neighbors only.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list the history of the specified data lineage node.

eventTimestampGTE

Specifies whether the action is to return data lineage node history from the time after the event timestamp.

eventTimestampLTE

Specifies whether the action is to return data lineage node history from the time prior of the event timestamp.

identifier

[required] The ID of the data lineage node whose history you want to list.

maxResults

The maximum number of history items to return in a single call to ListLineageNodeHistory. When the number of memberships to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListLineageNodeHistory to list the next set of items.

nextToken

When the number of history items is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of items, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListLineageNodeHistory to list the next set of items.

sortOrder

The order by which you want data lineage node history to be sorted.


Lists all metadata generation runs

Description

Lists all metadata generation runs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_metadata_generation_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_metadata_generation_runs(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  type = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where you want to list metadata generation runs.

maxResults

The maximum number of metadata generation runs to return in a single call to ListMetadataGenerationRuns. When the number of metadata generation runs to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListMetadataGenerationRuns to list the next set of revisions.

nextToken

When the number of metadata generation runs is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of metadata generation runs, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListMetadataGenerationRuns to list the next set of revisions.

status

The status of the metadata generation runs.

type

The type of the metadata generation runs.


Lists all Amazon DataZone notifications

Description

Lists all Amazon DataZone notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_notifications/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_notifications(
  afterTimestamp = NULL,
  beforeTimestamp = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  subjects = NULL,
  taskStatus = NULL,
  type
)

Arguments

afterTimestamp

The time after which you want to list notifications.

beforeTimestamp

The time before which you want to list notifications.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

maxResults

The maximum number of notifications to return in a single call to list_notifications. When the number of notifications to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_notifications to list the next set of notifications.

nextToken

When the number of notifications is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of notifications, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_notifications to list the next set of notifications.

subjects

The subjects of notifications.

taskStatus

The task status of notifications.

type

[required] The type of notifications.


Lists policy grants

Description

Lists policy grants.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_policy_grants/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_policy_grants(
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  policyType
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list policy grants.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the entity for which you want to list policy grants.

entityType

[required] The type of entity for which you want to list policy grants.

maxResults

The maximum number of grants to return in a single call to list_policy_grants. When the number of grants to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_policy_grants to list the next set of grants.

nextToken

When the number of grants is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of grants, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_policy_grants to list the next set of grants.

policyType

[required] The type of policy that you want to list.


Lists all members of the specified project

Description

Lists all members of the specified project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_project_memberships/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_project_memberships(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  projectIdentifier,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which you want to list project memberships.

maxResults

The maximum number of memberships to return in a single call to list_project_memberships. When the number of memberships to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_project_memberships to list the next set of memberships.

nextToken

When the number of memberships is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of memberships, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_project_memberships to list the next set of memberships.

projectIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the project whose memberships you want to list.

sortBy

The method by which you want to sort the project memberships.

sortOrder

The sort order of the project memberships.


Lists project profiles

Description

Lists project profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_project_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_project_profiles(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to list project profiles.

maxResults

The maximum number of project profiles to return in a single call to ListProjectProfiles. When the number of project profiles to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListProjectProfiles to list the next set of project profiles.

name

The name of a project profile.

nextToken

When the number of project profiles is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of project profiles, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListProjectProfiles to list the next set of project profiles.

sortBy

Specifies by what to sort project profiles.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order of the project profiles.


Lists Amazon DataZone projects

Description

Lists Amazon DataZone projects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_projects/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_projects(
  domainIdentifier,
  groupIdentifier = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  userIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

groupIdentifier

The identifier of a group.

maxResults

The maximum number of projects to return in a single call to list_projects. When the number of projects to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_projects to list the next set of projects.

name

The name of the project.

nextToken

When the number of projects is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of projects, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_projects to list the next set of projects.

userIdentifier

The identifier of the Amazon DataZone user.


Lists existing rules

Description

Lists existing rules. In Amazon DataZone, a rule is a formal agreement that enforces specific requirements across user workflows (e.g., publishing assets to the catalog, requesting subscriptions, creating projects) within the Amazon DataZone data portal. These rules help maintain consistency, ensure compliance, and uphold governance standards in data management processes. For instance, a metadata enforcement rule can specify the required information for creating a subscription request or publishing a data asset to the catalog, ensuring alignment with organizational standards.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_rules(
  action = NULL,
  assetTypes = NULL,
  dataProduct = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  includeCascaded = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  projectIds = NULL,
  ruleType = NULL,
  targetIdentifier,
  targetType
)

Arguments

action

The action of the rule.

assetTypes

The asset types of the rule.

dataProduct

The data product of the rule.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which the rules are to be listed.

includeCascaded

Specifies whether to include cascading rules in the results.

maxResults

The maximum number of rules to return in a single call to list_rules. When the number of rules to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_rules to list the next set of rules.

nextToken

When the number of rules is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of rules, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_rules to list the next set of rules.

projectIds

The IDs of projects in which rules are to be listed.

ruleType

The type of the rule.

targetIdentifier

[required] The target ID of the rule.

targetType

[required] The target type of the rule.


Lists subscription grants

Description

Lists subscription grants.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_subscription_grants/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_subscription_grants(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentId = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  owningProjectId = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  subscribedListingId = NULL,
  subscriptionId = NULL,
  subscriptionTargetId = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

environmentId

The identifier of the Amazon DataZone environment.

maxResults

The maximum number of subscription grants to return in a single call to list_subscription_grants. When the number of subscription grants to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_subscription_grants to list the next set of subscription grants.

nextToken

When the number of subscription grants is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of subscription grants, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_subscription_grants to list the next set of subscription grants.

owningProjectId

The ID of the owning project of the subscription grants.

sortBy

Specifies the way of sorting the results of this action.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order of this action.

subscribedListingId

The identifier of the subscribed listing.

subscriptionId

The identifier of the subscription.

subscriptionTargetId

The identifier of the subscription target.


Lists Amazon DataZone subscription requests

Description

Lists Amazon DataZone subscription requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_subscription_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_subscription_requests(
  approverProjectId = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  owningProjectId = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  subscribedListingId = NULL
)

Arguments

approverProjectId

The identifier of the subscription request approver's project.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

maxResults

The maximum number of subscription requests to return in a single call to list_subscription_requests. When the number of subscription requests to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_subscription_requests to list the next set of subscription requests.

nextToken

When the number of subscription requests is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of subscription requests, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_subscription_requests to list the next set of subscription requests.

owningProjectId

The identifier of the project for the subscription requests.

sortBy

Specifies the way to sort the results of this action.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order for the results of this action.

status

Specifies the status of the subscription requests.

This is not a required parameter, but if not specified, by default, Amazon DataZone returns only PENDING subscription requests.

subscribedListingId

The identifier of the subscribed listing.


Lists subscription targets in Amazon DataZone

Description

Lists subscription targets in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_subscription_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_subscription_targets(
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain where you want to list subscription targets.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the environment where you want to list subscription targets.

maxResults

The maximum number of subscription targets to return in a single call to list_subscription_targets. When the number of subscription targets to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_subscription_targets to list the next set of subscription targets.

nextToken

When the number of subscription targets is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of subscription targets, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_subscription_targets to list the next set of subscription targets.

sortBy

Specifies the way in which the results of this action are to be sorted.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order for the results of this action.


Lists subscriptions in Amazon DataZone

Description

Lists subscriptions in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_subscriptions(
  approverProjectId = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  owningProjectId = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  subscribedListingId = NULL,
  subscriptionRequestIdentifier = NULL
)

Arguments

approverProjectId

The identifier of the project for the subscription's approver.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

maxResults

The maximum number of subscriptions to return in a single call to list_subscriptions. When the number of subscriptions to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_subscriptions to list the next set of Subscriptions.

nextToken

When the number of subscriptions is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of subscriptions, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_subscriptions to list the next set of subscriptions.

owningProjectId

The identifier of the owning project.

sortBy

Specifies the way in which the results of this action are to be sorted.

sortOrder

Specifies the sort order for the results of this action.

status

The status of the subscriptions that you want to list.

This is not a required parameter, but if not provided, by default, Amazon DataZone returns only APPROVED subscriptions.

subscribedListingId

The identifier of the subscribed listing for the subscriptions that you want to list.

subscriptionRequestIdentifier

The identifier of the subscription request for the subscriptions that you want to list.


Lists tags for the specified resource in Amazon DataZone

Description

Lists tags for the specified resource in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource whose tags you want to list.


Lists time series data points

Description

Lists time series data points.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_list_time_series_data_points/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_list_time_series_data_points(
  domainIdentifier,
  endedAt = NULL,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  formName,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  startedAt = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain that houses the assets for which you want to list time series data points.

endedAt

The timestamp at which the data points that you wanted to list ended.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the asset for which you want to list data points.

entityType

[required] The type of the asset for which you want to list data points.

formName

[required] The name of the time series data points form.

maxResults

The maximum number of data points to return in a single call to ListTimeSeriesDataPoints. When the number of data points to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to ListTimeSeriesDataPoints to list the next set of data points.

nextToken

When the number of data points is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of data points, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to ListTimeSeriesDataPoints to list the next set of data points.

startedAt

The timestamp at which the data points that you want to list started.


Posts a data lineage event

Description

Posts a data lineage event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_post_lineage_event/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_post_lineage_event(clientToken = NULL, domainIdentifier, event)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to post a data lineage event.

event

[required] The data lineage event that you want to post. Only open-lineage run event are supported as events.


Posts time series data points to Amazon DataZone for the specified asset

Description

Posts time series data points to Amazon DataZone for the specified asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_post_time_series_data_points/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_post_time_series_data_points(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  forms
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain in which you want to post time series data points.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the asset for which you want to post time series data points.

entityType

[required] The type of the asset for which you want to post data points.

forms

[required] The forms that contain the data points that you want to post.


Writes the configuration for the specified environment blueprint in Amazon DataZone

Description

Writes the configuration for the specified environment blueprint in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_put_environment_blueprint_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_put_environment_blueprint_configuration(
  domainIdentifier,
  enabledRegions,
  environmentBlueprintIdentifier,
  environmentRolePermissionBoundary = NULL,
  manageAccessRoleArn = NULL,
  provisioningConfigurations = NULL,
  provisioningRoleArn = NULL,
  regionalParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

enabledRegions

[required] Specifies the enabled Amazon Web Services Regions.

environmentBlueprintIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the environment blueprint.

environmentRolePermissionBoundary

The environment role permissions boundary.

manageAccessRoleArn

The ARN of the manage access role.

provisioningConfigurations

The provisioning configuration of a blueprint.

provisioningRoleArn

The ARN of the provisioning role.

regionalParameters

The regional parameters in the environment blueprint.


Rejects automatically generated business-friendly metadata for your Amazon DataZone assets

Description

Rejects automatically generated business-friendly metadata for your Amazon DataZone assets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_reject_predictions/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_reject_predictions(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  rejectChoices = NULL,
  rejectRule = NULL,
  revision = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the prediction.

rejectChoices

Specifies the prediction (aka, the automatically generated piece of metadata) and the target (for example, a column name) that can be rejected.

rejectRule

Specifies the rule (or the conditions) under which a prediction can be rejected.

revision

The revision that is to be made to the asset.


Rejects the specified subscription request

Description

Rejects the specified subscription request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_reject_subscription_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_reject_subscription_request(
  decisionComment = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier
)

Arguments

decisionComment

The decision comment of the rejected subscription request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which the subscription request was rejected.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the subscription request that was rejected.


Removes an owner from an entity

Description

Removes an owner from an entity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_remove_entity_owner/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_remove_entity_owner(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  owner
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to remove an owner from an entity.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the entity from which you want to remove an owner.

entityType

[required] The type of the entity from which you want to remove an owner.

owner

[required] The owner that you want to remove from an entity.


Removes a policy grant

Description

Removes a policy grant.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_remove_policy_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_remove_policy_grant(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  entityIdentifier,
  entityType,
  policyType,
  principal
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to remove a policy grant.

entityIdentifier

[required] The ID of the entity from which you want to remove a policy grant.

entityType

[required] The type of the entity from which you want to remove a policy grant.

policyType

[required] The type of the policy that you want to remove.

principal

[required] The principal from which you want to remove a policy grant.


Revokes a specified subscription in Amazon DataZone

Description

Revokes a specified subscription in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_revoke_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_revoke_subscription(
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  retainPermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain where you want to revoke a subscription.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the revoked subscription.

retainPermissions

Specifies whether permissions are retained when the subscription is revoked.


Description

Searches for assets in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_search/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_search(
  additionalAttributes = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  owningProjectIdentifier = NULL,
  searchIn = NULL,
  searchScope,
  searchText = NULL,
  sort = NULL
)

Arguments

additionalAttributes

Specifies additional attributes for the search action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain.

filters

Specifies the search filters.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call to search. When the number of results to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to search to list the next set of results.

nextToken

When the number of results is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of results, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to search to list the next set of results.

owningProjectIdentifier

The identifier of the owning project specified for the search.

searchIn

The details of the search.

searchScope

[required] The scope of the search.

searchText

Specifies the text for which to search.

sort

Specifies the way in which the search results are to be sorted.


Searches group profiles in Amazon DataZone

Description

Searches group profiles in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_search_group_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_search_group_profiles(
  domainIdentifier,
  groupType,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  searchText = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which you want to search group profiles.

groupType

[required] The group type for which to search.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call to search_group_profiles. When the number of results to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to search_group_profiles to list the next set of results.

nextToken

When the number of results is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of results, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to search_group_profiles to list the next set of results.

searchText

Specifies the text for which to search.


Searches listings (records of an asset at a given time) in Amazon DataZone

Description

Searches listings (records of an asset at a given time) in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_search_listings/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_search_listings(
  additionalAttributes = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  filters = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  searchIn = NULL,
  searchText = NULL,
  sort = NULL
)

Arguments

additionalAttributes

Specifies additional attributes for the search.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the domain in which to search listings.

filters

Specifies the filters for the search of listings.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call to search_listings. When the number of results to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to search_listings to list the next set of results.

nextToken

When the number of results is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of results, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to search_listings to list the next set of results.

searchIn

The details of the search.

searchText

Specifies the text for which to search.

sort

Specifies the way for sorting the search results.


Searches for types in Amazon DataZone

Description

Searches for types in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_search_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_search_types(
  domainIdentifier,
  filters = NULL,
  managed,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  searchIn = NULL,
  searchScope,
  searchText = NULL,
  sort = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which to invoke the search_types action.

filters

The filters for the search_types action.

managed

[required] Specifies whether the search is managed.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call to search_types. When the number of results to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to search_types to list the next set of results.

nextToken

When the number of results is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of results, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to search_types to list the next set of results.

searchIn

The details of the search.

searchScope

[required] Specifies the scope of the search for types.

searchText

Specifies the text for which to search.

sort

The specifies the way to sort the search_types results.


Searches user profiles in Amazon DataZone

Description

Searches user profiles in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_search_user_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_search_user_profiles(
  domainIdentifier,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  searchText = NULL,
  userType
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which you want to search user profiles.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call to search_user_profiles. When the number of results to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to search_user_profiles to list the next set of results.

nextToken

When the number of results is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of results, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to search_user_profiles to list the next set of results.

searchText

Specifies the text for which to search.

userType

[required] Specifies the user type for the search_user_profiles action.


Start the run of the specified data source in Amazon DataZone

Description

Start the run of the specified data source in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_start_data_source_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_start_data_source_run(
  clientToken = NULL,
  dataSourceIdentifier,
  domainIdentifier
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

dataSourceIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the data source.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which to start a data source run.


Starts the metadata generation run

Description

Starts the metadata generation run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_start_metadata_generation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_start_metadata_generation_run(
  clientToken = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  owningProjectIdentifier,
  target,
  type
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request. This field is automatically populated if not provided.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where you want to start a metadata generation run.

owningProjectIdentifier

[required] The ID of the project that owns the asset for which you want to start a metadata generation run.

target

[required] The asset for which you want to start a metadata generation run.

type

[required] The type of the metadata generation run.


Tags a resource in Amazon DataZone

Description

Tags a resource in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be tagged in Amazon DataZone.

tags

[required] Specifies the tags for the tag_resource action.


Untags a resource in Amazon DataZone

Description

Untags a resource in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be untagged in Amazon DataZone.

tagKeys

[required] Specifies the tag keys for the untag_resource action.


Updates an asset filter

Description

Updates an asset filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_asset_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_asset_filter(
  assetIdentifier,
  configuration = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  name = NULL
)

Arguments

assetIdentifier

[required] The ID of the data asset.

configuration

The configuration of the asset filter.

description

The description of the asset filter.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to update an asset filter.

identifier

[required] The ID of the asset filter.

name

The name of the asset filter.


Updates a connection

Description

Updates a connection. In Amazon DataZone, a connection enables you to connect your resources (domains, projects, and environments) to external resources and services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_connection(
  awsLocation = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  props = NULL
)

Arguments

awsLocation

The location where a connection is to be updated.

description

The description of a connection.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where a connection is to be updated.

identifier

[required] The ID of the connection to be updated.

props

The connection props.


Updates the specified data source in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified data source in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_data_source(
  assetFormsInput = NULL,
  configuration = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  enableSetting = NULL,
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  publishOnImport = NULL,
  recommendation = NULL,
  retainPermissionsOnRevokeFailure = NULL,
  schedule = NULL
)

Arguments

assetFormsInput

The asset forms to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

configuration

The configuration to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

description

The description to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the domain in which to update a data source.

enableSetting

The enable setting to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the data source to be updated.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

publishOnImport

The publish on import setting to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

recommendation

The recommendation to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.

retainPermissionsOnRevokeFailure

Specifies that the granted permissions are retained in case of a self-subscribe functionality failure for a data source.

schedule

The schedule to be updated as part of the update_data_source action.


Updates a Amazon DataZone domain

Description

Updates a Amazon DataZone domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_domain(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainExecutionRole = NULL,
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  serviceRole = NULL,
  singleSignOn = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description to be updated as part of the update_domain action.

domainExecutionRole

The domain execution role to be updated as part of the update_domain action.

identifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services domain that is to be updated.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_domain action.

serviceRole

The service role of the domain.

singleSignOn

The single sign-on option to be updated as part of the update_domain action.


Updates the domain unit

Description

Updates the domain unit.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_domain_unit/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_domain_unit(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  name = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of the domain unit that you want to update.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where you want to update a domain unit.

identifier

[required] The ID of the domain unit that you want to update.

name

The name of the domain unit that you want to update.


Updates the specified environment in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified environment in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_environment/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_environment(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  identifier,
  name = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description to be updated as part of the update_environment action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the domain in which the environment is to be updated.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms to be updated as part of the update_environment action.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the environment that is to be updated.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_environment action.


Updates an environment action

Description

Updates an environment action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_environment_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_environment_action(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  parameters = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of the environment action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The domain ID of the environment action.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The environment ID of the environment action.

identifier

[required] The ID of the environment action.

name

The name of the environment action.

parameters

The parameters of the environment action.


Updates the specified environment profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified environment profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_environment_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_environment_profile(
  awsAccountId = NULL,
  awsAccountRegion = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  userParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

awsAccountId

The Amazon Web Services account in which a specified environment profile is to be udpated.

awsAccountRegion

The Amazon Web Services Region in which a specified environment profile is to be updated.

description

The description to be updated as part of the update_environment_profile action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which an environment profile is to be updated.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the environment profile that is to be updated.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_environment_profile action.

userParameters

The user parameters to be updated as part of the update_environment_profile action.


Updates the business glossary in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the business glossary in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_glossary/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_glossary(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that is provided to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

The description to be updated as part of the update_glossary action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a business glossary is to be updated.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the business glossary to be updated.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_glossary action.

status

The status to be updated as part of the update_glossary action.


Updates a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates a business glossary term in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_glossary_term/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_glossary_term(
  domainIdentifier,
  glossaryIdentifier = NULL,
  identifier,
  longDescription = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  shortDescription = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  termRelations = NULL
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a business glossary term is to be updated.

glossaryIdentifier

The identifier of the business glossary in which a term is to be updated.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the business glossary term that is to be updated.

longDescription

The long description to be updated as part of the update_glossary_term action.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_glossary_term action.

shortDescription

The short description to be updated as part of the update_glossary_term action.

status

The status to be updated as part of the update_glossary_term action.

termRelations

The term relations to be updated as part of the update_glossary_term action.


Updates the specified group profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified group profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_group_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_group_profile(domainIdentifier, groupIdentifier, status)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a group profile is updated.

groupIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the group profile that is updated.

status

[required] The status of the group profile that is updated.


Updates the specified project in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified project in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_project(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentDeploymentDetails = NULL,
  glossaryTerms = NULL,
  identifier,
  name = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description to be updated as part of the update_project action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the Amazon DataZone domain where a project is being updated.

environmentDeploymentDetails

The environment deployment details of the project.

glossaryTerms

The glossary terms to be updated as part of the update_project action.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the project that is to be updated.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_project action.


Updates a project profile

Description

Updates a project profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_project_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_project_profile(
  description = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  domainUnitIdentifier = NULL,
  environmentConfigurations = NULL,
  identifier,
  name = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of a project profile.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain where a project profile is to be updated.

domainUnitIdentifier

The ID of the domain unit where a project profile is to be updated.

environmentConfigurations

The environment configurations of a project profile.

identifier

[required] The ID of a project profile that is to be updated.

name

The name of a project profile.

status

The status of a project profile.


Updates a rule

Description

Updates a rule. In Amazon DataZone, a rule is a formal agreement that enforces specific requirements across user workflows (e.g., publishing assets to the catalog, requesting subscriptions, creating projects) within the Amazon DataZone data portal. These rules help maintain consistency, ensure compliance, and uphold governance standards in data management processes. For instance, a metadata enforcement rule can specify the required information for creating a subscription request or publishing a data asset to the catalog, ensuring alignment with organizational standards.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_rule(
  description = NULL,
  detail = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  includeChildDomainUnits = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  scope = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of the rule.

detail

The detail of the rule.

domainIdentifier

[required] The ID of the domain in which a rule is to be updated.

identifier

[required] The ID of the rule that is to be updated

includeChildDomainUnits

Specifies whether to update this rule in the child domain units.

name

The name of the rule.

scope

The scrope of the rule.


Updates the status of the specified subscription grant status in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the status of the specified subscription grant status in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_subscription_grant_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_subscription_grant_status(
  assetIdentifier,
  domainIdentifier,
  failureCause = NULL,
  identifier,
  status,
  targetName = NULL
)

Arguments

assetIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the asset the subscription grant status of which is to be updated.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a subscription grant status is to be updated.

failureCause

Specifies the error message that is returned if the operation cannot be successfully completed.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the subscription grant the status of which is to be updated.

status

[required] The status to be updated as part of the update_subscription_grant_status action.

targetName

The target name to be updated as part of the update_subscription_grant_status action.


Updates a specified subscription request in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates a specified subscription request in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_subscription_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_subscription_request(
  domainIdentifier,
  identifier,
  requestReason
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a subscription request is to be updated.

identifier

[required] The identifier of the subscription request that is to be updated.

requestReason

[required] The reason for the update_subscription_request action.


Updates the specified subscription target in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified subscription target in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_subscription_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_subscription_target(
  applicableAssetTypes = NULL,
  authorizedPrincipals = NULL,
  domainIdentifier,
  environmentIdentifier,
  identifier,
  manageAccessRole = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  provider = NULL,
  subscriptionTargetConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

applicableAssetTypes

The applicable asset types to be updated as part of the update_subscription_target action.

authorizedPrincipals

The authorized principals to be updated as part of the update_subscription_target action.

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a subscription target is to be updated.

environmentIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the environment in which a subscription target is to be updated.

identifier

[required] Identifier of the subscription target that is to be updated.

manageAccessRole

The manage access role to be updated as part of the update_subscription_target action.

name

The name to be updated as part of the update_subscription_target action.

provider

The provider to be updated as part of the update_subscription_target action.

subscriptionTargetConfig

The configuration to be updated as part of the update_subscription_target action.


Updates the specified user profile in Amazon DataZone

Description

Updates the specified user profile in Amazon DataZone.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/datazone_update_user_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

datazone_update_user_profile(
  domainIdentifier,
  status,
  type = NULL,
  userIdentifier
)

Arguments

domainIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the Amazon DataZone domain in which a user profile is updated.

status

[required] The status of the user profile that are to be updated.

type

The type of the user profile that are to be updated.

userIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the user whose user profile is to be updated.


Amazon Elasticsearch Service

Description

Amazon Elasticsearch Configuration Service

Use the Amazon Elasticsearch Configuration API to create, configure, and manage Elasticsearch domains.

For sample code that uses the Configuration API, see the Amazon Elasticsearch Service Developer Guide. The guide also contains sample code for sending signed HTTP requests to the Elasticsearch APIs.

The endpoint for configuration service requests is region-specific: es.region.amazonaws.com. For example, es.us-east-1.amazonaws.com. For a current list of supported regions and endpoints, see Regions and Endpoints.

Usage

elasticsearchservice(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- elasticsearchservice(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection Allows the destination domain owner to accept an inbound cross-cluster search connection request
add_tags Attaches tags to an existing Elasticsearch domain
associate_package Associates a package with an Amazon ES domain
authorize_vpc_endpoint_access Provides access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint
cancel_domain_config_change Cancels a pending configuration change on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
cancel_elasticsearch_service_software_update Cancels a scheduled service software update for an Amazon ES domain
create_elasticsearch_domain Creates a new Elasticsearch domain
create_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connection Creates a new cross-cluster search connection from a source domain to a destination domain
create_package Create a package for use with Amazon ES domains
create_vpc_endpoint Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoint
delete_elasticsearch_domain Permanently deletes the specified Elasticsearch domain and all of its data
delete_elasticsearch_service_role Deletes the service-linked role that Elasticsearch Service uses to manage and maintain VPC domains
delete_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection Allows the destination domain owner to delete an existing inbound cross-cluster search connection
delete_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connection Allows the source domain owner to delete an existing outbound cross-cluster search connection
delete_package Delete the package
delete_vpc_endpoint Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint
describe_domain_auto_tunes Provides scheduled Auto-Tune action details for the Elasticsearch domain, such as Auto-Tune action type, description, severity, and scheduled date
describe_domain_change_progress Returns information about the current blue/green deployment happening on a domain, including a change ID, status, and progress stages
describe_elasticsearch_domain Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domain, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN
describe_elasticsearch_domain_config Provides cluster configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domain, such as the state, creation date, update version, and update date for cluster options
describe_elasticsearch_domains Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domains, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN
describe_elasticsearch_instance_type_limits Describe Elasticsearch Limits for a given InstanceType and ElasticsearchVersion
describe_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connections Lists all the inbound cross-cluster search connections for a destination domain
describe_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connections Lists all the outbound cross-cluster search connections for a source domain
describe_packages Describes all packages available to Amazon ES
describe_reserved_elasticsearch_instance_offerings Lists available reserved Elasticsearch instance offerings
describe_reserved_elasticsearch_instances Returns information about reserved Elasticsearch instances for this account
describe_vpc_endpoints Describes one or more Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints
dissociate_package Dissociates a package from the Amazon ES domain
get_compatible_elasticsearch_versions Returns a list of upgrade compatible Elastisearch versions
get_package_version_history Returns a list of versions of the package, along with their creation time and commit message
get_upgrade_history Retrieves the complete history of the last 10 upgrades that were performed on the domain
get_upgrade_status Retrieves the latest status of the last upgrade or upgrade eligibility check that was performed on the domain
list_domain_names Returns the name of all Elasticsearch domains owned by the current user's account
list_domains_for_package Lists all Amazon ES domains associated with the package
list_elasticsearch_instance_types List all Elasticsearch instance types that are supported for given ElasticsearchVersion
list_elasticsearch_versions List all supported Elasticsearch versions
list_packages_for_domain Lists all packages associated with the Amazon ES domain
list_tags Returns all tags for the given Elasticsearch domain
list_vpc_endpoint_access Retrieves information about each principal that is allowed to access a given Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint
list_vpc_endpoints Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints in the current account and Region
list_vpc_endpoints_for_domain Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints associated with a particular domain
purchase_reserved_elasticsearch_instance_offering Allows you to purchase reserved Elasticsearch instances
reject_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection Allows the destination domain owner to reject an inbound cross-cluster search connection request
remove_tags Removes the specified set of tags from the specified Elasticsearch domain
revoke_vpc_endpoint_access Revokes access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain that was provided through an interface VPC endpoint
start_elasticsearch_service_software_update Schedules a service software update for an Amazon ES domain
update_elasticsearch_domain_config Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Elasticsearch domain, setting as setting the instance type and the number of instances
update_package Updates a package for use with Amazon ES domains
update_vpc_endpoint Modifies an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint
upgrade_elasticsearch_domain Allows you to either upgrade your domain or perform an Upgrade eligibility check to a compatible Elasticsearch version

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- elasticsearchservice()
svc$accept_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Allows the destination domain owner to accept an inbound cross-cluster search connection request

Description

Allows the destination domain owner to accept an inbound cross-cluster search connection request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_accept_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_accept_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection(
  CrossClusterSearchConnectionId
)

Arguments

CrossClusterSearchConnectionId

[required] The id of the inbound connection that you want to accept.


Attaches tags to an existing Elasticsearch domain

Description

Attaches tags to an existing Elasticsearch domain. Tags are a set of case-sensitive key value pairs. An Elasticsearch domain may have up to 10 tags. See Tagging Amazon Elasticsearch Service Domains for more information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_add_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_add_tags(ARN, TagList)

Arguments

ARN

[required] Specify the ARN for which you want to add the tags.

TagList

[required] List of Tag that need to be added for the Elasticsearch domain.


Associates a package with an Amazon ES domain

Description

Associates a package with an Amazon ES domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_associate_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_associate_package(PackageID, DomainName)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Internal ID of the package that you want to associate with a domain. Use describe_packages to find this value.

DomainName

[required] Name of the domain that you want to associate the package with.


Provides access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint

Description

Provides access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_authorize_vpc_endpoint_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_authorize_vpc_endpoint_access(DomainName, Account)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Service domain to provide access to.

Account

[required] The account ID to grant access to.


Cancels a pending configuration change on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Cancels a pending configuration change on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_cancel_domain_config_change/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_cancel_domain_config_change(DomainName, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the OpenSearch Service domain configuration request to cancel.

DryRun

When set to True, returns the list of change IDs and properties that will be cancelled without actually cancelling the change.


Cancels a scheduled service software update for an Amazon ES domain

Description

Cancels a scheduled service software update for an Amazon ES domain. You can only perform this operation before the AutomatedUpdateDate and when the UpdateStatus is in the PENDING_UPDATE state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_cancel_elasticsearch_service_software_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_cancel_elasticsearch_service_software_update(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain that you want to stop the latest service software update on.


Creates a new Elasticsearch domain

Description

Creates a new Elasticsearch domain. For more information, see Creating Elasticsearch Domains in the Amazon Elasticsearch Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_create_elasticsearch_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_create_elasticsearch_domain(
  DomainName,
  ElasticsearchVersion = NULL,
  ElasticsearchClusterConfig = NULL,
  EBSOptions = NULL,
  AccessPolicies = NULL,
  SnapshotOptions = NULL,
  VPCOptions = NULL,
  CognitoOptions = NULL,
  EncryptionAtRestOptions = NULL,
  NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedOptions = NULL,
  LogPublishingOptions = NULL,
  DomainEndpointOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedSecurityOptions = NULL,
  AutoTuneOptions = NULL,
  TagList = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the Elasticsearch domain that you are creating. Domain names are unique across the domains owned by an account within an AWS region. Domain names must start with a lowercase letter and can contain the following characters: a-z (lowercase), 0-9, and - (hyphen).

ElasticsearchVersion

String of format X.Y to specify version for the Elasticsearch domain eg. "1.5" or "2.3". For more information, see Creating Elasticsearch Domains in the Amazon Elasticsearch Service Developer Guide.

ElasticsearchClusterConfig

Configuration options for an Elasticsearch domain. Specifies the instance type and number of instances in the domain cluster.

EBSOptions

Options to enable, disable and specify the type and size of EBS storage volumes.

AccessPolicies

IAM access policy as a JSON-formatted string.

SnapshotOptions

Option to set time, in UTC format, of the daily automated snapshot. Default value is 0 hours.

VPCOptions

Options to specify the subnets and security groups for VPC endpoint. For more information, see Creating a VPC in VPC Endpoints for Amazon Elasticsearch Service Domains

CognitoOptions

Options to specify the Cognito user and identity pools for Kibana authentication. For more information, see Amazon Cognito Authentication for Kibana.

EncryptionAtRestOptions

Specifies the Encryption At Rest Options.

NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions

Specifies the NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions.

AdvancedOptions

Option to allow references to indices in an HTTP request body. Must be false when configuring access to individual sub-resources. By default, the value is true. See Configuration Advanced Options for more information.

LogPublishingOptions

Map of LogType and LogPublishingOption, each containing options to publish a given type of Elasticsearch log.

DomainEndpointOptions

Options to specify configuration that will be applied to the domain endpoint.

AdvancedSecurityOptions

Specifies advanced security options.

AutoTuneOptions

Specifies Auto-Tune options.

TagList

A list of Tag added during domain creation.


Creates a new cross-cluster search connection from a source domain to a destination domain

Description

Creates a new cross-cluster search connection from a source domain to a destination domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_create_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_create_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connection(
  SourceDomainInfo,
  DestinationDomainInfo,
  ConnectionAlias
)

Arguments

SourceDomainInfo

[required] Specifies the DomainInformation for the source Elasticsearch domain.

DestinationDomainInfo

[required] Specifies the DomainInformation for the destination Elasticsearch domain.

ConnectionAlias

[required] Specifies the connection alias that will be used by the customer for this connection.


Create a package for use with Amazon ES domains

Description

Create a package for use with Amazon ES domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_create_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_create_package(
  PackageName,
  PackageType,
  PackageDescription = NULL,
  PackageSource
)

Arguments

PackageName

[required] Unique identifier for the package.

PackageType

[required] Type of package. Currently supports only TXT-DICTIONARY.

PackageDescription

Description of the package.

PackageSource

[required] The customer S3 location PackageSource for importing the package.


Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoint

Description

Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_create_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_create_vpc_endpoint(
  DomainArn,
  VpcOptions,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain to grant access to.

VpcOptions

[required] Options to specify the subnets and security groups for the endpoint.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Permanently deletes the specified Elasticsearch domain and all of its data

Description

Permanently deletes the specified Elasticsearch domain and all of its data. Once a domain is deleted, it cannot be recovered.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_delete_elasticsearch_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_delete_elasticsearch_domain(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the Elasticsearch domain that you want to permanently delete.


Deletes the service-linked role that Elasticsearch Service uses to manage and maintain VPC domains

Description

Deletes the service-linked role that Elasticsearch Service uses to manage and maintain VPC domains. Role deletion will fail if any existing VPC domains use the role. You must delete any such Elasticsearch domains before deleting the role. See Deleting Elasticsearch Service Role in VPC Endpoints for Amazon Elasticsearch Service Domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_delete_elasticsearch_service_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_delete_elasticsearch_service_role()

Allows the destination domain owner to delete an existing inbound cross-cluster search connection

Description

Allows the destination domain owner to delete an existing inbound cross-cluster search connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_delete_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_delete_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection(
  CrossClusterSearchConnectionId
)

Arguments

CrossClusterSearchConnectionId

[required] The id of the inbound connection that you want to permanently delete.


Allows the source domain owner to delete an existing outbound cross-cluster search connection

Description

Allows the source domain owner to delete an existing outbound cross-cluster search connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_delete_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_delete_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connection(
  CrossClusterSearchConnectionId
)

Arguments

CrossClusterSearchConnectionId

[required] The id of the outbound connection that you want to permanently delete.


Delete the package

Description

Delete the package.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_delete_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_delete_package(PackageID)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Internal ID of the package that you want to delete. Use describe_packages to find this value.


Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint

Description

Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_delete_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_delete_vpc_endpoint(VpcEndpointId)

Arguments

VpcEndpointId

[required] The unique identifier of the endpoint to be deleted.


Provides scheduled Auto-Tune action details for the Elasticsearch domain, such as Auto-Tune action type, description, severity, and scheduled date

Description

Provides scheduled Auto-Tune action details for the Elasticsearch domain, such as Auto-Tune action type, description, severity, and scheduled date.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_domain_auto_tunes/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_domain_auto_tunes(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Specifies the domain name for which you want Auto-Tune action details.

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. If not specified, defaults to 100.

NextToken

NextToken is sent in case the earlier API call results contain the NextToken. It is used for pagination.


Returns information about the current blue/green deployment happening on a domain, including a change ID, status, and progress stages

Description

Returns information about the current blue/green deployment happening on a domain, including a change ID, status, and progress stages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_domain_change_progress/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_domain_change_progress(
  DomainName,
  ChangeId = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The domain you want to get the progress information about.

ChangeId

The specific change ID for which you want to get progress information. This is an optional parameter. If omitted, the service returns information about the most recent configuration change.


Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domain, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN

Description

Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domain, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_domain(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the Elasticsearch domain for which you want information.


Provides cluster configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domain, such as the state, creation date, update version, and update date for cluster options

Description

Provides cluster configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domain, such as the state, creation date, update version, and update date for cluster options.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_domain_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_domain_config(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The Elasticsearch domain that you want to get information about.


Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domains, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN

Description

Returns domain configuration information about the specified Elasticsearch domains, including the domain ID, domain endpoint, and domain ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_domains(DomainNames)

Arguments

DomainNames

[required] The Elasticsearch domains for which you want information.


Describe Elasticsearch Limits for a given InstanceType and ElasticsearchVersion

Description

Describe Elasticsearch Limits for a given InstanceType and ElasticsearchVersion. When modifying existing Domain, specify the DomainName to know what Limits are supported for modifying.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_instance_type_limits/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_elasticsearch_instance_type_limits(
  DomainName = NULL,
  InstanceType,
  ElasticsearchVersion
)

Arguments

DomainName

DomainName represents the name of the Domain that we are trying to modify. This should be present only if we are querying for Elasticsearch Limits for existing domain.

InstanceType

[required] The instance type for an Elasticsearch cluster for which Elasticsearch Limits are needed.

ElasticsearchVersion

[required] Version of Elasticsearch for which Limits are needed.


Lists all the inbound cross-cluster search connections for a destination domain

Description

Lists all the inbound cross-cluster search connections for a destination domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connections(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

A list of filters used to match properties for inbound cross-cluster search connection. Available Filter names for this operation are:

  • cross-cluster-search-connection-id

  • source-domain-info.domain-name

  • source-domain-info.owner-id

  • source-domain-info.region

  • destination-domain-info.domain-name

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. If not specified, defaults to 100.

NextToken

NextToken is sent in case the earlier API call results contain the NextToken. It is used for pagination.


Lists all the outbound cross-cluster search connections for a source domain

Description

Lists all the outbound cross-cluster search connections for a source domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_outbound_cross_cluster_search_connections(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

A list of filters used to match properties for outbound cross-cluster search connection. Available Filter names for this operation are:

  • cross-cluster-search-connection-id

  • destination-domain-info.domain-name

  • destination-domain-info.owner-id

  • destination-domain-info.region

  • source-domain-info.domain-name

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. If not specified, defaults to 100.

NextToken

NextToken is sent in case the earlier API call results contain the NextToken. It is used for pagination.


Describes all packages available to Amazon ES

Description

Describes all packages available to Amazon ES. Includes options for filtering, limiting the number of results, and pagination.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_packages(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

Only returns packages that match the DescribePackagesFilterList values.

MaxResults

Limits results to a maximum number of packages.

NextToken

Used for pagination. Only necessary if a previous API call includes a non-null NextToken value. If provided, returns results for the next page.


Lists available reserved Elasticsearch instance offerings

Description

Lists available reserved Elasticsearch instance offerings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_reserved_elasticsearch_instance_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_reserved_elasticsearch_instance_offerings(
  ReservedElasticsearchInstanceOfferingId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedElasticsearchInstanceOfferingId

The offering identifier filter value. Use this parameter to show only the available offering that matches the specified reservation identifier.

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. If not specified, defaults to 100.

NextToken

NextToken should be sent in case if earlier API call produced result containing NextToken. It is used for pagination.


Returns information about reserved Elasticsearch instances for this account

Description

Returns information about reserved Elasticsearch instances for this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_reserved_elasticsearch_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_reserved_elasticsearch_instances(
  ReservedElasticsearchInstanceId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedElasticsearchInstanceId

The reserved instance identifier filter value. Use this parameter to show only the reservation that matches the specified reserved Elasticsearch instance ID.

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. If not specified, defaults to 100.

NextToken

NextToken should be sent in case if earlier API call produced result containing NextToken. It is used for pagination.


Describes one or more Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints

Description

Describes one or more Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_describe_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_describe_vpc_endpoints(VpcEndpointIds)

Arguments

VpcEndpointIds

[required] The unique identifiers of the endpoints to get information about.


Dissociates a package from the Amazon ES domain

Description

Dissociates a package from the Amazon ES domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_dissociate_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_dissociate_package(PackageID, DomainName)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Internal ID of the package that you want to associate with a domain. Use describe_packages to find this value.

DomainName

[required] Name of the domain that you want to associate the package with.


Returns a list of upgrade compatible Elastisearch versions

Description

Returns a list of upgrade compatible Elastisearch versions. You can optionally pass a DomainName to get all upgrade compatible Elasticsearch versions for that specific domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_get_compatible_elasticsearch_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_get_compatible_elasticsearch_versions(DomainName = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

Returns a list of versions of the package, along with their creation time and commit message

Description

Returns a list of versions of the package, along with their creation time and commit message.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_get_package_version_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_get_package_version_history(
  PackageID,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Returns an audit history of versions of the package.

MaxResults

Limits results to a maximum number of versions.

NextToken

Used for pagination. Only necessary if a previous API call includes a non-null NextToken value. If provided, returns results for the next page.


Retrieves the complete history of the last 10 upgrades that were performed on the domain

Description

Retrieves the complete history of the last 10 upgrades that were performed on the domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_get_upgrade_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_get_upgrade_history(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

MaxResults
NextToken

Retrieves the latest status of the last upgrade or upgrade eligibility check that was performed on the domain

Description

Retrieves the latest status of the last upgrade or upgrade eligibility check that was performed on the domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_get_upgrade_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_get_upgrade_status(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]


Returns the name of all Elasticsearch domains owned by the current user's account

Description

Returns the name of all Elasticsearch domains owned by the current user's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_domain_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_domain_names(EngineType = NULL)

Arguments

EngineType

Optional parameter to filter the output by domain engine type. Acceptable values are 'Elasticsearch' and 'OpenSearch'.


Lists all Amazon ES domains associated with the package

Description

Lists all Amazon ES domains associated with the package.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_domains_for_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_domains_for_package(
  PackageID,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] The package for which to list domains.

MaxResults

Limits results to a maximum number of domains.

NextToken

Used for pagination. Only necessary if a previous API call includes a non-null NextToken value. If provided, returns results for the next page.


List all Elasticsearch instance types that are supported for given ElasticsearchVersion

Description

List all Elasticsearch instance types that are supported for given ElasticsearchVersion

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_elasticsearch_instance_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_elasticsearch_instance_types(
  ElasticsearchVersion,
  DomainName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ElasticsearchVersion

[required] Version of Elasticsearch for which list of supported elasticsearch instance types are needed.

DomainName

DomainName represents the name of the Domain that we are trying to modify. This should be present only if we are querying for list of available Elasticsearch instance types when modifying existing domain.

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. Value provided must be greater than 30 else it wont be honored.

NextToken

NextToken should be sent in case if earlier API call produced result containing NextToken. It is used for pagination.


List all supported Elasticsearch versions

Description

List all supported Elasticsearch versions

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_elasticsearch_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_elasticsearch_versions(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

Set this value to limit the number of results returned. Value provided must be greater than 10 else it wont be honored.

NextToken

Lists all packages associated with the Amazon ES domain

Description

Lists all packages associated with the Amazon ES domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_packages_for_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_packages_for_domain(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain for which you want to list associated packages.

MaxResults

Limits results to a maximum number of packages.

NextToken

Used for pagination. Only necessary if a previous API call includes a non-null NextToken value. If provided, returns results for the next page.


Returns all tags for the given Elasticsearch domain

Description

Returns all tags for the given Elasticsearch domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_tags(ARN)

Arguments

ARN

[required] Specify the ARN for the Elasticsearch domain to which the tags are attached that you want to view.


Retrieves information about each principal that is allowed to access a given Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint

Description

Retrieves information about each principal that is allowed to access a given Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_vpc_endpoint_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_vpc_endpoint_access(DomainName, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Service domain to retrieve access information for.

NextToken

Provides an identifier to allow retrieval of paginated results.


Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints in the current account and Region

Description

Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints in the current account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Identifier to allow retrieval of paginated results.


Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints associated with a particular domain

Description

Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints associated with a particular domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints_for_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints_for_domain(
  DomainName,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the ElasticSearch domain whose VPC endpoints are to be listed.

NextToken

Provides an identifier to allow retrieval of paginated results.


Allows you to purchase reserved Elasticsearch instances

Description

Allows you to purchase reserved Elasticsearch instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_purchase_reserved_elasticsearch_instance_offering/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_purchase_reserved_elasticsearch_instance_offering(
  ReservedElasticsearchInstanceOfferingId,
  ReservationName,
  InstanceCount = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedElasticsearchInstanceOfferingId

[required] The ID of the reserved Elasticsearch instance offering to purchase.

ReservationName

[required] A customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.

InstanceCount

The number of Elasticsearch instances to reserve.


Allows the destination domain owner to reject an inbound cross-cluster search connection request

Description

Allows the destination domain owner to reject an inbound cross-cluster search connection request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_reject_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_reject_inbound_cross_cluster_search_connection(
  CrossClusterSearchConnectionId
)

Arguments

CrossClusterSearchConnectionId

[required] The id of the inbound connection that you want to reject.


Removes the specified set of tags from the specified Elasticsearch domain

Description

Removes the specified set of tags from the specified Elasticsearch domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_remove_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_remove_tags(ARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ARN

[required] Specifies the ARN for the Elasticsearch domain from which you want to delete the specified tags.

TagKeys

[required] Specifies the TagKey list which you want to remove from the Elasticsearch domain.


Revokes access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain that was provided through an interface VPC endpoint

Description

Revokes access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain that was provided through an interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_revoke_vpc_endpoint_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_revoke_vpc_endpoint_access(DomainName, Account)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Service domain.

Account

[required] The account ID to revoke access from.


Schedules a service software update for an Amazon ES domain

Description

Schedules a service software update for an Amazon ES domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_start_elasticsearch_service_software_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_start_elasticsearch_service_software_update(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain that you want to update to the latest service software.


Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Elasticsearch domain, setting as setting the instance type and the number of instances

Description

Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Elasticsearch domain, setting as setting the instance type and the number of instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_update_elasticsearch_domain_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_update_elasticsearch_domain_config(
  DomainName,
  ElasticsearchClusterConfig = NULL,
  EBSOptions = NULL,
  SnapshotOptions = NULL,
  VPCOptions = NULL,
  CognitoOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedOptions = NULL,
  AccessPolicies = NULL,
  LogPublishingOptions = NULL,
  DomainEndpointOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedSecurityOptions = NULL,
  NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions = NULL,
  EncryptionAtRestOptions = NULL,
  AutoTuneOptions = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the Elasticsearch domain that you are updating.

ElasticsearchClusterConfig

The type and number of instances to instantiate for the domain cluster.

EBSOptions

Specify the type and size of the EBS volume that you want to use.

SnapshotOptions

Option to set the time, in UTC format, for the daily automated snapshot. Default value is 0 hours.

VPCOptions

Options to specify the subnets and security groups for VPC endpoint. For more information, see Creating a VPC in VPC Endpoints for Amazon Elasticsearch Service Domains

CognitoOptions

Options to specify the Cognito user and identity pools for Kibana authentication. For more information, see Amazon Cognito Authentication for Kibana.

AdvancedOptions

Modifies the advanced option to allow references to indices in an HTTP request body. Must be false when configuring access to individual sub-resources. By default, the value is true. See Configuration Advanced Options for more information.

AccessPolicies

IAM access policy as a JSON-formatted string.

LogPublishingOptions

Map of LogType and LogPublishingOption, each containing options to publish a given type of Elasticsearch log.

DomainEndpointOptions

Options to specify configuration that will be applied to the domain endpoint.

AdvancedSecurityOptions

Specifies advanced security options.

NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions

Specifies the NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions.

EncryptionAtRestOptions

Specifies the Encryption At Rest Options.

AutoTuneOptions

Specifies Auto-Tune options.

DryRun

This flag, when set to True, specifies whether the UpdateElasticsearchDomain request should return the results of validation checks without actually applying the change. This flag, when set to True, specifies the deployment mechanism through which the update shall be applied on the domain. This will not actually perform the Update.


Updates a package for use with Amazon ES domains

Description

Updates a package for use with Amazon ES domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_update_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_update_package(
  PackageID,
  PackageSource,
  PackageDescription = NULL,
  CommitMessage = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Unique identifier for the package.

PackageSource

[required]

PackageDescription

New description of the package.

CommitMessage

An info message for the new version which will be shown as part of GetPackageVersionHistoryResponse.


Modifies an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint

Description

Modifies an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_update_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_update_vpc_endpoint(VpcEndpointId, VpcOptions)

Arguments

VpcEndpointId

[required] Unique identifier of the VPC endpoint to be updated.

VpcOptions

[required] The security groups and/or subnets to add, remove, or modify.


Allows you to either upgrade your domain or perform an Upgrade eligibility check to a compatible Elasticsearch version

Description

Allows you to either upgrade your domain or perform an Upgrade eligibility check to a compatible Elasticsearch version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/elasticsearchservice_upgrade_elasticsearch_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

elasticsearchservice_upgrade_elasticsearch_domain(
  DomainName,
  TargetVersion,
  PerformCheckOnly = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

TargetVersion

[required] The version of Elasticsearch that you intend to upgrade the domain to.

PerformCheckOnly

This flag, when set to True, indicates that an Upgrade Eligibility Check needs to be performed. This will not actually perform the Upgrade.


Amazon EMR

Description

Amazon EMR is a web service that makes it easier to process large amounts of data efficiently. Amazon EMR uses Hadoop processing combined with several Amazon Web Services services to do tasks such as web indexing, data mining, log file analysis, machine learning, scientific simulation, and data warehouse management.

Usage

emr(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- emr(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_instance_fleet Adds an instance fleet to a running cluster
add_instance_groups Adds one or more instance groups to a running cluster
add_job_flow_steps AddJobFlowSteps adds new steps to a running cluster
add_tags Adds tags to an Amazon EMR resource, such as a cluster or an Amazon EMR Studio
cancel_steps Cancels a pending step or steps in a running cluster
create_security_configuration Creates a security configuration, which is stored in the service and can be specified when a cluster is created
create_studio Creates a new Amazon EMR Studio
create_studio_session_mapping Maps a user or group to the Amazon EMR Studio specified by StudioId, and applies a session policy to refine Studio permissions for that user or group
delete_security_configuration Deletes a security configuration
delete_studio Removes an Amazon EMR Studio from the Studio metadata store
delete_studio_session_mapping Removes a user or group from an Amazon EMR Studio
describe_cluster Provides cluster-level details including status, hardware and software configuration, VPC settings, and so on
describe_job_flows This API is no longer supported and will eventually be removed
describe_notebook_execution Provides details of a notebook execution
describe_release_label Provides Amazon EMR release label details, such as the releases available the Region where the API request is run, and the available applications for a specific Amazon EMR release label
describe_security_configuration Provides the details of a security configuration by returning the configuration JSON
describe_step Provides more detail about the cluster step
describe_studio Returns details for the specified Amazon EMR Studio including ID, Name, VPC, Studio access URL, and so on
get_auto_termination_policy Returns the auto-termination policy for an Amazon EMR cluster
get_block_public_access_configuration Returns the Amazon EMR block public access configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in the current Region
get_cluster_session_credentials Provides temporary, HTTP basic credentials that are associated with a given runtime IAM role and used by a cluster with fine-grained access control activated
get_managed_scaling_policy Fetches the attached managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster
get_studio_session_mapping Fetches mapping details for the specified Amazon EMR Studio and identity (user or group)
list_bootstrap_actions Provides information about the bootstrap actions associated with a cluster
list_clusters Provides the status of all clusters visible to this Amazon Web Services account
list_instance_fleets Lists all available details about the instance fleets in a cluster
list_instance_groups Provides all available details about the instance groups in a cluster
list_instances Provides information for all active Amazon EC2 instances and Amazon EC2 instances terminated in the last 30 days, up to a maximum of 2,000
list_notebook_executions Provides summaries of all notebook executions
list_release_labels Retrieves release labels of Amazon EMR services in the Region where the API is called
list_security_configurations Lists all the security configurations visible to this account, providing their creation dates and times, and their names
list_steps Provides a list of steps for the cluster in reverse order unless you specify stepIds with the request or filter by StepStates
list_studios Returns a list of all Amazon EMR Studios associated with the Amazon Web Services account
list_studio_session_mappings Returns a list of all user or group session mappings for the Amazon EMR Studio specified by StudioId
list_supported_instance_types A list of the instance types that Amazon EMR supports
modify_cluster Modifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently for the cluster specified using ClusterID
modify_instance_fleet Modifies the target On-Demand and target Spot capacities for the instance fleet with the specified InstanceFleetID within the cluster specified using ClusterID
modify_instance_groups ModifyInstanceGroups modifies the number of nodes and configuration settings of an instance group
put_auto_scaling_policy Creates or updates an automatic scaling policy for a core instance group or task instance group in an Amazon EMR cluster
put_auto_termination_policy Auto-termination is supported in Amazon EMR releases 5
put_block_public_access_configuration Creates or updates an Amazon EMR block public access configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in the current Region
put_managed_scaling_policy Creates or updates a managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster
remove_auto_scaling_policy Removes an automatic scaling policy from a specified instance group within an Amazon EMR cluster
remove_auto_termination_policy Removes an auto-termination policy from an Amazon EMR cluster
remove_managed_scaling_policy Removes a managed scaling policy from a specified Amazon EMR cluster
remove_tags Removes tags from an Amazon EMR resource, such as a cluster or Amazon EMR Studio
run_job_flow RunJobFlow creates and starts running a new cluster (job flow)
set_keep_job_flow_alive_when_no_steps You can use the SetKeepJobFlowAliveWhenNoSteps to configure a cluster (job flow) to terminate after the step execution, i
set_termination_protection SetTerminationProtection locks a cluster (job flow) so the Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster cannot be terminated by user intervention, an API call, or in the event of a job-flow error
set_unhealthy_node_replacement Specify whether to enable unhealthy node replacement, which lets Amazon EMR gracefully replace core nodes on a cluster if any nodes become unhealthy
set_visible_to_all_users The SetVisibleToAllUsers parameter is no longer supported
start_notebook_execution Starts a notebook execution
stop_notebook_execution Stops a notebook execution
terminate_job_flows TerminateJobFlows shuts a list of clusters (job flows) down
update_studio Updates an Amazon EMR Studio configuration, including attributes such as name, description, and subnets
update_studio_session_mapping Updates the session policy attached to the user or group for the specified Amazon EMR Studio

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- emr()
svc$add_instance_fleet(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds an instance fleet to a running cluster

Description

Adds an instance fleet to a running cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_add_instance_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_add_instance_fleet(ClusterId, InstanceFleet)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The unique identifier of the cluster.

InstanceFleet

[required] Specifies the configuration of the instance fleet.


Adds one or more instance groups to a running cluster

Description

Adds one or more instance groups to a running cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_add_instance_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_add_instance_groups(InstanceGroups, JobFlowId)

Arguments

InstanceGroups

[required] Instance groups to add.

JobFlowId

[required] Job flow in which to add the instance groups.


AddJobFlowSteps adds new steps to a running cluster

Description

AddJobFlowSteps adds new steps to a running cluster. A maximum of 256 steps are allowed in each job flow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_add_job_flow_steps/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_add_job_flow_steps(JobFlowId, Steps, ExecutionRoleArn = NULL)

Arguments

JobFlowId

[required] A string that uniquely identifies the job flow. This identifier is returned by run_job_flow and can also be obtained from list_clusters.

Steps

[required] A list of StepConfig to be executed by the job flow.

ExecutionRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the runtime role for a step on the cluster. The runtime role can be a cross-account IAM role. The runtime role ARN is a combination of account ID, role name, and role type using the following format: arn:partition:service:region:account:resource.

For example, ⁠arn:aws:IAM::1234567890:role/ReadOnly⁠ is a correctly formatted runtime role ARN.


Adds tags to an Amazon EMR resource, such as a cluster or an Amazon EMR Studio

Description

Adds tags to an Amazon EMR resource, such as a cluster or an Amazon EMR Studio. Tags make it easier to associate resources in various ways, such as grouping clusters to track your Amazon EMR resource allocation costs. For more information, see Tag Clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_add_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_add_tags(ResourceId, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The Amazon EMR resource identifier to which tags will be added. For example, a cluster identifier or an Amazon EMR Studio ID.

Tags

[required] A list of tags to associate with a resource. Tags are user-defined key-value pairs that consist of a required key string with a maximum of 128 characters, and an optional value string with a maximum of 256 characters.


Cancels a pending step or steps in a running cluster

Description

Cancels a pending step or steps in a running cluster. Available only in Amazon EMR versions 4.8.0 and later, excluding version 5.0.0. A maximum of 256 steps are allowed in each CancelSteps request. CancelSteps is idempotent but asynchronous; it does not guarantee that a step will be canceled, even if the request is successfully submitted. When you use Amazon EMR releases 5.28.0 and later, you can cancel steps that are in a PENDING or RUNNING state. In earlier versions of Amazon EMR, you can only cancel steps that are in a PENDING state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_cancel_steps/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_cancel_steps(ClusterId, StepIds, StepCancellationOption = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The ClusterID for the specified steps that will be canceled. Use run_job_flow and list_clusters to get ClusterIDs.

StepIds

[required] The list of StepIDs to cancel. Use list_steps to get steps and their states for the specified cluster.

StepCancellationOption

The option to choose to cancel RUNNING steps. By default, the value is SEND_INTERRUPT.


Creates a security configuration, which is stored in the service and can be specified when a cluster is created

Description

Creates a security configuration, which is stored in the service and can be specified when a cluster is created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_create_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_create_security_configuration(Name, SecurityConfiguration)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the security configuration.

SecurityConfiguration

[required] The security configuration details in JSON format. For JSON parameters and examples, see Use Security Configurations to Set Up Cluster Security in the Amazon EMR Management Guide.


Creates a new Amazon EMR Studio

Description

Creates a new Amazon EMR Studio.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_create_studio/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_create_studio(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  AuthMode,
  VpcId,
  SubnetIds,
  ServiceRole,
  UserRole = NULL,
  WorkspaceSecurityGroupId,
  EngineSecurityGroupId,
  DefaultS3Location,
  IdpAuthUrl = NULL,
  IdpRelayStateParameterName = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  TrustedIdentityPropagationEnabled = NULL,
  IdcUserAssignment = NULL,
  IdcInstanceArn = NULL,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A descriptive name for the Amazon EMR Studio.

Description

A detailed description of the Amazon EMR Studio.

AuthMode

[required] Specifies whether the Studio authenticates users using IAM or IAM Identity Center.

VpcId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) to associate with the Studio.

SubnetIds

[required] A list of subnet IDs to associate with the Amazon EMR Studio. A Studio can have a maximum of 5 subnets. The subnets must belong to the VPC specified by VpcId. Studio users can create a Workspace in any of the specified subnets.

ServiceRole

[required] The IAM role that the Amazon EMR Studio assumes. The service role provides a way for Amazon EMR Studio to interoperate with other Amazon Web Services services.

UserRole

The IAM user role that users and groups assume when logged in to an Amazon EMR Studio. Only specify a UserRole when you use IAM Identity Center authentication. The permissions attached to the UserRole can be scoped down for each user or group using session policies.

WorkspaceSecurityGroupId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio Workspace security group. The Workspace security group allows outbound network traffic to resources in the Engine security group, and it must be in the same VPC specified by VpcId.

EngineSecurityGroupId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio Engine security group. The Engine security group allows inbound network traffic from the Workspace security group, and it must be in the same VPC specified by VpcId.

DefaultS3Location

[required] The Amazon S3 location to back up Amazon EMR Studio Workspaces and notebook files.

IdpAuthUrl

The authentication endpoint of your identity provider (IdP). Specify this value when you use IAM authentication and want to let federated users log in to a Studio with the Studio URL and credentials from your IdP. Amazon EMR Studio redirects users to this endpoint to enter credentials.

IdpRelayStateParameterName

The name that your identity provider (IdP) uses for its RelayState parameter. For example, RelayState or TargetSource. Specify this value when you use IAM authentication and want to let federated users log in to a Studio using the Studio URL. The RelayState parameter differs by IdP.

Tags

A list of tags to associate with the Amazon EMR Studio. Tags are user-defined key-value pairs that consist of a required key string with a maximum of 128 characters, and an optional value string with a maximum of 256 characters.

TrustedIdentityPropagationEnabled

A Boolean indicating whether to enable Trusted identity propagation for the Studio. The default value is false.

IdcUserAssignment

Specifies whether IAM Identity Center user assignment is REQUIRED or OPTIONAL. If the value is set to REQUIRED, users must be explicitly assigned to the Studio application to access the Studio.

IdcInstanceArn

The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance to create the Studio application.

EncryptionKeyArn

The KMS key identifier (ARN) used to encrypt Amazon EMR Studio workspace and notebook files when backed up to Amazon S3.


Maps a user or group to the Amazon EMR Studio specified by StudioId, and applies a session policy to refine Studio permissions for that user or group

Description

Maps a user or group to the Amazon EMR Studio specified by StudioId, and applies a session policy to refine Studio permissions for that user or group. Use create_studio_session_mapping to assign users to a Studio when you use IAM Identity Center authentication. For instructions on how to assign users to a Studio when you use IAM authentication, see Assign a user or group to your EMR Studio.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_create_studio_session_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_create_studio_session_mapping(
  StudioId,
  IdentityId = NULL,
  IdentityName = NULL,
  IdentityType,
  SessionPolicyArn
)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio to which the user or group will be mapped.

IdentityId

The globally unique identifier (GUID) of the user or group from the IAM Identity Center Identity Store. For more information, see UserId and GroupId in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified, but not both.

IdentityName

The name of the user or group. For more information, see UserName and DisplayName in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified, but not both.

IdentityType

[required] Specifies whether the identity to map to the Amazon EMR Studio is a user or a group.

SessionPolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the session policy that will be applied to the user or group. You should specify the ARN for the session policy that you want to apply, not the ARN of your user role. For more information, see Create an Amazon EMR Studio User Role with Session Policies.


Deletes a security configuration

Description

Deletes a security configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_delete_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_delete_security_configuration(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the security configuration.


Removes an Amazon EMR Studio from the Studio metadata store

Description

Removes an Amazon EMR Studio from the Studio metadata store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_delete_studio/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_delete_studio(StudioId)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio.


Removes a user or group from an Amazon EMR Studio

Description

Removes a user or group from an Amazon EMR Studio.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_delete_studio_session_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_delete_studio_session_mapping(
  StudioId,
  IdentityId = NULL,
  IdentityName = NULL,
  IdentityType
)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio.

IdentityId

The globally unique identifier (GUID) of the user or group to remove from the Amazon EMR Studio. For more information, see UserId and GroupId in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified.

IdentityName

The name of the user name or group to remove from the Amazon EMR Studio. For more information, see UserName and DisplayName in the IAM Identity Center Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified.

IdentityType

[required] Specifies whether the identity to delete from the Amazon EMR Studio is a user or a group.


Provides cluster-level details including status, hardware and software configuration, VPC settings, and so on

Description

Provides cluster-level details including status, hardware and software configuration, VPC settings, and so on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_cluster(ClusterId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier of the cluster to describe.


This API is no longer supported and will eventually be removed

Description

This API is no longer supported and will eventually be removed. We recommend you use list_clusters, describe_cluster, list_steps, list_instance_groups and list_bootstrap_actions instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_job_flows/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_job_flows(
  CreatedAfter = NULL,
  CreatedBefore = NULL,
  JobFlowIds = NULL,
  JobFlowStates = NULL
)

Arguments

CreatedAfter

Return only job flows created after this date and time.

CreatedBefore

Return only job flows created before this date and time.

JobFlowIds

Return only job flows whose job flow ID is contained in this list.

JobFlowStates

Return only job flows whose state is contained in this list.


Provides details of a notebook execution

Description

Provides details of a notebook execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_notebook_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_notebook_execution(NotebookExecutionId)

Arguments

NotebookExecutionId

[required] The unique identifier of the notebook execution.


Provides Amazon EMR release label details, such as the releases available the Region where the API request is run, and the available applications for a specific Amazon EMR release label

Description

Provides Amazon EMR release label details, such as the releases available the Region where the API request is run, and the available applications for a specific Amazon EMR release label. Can also list Amazon EMR releases that support a specified version of Spark.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_release_label/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_release_label(
  ReleaseLabel = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ReleaseLabel

The target release label to be described.

NextToken

The pagination token. Reserved for future use. Currently set to null.

MaxResults

Reserved for future use. Currently set to null.


Provides the details of a security configuration by returning the configuration JSON

Description

Provides the details of a security configuration by returning the configuration JSON.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_security_configuration(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the security configuration.


Provides more detail about the cluster step

Description

Provides more detail about the cluster step.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_step/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_step(ClusterId, StepId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier of the cluster with steps to describe.

StepId

[required] The identifier of the step to describe.


Returns details for the specified Amazon EMR Studio including ID, Name, VPC, Studio access URL, and so on

Description

Returns details for the specified Amazon EMR Studio including ID, Name, VPC, Studio access URL, and so on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_describe_studio/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_describe_studio(StudioId)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The Amazon EMR Studio ID.


Returns the auto-termination policy for an Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Returns the auto-termination policy for an Amazon EMR cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_get_auto_termination_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_get_auto_termination_policy(ClusterId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of the Amazon EMR cluster for which the auto-termination policy will be fetched.


Returns the Amazon EMR block public access configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in the current Region

Description

Returns the Amazon EMR block public access configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in the current Region. For more information see Configure Block Public Access for Amazon EMR in the Amazon EMR Management Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_get_block_public_access_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_get_block_public_access_configuration()

Provides temporary, HTTP basic credentials that are associated with a given runtime IAM role and used by a cluster with fine-grained access control activated

Description

Provides temporary, HTTP basic credentials that are associated with a given runtime IAM role and used by a cluster with fine-grained access control activated. You can use these credentials to connect to cluster endpoints that support username and password authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_get_cluster_session_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_get_cluster_session_credentials(ClusterId, ExecutionRoleArn = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The unique identifier of the cluster.

ExecutionRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the runtime role for interactive workload submission on the cluster. The runtime role can be a cross-account IAM role. The runtime role ARN is a combination of account ID, role name, and role type using the following format: arn:partition:service:region:account:resource.


Fetches the attached managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Fetches the attached managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_get_managed_scaling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_get_managed_scaling_policy(ClusterId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of the cluster for which the managed scaling policy will be fetched.


Fetches mapping details for the specified Amazon EMR Studio and identity (user or group)

Description

Fetches mapping details for the specified Amazon EMR Studio and identity (user or group).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_get_studio_session_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_get_studio_session_mapping(
  StudioId,
  IdentityId = NULL,
  IdentityName = NULL,
  IdentityType
)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio.

IdentityId

The globally unique identifier (GUID) of the user or group. For more information, see UserId and GroupId in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified.

IdentityName

The name of the user or group to fetch. For more information, see UserName and DisplayName in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified.

IdentityType

[required] Specifies whether the identity to fetch is a user or a group.


Provides information about the bootstrap actions associated with a cluster

Description

Provides information about the bootstrap actions associated with a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_bootstrap_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_bootstrap_actions(ClusterId, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The cluster identifier for the bootstrap actions to list.

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve.


Provides the status of all clusters visible to this Amazon Web Services account

Description

Provides the status of all clusters visible to this Amazon Web Services account. Allows you to filter the list of clusters based on certain criteria; for example, filtering by cluster creation date and time or by status. This call returns a maximum of 50 clusters in unsorted order per call, but returns a marker to track the paging of the cluster list across multiple ListClusters calls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_clusters(
  CreatedAfter = NULL,
  CreatedBefore = NULL,
  ClusterStates = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

CreatedAfter

The creation date and time beginning value filter for listing clusters.

CreatedBefore

The creation date and time end value filter for listing clusters.

ClusterStates

The cluster state filters to apply when listing clusters. Clusters that change state while this action runs may be not be returned as expected in the list of clusters.

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve.


Lists all available details about the instance fleets in a cluster

Description

Lists all available details about the instance fleets in a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_instance_fleets/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_instance_fleets(ClusterId, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The unique identifier of the cluster.

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve.


Provides all available details about the instance groups in a cluster

Description

Provides all available details about the instance groups in a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_instance_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_instance_groups(ClusterId, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier of the cluster for which to list the instance groups.

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve.


Provides information for all active Amazon EC2 instances and Amazon EC2 instances terminated in the last 30 days, up to a maximum of 2,000

Description

Provides information for all active Amazon EC2 instances and Amazon EC2 instances terminated in the last 30 days, up to a maximum of 2,000. Amazon EC2 instances in any of the following states are considered active: AWAITING_FULFILLMENT, PROVISIONING, BOOTSTRAPPING, RUNNING.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_instances(
  ClusterId,
  InstanceGroupId = NULL,
  InstanceGroupTypes = NULL,
  InstanceFleetId = NULL,
  InstanceFleetType = NULL,
  InstanceStates = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier of the cluster for which to list the instances.

InstanceGroupId

The identifier of the instance group for which to list the instances.

InstanceGroupTypes

The type of instance group for which to list the instances.

InstanceFleetId

The unique identifier of the instance fleet.

InstanceFleetType

The node type of the instance fleet. For example MASTER, CORE, or TASK.

InstanceStates

A list of instance states that will filter the instances returned with this request.

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve.


Provides summaries of all notebook executions

Description

Provides summaries of all notebook executions. You can filter the list based on multiple criteria such as status, time range, and editor id. Returns a maximum of 50 notebook executions and a marker to track the paging of a longer notebook execution list across multiple list_notebook_executions calls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_notebook_executions/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_notebook_executions(
  EditorId = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  From = NULL,
  To = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  ExecutionEngineId = NULL
)

Arguments

EditorId

The unique ID of the editor associated with the notebook execution.

Status

The status filter for listing notebook executions.

  • START_PENDING indicates that the cluster has received the execution request but execution has not begun.

  • STARTING indicates that the execution is starting on the cluster.

  • RUNNING indicates that the execution is being processed by the cluster.

  • FINISHING indicates that execution processing is in the final stages.

  • FINISHED indicates that the execution has completed without error.

  • FAILING indicates that the execution is failing and will not finish successfully.

  • FAILED indicates that the execution failed.

  • STOP_PENDING indicates that the cluster has received a stop_notebook_execution request and the stop is pending.

  • STOPPING indicates that the cluster is in the process of stopping the execution as a result of a stop_notebook_execution request.

  • STOPPED indicates that the execution stopped because of a stop_notebook_execution request.

From

The beginning of time range filter for listing notebook executions. The default is the timestamp of 30 days ago.

To

The end of time range filter for listing notebook executions. The default is the current timestamp.

Marker

The pagination token, returned by a previous list_notebook_executions call, that indicates the start of the list for this list_notebook_executions call.

ExecutionEngineId

The unique ID of the execution engine.


Retrieves release labels of Amazon EMR services in the Region where the API is called

Description

Retrieves release labels of Amazon EMR services in the Region where the API is called.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_release_labels/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_release_labels(Filters = NULL, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

Filters

Filters the results of the request. Prefix specifies the prefix of release labels to return. Application specifies the application (with/without version) of release labels to return.

NextToken

Specifies the next page of results. If NextToken is not specified, which is usually the case for the first request of ListReleaseLabels, the first page of results are determined by other filtering parameters or by the latest version. The list_release_labels request fails if the identity (Amazon Web Services account ID) and all filtering parameters are different from the original request, or if the NextToken is expired or tampered with.

MaxResults

Defines the maximum number of release labels to return in a single response. The default is 100.


Lists all the security configurations visible to this account, providing their creation dates and times, and their names

Description

Lists all the security configurations visible to this account, providing their creation dates and times, and their names. This call returns a maximum of 50 clusters per call, but returns a marker to track the paging of the cluster list across multiple ListSecurityConfigurations calls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_security_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_security_configurations(Marker = NULL)

Arguments

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the set of results to retrieve.


Provides a list of steps for the cluster in reverse order unless you specify stepIds with the request or filter by StepStates

Description

Provides a list of steps for the cluster in reverse order unless you specify stepIds with the request or filter by StepStates. You can specify a maximum of 10 stepIDs. The CLI automatically paginates results to return a list greater than 50 steps. To return more than 50 steps using the CLI, specify a Marker, which is a pagination token that indicates the next set of steps to retrieve.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_steps/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_steps(ClusterId, StepStates = NULL, StepIds = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier of the cluster for which to list the steps.

StepStates

The filter to limit the step list based on certain states.

StepIds

The filter to limit the step list based on the identifier of the steps. You can specify a maximum of ten Step IDs. The character constraint applies to the overall length of the array.

Marker

The maximum number of steps that a single list_steps action returns is 50. To return a longer list of steps, use multiple list_steps actions along with the Marker parameter, which is a pagination token that indicates the next set of results to retrieve.


Returns a list of all user or group session mappings for the Amazon EMR Studio specified by StudioId

Description

Returns a list of all user or group session mappings for the Amazon EMR Studio specified by StudioId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_studio_session_mappings/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_studio_session_mappings(
  StudioId = NULL,
  IdentityType = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

StudioId

The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio.

IdentityType

Specifies whether to return session mappings for users or groups. If not specified, the results include session mapping details for both users and groups.

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the set of results to retrieve.


Returns a list of all Amazon EMR Studios associated with the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of all Amazon EMR Studios associated with the Amazon Web Services account. The list includes details such as ID, Studio Access URL, and creation time for each Studio.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_studios/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_studios(Marker = NULL)

Arguments

Marker

The pagination token that indicates the set of results to retrieve.


A list of the instance types that Amazon EMR supports

Description

A list of the instance types that Amazon EMR supports. You can filter the list by Amazon Web Services Region and Amazon EMR release.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_list_supported_instance_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_list_supported_instance_types(ReleaseLabel, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

ReleaseLabel

[required] The Amazon EMR release label determines the versions of open-source application packages that Amazon EMR has installed on the cluster. Release labels are in the format emr-x.x.x, where x.x.x is an Amazon EMR release number such as ⁠emr-6.10.0⁠. For more information about Amazon EMR releases and their included application versions and features, see the Amazon EMR Release Guide .

Marker

The pagination token that marks the next set of results to retrieve.


Modifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently for the cluster specified using ClusterID

Description

Modifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently for the cluster specified using ClusterID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_modify_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_modify_cluster(ClusterId, StepConcurrencyLevel = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The unique identifier of the cluster.

StepConcurrencyLevel

The number of steps that can be executed concurrently. You can specify a minimum of 1 step and a maximum of 256 steps. We recommend that you do not change this parameter while steps are running or the ActionOnFailure setting may not behave as expected. For more information see Step$ActionOnFailure.


Modifies the target On-Demand and target Spot capacities for the instance fleet with the specified InstanceFleetID within the cluster specified using ClusterID

Description

Modifies the target On-Demand and target Spot capacities for the instance fleet with the specified InstanceFleetID within the cluster specified using ClusterID. The call either succeeds or fails atomically.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_modify_instance_fleet/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_modify_instance_fleet(ClusterId, InstanceFleet)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The unique identifier of the cluster.

InstanceFleet

[required] The configuration parameters of the instance fleet.


ModifyInstanceGroups modifies the number of nodes and configuration settings of an instance group

Description

ModifyInstanceGroups modifies the number of nodes and configuration settings of an instance group. The input parameters include the new target instance count for the group and the instance group ID. The call will either succeed or fail atomically.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_modify_instance_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_modify_instance_groups(ClusterId = NULL, InstanceGroups = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

The ID of the cluster to which the instance group belongs.

InstanceGroups

Instance groups to change.


Creates or updates an automatic scaling policy for a core instance group or task instance group in an Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Creates or updates an automatic scaling policy for a core instance group or task instance group in an Amazon EMR cluster. The automatic scaling policy defines how an instance group dynamically adds and terminates Amazon EC2 instances in response to the value of a CloudWatch metric.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_put_auto_scaling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_put_auto_scaling_policy(ClusterId, InstanceGroupId, AutoScalingPolicy)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of a cluster. The instance group to which the automatic scaling policy is applied is within this cluster.

InstanceGroupId

[required] Specifies the ID of the instance group to which the automatic scaling policy is applied.

AutoScalingPolicy

[required] Specifies the definition of the automatic scaling policy.


Auto-termination is supported in Amazon EMR releases 5

Description

Auto-termination is supported in Amazon EMR releases 5.30.0 and 6.1.0 and later. For more information, see Using an auto-termination policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_put_auto_termination_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_put_auto_termination_policy(ClusterId, AutoTerminationPolicy = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of the Amazon EMR cluster to which the auto-termination policy will be attached.

AutoTerminationPolicy

Specifies the auto-termination policy to attach to the cluster.


Creates or updates an Amazon EMR block public access configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in the current Region

Description

Creates or updates an Amazon EMR block public access configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in the current Region. For more information see Configure Block Public Access for Amazon EMR in the Amazon EMR Management Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_put_block_public_access_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_put_block_public_access_configuration(BlockPublicAccessConfiguration)

Arguments

BlockPublicAccessConfiguration

[required] A configuration for Amazon EMR block public access. The configuration applies to all clusters created in your account for the current Region. The configuration specifies whether block public access is enabled. If block public access is enabled, security groups associated with the cluster cannot have rules that allow inbound traffic from 0.0.0.0/0 or ::/0 on a port, unless the port is specified as an exception using PermittedPublicSecurityGroupRuleRanges in the BlockPublicAccessConfiguration. By default, Port 22 (SSH) is an exception, and public access is allowed on this port. You can change this by updating BlockPublicSecurityGroupRules to remove the exception.

For accounts that created clusters in a Region before November 25, 2019, block public access is disabled by default in that Region. To use this feature, you must manually enable and configure it. For accounts that did not create an Amazon EMR cluster in a Region before this date, block public access is enabled by default in that Region.


Creates or updates a managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Creates or updates a managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster. The managed scaling policy defines the limits for resources, such as Amazon EC2 instances that can be added or terminated from a cluster. The policy only applies to the core and task nodes. The master node cannot be scaled after initial configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_put_managed_scaling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_put_managed_scaling_policy(ClusterId, ManagedScalingPolicy)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of an Amazon EMR cluster where the managed scaling policy is attached.

ManagedScalingPolicy

[required] Specifies the constraints for the managed scaling policy.


Removes an automatic scaling policy from a specified instance group within an Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Removes an automatic scaling policy from a specified instance group within an Amazon EMR cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_remove_auto_scaling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_remove_auto_scaling_policy(ClusterId, InstanceGroupId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of a cluster. The instance group to which the automatic scaling policy is applied is within this cluster.

InstanceGroupId

[required] Specifies the ID of the instance group to which the scaling policy is applied.


Removes an auto-termination policy from an Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Removes an auto-termination policy from an Amazon EMR cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_remove_auto_termination_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_remove_auto_termination_policy(ClusterId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of the Amazon EMR cluster from which the auto-termination policy will be removed.


Removes a managed scaling policy from a specified Amazon EMR cluster

Description

Removes a managed scaling policy from a specified Amazon EMR cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_remove_managed_scaling_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_remove_managed_scaling_policy(ClusterId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] Specifies the ID of the cluster from which the managed scaling policy will be removed.


Removes tags from an Amazon EMR resource, such as a cluster or Amazon EMR Studio

Description

Removes tags from an Amazon EMR resource, such as a cluster or Amazon EMR Studio. Tags make it easier to associate resources in various ways, such as grouping clusters to track your Amazon EMR resource allocation costs. For more information, see Tag Clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_remove_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_remove_tags(ResourceId, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The Amazon EMR resource identifier from which tags will be removed. For example, a cluster identifier or an Amazon EMR Studio ID.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys to remove from the resource.


RunJobFlow creates and starts running a new cluster (job flow)

Description

RunJobFlow creates and starts running a new cluster (job flow). The cluster runs the steps specified. After the steps complete, the cluster stops and the HDFS partition is lost. To prevent loss of data, configure the last step of the job flow to store results in Amazon S3. If the JobFlowInstancesConfig KeepJobFlowAliveWhenNoSteps parameter is set to TRUE, the cluster transitions to the WAITING state rather than shutting down after the steps have completed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_run_job_flow/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_run_job_flow(
  Name,
  LogUri = NULL,
  LogEncryptionKmsKeyId = NULL,
  AdditionalInfo = NULL,
  AmiVersion = NULL,
  ReleaseLabel = NULL,
  Instances,
  Steps = NULL,
  BootstrapActions = NULL,
  SupportedProducts = NULL,
  NewSupportedProducts = NULL,
  Applications = NULL,
  Configurations = NULL,
  VisibleToAllUsers = NULL,
  JobFlowRole = NULL,
  ServiceRole = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  AutoScalingRole = NULL,
  ScaleDownBehavior = NULL,
  CustomAmiId = NULL,
  EbsRootVolumeSize = NULL,
  RepoUpgradeOnBoot = NULL,
  KerberosAttributes = NULL,
  StepConcurrencyLevel = NULL,
  ManagedScalingPolicy = NULL,
  PlacementGroupConfigs = NULL,
  AutoTerminationPolicy = NULL,
  OSReleaseLabel = NULL,
  EbsRootVolumeIops = NULL,
  EbsRootVolumeThroughput = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job flow.

LogUri

The location in Amazon S3 to write the log files of the job flow. If a value is not provided, logs are not created.

LogEncryptionKmsKeyId

The KMS key used for encrypting log files. If a value is not provided, the logs remain encrypted by AES-256. This attribute is only available with Amazon EMR releases 5.30.0 and later, excluding Amazon EMR 6.0.0.

AdditionalInfo

A JSON string for selecting additional features.

AmiVersion

Applies only to Amazon EMR AMI versions 3.x and 2.x. For Amazon EMR releases 4.0 and later, ReleaseLabel is used. To specify a custom AMI, use CustomAmiID.

ReleaseLabel

The Amazon EMR release label, which determines the version of open-source application packages installed on the cluster. Release labels are in the form emr-x.x.x, where x.x.x is an Amazon EMR release version such as ⁠emr-5.14.0⁠. For more information about Amazon EMR release versions and included application versions and features, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/emr/latest/ReleaseGuide/. The release label applies only to Amazon EMR releases version 4.0 and later. Earlier versions use AmiVersion.

Instances

[required] A specification of the number and type of Amazon EC2 instances.

Steps

A list of steps to run.

BootstrapActions

A list of bootstrap actions to run before Hadoop starts on the cluster nodes.

SupportedProducts

For Amazon EMR releases 3.x and 2.x. For Amazon EMR releases 4.x and later, use Applications.

A list of strings that indicates third-party software to use. For more information, see the Amazon EMR Developer Guide. Currently supported values are:

  • "mapr-m3" - launch the job flow using MapR M3 Edition.

  • "mapr-m5" - launch the job flow using MapR M5 Edition.

NewSupportedProducts

For Amazon EMR releases 3.x and 2.x. For Amazon EMR releases 4.x and later, use Applications.

A list of strings that indicates third-party software to use with the job flow that accepts a user argument list. Amazon EMR accepts and forwards the argument list to the corresponding installation script as bootstrap action arguments. For more information, see "Launch a Job Flow on the MapR Distribution for Hadoop" in the Amazon EMR Developer Guide. Supported values are:

  • "mapr-m3" - launch the cluster using MapR M3 Edition.

  • "mapr-m5" - launch the cluster using MapR M5 Edition.

  • "mapr" with the user arguments specifying "–edition,m3" or "–edition,m5" - launch the job flow using MapR M3 or M5 Edition respectively.

  • "mapr-m7" - launch the cluster using MapR M7 Edition.

  • "hunk" - launch the cluster with the Hunk Big Data Analytics Platform.

  • "hue"- launch the cluster with Hue installed.

  • "spark" - launch the cluster with Apache Spark installed.

  • "ganglia" - launch the cluster with the Ganglia Monitoring System installed.

Applications

Applies to Amazon EMR releases 4.0 and later. A case-insensitive list of applications for Amazon EMR to install and configure when launching the cluster. For a list of applications available for each Amazon EMR release version, see the Amazon EMRRelease Guide.

Configurations

For Amazon EMR releases 4.0 and later. The list of configurations supplied for the Amazon EMR cluster that you are creating.

VisibleToAllUsers

The VisibleToAllUsers parameter is no longer supported. By default, the value is set to true. Setting it to false now has no effect.

Set this value to true so that IAM principals in the Amazon Web Services account associated with the cluster can perform Amazon EMR actions on the cluster that their IAM policies allow. This value defaults to true for clusters created using the Amazon EMR API or the CLI create-cluster command.

When set to false, only the IAM principal that created the cluster and the Amazon Web Services account root user can perform Amazon EMR actions for the cluster, regardless of the IAM permissions policies attached to other IAM principals. For more information, see Understanding the Amazon EMR cluster VisibleToAllUsers setting in the Amazon EMR Management Guide.

JobFlowRole

Also called instance profile and Amazon EC2 role. An IAM role for an Amazon EMR cluster. The Amazon EC2 instances of the cluster assume this role. The default role is EMR_EC2_DefaultRole. In order to use the default role, you must have already created it using the CLI or console.

ServiceRole

The IAM role that Amazon EMR assumes in order to access Amazon Web Services resources on your behalf. If you've created a custom service role path, you must specify it for the service role when you launch your cluster.

Tags

A list of tags to associate with a cluster and propagate to Amazon EC2 instances.

SecurityConfiguration

The name of a security configuration to apply to the cluster.

AutoScalingRole

An IAM role for automatic scaling policies. The default role is EMR_AutoScaling_DefaultRole. The IAM role provides permissions that the automatic scaling feature requires to launch and terminate Amazon EC2 instances in an instance group.

ScaleDownBehavior

Specifies the way that individual Amazon EC2 instances terminate when an automatic scale-in activity occurs or an instance group is resized. TERMINATE_AT_INSTANCE_HOUR indicates that Amazon EMR terminates nodes at the instance-hour boundary, regardless of when the request to terminate the instance was submitted. This option is only available with Amazon EMR 5.1.0 and later and is the default for clusters created using that version. TERMINATE_AT_TASK_COMPLETION indicates that Amazon EMR adds nodes to a deny list and drains tasks from nodes before terminating the Amazon EC2 instances, regardless of the instance-hour boundary. With either behavior, Amazon EMR removes the least active nodes first and blocks instance termination if it could lead to HDFS corruption. TERMINATE_AT_TASK_COMPLETION available only in Amazon EMR releases 4.1.0 and later, and is the default for releases of Amazon EMR earlier than 5.1.0.

CustomAmiId

Available only in Amazon EMR releases 5.7.0 and later. The ID of a custom Amazon EBS-backed Linux AMI. If specified, Amazon EMR uses this AMI when it launches cluster Amazon EC2 instances. For more information about custom AMIs in Amazon EMR, see Using a Custom AMI in the Amazon EMR Management Guide. If omitted, the cluster uses the base Linux AMI for the ReleaseLabel specified. For Amazon EMR releases 2.x and 3.x, use AmiVersion instead.

For information about creating a custom AMI, see Creating an Amazon EBS-Backed Linux AMI in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide for Linux Instances. For information about finding an AMI ID, see Finding a Linux AMI.

EbsRootVolumeSize

The size, in GiB, of the Amazon EBS root device volume of the Linux AMI that is used for each Amazon EC2 instance. Available in Amazon EMR releases 4.x and later.

RepoUpgradeOnBoot

Applies only when CustomAmiID is used. Specifies which updates from the Amazon Linux AMI package repositories to apply automatically when the instance boots using the AMI. If omitted, the default is SECURITY, which indicates that only security updates are applied. If NONE is specified, no updates are applied, and all updates must be applied manually.

KerberosAttributes

Attributes for Kerberos configuration when Kerberos authentication is enabled using a security configuration. For more information see Use Kerberos Authentication in the Amazon EMR Management Guide.

StepConcurrencyLevel

Specifies the number of steps that can be executed concurrently. The default value is 1. The maximum value is 256.

ManagedScalingPolicy

The specified managed scaling policy for an Amazon EMR cluster.

PlacementGroupConfigs

The specified placement group configuration for an Amazon EMR cluster.

AutoTerminationPolicy
OSReleaseLabel

Specifies a particular Amazon Linux release for all nodes in a cluster launch RunJobFlow request. If a release is not specified, Amazon EMR uses the latest validated Amazon Linux release for cluster launch.

EbsRootVolumeIops

The IOPS, of the Amazon EBS root device volume of the Linux AMI that is used for each Amazon EC2 instance. Available in Amazon EMR releases 6.15.0 and later.

EbsRootVolumeThroughput

The throughput, in MiB/s, of the Amazon EBS root device volume of the Linux AMI that is used for each Amazon EC2 instance. Available in Amazon EMR releases 6.15.0 and later.


You can use the SetKeepJobFlowAliveWhenNoSteps to configure a cluster (job flow) to terminate after the step execution, i

Description

You can use the set_keep_job_flow_alive_when_no_steps to configure a cluster (job flow) to terminate after the step execution, i.e., all your steps are executed. If you want a transient cluster that shuts down after the last of the current executing steps are completed, you can configure set_keep_job_flow_alive_when_no_steps to false. If you want a long running cluster, configure set_keep_job_flow_alive_when_no_steps to true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_set_keep_job_flow_alive_when_no_steps/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_set_keep_job_flow_alive_when_no_steps(
  JobFlowIds,
  KeepJobFlowAliveWhenNoSteps
)

Arguments

JobFlowIds

[required] A list of strings that uniquely identify the clusters to protect. This identifier is returned by run_job_flow and can also be obtained from describe_job_flows.

KeepJobFlowAliveWhenNoSteps

[required] A Boolean that indicates whether to terminate the cluster after all steps are executed.


SetTerminationProtection locks a cluster (job flow) so the Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster cannot be terminated by user intervention, an API call, or in the event of a job-flow error

Description

SetTerminationProtection locks a cluster (job flow) so the Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster cannot be terminated by user intervention, an API call, or in the event of a job-flow error. The cluster still terminates upon successful completion of the job flow. Calling set_termination_protection on a cluster is similar to calling the Amazon EC2 DisableAPITermination API on all Amazon EC2 instances in a cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_set_termination_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_set_termination_protection(JobFlowIds, TerminationProtected)

Arguments

JobFlowIds

[required] A list of strings that uniquely identify the clusters to protect. This identifier is returned by run_job_flow and can also be obtained from describe_job_flows .

TerminationProtected

[required] A Boolean that indicates whether to protect the cluster and prevent the Amazon EC2 instances in the cluster from shutting down due to API calls, user intervention, or job-flow error.


Specify whether to enable unhealthy node replacement, which lets Amazon EMR gracefully replace core nodes on a cluster if any nodes become unhealthy

Description

Specify whether to enable unhealthy node replacement, which lets Amazon EMR gracefully replace core nodes on a cluster if any nodes become unhealthy. For example, a node becomes unhealthy if disk usage is above 90%. If unhealthy node replacement is on and TerminationProtected are off, Amazon EMR immediately terminates the unhealthy core nodes. To use unhealthy node replacement and retain unhealthy core nodes, use to turn on termination protection. In such cases, Amazon EMR adds the unhealthy nodes to a denylist, reducing job interruptions and failures.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_set_unhealthy_node_replacement/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_set_unhealthy_node_replacement(JobFlowIds, UnhealthyNodeReplacement)

Arguments

JobFlowIds

[required] The list of strings that uniquely identify the clusters for which to turn on unhealthy node replacement. You can get these identifiers by running the run_job_flow or the describe_job_flows operations.

UnhealthyNodeReplacement

[required] Indicates whether to turn on or turn off graceful unhealthy node replacement.


The SetVisibleToAllUsers parameter is no longer supported

Description

The SetVisibleToAllUsers parameter is no longer supported. Your cluster may be visible to all users in your account. To restrict cluster access using an IAM policy, see Identity and Access Management for Amazon EMR.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_set_visible_to_all_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_set_visible_to_all_users(JobFlowIds, VisibleToAllUsers)

Arguments

JobFlowIds

[required] The unique identifier of the job flow (cluster).

VisibleToAllUsers

[required] A value of true indicates that an IAM principal in the Amazon Web Services account can perform Amazon EMR actions on the cluster that the IAM policies attached to the principal allow. A value of false indicates that only the IAM principal that created the cluster and the Amazon Web Services root user can perform Amazon EMR actions on the cluster.


Starts a notebook execution

Description

Starts a notebook execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_start_notebook_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_start_notebook_execution(
  EditorId = NULL,
  RelativePath = NULL,
  NotebookExecutionName = NULL,
  NotebookParams = NULL,
  ExecutionEngine,
  ServiceRole,
  NotebookInstanceSecurityGroupId = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  NotebookS3Location = NULL,
  OutputNotebookS3Location = NULL,
  OutputNotebookFormat = NULL,
  EnvironmentVariables = NULL
)

Arguments

EditorId

The unique identifier of the Amazon EMR Notebook to use for notebook execution.

RelativePath

The path and file name of the notebook file for this execution, relative to the path specified for the Amazon EMR Notebook. For example, if you specify a path of ⁠s3://MyBucket/MyNotebooks⁠ when you create an Amazon EMR Notebook for a notebook with an ID of e-ABCDEFGHIJK1234567890ABCD (the EditorID of this request), and you specify a RelativePath of my_notebook_executions/notebook_execution.ipynb, the location of the file for the notebook execution is ⁠s3://MyBucket/MyNotebooks/e-ABCDEFGHIJK1234567890ABCD/my_notebook_executions/notebook_execution.ipynb⁠.

NotebookExecutionName

An optional name for the notebook execution.

NotebookParams

Input parameters in JSON format passed to the Amazon EMR Notebook at runtime for execution.

ExecutionEngine

[required] Specifies the execution engine (cluster) that runs the notebook execution.

ServiceRole

[required] The name or ARN of the IAM role that is used as the service role for Amazon EMR (the Amazon EMR role) for the notebook execution.

NotebookInstanceSecurityGroupId

The unique identifier of the Amazon EC2 security group to associate with the Amazon EMR Notebook for this notebook execution.

Tags

A list of tags associated with a notebook execution. Tags are user-defined key-value pairs that consist of a required key string with a maximum of 128 characters and an optional value string with a maximum of 256 characters.

NotebookS3Location

The Amazon S3 location for the notebook execution input.

OutputNotebookS3Location

The Amazon S3 location for the notebook execution output.

OutputNotebookFormat

The output format for the notebook execution.

EnvironmentVariables

The environment variables associated with the notebook execution.


Stops a notebook execution

Description

Stops a notebook execution.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_stop_notebook_execution/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_stop_notebook_execution(NotebookExecutionId)

Arguments

NotebookExecutionId

[required] The unique identifier of the notebook execution.


TerminateJobFlows shuts a list of clusters (job flows) down

Description

TerminateJobFlows shuts a list of clusters (job flows) down. When a job flow is shut down, any step not yet completed is canceled and the Amazon EC2 instances on which the cluster is running are stopped. Any log files not already saved are uploaded to Amazon S3 if a LogUri was specified when the cluster was created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_terminate_job_flows/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_terminate_job_flows(JobFlowIds)

Arguments

JobFlowIds

[required] A list of job flows to be shut down.


Updates an Amazon EMR Studio configuration, including attributes such as name, description, and subnets

Description

Updates an Amazon EMR Studio configuration, including attributes such as name, description, and subnets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_update_studio/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_update_studio(
  StudioId,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  SubnetIds = NULL,
  DefaultS3Location = NULL,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL
)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio to update.

Name

A descriptive name for the Amazon EMR Studio.

Description

A detailed description to assign to the Amazon EMR Studio.

SubnetIds

A list of subnet IDs to associate with the Amazon EMR Studio. The list can include new subnet IDs, but must also include all of the subnet IDs previously associated with the Studio. The list order does not matter. A Studio can have a maximum of 5 subnets. The subnets must belong to the same VPC as the Studio.

DefaultS3Location

The Amazon S3 location to back up Workspaces and notebook files for the Amazon EMR Studio.

EncryptionKeyArn

The KMS key identifier (ARN) used to encrypt Amazon EMR Studio workspace and notebook files when backed up to Amazon S3.


Updates the session policy attached to the user or group for the specified Amazon EMR Studio

Description

Updates the session policy attached to the user or group for the specified Amazon EMR Studio.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/emr_update_studio_session_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

emr_update_studio_session_mapping(
  StudioId,
  IdentityId = NULL,
  IdentityName = NULL,
  IdentityType,
  SessionPolicyArn
)

Arguments

StudioId

[required] The ID of the Amazon EMR Studio.

IdentityId

The globally unique identifier (GUID) of the user or group. For more information, see UserId and GroupId in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified.

IdentityName

The name of the user or group to update. For more information, see UserName and DisplayName in the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference. Either IdentityName or IdentityId must be specified.

IdentityType

[required] Specifies whether the identity to update is a user or a group.

SessionPolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the session policy to associate with the specified user or group.


AWS EntityResolution

Description

Welcome to the Entity Resolution API Reference.

Entity Resolution is an Amazon Web Services service that provides pre-configured entity resolution capabilities that enable developers and analysts at advertising and marketing companies to build an accurate and complete view of their consumers.

With Entity Resolution, you can match source records containing consumer identifiers, such as name, email address, and phone number. This is true even when these records have incomplete or conflicting identifiers. For example, Entity Resolution can effectively match a source record from a customer relationship management (CRM) system with a source record from a marketing system containing campaign information.

To learn more about Entity Resolution concepts, procedures, and best practices, see the Entity Resolution User Guide.

Usage

entityresolution(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- entityresolution(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_policy_statement Adds a policy statement object
batch_delete_unique_id Deletes multiple unique IDs in a matching workflow
create_id_mapping_workflow Creates an IdMappingWorkflow object which stores the configuration of the data processing job to be run
create_id_namespace Creates an ID namespace object which will help customers provide metadata explaining their dataset and how to use it
create_matching_workflow Creates a MatchingWorkflow object which stores the configuration of the data processing job to be run
create_schema_mapping Creates a schema mapping, which defines the schema of the input customer records table
delete_id_mapping_workflow Deletes the IdMappingWorkflow with a given name
delete_id_namespace Deletes the IdNamespace with a given name
delete_matching_workflow Deletes the MatchingWorkflow with a given name
delete_policy_statement Deletes the policy statement
delete_schema_mapping Deletes the SchemaMapping with a given name
get_id_mapping_job Gets the status, metrics, and errors (if there are any) that are associated with a job
get_id_mapping_workflow Returns the IdMappingWorkflow with a given name, if it exists
get_id_namespace Returns the IdNamespace with a given name, if it exists
get_match_id Returns the corresponding Match ID of a customer record if the record has been processed
get_matching_job Gets the status, metrics, and errors (if there are any) that are associated with a job
get_matching_workflow Returns the MatchingWorkflow with a given name, if it exists
get_policy Returns the resource-based policy
get_provider_service Returns the ProviderService of a given name
get_schema_mapping Returns the SchemaMapping of a given name
list_id_mapping_jobs Lists all ID mapping jobs for a given workflow
list_id_mapping_workflows Returns a list of all the IdMappingWorkflows that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account
list_id_namespaces Returns a list of all ID namespaces
list_matching_jobs Lists all jobs for a given workflow
list_matching_workflows Returns a list of all the MatchingWorkflows that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account
list_provider_services Returns a list of all the ProviderServices that are available in this Amazon Web Services Region
list_schema_mappings Returns a list of all the SchemaMappings that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account
list_tags_for_resource Displays the tags associated with an Entity Resolution resource
put_policy Updates the resource-based policy
start_id_mapping_job Starts the IdMappingJob of a workflow
start_matching_job Starts the MatchingJob of a workflow
tag_resource Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Entity Resolution resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from the specified Entity Resolution resource
update_id_mapping_workflow Updates an existing IdMappingWorkflow
update_id_namespace Updates an existing ID namespace
update_matching_workflow Updates an existing MatchingWorkflow
update_schema_mapping Updates a schema mapping

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- entityresolution()
svc$add_policy_statement(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a policy statement object

Description

Adds a policy statement object. To retrieve a list of existing policy statements, use the get_policy API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_add_policy_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_add_policy_statement(
  action,
  arn,
  condition = NULL,
  effect,
  principal,
  statementId
)

Arguments

action

[required] The action that the principal can use on the resource.

For example, entityresolution:GetIdMappingJob, entityresolution:GetMatchingJob.

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that will be accessed by the principal.

condition

A set of condition keys that you can use in key policies.

effect

[required] Determines whether the permissions specified in the policy are to be allowed (Allow) or denied (Deny).

If you set the value of the effect parameter to Deny for the add_policy_statement operation, you must also set the value of the effect parameter in the policy to Deny for the put_policy operation.

principal

[required] The Amazon Web Services service or Amazon Web Services account that can access the resource defined as ARN.

statementId

[required] A statement identifier that differentiates the statement from others in the same policy.


Deletes multiple unique IDs in a matching workflow

Description

Deletes multiple unique IDs in a matching workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_batch_delete_unique_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_batch_delete_unique_id(
  inputSource = NULL,
  uniqueIds,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

inputSource

The input source for the batch delete unique ID operation.

uniqueIds

[required] The unique IDs to delete.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Creates an IdMappingWorkflow object which stores the configuration of the data processing job to be run

Description

Creates an IdMappingWorkflow object which stores the configuration of the data processing job to be run. Each IdMappingWorkflow must have a unique workflow name. To modify an existing workflow, use the update_id_mapping_workflow API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_create_id_mapping_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_create_id_mapping_workflow(
  description = NULL,
  idMappingTechniques,
  inputSourceConfig,
  outputSourceConfig = NULL,
  roleArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

description

A description of the workflow.

idMappingTechniques

[required] An object which defines the ID mapping technique and any additional configurations.

inputSourceConfig

[required] A list of InputSource objects, which have the fields InputSourceARN and SchemaName.

outputSourceConfig

A list of IdMappingWorkflowOutputSource objects, each of which contains fields OutputS3Path and Output.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. Entity Resolution assumes this role to create resources on your behalf as part of workflow execution.

tags

The tags used to organize, track, or control access for this resource.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow. There can't be multiple IdMappingWorkflows with the same name.


Creates an ID namespace object which will help customers provide metadata explaining their dataset and how to use it

Description

Creates an ID namespace object which will help customers provide metadata explaining their dataset and how to use it. Each ID namespace must have a unique name. To modify an existing ID namespace, use the update_id_namespace API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_create_id_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_create_id_namespace(
  description = NULL,
  idMappingWorkflowProperties = NULL,
  idNamespaceName,
  inputSourceConfig = NULL,
  roleArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  type
)

Arguments

description

The description of the ID namespace.

idMappingWorkflowProperties

Determines the properties of IdMappingWorflow where this IdNamespace can be used as a Source or a Target.

idNamespaceName

[required] The name of the ID namespace.

inputSourceConfig

A list of InputSource objects, which have the fields InputSourceARN and SchemaName.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. Entity Resolution assumes this role to access the resources defined in this IdNamespace on your behalf as part of the workflow run.

tags

The tags used to organize, track, or control access for this resource.

type

[required] The type of ID namespace. There are two types: SOURCE and TARGET.

The SOURCE contains configurations for sourceId data that will be processed in an ID mapping workflow.

The TARGET contains a configuration of targetId to which all sourceIds will resolve to.


Creates a MatchingWorkflow object which stores the configuration of the data processing job to be run

Description

Creates a MatchingWorkflow object which stores the configuration of the data processing job to be run. It is important to note that there should not be a pre-existing MatchingWorkflow with the same name. To modify an existing workflow, utilize the update_matching_workflow API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_create_matching_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_create_matching_workflow(
  description = NULL,
  incrementalRunConfig = NULL,
  inputSourceConfig,
  outputSourceConfig,
  resolutionTechniques,
  roleArn,
  tags = NULL,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

description

A description of the workflow.

incrementalRunConfig

An object which defines an incremental run type and has only incrementalRunType as a field.

inputSourceConfig

[required] A list of InputSource objects, which have the fields InputSourceARN and SchemaName.

outputSourceConfig

[required] A list of OutputSource objects, each of which contains fields OutputS3Path, ApplyNormalization, and Output.

resolutionTechniques

[required] An object which defines the resolutionType and the ruleBasedProperties.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. Entity Resolution assumes this role to create resources on your behalf as part of workflow execution.

tags

The tags used to organize, track, or control access for this resource.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow. There can't be multiple MatchingWorkflows with the same name.


Creates a schema mapping, which defines the schema of the input customer records table

Description

Creates a schema mapping, which defines the schema of the input customer records table. The SchemaMapping also provides Entity Resolution with some metadata about the table, such as the attribute types of the columns and which columns to match on.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_create_schema_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_create_schema_mapping(
  description = NULL,
  mappedInputFields,
  schemaName,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

description

A description of the schema.

mappedInputFields

[required] A list of MappedInputFields. Each MappedInputField corresponds to a column the source data table, and contains column name plus additional information that Entity Resolution uses for matching.

schemaName

[required] The name of the schema. There can't be multiple SchemaMappings with the same name.

tags

The tags used to organize, track, or control access for this resource.


Deletes the IdMappingWorkflow with a given name

Description

Deletes the IdMappingWorkflow with a given name. This operation will succeed even if a workflow with the given name does not exist.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_delete_id_mapping_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_delete_id_mapping_workflow(workflowName)

Arguments

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow to be deleted.


Deletes the IdNamespace with a given name

Description

Deletes the IdNamespace with a given name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_delete_id_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_delete_id_namespace(idNamespaceName)

Arguments

idNamespaceName

[required] The name of the ID namespace.


Deletes the MatchingWorkflow with a given name

Description

Deletes the MatchingWorkflow with a given name. This operation will succeed even if a workflow with the given name does not exist.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_delete_matching_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_delete_matching_workflow(workflowName)

Arguments

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow to be retrieved.


Deletes the policy statement

Description

Deletes the policy statement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_delete_policy_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_delete_policy_statement(arn, statementId)

Arguments

arn

[required] The ARN of the resource for which the policy need to be deleted.

statementId

[required] A statement identifier that differentiates the statement from others in the same policy.


Deletes the SchemaMapping with a given name

Description

Deletes the SchemaMapping with a given name. This operation will succeed even if a schema with the given name does not exist. This operation will fail if there is a MatchingWorkflow object that references the SchemaMapping in the workflow's InputSourceConfig.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_delete_schema_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_delete_schema_mapping(schemaName)

Arguments

schemaName

[required] The name of the schema to delete.


Gets the status, metrics, and errors (if there are any) that are associated with a job

Description

Gets the status, metrics, and errors (if there are any) that are associated with a job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_id_mapping_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_id_mapping_job(jobId, workflowName)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The ID of the job.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Returns the IdMappingWorkflow with a given name, if it exists

Description

Returns the IdMappingWorkflow with a given name, if it exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_id_mapping_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_id_mapping_workflow(workflowName)

Arguments

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Returns the IdNamespace with a given name, if it exists

Description

Returns the IdNamespace with a given name, if it exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_id_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_id_namespace(idNamespaceName)

Arguments

idNamespaceName

[required] The name of the ID namespace.


Returns the corresponding Match ID of a customer record if the record has been processed

Description

Returns the corresponding Match ID of a customer record if the record has been processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_match_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_match_id(applyNormalization = NULL, record, workflowName)

Arguments

applyNormalization

Normalizes the attributes defined in the schema in the input data. For example, if an attribute has an AttributeType of PHONE_NUMBER, and the data in the input table is in a format of 1234567890, Entity Resolution will normalize this field in the output to (123)-456-7890.

record

[required] The record to fetch the Match ID for.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Gets the status, metrics, and errors (if there are any) that are associated with a job

Description

Gets the status, metrics, and errors (if there are any) that are associated with a job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_matching_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_matching_job(jobId, workflowName)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The ID of the job.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Returns the MatchingWorkflow with a given name, if it exists

Description

Returns the MatchingWorkflow with a given name, if it exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_matching_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_matching_workflow(workflowName)

Arguments

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Returns the resource-based policy

Description

Returns the resource-based policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_policy(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which the policy need to be returned.


Returns the ProviderService of a given name

Description

Returns the ProviderService of a given name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_provider_service/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_provider_service(providerName, providerServiceName)

Arguments

providerName

[required] The name of the provider. This name is typically the company name.

providerServiceName

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the product that the provider service provides.


Returns the SchemaMapping of a given name

Description

Returns the SchemaMapping of a given name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_get_schema_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_get_schema_mapping(schemaName)

Arguments

schemaName

[required] The name of the schema to be retrieved.


Lists all ID mapping jobs for a given workflow

Description

Lists all ID mapping jobs for a given workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_id_mapping_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_id_mapping_jobs(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow to be retrieved.


Returns a list of all the IdMappingWorkflows that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of all the IdMappingWorkflows that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_id_mapping_workflows/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_id_mapping_workflows(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.


Returns a list of all ID namespaces

Description

Returns a list of all ID namespaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_id_namespaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_id_namespaces(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of IdNamespace objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.


Lists all jobs for a given workflow

Description

Lists all jobs for a given workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_matching_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_matching_jobs(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow to be retrieved.


Returns a list of all the MatchingWorkflows that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of all the MatchingWorkflows that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_matching_workflows/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_matching_workflows(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.


Returns a list of all the ProviderServices that are available in this Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Returns a list of all the ProviderServices that are available in this Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_provider_services/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_provider_services(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  providerName = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.

providerName

The name of the provider. This name is typically the company name.


Returns a list of all the SchemaMappings that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a list of all the SchemaMappings that have been created for an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_schema_mappings/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_schema_mappings(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of objects returned per page.

nextToken

The pagination token from the previous API call.


Displays the tags associated with an Entity Resolution resource

Description

Displays the tags associated with an Entity Resolution resource. In Entity Resolution, SchemaMapping, and MatchingWorkflow can be tagged.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource for which you want to view tags.


Updates the resource-based policy

Description

Updates the resource-based policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_put_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_put_policy(arn, policy, token = NULL)

Arguments

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which the policy needs to be updated.

policy

[required] The resource-based policy.

If you set the value of the effect parameter in the policy to Deny for the put_policy operation, you must also set the value of the effect parameter to Deny for the add_policy_statement operation.

token

A unique identifier for the current revision of the policy.


Starts the IdMappingJob of a workflow

Description

Starts the IdMappingJob of a workflow. The workflow must have previously been created using the create_id_mapping_workflow endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_start_id_mapping_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_start_id_mapping_job(outputSourceConfig = NULL, workflowName)

Arguments

outputSourceConfig

A list of OutputSource objects.

workflowName

[required] The name of the ID mapping job to be retrieved.


Starts the MatchingJob of a workflow

Description

Starts the MatchingJob of a workflow. The workflow must have previously been created using the create_matching_workflow endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_start_matching_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_start_matching_job(workflowName)

Arguments

workflowName

[required] The name of the matching job to be retrieved.


Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Entity Resolution resource

Description

Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Entity Resolution resource. Tags can help you organize and categorize your resources. You can also use them to scope user permissions by granting a user permission to access or change only resources with certain tag values. In Entity Resolution, SchemaMapping and MatchingWorkflow can be tagged. Tags don't have any semantic meaning to Amazon Web Services and are interpreted strictly as strings of characters. You can use the tag_resource action with a resource that already has tags. If you specify a new tag key, this tag is appended to the list of tags associated with the resource. If you specify a tag key that is already associated with the resource, the new tag value that you specify replaces the previous value for that tag.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource for which you want to view tags.

tags

[required] The tags used to organize, track, or control access for this resource.


Removes one or more tags from the specified Entity Resolution resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from the specified Entity Resolution resource. In Entity Resolution, SchemaMapping, and MatchingWorkflow can be tagged.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource for which you want to untag.

tagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates an existing IdMappingWorkflow

Description

Updates an existing IdMappingWorkflow. This method is identical to create_id_mapping_workflow, except it uses an HTTP PUT request instead of a POST request, and the IdMappingWorkflow must already exist for the method to succeed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_update_id_mapping_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_update_id_mapping_workflow(
  description = NULL,
  idMappingTechniques,
  inputSourceConfig,
  outputSourceConfig = NULL,
  roleArn = NULL,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

description

A description of the workflow.

idMappingTechniques

[required] An object which defines the ID mapping technique and any additional configurations.

inputSourceConfig

[required] A list of InputSource objects, which have the fields InputSourceARN and SchemaName.

outputSourceConfig

A list of OutputSource objects, each of which contains fields OutputS3Path and KMSArn.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. Entity Resolution assumes this role to access Amazon Web Services resources on your behalf.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow.


Updates an existing ID namespace

Description

Updates an existing ID namespace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_update_id_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_update_id_namespace(
  description = NULL,
  idMappingWorkflowProperties = NULL,
  idNamespaceName,
  inputSourceConfig = NULL,
  roleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

description

The description of the ID namespace.

idMappingWorkflowProperties

Determines the properties of IdMappingWorkflow where this IdNamespace can be used as a Source or a Target.

idNamespaceName

[required] The name of the ID namespace.

inputSourceConfig

A list of InputSource objects, which have the fields InputSourceARN and SchemaName.

roleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. Entity Resolution assumes this role to access the resources defined in this IdNamespace on your behalf as part of a workflow run.


Updates an existing MatchingWorkflow

Description

Updates an existing MatchingWorkflow. This method is identical to create_matching_workflow, except it uses an HTTP PUT request instead of a POST request, and the MatchingWorkflow must already exist for the method to succeed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_update_matching_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_update_matching_workflow(
  description = NULL,
  incrementalRunConfig = NULL,
  inputSourceConfig,
  outputSourceConfig,
  resolutionTechniques,
  roleArn,
  workflowName
)

Arguments

description

A description of the workflow.

incrementalRunConfig

An object which defines an incremental run type and has only incrementalRunType as a field.

inputSourceConfig

[required] A list of InputSource objects, which have the fields InputSourceARN and SchemaName.

outputSourceConfig

[required] A list of OutputSource objects, each of which contains fields OutputS3Path, ApplyNormalization, and Output.

resolutionTechniques

[required] An object which defines the resolutionType and the ruleBasedProperties.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role. Entity Resolution assumes this role to create resources on your behalf as part of workflow execution.

workflowName

[required] The name of the workflow to be retrieved.


Updates a schema mapping

Description

Updates a schema mapping.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/entityresolution_update_schema_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

entityresolution_update_schema_mapping(
  description = NULL,
  mappedInputFields,
  schemaName
)

Arguments

description

A description of the schema.

mappedInputFields

[required] A list of MappedInputFields. Each MappedInputField corresponds to a column the source data table, and contains column name plus additional information that Entity Resolution uses for matching.

schemaName

[required] The name of the schema. There can't be multiple SchemaMappings with the same name.


Amazon Kinesis Firehose

Description

Amazon Data Firehose

Amazon Data Firehose was previously known as Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose.

Amazon Data Firehose is a fully managed service that delivers real-time streaming data to destinations such as Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3), Amazon OpenSearch Service, Amazon Redshift, Splunk, and various other supported destinations.

Usage

firehose(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- firehose(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_delivery_stream Creates a Firehose stream
delete_delivery_stream Deletes a Firehose stream and its data
describe_delivery_stream Describes the specified Firehose stream and its status
list_delivery_streams Lists your Firehose streams in alphabetical order of their names
list_tags_for_delivery_stream Lists the tags for the specified Firehose stream
put_record Writes a single data record into an Firehose stream
put_record_batch Writes multiple data records into a Firehose stream in a single call, which can achieve higher throughput per producer than when writing single records
start_delivery_stream_encryption Enables server-side encryption (SSE) for the Firehose stream
stop_delivery_stream_encryption Disables server-side encryption (SSE) for the Firehose stream
tag_delivery_stream Adds or updates tags for the specified Firehose stream
untag_delivery_stream Removes tags from the specified Firehose stream
update_destination Updates the specified destination of the specified Firehose stream

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- firehose()
svc$create_delivery_stream(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a Firehose stream

Description

Creates a Firehose stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_create_delivery_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_create_delivery_stream(
  DeliveryStreamName,
  DeliveryStreamType = NULL,
  DirectPutSourceConfiguration = NULL,
  KinesisStreamSourceConfiguration = NULL,
  DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput = NULL,
  S3DestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  ExtendedS3DestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  RedshiftDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  AmazonopensearchserviceDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  SplunkDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  HttpEndpointDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  AmazonOpenSearchServerlessDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  MSKSourceConfiguration = NULL,
  SnowflakeDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  IcebergDestinationConfiguration = NULL,
  DatabaseSourceConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream. This name must be unique per Amazon Web Services account in the same Amazon Web Services Region. If the Firehose streams are in different accounts or different Regions, you can have multiple Firehose streams with the same name.

DeliveryStreamType

The Firehose stream type. This parameter can be one of the following values:

  • DirectPut: Provider applications access the Firehose stream directly.

  • KinesisStreamAsSource: The Firehose stream uses a Kinesis data stream as a source.

DirectPutSourceConfiguration

The structure that configures parameters such as ThroughputHintInMBs for a stream configured with Direct PUT as a source.

KinesisStreamSourceConfiguration

When a Kinesis data stream is used as the source for the Firehose stream, a KinesisStreamSourceConfiguration containing the Kinesis data stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the role ARN for the source stream.

DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput

Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key needed for Server-Side Encryption (SSE).

S3DestinationConfiguration

[Deprecated] The destination in Amazon S3. You can specify only one destination.

ExtendedS3DestinationConfiguration

The destination in Amazon S3. You can specify only one destination.

RedshiftDestinationConfiguration

The destination in Amazon Redshift. You can specify only one destination.

ElasticsearchDestinationConfiguration

The destination in Amazon OpenSearch Service. You can specify only one destination.

AmazonopensearchserviceDestinationConfiguration

The destination in Amazon OpenSearch Service. You can specify only one destination.

SplunkDestinationConfiguration

The destination in Splunk. You can specify only one destination.

HttpEndpointDestinationConfiguration

Enables configuring Kinesis Firehose to deliver data to any HTTP endpoint destination. You can specify only one destination.

Tags

A set of tags to assign to the Firehose stream. A tag is a key-value pair that you can define and assign to Amazon Web Services resources. Tags are metadata. For example, you can add friendly names and descriptions or other types of information that can help you distinguish the Firehose stream. For more information about tags, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide.

You can specify up to 50 tags when creating a Firehose stream.

If you specify tags in the create_delivery_stream action, Amazon Data Firehose performs an additional authorization on the firehose:TagDeliveryStream action to verify if users have permissions to create tags. If you do not provide this permission, requests to create new Firehose streams with IAM resource tags will fail with an AccessDeniedException such as following.

AccessDeniedException

User: arn:aws:sts::x:assumed-role/x/x is not authorized to perform: firehose:TagDeliveryStream on resource: arn:aws:firehose:us-east-1:x:deliverystream/x with an explicit deny in an identity-based policy.

For an example IAM policy, see Tag example.

AmazonOpenSearchServerlessDestinationConfiguration

The destination in the Serverless offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service. You can specify only one destination.

MSKSourceConfiguration
SnowflakeDestinationConfiguration

Configure Snowflake destination

IcebergDestinationConfiguration

Configure Apache Iceberg Tables destination.

DatabaseSourceConfiguration

The top level object for configuring streams with database as a source.

Amazon Data Firehose is in preview release and is subject to change.


Deletes a Firehose stream and its data

Description

Deletes a Firehose stream and its data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_delete_delivery_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_delete_delivery_stream(DeliveryStreamName, AllowForceDelete = NULL)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream.

AllowForceDelete

Set this to true if you want to delete the Firehose stream even if Firehose is unable to retire the grant for the CMK. Firehose might be unable to retire the grant due to a customer error, such as when the CMK or the grant are in an invalid state. If you force deletion, you can then use the RevokeGrant operation to revoke the grant you gave to Firehose. If a failure to retire the grant happens due to an Amazon Web Services KMS issue, Firehose keeps retrying the delete operation.

The default value is false.


Describes the specified Firehose stream and its status

Description

Describes the specified Firehose stream and its status. For example, after your Firehose stream is created, call describe_delivery_stream to see whether the Firehose stream is ACTIVE and therefore ready for data to be sent to it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_describe_delivery_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_describe_delivery_stream(
  DeliveryStreamName,
  Limit = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartDestinationId = NULL
)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream.

Limit

The limit on the number of destinations to return. You can have one destination per Firehose stream.

ExclusiveStartDestinationId

The ID of the destination to start returning the destination information. Firehose supports one destination per Firehose stream.


Lists your Firehose streams in alphabetical order of their names

Description

Lists your Firehose streams in alphabetical order of their names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_list_delivery_streams/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_list_delivery_streams(
  Limit = NULL,
  DeliveryStreamType = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartDeliveryStreamName = NULL
)

Arguments

Limit

The maximum number of Firehose streams to list. The default value is 10.

DeliveryStreamType

The Firehose stream type. This can be one of the following values:

  • DirectPut: Provider applications access the Firehose stream directly.

  • KinesisStreamAsSource: The Firehose stream uses a Kinesis data stream as a source.

This parameter is optional. If this parameter is omitted, Firehose streams of all types are returned.

ExclusiveStartDeliveryStreamName

The list of Firehose streams returned by this call to list_delivery_streams will start with the Firehose stream whose name comes alphabetically immediately after the name you specify in ExclusiveStartDeliveryStreamName.


Lists the tags for the specified Firehose stream

Description

Lists the tags for the specified Firehose stream. This operation has a limit of five transactions per second per account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_list_tags_for_delivery_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_list_tags_for_delivery_stream(
  DeliveryStreamName,
  ExclusiveStartTagKey = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream whose tags you want to list.

ExclusiveStartTagKey

The key to use as the starting point for the list of tags. If you set this parameter, list_tags_for_delivery_stream gets all tags that occur after ExclusiveStartTagKey.

Limit

The number of tags to return. If this number is less than the total number of tags associated with the Firehose stream, HasMoreTags is set to true in the response. To list additional tags, set ExclusiveStartTagKey to the last key in the response.


Writes a single data record into an Firehose stream

Description

Writes a single data record into an Firehose stream. To write multiple data records into a Firehose stream, use put_record_batch. Applications using these operations are referred to as producers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_put_record/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_put_record(DeliveryStreamName, Record)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream.

Record

[required] The record.


Writes multiple data records into a Firehose stream in a single call, which can achieve higher throughput per producer than when writing single records

Description

Writes multiple data records into a Firehose stream in a single call, which can achieve higher throughput per producer than when writing single records. To write single data records into a Firehose stream, use put_record. Applications using these operations are referred to as producers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_put_record_batch/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_put_record_batch(DeliveryStreamName, Records)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream.

Records

[required] One or more records.


Enables server-side encryption (SSE) for the Firehose stream

Description

Enables server-side encryption (SSE) for the Firehose stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_start_delivery_stream_encryption/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_start_delivery_stream_encryption(
  DeliveryStreamName,
  DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput = NULL
)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream for which you want to enable server-side encryption (SSE).

DeliveryStreamEncryptionConfigurationInput

Used to specify the type and Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key needed for Server-Side Encryption (SSE).


Disables server-side encryption (SSE) for the Firehose stream

Description

Disables server-side encryption (SSE) for the Firehose stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_stop_delivery_stream_encryption/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_stop_delivery_stream_encryption(DeliveryStreamName)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream for which you want to disable server-side encryption (SSE).


Adds or updates tags for the specified Firehose stream

Description

Adds or updates tags for the specified Firehose stream. A tag is a key-value pair that you can define and assign to Amazon Web Services resources. If you specify a tag that already exists, the tag value is replaced with the value that you specify in the request. Tags are metadata. For example, you can add friendly names and descriptions or other types of information that can help you distinguish the Firehose stream. For more information about tags, see Using Cost Allocation Tags in the Amazon Web Services Billing and Cost Management User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_tag_delivery_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_tag_delivery_stream(DeliveryStreamName, Tags)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream to which you want to add the tags.

Tags

[required] A set of key-value pairs to use to create the tags.


Removes tags from the specified Firehose stream

Description

Removes tags from the specified Firehose stream. Removed tags are deleted, and you can't recover them after this operation successfully completes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_untag_delivery_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_untag_delivery_stream(DeliveryStreamName, TagKeys)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys. Each corresponding tag is removed from the delivery stream.


Updates the specified destination of the specified Firehose stream

Description

Updates the specified destination of the specified Firehose stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/firehose_update_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

firehose_update_destination(
  DeliveryStreamName,
  CurrentDeliveryStreamVersionId,
  DestinationId,
  S3DestinationUpdate = NULL,
  ExtendedS3DestinationUpdate = NULL,
  RedshiftDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  ElasticsearchDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  AmazonopensearchserviceDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  SplunkDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  HttpEndpointDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  AmazonOpenSearchServerlessDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  SnowflakeDestinationUpdate = NULL,
  IcebergDestinationUpdate = NULL
)

Arguments

DeliveryStreamName

[required] The name of the Firehose stream.

CurrentDeliveryStreamVersionId

[required] Obtain this value from the VersionId result of DeliveryStreamDescription. This value is required, and helps the service perform conditional operations. For example, if there is an interleaving update and this value is null, then the update destination fails. After the update is successful, the VersionId value is updated. The service then performs a merge of the old configuration with the new configuration.

DestinationId

[required] The ID of the destination.

S3DestinationUpdate

[Deprecated] Describes an update for a destination in Amazon S3.

ExtendedS3DestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in Amazon S3.

RedshiftDestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in Amazon Redshift.

ElasticsearchDestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

AmazonopensearchserviceDestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

SplunkDestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in Splunk.

HttpEndpointDestinationUpdate

Describes an update to the specified HTTP endpoint destination.

AmazonOpenSearchServerlessDestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in the Serverless offering for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

SnowflakeDestinationUpdate

Update to the Snowflake destination configuration settings.

IcebergDestinationUpdate

Describes an update for a destination in Apache Iceberg Tables.


AWS Glue

Description

Glue

Defines the public endpoint for the Glue service.

Usage

glue(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- glue(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_create_partition Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation
batch_delete_connection Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog
batch_delete_partition Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation
batch_delete_table Deletes multiple tables at once
batch_delete_table_version Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table
batch_get_blueprints Retrieves information about a list of blueprints
batch_get_crawlers Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names
batch_get_custom_entity_types Retrieves the details for the custom patterns specified by a list of names
batch_get_data_quality_result Retrieves a list of data quality results for the specified result IDs
batch_get_dev_endpoints Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint names
batch_get_jobs Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names
batch_get_partition Retrieves partitions in a batch request
batch_get_table_optimizer Returns the configuration for the specified table optimizers
batch_get_triggers Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names
batch_get_workflows Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names
batch_put_data_quality_statistic_annotation Annotate datapoints over time for a specific data quality statistic
batch_stop_job_run Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition
batch_update_partition Updates one or more partitions in a batch operation
cancel_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run Cancels the specified recommendation run that was being used to generate rules
cancel_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run Cancels a run where a ruleset is being evaluated against a data source
cancel_ml_task_run Cancels (stops) a task run
cancel_statement Cancels the statement
check_schema_version_validity Validates the supplied schema
create_blueprint Registers a blueprint with Glue
create_catalog Creates a new catalog in the Glue Data Catalog
create_classifier Creates a classifier in the user's account
create_column_statistics_task_settings Creates settings for a column statistics task
create_connection Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog
create_crawler Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional schedule
create_custom_entity_type Creates a custom pattern that is used to detect sensitive data across the columns and rows of your structured data
create_database Creates a new database in a Data Catalog
create_data_quality_ruleset Creates a data quality ruleset with DQDL rules applied to a specified Glue table
create_dev_endpoint Creates a new development endpoint
create_integration Creates a Zero-ETL integration in the caller's account between two resources with Amazon Resource Names (ARNs): the SourceArn and TargetArn
create_integration_resource_property This API can be used for setting up the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)
create_integration_table_properties This API is used to provide optional override properties for the the tables that need to be replicated
create_job Creates a new job definition
create_ml_transform Creates an Glue machine learning transform
create_partition Creates a new partition
create_partition_index Creates a specified partition index in an existing table
create_registry Creates a new registry which may be used to hold a collection of schemas
create_schema Creates a new schema set and registers the schema definition
create_script Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code
create_security_configuration Creates a new security configuration
create_session Creates a new session
create_table Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog
create_table_optimizer Creates a new table optimizer for a specific function
create_trigger Creates a new trigger
create_usage_profile Creates an Glue usage profile
create_user_defined_function Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog
create_workflow Creates a new workflow
delete_blueprint Deletes an existing blueprint
delete_catalog Removes the specified catalog from the Glue Data Catalog
delete_classifier Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog
delete_column_statistics_for_partition Delete the partition column statistics of a column
delete_column_statistics_for_table Retrieves table statistics of columns
delete_column_statistics_task_settings Deletes settings for a column statistics task
delete_connection Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog
delete_crawler Removes a specified crawler from the Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler state is RUNNING
delete_custom_entity_type Deletes a custom pattern by specifying its name
delete_database Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog
delete_data_quality_ruleset Deletes a data quality ruleset
delete_dev_endpoint Deletes a specified development endpoint
delete_integration Deletes the specified Zero-ETL integration
delete_integration_table_properties Deletes the table properties that have been created for the tables that need to be replicated
delete_job Deletes a specified job definition
delete_ml_transform Deletes an Glue machine learning transform
delete_partition Deletes a specified partition
delete_partition_index Deletes a specified partition index from an existing table
delete_registry Delete the entire registry including schema and all of its versions
delete_resource_policy Deletes a specified policy
delete_schema Deletes the entire schema set, including the schema set and all of its versions
delete_schema_versions Remove versions from the specified schema
delete_security_configuration Deletes a specified security configuration
delete_session Deletes the session
delete_table Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog
delete_table_optimizer Deletes an optimizer and all associated metadata for a table
delete_table_version Deletes a specified version of a table
delete_trigger Deletes a specified trigger
delete_usage_profile Deletes the Glue specified usage profile
delete_user_defined_function Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog
delete_workflow Deletes a workflow
describe_connection_type The DescribeConnectionType API provides full details of the supported options for a given connection type in Glue
describe_entity Provides details regarding the entity used with the connection type, with a description of the data model for each field in the selected entity
describe_inbound_integrations Returns a list of inbound integrations for the specified integration
describe_integrations The API is used to retrieve a list of integrations
get_blueprint Retrieves the details of a blueprint
get_blueprint_run Retrieves the details of a blueprint run
get_blueprint_runs Retrieves the details of blueprint runs for a specified blueprint
get_catalog The name of the Catalog to retrieve
get_catalog_import_status Retrieves the status of a migration operation
get_catalogs Retrieves all catalogs defined in a catalog in the Glue Data Catalog
get_classifier Retrieve a classifier by name
get_classifiers Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog
get_column_statistics_for_partition Retrieves partition statistics of columns
get_column_statistics_for_table Retrieves table statistics of columns
get_column_statistics_task_run Get the associated metadata/information for a task run, given a task run ID
get_column_statistics_task_runs Retrieves information about all runs associated with the specified table
get_column_statistics_task_settings Gets settings for a column statistics task
get_connection Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog
get_connections Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog
get_crawler Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler
get_crawler_metrics Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers
get_crawlers Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account
get_custom_entity_type Retrieves the details of a custom pattern by specifying its name
get_database Retrieves the definition of a specified database
get_databases Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog
get_data_catalog_encryption_settings Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog
get_dataflow_graph Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG)
get_data_quality_model Retrieve the training status of the model along with more information (CompletedOn, StartedOn, FailureReason)
get_data_quality_model_result Retrieve a statistic's predictions for a given Profile ID
get_data_quality_result Retrieves the result of a data quality rule evaluation
get_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run Gets the specified recommendation run that was used to generate rules
get_data_quality_ruleset Returns an existing ruleset by identifier or name
get_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run Retrieves a specific run where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source
get_dev_endpoint Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint
get_dev_endpoints Retrieves all the development endpoints in this Amazon Web Services account
get_entity_records This API is used to query preview data from a given connection type or from a native Amazon S3 based Glue Data Catalog
get_integration_resource_property This API is used for fetching the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)
get_integration_table_properties This API is used to retrieve optional override properties for the tables that need to be replicated
get_job Retrieves an existing job definition
get_job_bookmark Returns information on a job bookmark entry
get_job_run Retrieves the metadata for a given job run
get_job_runs Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition
get_jobs Retrieves all current job definitions
get_mapping Creates mappings
get_ml_task_run Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform
get_ml_task_runs Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform
get_ml_transform Gets an Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding metadata
get_ml_transforms Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms
get_partition Retrieves information about a specified partition
get_partition_indexes Retrieves the partition indexes associated with a table
get_partitions Retrieves information about the partitions in a table
get_plan Gets code to perform a specified mapping
get_registry Describes the specified registry in detail
get_resource_policies Retrieves the resource policies set on individual resources by Resource Access Manager during cross-account permission grants
get_resource_policy Retrieves a specified resource policy
get_schema Describes the specified schema in detail
get_schema_by_definition Retrieves a schema by the SchemaDefinition
get_schema_version Get the specified schema by its unique ID assigned when a version of the schema is created or registered
get_schema_versions_diff Fetches the schema version difference in the specified difference type between two stored schema versions in the Schema Registry
get_security_configuration Retrieves a specified security configuration
get_security_configurations Retrieves a list of all security configurations
get_session Retrieves the session
get_statement Retrieves the statement
get_table Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table
get_table_optimizer Returns the configuration of all optimizers associated with a specified table
get_tables Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database
get_table_version Retrieves a specified version of a table
get_table_versions Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified table
get_tags Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource
get_trigger Retrieves the definition of a trigger
get_triggers Gets all the triggers associated with a job
get_unfiltered_partition_metadata Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata
get_unfiltered_partitions_metadata Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata
get_unfiltered_table_metadata Allows a third-party analytical engine to retrieve unfiltered table metadata from the Data Catalog
get_usage_profile Retrieves information about the specified Glue usage profile
get_user_defined_function Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog
get_user_defined_functions Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog
get_workflow Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow
get_workflow_run Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run
get_workflow_run_properties Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run
get_workflow_runs Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow
import_catalog_to_glue Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to Glue
list_blueprints Lists all the blueprint names in an account
list_column_statistics_task_runs List all task runs for a particular account
list_connection_types The ListConnectionTypes API provides a discovery mechanism to learn available connection types in Glue
list_crawlers Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag
list_crawls Returns all the crawls of a specified crawler
list_custom_entity_types Lists all the custom patterns that have been created
list_data_quality_results Returns all data quality execution results for your account
list_data_quality_rule_recommendation_runs Lists the recommendation runs meeting the filter criteria
list_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_runs Lists all the runs meeting the filter criteria, where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source
list_data_quality_rulesets Returns a paginated list of rulesets for the specified list of Glue tables
list_data_quality_statistic_annotations Retrieve annotations for a data quality statistic
list_data_quality_statistics Retrieves a list of data quality statistics
list_dev_endpoints Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag
list_entities Returns the available entities supported by the connection type
list_jobs Retrieves the names of all job resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag
list_ml_transforms Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag
list_registries Returns a list of registries that you have created, with minimal registry information
list_schemas Returns a list of schemas with minimal details
list_schema_versions Returns a list of schema versions that you have created, with minimal information
list_sessions Retrieve a list of sessions
list_statements Lists statements for the session
list_table_optimizer_runs Lists the history of previous optimizer runs for a specific table
list_triggers Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag
list_usage_profiles List all the Glue usage profiles
list_workflows Lists names of workflows created in the account
modify_integration Modifies a Zero-ETL integration in the caller's account
put_data_catalog_encryption_settings Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog
put_data_quality_profile_annotation Annotate all datapoints for a Profile
put_resource_policy Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control
put_schema_version_metadata Puts the metadata key value pair for a specified schema version ID
put_workflow_run_properties Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run
query_schema_version_metadata Queries for the schema version metadata information
register_schema_version Adds a new version to the existing schema
remove_schema_version_metadata Removes a key value pair from the schema version metadata for the specified schema version ID
reset_job_bookmark Resets a bookmark entry
resume_workflow_run Restarts selected nodes of a previous partially completed workflow run and resumes the workflow run
run_statement Executes the statement
search_tables Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well as on the parent database
start_blueprint_run Starts a new run of the specified blueprint
start_column_statistics_task_run Starts a column statistics task run, for a specified table and columns
start_column_statistics_task_run_schedule Starts a column statistics task run schedule
start_crawler Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled
start_crawler_schedule Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED
start_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run Starts a recommendation run that is used to generate rules when you don't know what rules to write
start_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run Once you have a ruleset definition (either recommended or your own), you call this operation to evaluate the ruleset against a data source (Glue table)
start_export_labels_task_run Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform
start_import_labels_task_run Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality
start_job_run Starts a job run using a job definition
start_ml_evaluation_task_run Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform
start_ml_labeling_set_generation_task_run Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels
start_trigger Starts an existing trigger
start_workflow_run Starts a new run of the specified workflow
stop_column_statistics_task_run Stops a task run for the specified table
stop_column_statistics_task_run_schedule Stops a column statistics task run schedule
stop_crawler If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl
stop_crawler_schedule Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does not stop the crawler if it is already running
stop_session Stops the session
stop_trigger Stops a specified trigger
stop_workflow_run Stops the execution of the specified workflow run
tag_resource Adds tags to a resource
test_connection Tests a connection to a service to validate the service credentials that you provide
untag_resource Removes tags from a resource
update_blueprint Updates a registered blueprint
update_catalog Updates an existing catalog's properties in the Glue Data Catalog
update_classifier Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field is present)
update_column_statistics_for_partition Creates or updates partition statistics of columns
update_column_statistics_for_table Creates or updates table statistics of columns
update_column_statistics_task_settings Updates settings for a column statistics task
update_connection Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog
update_crawler Updates a crawler
update_crawler_schedule Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression
update_database Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog
update_data_quality_ruleset Updates the specified data quality ruleset
update_dev_endpoint Updates a specified development endpoint
update_integration_resource_property This API can be used for updating the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)
update_integration_table_properties This API is used to provide optional override properties for the tables that need to be replicated
update_job Updates an existing job definition
update_job_from_source_control Synchronizes a job from the source control repository
update_ml_transform Updates an existing machine learning transform
update_partition Updates a partition
update_registry Updates an existing registry which is used to hold a collection of schemas
update_schema Updates the description, compatibility setting, or version checkpoint for a schema set
update_source_control_from_job Synchronizes a job to the source control repository
update_table Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog
update_table_optimizer Updates the configuration for an existing table optimizer
update_trigger Updates a trigger definition
update_usage_profile Update an Glue usage profile
update_user_defined_function Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog
update_workflow Updates an existing workflow

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- glue()
svc$batch_create_partition(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation

Description

Creates one or more partitions in a batch operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_create_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_create_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionInputList
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created. Currently, this should be the Amazon Web Services account ID.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.

TableName

[required] The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.

PartitionInputList

[required] A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be created.


Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog

Description

Deletes a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_delete_connection(CatalogId = NULL, ConnectionNameList)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

ConnectionNameList

[required] A list of names of the connections to delete.


Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation

Description

Deletes one or more partitions in a batch operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_delete_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_delete_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionsToDelete
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table that contains the partitions to be deleted.

PartitionsToDelete

[required] A list of PartitionInput structures that define the partitions to be deleted.


Deletes multiple tables at once

Description

Deletes multiple tables at once.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_delete_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_delete_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TablesToDelete,
  TransactionId = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which the tables to delete reside. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TablesToDelete

[required] A list of the table to delete.

TransactionId

The transaction ID at which to delete the table contents.


Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table

Description

Deletes a specified batch of versions of a table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_delete_table_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_delete_table_version(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  VersionIds
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TableName

[required] The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

VersionIds

[required] A list of the IDs of versions to be deleted. A VersionId is a string representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.


Retrieves information about a list of blueprints

Description

Retrieves information about a list of blueprints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_blueprints/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_blueprints(
  Names,
  IncludeBlueprint = NULL,
  IncludeParameterSpec = NULL
)

Arguments

Names

[required] A list of blueprint names.

IncludeBlueprint

Specifies whether or not to include the blueprint in the response.

IncludeParameterSpec

Specifies whether or not to include the parameters, as a JSON string, for the blueprint in the response.


Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names

Description

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of crawler names. After calling the list_crawlers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_crawlers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_crawlers(CrawlerNames)

Arguments

CrawlerNames

[required] A list of crawler names, which might be the names returned from the list_crawlers operation.


Retrieves the details for the custom patterns specified by a list of names

Description

Retrieves the details for the custom patterns specified by a list of names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_custom_entity_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_custom_entity_types(Names)

Arguments

Names

[required] A list of names of the custom patterns that you want to retrieve.


Retrieves a list of data quality results for the specified result IDs

Description

Retrieves a list of data quality results for the specified result IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_data_quality_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_data_quality_result(ResultIds)

Arguments

ResultIds

[required] A list of unique result IDs for the data quality results.


Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint names

Description

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of development endpoint names. After calling the list_dev_endpoints operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_dev_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_dev_endpoints(DevEndpointNames)

Arguments

DevEndpointNames

[required] The list of DevEndpoint names, which might be the names returned from the ListDevEndpoint operation.


Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names

Description

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of job names. After calling the list_jobs operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_jobs(JobNames)

Arguments

JobNames

[required] A list of job names, which might be the names returned from the list_jobs operation.


Retrieves partitions in a batch request

Description

Retrieves partitions in a batch request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionsToGet
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

PartitionsToGet

[required] A list of partition values identifying the partitions to retrieve.


Returns the configuration for the specified table optimizers

Description

Returns the configuration for the specified table optimizers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_table_optimizer/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_table_optimizer(Entries)

Arguments

Entries

[required] A list of BatchGetTableOptimizerEntry objects specifying the table optimizers to retrieve.


Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names

Description

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of trigger names. After calling the list_triggers operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_triggers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_triggers(TriggerNames)

Arguments

TriggerNames

[required] A list of trigger names, which may be the names returned from the list_triggers operation.


Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names

Description

Returns a list of resource metadata for a given list of workflow names. After calling the list_workflows operation, you can call this operation to access the data to which you have been granted permissions. This operation supports all IAM permissions, including permission conditions that uses tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_get_workflows/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_get_workflows(Names, IncludeGraph = NULL)

Arguments

Names

[required] A list of workflow names, which may be the names returned from the list_workflows operation.

IncludeGraph

Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource metadata.


Annotate datapoints over time for a specific data quality statistic

Description

Annotate datapoints over time for a specific data quality statistic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_put_data_quality_statistic_annotation/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_put_data_quality_statistic_annotation(
  InclusionAnnotations,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

InclusionAnnotations

[required] A list of DatapointInclusionAnnotation's.

ClientToken

Client Token.


Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition

Description

Stops one or more job runs for a specified job definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_stop_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_stop_job_run(JobName, JobRunIds)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job definition for which to stop job runs.

JobRunIds

[required] A list of the JobRunIds that should be stopped for that job definition.


Updates one or more partitions in a batch operation

Description

Updates one or more partitions in a batch operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_batch_update_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_batch_update_partition(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseName, TableName, Entries)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be updated. Currently, this should be the Amazon Web Services account ID.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be updated.

TableName

[required] The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be updated.

Entries

[required] A list of up to 100 BatchUpdatePartitionRequestEntry objects to update.


Cancels the specified recommendation run that was being used to generate rules

Description

Cancels the specified recommendation run that was being used to generate rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_cancel_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_cancel_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run(RunId)

Arguments

RunId

[required] The unique run identifier associated with this run.


Cancels a run where a ruleset is being evaluated against a data source

Description

Cancels a run where a ruleset is being evaluated against a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_cancel_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_cancel_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run(RunId)

Arguments

RunId

[required] The unique run identifier associated with this run.


Cancels (stops) a task run

Description

Cancels (stops) a task run. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can cancel a machine learning task run at any time by calling cancel_ml_task_run with a task run's parent transform's TransformID and the task run's TaskRunId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_cancel_ml_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_cancel_ml_task_run(TransformId, TaskRunId)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.

TaskRunId

[required] A unique identifier for the task run.


Cancels the statement

Description

Cancels the statement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_cancel_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_cancel_statement(SessionId, Id, RequestOrigin = NULL)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The Session ID of the statement to be cancelled.

Id

[required] The ID of the statement to be cancelled.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request to cancel the statement.


Validates the supplied schema

Description

Validates the supplied schema. This call has no side effects, it simply validates using the supplied schema using DataFormat as the format. Since it does not take a schema set name, no compatibility checks are performed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_check_schema_version_validity/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_check_schema_version_validity(DataFormat, SchemaDefinition)

Arguments

DataFormat

[required] The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO, JSON and PROTOBUF are supported.

SchemaDefinition

[required] The definition of the schema that has to be validated.


Registers a blueprint with Glue

Description

Registers a blueprint with Glue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_blueprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_blueprint(Name, Description = NULL, BlueprintLocation, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the blueprint.

Description

A description of the blueprint.

BlueprintLocation

[required] Specifies a path in Amazon S3 where the blueprint is published.

Tags

The tags to be applied to this blueprint.


Creates a new catalog in the Glue Data Catalog

Description

Creates a new catalog in the Glue Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_catalog(Name, CatalogInput, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the catalog to create.

CatalogInput

[required] A CatalogInput object that defines the metadata for the catalog.

Tags

A map array of key-value pairs, not more than 50 pairs. Each key is a UTF-8 string, not less than 1 or more than 128 bytes long. Each value is a UTF-8 string, not more than 256 bytes long. The tags you assign to the catalog.


Creates a classifier in the user's account

Description

Creates a classifier in the user's account. This can be a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field of the request is present.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_classifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_classifier(
  GrokClassifier = NULL,
  XMLClassifier = NULL,
  JsonClassifier = NULL,
  CsvClassifier = NULL
)

Arguments

GrokClassifier

A GrokClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.

XMLClassifier

An XMLClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.

JsonClassifier

A JsonClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.

CsvClassifier

A CsvClassifier object specifying the classifier to create.


Creates settings for a column statistics task

Description

Creates settings for a column statistics task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_column_statistics_task_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_column_statistics_task_settings(
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Role,
  Schedule = NULL,
  ColumnNameList = NULL,
  SampleSize = NULL,
  CatalogID = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which to generate column statistics.

Role

[required] The role used for running the column statistics.

Schedule

A schedule for running the column statistics, specified in CRON syntax.

ColumnNameList

A list of column names for which to run statistics.

SampleSize

The percentage of data to sample.

CatalogID

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides.

SecurityConfiguration

Name of the security configuration that is used to encrypt CloudWatch logs.

Tags

A map of tags.


Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog

Description

Creates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_connection(CatalogId = NULL, ConnectionInput, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the connection. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

ConnectionInput

[required] A ConnectionInput object defining the connection to create.

Tags

The tags you assign to the connection.


Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional schedule

Description

Creates a new crawler with specified targets, role, configuration, and optional schedule. At least one crawl target must be specified, in the s3Targets field, the jdbcTargets field, or the DynamoDBTargets field.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_crawler/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_crawler(
  Name,
  Role,
  DatabaseName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Targets,
  Schedule = NULL,
  Classifiers = NULL,
  TablePrefix = NULL,
  SchemaChangePolicy = NULL,
  RecrawlPolicy = NULL,
  LineageConfiguration = NULL,
  LakeFormationConfiguration = NULL,
  Configuration = NULL,
  CrawlerSecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the new crawler.

Role

[required] The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role used by the new crawler to access customer resources.

DatabaseName

The Glue database where results are written, such as: ⁠arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*⁠.

Description

A description of the new crawler.

Targets

[required] A list of collection of targets to crawl.

Schedule

A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers. For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: ⁠cron(15 12 * * ? *)⁠.

Classifiers

A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers always override the default classifiers for a given classification.

TablePrefix

The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.

SchemaChangePolicy

The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.

RecrawlPolicy

A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.

LineageConfiguration

Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.

LakeFormationConfiguration

Specifies Lake Formation configuration settings for the crawler.

Configuration

Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Setting crawler configuration options.

CrawlerSecurityConfiguration

The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.

Tags

The tags to use with this crawler request. You may use tags to limit access to the crawler. For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue in the developer guide.


Creates a custom pattern that is used to detect sensitive data across the columns and rows of your structured data

Description

Creates a custom pattern that is used to detect sensitive data across the columns and rows of your structured data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_custom_entity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_custom_entity_type(
  Name,
  RegexString,
  ContextWords = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A name for the custom pattern that allows it to be retrieved or deleted later. This name must be unique per Amazon Web Services account.

RegexString

[required] A regular expression string that is used for detecting sensitive data in a custom pattern.

ContextWords

A list of context words. If none of these context words are found within the vicinity of the regular expression the data will not be detected as sensitive data.

If no context words are passed only a regular expression is checked.

Tags

A list of tags applied to the custom entity type.


Creates a data quality ruleset with DQDL rules applied to a specified Glue table

Description

Creates a data quality ruleset with DQDL rules applied to a specified Glue table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_data_quality_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_data_quality_ruleset(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  Ruleset,
  Tags = NULL,
  TargetTable = NULL,
  DataQualitySecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A unique name for the data quality ruleset.

Description

A description of the data quality ruleset.

Ruleset

[required] A Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL) ruleset. For more information, see the Glue developer guide.

Tags

A list of tags applied to the data quality ruleset.

TargetTable

A target table associated with the data quality ruleset.

DataQualitySecurityConfiguration

The name of the security configuration created with the data quality encryption option.

ClientToken

Used for idempotency and is recommended to be set to a random ID (such as a UUID) to avoid creating or starting multiple instances of the same resource.


Creates a new database in a Data Catalog

Description

Creates a new database in a Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_database(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseInput, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the database. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseInput

[required] The metadata for the database.

Tags

The tags you assign to the database.


Creates a new development endpoint

Description

Creates a new development endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_dev_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_dev_endpoint(
  EndpointName,
  RoleArn,
  SecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  SubnetId = NULL,
  PublicKey = NULL,
  PublicKeys = NULL,
  NumberOfNodes = NULL,
  WorkerType = NULL,
  GlueVersion = NULL,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  ExtraPythonLibsS3Path = NULL,
  ExtraJarsS3Path = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Arguments = NULL
)

Arguments

EndpointName

[required] The name to be assigned to the new DevEndpoint.

RoleArn

[required] The IAM role for the DevEndpoint.

SecurityGroupIds

Security group IDs for the security groups to be used by the new DevEndpoint.

SubnetId

The subnet ID for the new DevEndpoint to use.

PublicKey

The public key to be used by this DevEndpoint for authentication. This attribute is provided for backward compatibility because the recommended attribute to use is public keys.

PublicKeys

A list of public keys to be used by the development endpoints for authentication. The use of this attribute is preferred over a single public key because the public keys allow you to have a different private key per client.

If you previously created an endpoint with a public key, you must remove that key to be able to set a list of public keys. Call the update_dev_endpoint API with the public key content in the deletePublicKeys attribute, and the list of new keys in the addPublicKeys attribute.

NumberOfNodes

The number of Glue Data Processing Units (DPUs) to allocate to this DevEndpoint.

WorkerType

The type of predefined worker that is allocated to the development endpoint. Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.

  • For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.

  • For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, 64 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.

  • For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory, 128 GB disk), and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for memory-intensive jobs.

Known issue: when a development endpoint is created with the G.2X WorkerType configuration, the Spark drivers for the development endpoint will run on 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory, and a 64 GB disk.

GlueVersion

Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that Glue supports. The Python version indicates the version supported for running your ETL scripts on development endpoints.

For more information about the available Glue versions and corresponding Spark and Python versions, see Glue version in the developer guide.

Development endpoints that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.

You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by using the Arguments parameter in the create_dev_endpoint or update_dev_endpoint APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated to the development endpoint.

The maximum number of workers you can define are 299 for G.1X, and 149 for G.2X.

ExtraPythonLibsS3Path

The paths to one or more Python libraries in an Amazon S3 bucket that should be loaded in your DevEndpoint. Multiple values must be complete paths separated by a comma.

You can only use pure Python libraries with a DevEndpoint. Libraries that rely on C extensions, such as the pandas Python data analysis library, are not yet supported.

ExtraJarsS3Path

The path to one or more Java .jar files in an S3 bucket that should be loaded in your DevEndpoint.

SecurityConfiguration

The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this DevEndpoint.

Tags

The tags to use with this DevEndpoint. You may use tags to limit access to the DevEndpoint. For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue in the developer guide.

Arguments

A map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.


Creates a Zero-ETL integration in the caller's account between two resources with Amazon Resource Names (ARNs): the SourceArn and TargetArn

Description

Creates a Zero-ETL integration in the caller's account between two resources with Amazon Resource Names (ARNs): the SourceArn and TargetArn.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_integration/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_integration(
  IntegrationName,
  SourceArn,
  TargetArn,
  Description = NULL,
  DataFilter = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  AdditionalEncryptionContext = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

IntegrationName

[required] A unique name for an integration in Glue.

SourceArn

[required] The ARN of the source resource for the integration.

TargetArn

[required] The ARN of the target resource for the integration.

Description

A description of the integration.

DataFilter

Selects source tables for the integration using Maxwell filter syntax.

KmsKeyId

The ARN of a KMS key used for encrypting the channel.

AdditionalEncryptionContext

An optional set of non-secret key–value pairs that contains additional contextual information for encryption. This can only be provided if KMSKeyId is provided.

Tags

Metadata assigned to the resource consisting of a list of key-value pairs.


This API can be used for setting up the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)

Description

This API can be used for setting up the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target). These properties can include the role to access the connection or database. To set both source and target properties the same API needs to be invoked with the Glue connection ARN as ResourceArn with SourceProcessingProperties and the Glue database ARN as ResourceArn with TargetProcessingProperties respectively.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_integration_resource_property/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_integration_resource_property(
  ResourceArn,
  SourceProcessingProperties = NULL,
  TargetProcessingProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.

SourceProcessingProperties

The resource properties associated with the integration source.

TargetProcessingProperties

The resource properties associated with the integration target.


This API is used to provide optional override properties for the the tables that need to be replicated

Description

This API is used to provide optional override properties for the the tables that need to be replicated. These properties can include properties for filtering and partitioning for the source and target tables. To set both source and target properties the same API need to be invoked with the Glue connection ARN as ResourceArn with SourceTableConfig, and the Glue database ARN as ResourceArn with TargetTableConfig respectively.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_integration_table_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_integration_table_properties(
  ResourceArn,
  TableName,
  SourceTableConfig = NULL,
  TargetTableConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.

TableName

[required] The name of the table to be replicated.

SourceTableConfig

A structure for the source table configuration.

TargetTableConfig

A structure for the target table configuration.


Creates a new job definition

Description

Creates a new job definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_job(
  Name,
  JobMode = NULL,
  JobRunQueuingEnabled = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  LogUri = NULL,
  Role,
  ExecutionProperty = NULL,
  Command,
  DefaultArguments = NULL,
  NonOverridableArguments = NULL,
  Connections = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL,
  AllocatedCapacity = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  NotificationProperty = NULL,
  GlueVersion = NULL,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  WorkerType = NULL,
  CodeGenConfigurationNodes = NULL,
  ExecutionClass = NULL,
  SourceControlDetails = NULL,
  MaintenanceWindow = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name you assign to this job definition. It must be unique in your account.

JobMode

A mode that describes how a job was created. Valid values are:

  • SCRIPT - The job was created using the Glue Studio script editor.

  • VISUAL - The job was created using the Glue Studio visual editor.

  • NOTEBOOK - The job was created using an interactive sessions notebook.

When the JobMode field is missing or null, SCRIPT is assigned as the default value.

JobRunQueuingEnabled

Specifies whether job run queuing is enabled for the job runs for this job.

A value of true means job run queuing is enabled for the job runs. If false or not populated, the job runs will not be considered for queueing.

If this field does not match the value set in the job run, then the value from the job run field will be used.

Description

Description of the job being defined.

LogUri

This field is reserved for future use.

Role

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role associated with this job.

ExecutionProperty

An ExecutionProperty specifying the maximum number of concurrent runs allowed for this job.

Command

[required] The JobCommand that runs this job.

DefaultArguments

The default arguments for every run of this job, specified as name-value pairs.

You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, as well as arguments that Glue itself consumes.

Job arguments may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as arguments. Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to keep them within the Job.

For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, see the Calling Glue APIs in Python topic in the developer guide.

For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when configuring Spark jobs, see the Special Parameters Used by Glue topic in the developer guide.

For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when configuring Ray jobs, see Using job parameters in Ray jobs in the developer guide.

NonOverridableArguments

Arguments for this job that are not overridden when providing job arguments in a job run, specified as name-value pairs.

Connections

The connections used for this job.

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry this job if it fails.

AllocatedCapacity

This parameter is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.

The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this Job. You can allocate a minimum of 2 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page.

Timeout

The job timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status.

Jobs must have timeout values less than 7 days or 10080 minutes. Otherwise, the jobs will throw an exception.

When the value is left blank, the timeout is defaulted to 2880 minutes.

Any existing Glue jobs that had a timeout value greater than 7 days will be defaulted to 7 days. For instance if you have specified a timeout of 20 days for a batch job, it will be stopped on the 7th day.

For streaming jobs, if you have set up a maintenance window, it will be restarted during the maintenance window after 7 days.

MaxCapacity

For Glue version 1.0 or earlier jobs, using the standard worker type, the number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page.

For Glue version 2.0+ jobs, you cannot specify a ⁠Maximum capacity⁠. Instead, you should specify a ⁠Worker type⁠ and the ⁠Number of workers⁠.

Do not set MaxCapacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.

The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark streaming ETL job:

  • When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.

  • When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl") or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.

SecurityConfiguration

The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job.

Tags

The tags to use with this job. You may use tags to limit access to the job. For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue in the developer guide.

NotificationProperty

Specifies configuration properties of a job notification.

GlueVersion

In Spark jobs, GlueVersion determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that Glue available in a job. The Python version indicates the version supported for jobs of type Spark.

Ray jobs should set GlueVersion to 4.0 or greater. However, the versions of Ray, Python and additional libraries available in your Ray job are determined by the Runtime parameter of the Job command.

For more information about the available Glue versions and corresponding Spark and Python versions, see Glue version in the developer guide.

Jobs that are created without specifying a Glue version default to Glue 0.9.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job runs.

WorkerType

The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts a value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, G.8X or G.025X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X for Ray jobs.

  • For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB of memory) with 94GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs.

  • For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB of memory) with 138GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs.

  • For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 256GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm).

  • For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of memory) with 512GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon Web Services Regions as supported for the G.4X worker type.

  • For the G.025X worker type, each worker maps to 0.25 DPU (2 vCPUs, 4 GB of memory) with 84GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for low volume streaming jobs. This worker type is only available for Glue version 3.0 or later streaming jobs.

  • For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 128 GB disk, and provides up to 8 Ray workers based on the autoscaler.

CodeGenConfigurationNodes

The representation of a directed acyclic graph on which both the Glue Studio visual component and Glue Studio code generation is based.

ExecutionClass

Indicates whether the job is run with a standard or flexible execution class. The standard execution-class is ideal for time-sensitive workloads that require fast job startup and dedicated resources.

The flexible execution class is appropriate for time-insensitive jobs whose start and completion times may vary.

Only jobs with Glue version 3.0 and above and command type glueetl will be allowed to set ExecutionClass to FLEX. The flexible execution class is available for Spark jobs.

SourceControlDetails

The details for a source control configuration for a job, allowing synchronization of job artifacts to or from a remote repository.

MaintenanceWindow

This field specifies a day of the week and hour for a maintenance window for streaming jobs. Glue periodically performs maintenance activities. During these maintenance windows, Glue will need to restart your streaming jobs.

Glue will restart the job within 3 hours of the specified maintenance window. For instance, if you set up the maintenance window for Monday at 10:00AM GMT, your jobs will be restarted between 10:00AM GMT to 1:00PM GMT.


Creates an Glue machine learning transform

Description

Creates an Glue machine learning transform. This operation creates the transform and all the necessary parameters to train it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_ml_transform/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_ml_transform(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  InputRecordTables,
  Parameters,
  Role,
  GlueVersion = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  WorkerType = NULL,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  TransformEncryption = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The unique name that you give the transform when you create it.

Description

A description of the machine learning transform that is being defined. The default is an empty string.

InputRecordTables

[required] A list of Glue table definitions used by the transform.

Parameters

[required] The algorithmic parameters that are specific to the transform type used. Conditionally dependent on the transform type.

Role

[required] The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required permissions. The required permissions include both Glue service role permissions to Glue resources, and Amazon S3 permissions required by the transform.

  • This role needs Glue service role permissions to allow access to resources in Glue. See Attach a Policy to IAM Users That Access Glue.

  • This role needs permission to your Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) sources, targets, temporary directory, scripts, and any libraries used by the task run for this transform.

GlueVersion

This value determines which version of Glue this machine learning transform is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, see Glue Versions in the developer guide.

MaxCapacity

The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page.

MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.

  • If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot be set.

  • If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can be set.

  • If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).

  • MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.

When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.

When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.

WorkerType

The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.

  • For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.

  • For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.

  • For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.

MaxCapacity is a mutually exclusive option with NumberOfWorkers and WorkerType.

  • If either NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType is set, then MaxCapacity cannot be set.

  • If MaxCapacity is set then neither NumberOfWorkers or WorkerType can be set.

  • If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).

  • MaxCapacity and NumberOfWorkers must both be at least 1.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this task runs.

If WorkerType is set, then NumberOfWorkers is required (and vice versa).

Timeout

The timeout of the task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task run fails.

Tags

The tags to use with this machine learning transform. You may use tags to limit access to the machine learning transform. For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue in the developer guide.

TransformEncryption

The encryption-at-rest settings of the transform that apply to accessing user data. Machine learning transforms can access user data encrypted in Amazon S3 using KMS.


Creates a new partition

Description

Creates a new partition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionInput
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The Amazon Web Services account ID of the catalog in which the partition is to be created.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the metadata database in which the partition is to be created.

TableName

[required] The name of the metadata table in which the partition is to be created.

PartitionInput

[required] A PartitionInput structure defining the partition to be created.


Creates a specified partition index in an existing table

Description

Creates a specified partition index in an existing table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_partition_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_partition_index(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionIndex
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The catalog ID where the table resides.

DatabaseName

[required] Specifies the name of a database in which you want to create a partition index.

TableName

[required] Specifies the name of a table in which you want to create a partition index.

PartitionIndex

[required] Specifies a PartitionIndex structure to create a partition index in an existing table.


Creates a new registry which may be used to hold a collection of schemas

Description

Creates a new registry which may be used to hold a collection of schemas.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_registry(RegistryName, Description = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

RegistryName

[required] Name of the registry to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.

Description

A description of the registry. If description is not provided, there will not be any default value for this.

Tags

Amazon Web Services tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by console, command line, or API.


Creates a new schema set and registers the schema definition

Description

Creates a new schema set and registers the schema definition. Returns an error if the schema set already exists without actually registering the version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_schema(
  RegistryId = NULL,
  SchemaName,
  DataFormat,
  Compatibility = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  SchemaDefinition = NULL
)

Arguments

RegistryId

This is a wrapper shape to contain the registry identity fields. If this is not provided, the default registry will be used. The ARN format for the same will be: ⁠arn:aws:glue:us-east-2:<customer id>:registry/default-registry:random-5-letter-id⁠.

SchemaName

[required] Name of the schema to be created of max length of 255, and may only contain letters, numbers, hyphen, underscore, dollar sign, or hash mark. No whitespace.

DataFormat

[required] The data format of the schema definition. Currently AVRO, JSON and PROTOBUF are supported.

Compatibility

The compatibility mode of the schema. The possible values are:

  • NONE: No compatibility mode applies. You can use this choice in development scenarios or if you do not know the compatibility mode that you want to apply to schemas. Any new version added will be accepted without undergoing a compatibility check.

  • DISABLED: This compatibility choice prevents versioning for a particular schema. You can use this choice to prevent future versioning of a schema.

  • BACKWARD: This compatibility choice is recommended as it allows data receivers to read both the current and one previous schema version. This means that for instance, a new schema version cannot drop data fields or change the type of these fields, so they can't be read by readers using the previous version.

  • BACKWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read both the current and all previous schema versions. You can use this choice when you need to delete fields or add optional fields, and check compatibility against all previous schema versions.

  • FORWARD: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read both the current and one next schema version, but not necessarily later versions. You can use this choice when you need to add fields or delete optional fields, but only check compatibility against the last schema version.

  • FORWARD_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read written by producers of any new registered schema. You can use this choice when you need to add fields or delete optional fields, and check compatibility against all previous schema versions.

  • FULL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data written by producers using the previous or next version of the schema, but not necessarily earlier or later versions. You can use this choice when you need to add or remove optional fields, but only check compatibility against the last schema version.

  • FULL_ALL: This compatibility choice allows data receivers to read data written by producers using all previous schema versions. You can use this choice when you need to add or remove optional fields, and check compatibility against all previous schema versions.

Description

An optional description of the schema. If description is not provided, there will not be any automatic default value for this.

Tags

Amazon Web Services tags that contain a key value pair and may be searched by console, command line, or API. If specified, follows the Amazon Web Services tags-on-create pattern.

SchemaDefinition

The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for SchemaName.


Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code

Description

Transforms a directed acyclic graph (DAG) into code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_script/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_script(DagNodes = NULL, DagEdges = NULL, Language = NULL)

Arguments

DagNodes

A list of the nodes in the DAG.

DagEdges

A list of the edges in the DAG.

Language

The programming language of the resulting code from the DAG.


Creates a new security configuration

Description

Creates a new security configuration. A security configuration is a set of security properties that can be used by Glue. You can use a security configuration to encrypt data at rest. For information about using security configurations in Glue, see Encrypting Data Written by Crawlers, Jobs, and Development Endpoints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_security_configuration(Name, EncryptionConfiguration)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name for the new security configuration.

EncryptionConfiguration

[required] The encryption configuration for the new security configuration.


Creates a new session

Description

Creates a new session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_session(
  Id,
  Description = NULL,
  Role,
  Command,
  Timeout = NULL,
  IdleTimeout = NULL,
  DefaultArguments = NULL,
  Connections = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  WorkerType = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  GlueVersion = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  RequestOrigin = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the session request.

Description

The description of the session.

Role

[required] The IAM Role ARN

Command

[required] The SessionCommand that runs the job.

Timeout

The number of minutes before session times out. Default for Spark ETL jobs is 48 hours (2880 minutes). Consult the documentation for other job types.

IdleTimeout

The number of minutes when idle before session times out. Default for Spark ETL jobs is value of Timeout. Consult the documentation for other job types.

DefaultArguments

A map array of key-value pairs. Max is 75 pairs.

Connections

The number of connections to use for the session.

MaxCapacity

The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when the job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB memory.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of workers of a defined WorkerType to use for the session.

WorkerType

The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts a value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, or G.8X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X for Ray notebooks.

  • For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB of memory) with 94GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs.

  • For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB of memory) with 138GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs.

  • For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 256GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm).

  • For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of memory) with 512GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon Web Services Regions as supported for the G.4X worker type.

  • For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 128 GB disk, and provides up to 8 Ray workers based on the autoscaler.

SecurityConfiguration

The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with the session

GlueVersion

The Glue version determines the versions of Apache Spark and Python that Glue supports. The GlueVersion must be greater than 2.0.

Tags

The map of key value pairs (tags) belonging to the session.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request.


Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog

Description

Creates a new table definition in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableInput,
  PartitionIndexes = NULL,
  TransactionId = NULL,
  OpenTableFormatInput = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the Table. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The catalog database in which to create the new table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TableInput

[required] The TableInput object that defines the metadata table to create in the catalog.

PartitionIndexes

A list of partition indexes, PartitionIndex structures, to create in the table.

TransactionId

The ID of the transaction.

OpenTableFormatInput

Specifies an OpenTableFormatInput structure when creating an open format table.


Creates a new table optimizer for a specific function

Description

Creates a new table optimizer for a specific function.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_table_optimizer/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_table_optimizer(
  CatalogId,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Type,
  TableOptimizerConfiguration
)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The Catalog ID of the table.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.

Type

[required] The type of table optimizer.

TableOptimizerConfiguration

[required] A TableOptimizerConfiguration object representing the configuration of a table optimizer.


Creates a new trigger

Description

Creates a new trigger.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_trigger/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_trigger(
  Name,
  WorkflowName = NULL,
  Type,
  Schedule = NULL,
  Predicate = NULL,
  Actions,
  Description = NULL,
  StartOnCreation = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  EventBatchingCondition = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the trigger.

WorkflowName

The name of the workflow associated with the trigger.

Type

[required] The type of the new trigger.

Schedule

A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers. For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: ⁠cron(15 12 * * ? *)⁠.

This field is required when the trigger type is SCHEDULED.

Predicate

A predicate to specify when the new trigger should fire.

This field is required when the trigger type is CONDITIONAL.

Actions

[required] The actions initiated by this trigger when it fires.

Description

A description of the new trigger.

StartOnCreation

Set to true to start SCHEDULED and CONDITIONAL triggers when created. True is not supported for ON_DEMAND triggers.

Tags

The tags to use with this trigger. You may use tags to limit access to the trigger. For more information about tags in Glue, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue in the developer guide.

EventBatchingCondition

Batch condition that must be met (specified number of events received or batch time window expired) before EventBridge event trigger fires.


Creates an Glue usage profile

Description

Creates an Glue usage profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_usage_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_usage_profile(Name, Description = NULL, Configuration, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the usage profile.

Description

A description of the usage profile.

Configuration

[required] A ProfileConfiguration object specifying the job and session values for the profile.

Tags

A list of tags applied to the usage profile.


Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog

Description

Creates a new function definition in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_user_defined_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_user_defined_function(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  FunctionInput
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which to create the function. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which to create the function.

FunctionInput

[required] A FunctionInput object that defines the function to create in the Data Catalog.


Creates a new workflow

Description

Creates a new workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_create_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_create_workflow(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DefaultRunProperties = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  MaxConcurrentRuns = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name to be assigned to the workflow. It should be unique within your account.

Description

A description of the workflow.

DefaultRunProperties

A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.

Run properties may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as properties. Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to use them within the workflow run.

Tags

The tags to be used with this workflow.

MaxConcurrentRuns

You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data, to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.


Deletes an existing blueprint

Description

Deletes an existing blueprint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_blueprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_blueprint(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the blueprint to delete.


Removes the specified catalog from the Glue Data Catalog

Description

Removes the specified catalog from the Glue Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_catalog(CatalogId)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The ID of the catalog.


Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog

Description

Removes a classifier from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_classifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_classifier(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the classifier to remove.


Delete the partition column statistics of a column

Description

Delete the partition column statistics of a column.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_column_statistics_for_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_column_statistics_for_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionValues,
  ColumnName
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

PartitionValues

[required] A list of partition values identifying the partition.

ColumnName

[required] Name of the column.


Retrieves table statistics of columns

Description

Retrieves table statistics of columns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_column_statistics_for_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_column_statistics_for_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  ColumnName
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

ColumnName

[required] The name of the column.


Deletes settings for a column statistics task

Description

Deletes settings for a column statistics task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_column_statistics_task_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_column_statistics_task_settings(DatabaseName, TableName)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which to delete column statistics.


Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog

Description

Deletes a connection from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_connection(CatalogId = NULL, ConnectionName)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

ConnectionName

[required] The name of the connection to delete.


Removes a specified crawler from the Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler state is RUNNING

Description

Removes a specified crawler from the Glue Data Catalog, unless the crawler state is RUNNING.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_crawler/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_crawler(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the crawler to remove.


Deletes a custom pattern by specifying its name

Description

Deletes a custom pattern by specifying its name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_custom_entity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_custom_entity_type(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the custom pattern that you want to delete.


Deletes a data quality ruleset

Description

Deletes a data quality ruleset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_data_quality_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_data_quality_ruleset(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] A name for the data quality ruleset.


Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog

Description

Removes a specified database from a Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_database(CatalogId = NULL, Name)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

Name

[required] The name of the database to delete. For Hive compatibility, this must be all lowercase.


Deletes a specified development endpoint

Description

Deletes a specified development endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_dev_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_dev_endpoint(EndpointName)

Arguments

EndpointName

[required] The name of the DevEndpoint.


Deletes the specified Zero-ETL integration

Description

Deletes the specified Zero-ETL integration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_integration/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_integration(IntegrationIdentifier)

Arguments

IntegrationIdentifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the integration.


Deletes the table properties that have been created for the tables that need to be replicated

Description

Deletes the table properties that have been created for the tables that need to be replicated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_integration_table_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_integration_table_properties(ResourceArn, TableName)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.

TableName

[required] The name of the table to be replicated.


Deletes a specified job definition

Description

Deletes a specified job definition. If the job definition is not found, no exception is thrown.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_job(JobName)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job definition to delete.


Deletes an Glue machine learning transform

Description

Deletes an Glue machine learning transform. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by Glue. If you no longer need a transform, you can delete it by calling DeleteMLTransforms. However, any Glue jobs that still reference the deleted transform will no longer succeed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_ml_transform/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_ml_transform(TransformId)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the transform to delete.


Deletes a specified partition

Description

Deletes a specified partition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionValues
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be deleted resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table that contains the partition to be deleted.

PartitionValues

[required] The values that define the partition.


Deletes a specified partition index from an existing table

Description

Deletes a specified partition index from an existing table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_partition_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_partition_index(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  IndexName
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The catalog ID where the table resides.

DatabaseName

[required] Specifies the name of a database from which you want to delete a partition index.

TableName

[required] Specifies the name of a table from which you want to delete a partition index.

IndexName

[required] The name of the partition index to be deleted.


Delete the entire registry including schema and all of its versions

Description

Delete the entire registry including schema and all of its versions. To get the status of the delete operation, you can call the get_registry API after the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will deactivate all online operations for the registry such as the update_registry, create_schema, update_schema, and register_schema_version APIs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_registry(RegistryId)

Arguments

RegistryId

[required] This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).


Deletes a specified policy

Description

Deletes a specified policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_resource_policy(PolicyHashCondition = NULL, ResourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyHashCondition

The hash value returned when this policy was set.

ResourceArn

The ARN of the Glue resource for the resource policy to be deleted.


Deletes the entire schema set, including the schema set and all of its versions

Description

Deletes the entire schema set, including the schema set and all of its versions. To get the status of the delete operation, you can call get_schema API after the asynchronous call. Deleting a registry will deactivate all online operations for the schema, such as the get_schema_by_definition, and register_schema_version APIs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_schema(SchemaId)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).


Remove versions from the specified schema

Description

Remove versions from the specified schema. A version number or range may be supplied. If the compatibility mode forbids deleting of a version that is necessary, such as BACKWARDS_FULL, an error is returned. Calling the GetSchemaVersions API after this call will list the status of the deleted versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_schema_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_schema_versions(SchemaId, Versions)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

Versions

[required] A version range may be supplied which may be of the format:

  • a single version number, 5

  • a range, 5-8 : deletes versions 5, 6, 7, 8


Deletes a specified security configuration

Description

Deletes a specified security configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_security_configuration(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the security configuration to delete.


Deletes the session

Description

Deletes the session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_session(Id, RequestOrigin = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the session to be deleted.

RequestOrigin

The name of the origin of the delete session request.


Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog

Description

Removes a table definition from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_table(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseName, Name, TransactionId = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

Name

[required] The name of the table to be deleted. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TransactionId

The transaction ID at which to delete the table contents.


Deletes an optimizer and all associated metadata for a table

Description

Deletes an optimizer and all associated metadata for a table. The optimization will no longer be performed on the table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_table_optimizer/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_table_optimizer(CatalogId, DatabaseName, TableName, Type)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The Catalog ID of the table.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.

Type

[required] The type of table optimizer.


Deletes a specified version of a table

Description

Deletes a specified version of a table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_table_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_table_version(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseName, TableName, VersionId)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TableName

[required] The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the table version to be deleted. A VersionID is a string representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.


Deletes a specified trigger

Description

Deletes a specified trigger. If the trigger is not found, no exception is thrown.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_trigger/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_trigger(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the trigger to delete.


Deletes the Glue specified usage profile

Description

Deletes the Glue specified usage profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_usage_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_usage_profile(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the usage profile to delete.


Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog

Description

Deletes an existing function definition from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_user_defined_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_user_defined_function(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseName, FunctionName)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be deleted is located. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the function is located.

FunctionName

[required] The name of the function definition to be deleted.


Deletes a workflow

Description

Deletes a workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_delete_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_delete_workflow(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the workflow to be deleted.


The DescribeConnectionType API provides full details of the supported options for a given connection type in Glue

Description

The describe_connection_type API provides full details of the supported options for a given connection type in Glue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_describe_connection_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_describe_connection_type(ConnectionType)

Arguments

ConnectionType

[required] The name of the connection type to be described.


Provides details regarding the entity used with the connection type, with a description of the data model for each field in the selected entity

Description

Provides details regarding the entity used with the connection type, with a description of the data model for each field in the selected entity.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_describe_entity/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_describe_entity(
  ConnectionName,
  CatalogId = NULL,
  EntityName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DataStoreApiVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionName

[required] The name of the connection that contains the connection type credentials.

CatalogId

The catalog ID of the catalog that contains the connection. This can be null, By default, the Amazon Web Services Account ID is the catalog ID.

EntityName

[required] The name of the entity that you want to describe from the connection type.

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.

DataStoreApiVersion

The version of the API used for the data store.


Returns a list of inbound integrations for the specified integration

Description

Returns a list of inbound integrations for the specified integration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_describe_inbound_integrations/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_describe_inbound_integrations(
  IntegrationArn = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  TargetArn = NULL
)

Arguments

IntegrationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the integration.

Marker

A token to specify where to start paginating. This is the marker from a previously truncated response.

MaxRecords

The total number of items to return in the output.

TargetArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the target resource in the integration.


The API is used to retrieve a list of integrations

Description

The API is used to retrieve a list of integrations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_describe_integrations/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_describe_integrations(
  IntegrationIdentifier = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxRecords = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

IntegrationIdentifier

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the integration.

Marker

A value that indicates the starting point for the next set of response records in a subsequent request.

MaxRecords

The total number of items to return in the output.

Filters

A list of key and values, to filter down the results. Supported keys are "Status", "IntegrationName", and "SourceArn". IntegrationName is limited to only one value.


Retrieves the details of a blueprint

Description

Retrieves the details of a blueprint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_blueprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_blueprint(Name, IncludeBlueprint = NULL, IncludeParameterSpec = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the blueprint.

IncludeBlueprint

Specifies whether or not to include the blueprint in the response.

IncludeParameterSpec

Specifies whether or not to include the parameter specification.


Retrieves the details of a blueprint run

Description

Retrieves the details of a blueprint run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_blueprint_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_blueprint_run(BlueprintName, RunId)

Arguments

BlueprintName

[required] The name of the blueprint.

RunId

[required] The run ID for the blueprint run you want to retrieve.


Retrieves the details of blueprint runs for a specified blueprint

Description

Retrieves the details of blueprint runs for a specified blueprint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_blueprint_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_blueprint_runs(BlueprintName, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

BlueprintName

[required] The name of the blueprint.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.


The name of the Catalog to retrieve

Description

The name of the Catalog to retrieve. This should be all lowercase.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_catalog(CatalogId)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The ID of the parent catalog in which the catalog resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services Account Number is used by default.


Retrieves the status of a migration operation

Description

Retrieves the status of a migration operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_catalog_import_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_catalog_import_status(CatalogId = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the catalog to migrate. Currently, this should be the Amazon Web Services account ID.


Retrieves all catalogs defined in a catalog in the Glue Data Catalog

Description

Retrieves all catalogs defined in a catalog in the Glue Data Catalog. For a Redshift-federated catalog use case, this operation returns the list of catalogs mapped to Redshift databases in the Redshift namespace catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_catalogs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_catalogs(
  ParentCatalogId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Recursive = NULL,
  IncludeRoot = NULL
)

Arguments

ParentCatalogId

The ID of the parent catalog in which the catalog resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services Account Number is used by default.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of catalogs to return in one response.

Recursive

Whether to list all catalogs across the catalog hierarchy, starting from the ParentCatalogId. Defaults to false . When true, all catalog objects in the ParentCatalogID hierarchy are enumerated in the response.

IncludeRoot

Whether to list the default catalog in the account and region in the response. Defaults to false. When true and ⁠ParentCatalogId = NULL | Amazon Web Services Account ID⁠, all catalogs and the default catalog are enumerated in the response.

When the ParentCatalogId is not equal to null, and this attribute is passed as false or true, an InvalidInputException is thrown.


Retrieve a classifier by name

Description

Retrieve a classifier by name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_classifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_classifier(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the classifier to retrieve.


Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog

Description

Lists all classifier objects in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_classifiers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_classifiers(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The size of the list to return (optional).

NextToken

An optional continuation token.


Retrieves partition statistics of columns

Description

Retrieves partition statistics of columns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_column_statistics_for_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_column_statistics_for_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionValues,
  ColumnNames
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

PartitionValues

[required] A list of partition values identifying the partition.

ColumnNames

[required] A list of the column names.


Retrieves table statistics of columns

Description

Retrieves table statistics of columns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_column_statistics_for_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_column_statistics_for_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  ColumnNames
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

ColumnNames

[required] A list of the column names.


Get the associated metadata/information for a task run, given a task run ID

Description

Get the associated metadata/information for a task run, given a task run ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_column_statistics_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_column_statistics_task_run(ColumnStatisticsTaskRunId)

Arguments

ColumnStatisticsTaskRunId

[required] The identifier for the particular column statistics task run.


Retrieves information about all runs associated with the specified table

Description

Retrieves information about all runs associated with the specified table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_column_statistics_task_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_column_statistics_task_runs(
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.

MaxResults

The maximum size of the response.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Gets settings for a column statistics task

Description

Gets settings for a column statistics task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_column_statistics_task_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_column_statistics_task_settings(DatabaseName, TableName)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which to retrieve column statistics.


Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog

Description

Retrieves a connection definition from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_connection(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  Name,
  HidePassword = NULL,
  ApplyOverrideForComputeEnvironment = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

Name

[required] The name of the connection definition to retrieve.

HidePassword

Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password. For instance, the Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection, and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might not have permission to use the KMS key to decrypt the password, but it does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties.

ApplyOverrideForComputeEnvironment

For connections that may be used in multiple services, specifies returning properties for the specified compute environment.


Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog

Description

Retrieves a list of connection definitions from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_connections(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  HidePassword = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connections reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

Filter

A filter that controls which connections are returned.

HidePassword

Allows you to retrieve the connection metadata without returning the password. For instance, the Glue console uses this flag to retrieve the connection, and does not display the password. Set this parameter when the caller might not have permission to use the KMS key to decrypt the password, but it does have permission to access the rest of the connection properties.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of connections to return in one response.


Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler

Description

Retrieves metadata for a specified crawler.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_crawler/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_crawler(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the crawler to retrieve metadata for.


Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers

Description

Retrieves metrics about specified crawlers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_crawler_metrics/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_crawler_metrics(
  CrawlerNameList = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

CrawlerNameList

A list of the names of crawlers about which to retrieve metrics.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account

Description

Retrieves metadata for all crawlers defined in the customer account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_crawlers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_crawlers(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The number of crawlers to return on each call.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.


Retrieves the details of a custom pattern by specifying its name

Description

Retrieves the details of a custom pattern by specifying its name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_custom_entity_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_custom_entity_type(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the custom pattern that you want to retrieve.


Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog

Description

Retrieves the security configuration for a specified catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_catalog_encryption_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_catalog_encryption_settings(CatalogId = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog to retrieve the security configuration for. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.


Retrieve the training status of the model along with more information (CompletedOn, StartedOn, FailureReason)

Description

Retrieve the training status of the model along with more information (CompletedOn, StartedOn, FailureReason).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_quality_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_quality_model(StatisticId = NULL, ProfileId)

Arguments

StatisticId

The Statistic ID.

ProfileId

[required] The Profile ID.


Retrieve a statistic's predictions for a given Profile ID

Description

Retrieve a statistic's predictions for a given Profile ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_quality_model_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_quality_model_result(StatisticId, ProfileId)

Arguments

StatisticId

[required] The Statistic ID.

ProfileId

[required] The Profile ID.


Retrieves the result of a data quality rule evaluation

Description

Retrieves the result of a data quality rule evaluation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_quality_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_quality_result(ResultId)

Arguments

ResultId

[required] A unique result ID for the data quality result.


Gets the specified recommendation run that was used to generate rules

Description

Gets the specified recommendation run that was used to generate rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run(RunId)

Arguments

RunId

[required] The unique run identifier associated with this run.


Returns an existing ruleset by identifier or name

Description

Returns an existing ruleset by identifier or name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_quality_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_quality_ruleset(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the ruleset.


Retrieves a specific run where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source

Description

Retrieves a specific run where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run(RunId)

Arguments

RunId

[required] The unique run identifier associated with this run.


Retrieves the definition of a specified database

Description

Retrieves the definition of a specified database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_database(CatalogId = NULL, Name)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

Name

[required] The name of the database to retrieve. For Hive compatibility, this should be all lowercase.


Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog

Description

Retrieves all databases defined in a given Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_databases/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_databases(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ResourceShareType = NULL,
  AttributesToGet = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog from which to retrieve Databases. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of databases to return in one response.

ResourceShareType

Allows you to specify that you want to list the databases shared with your account. The allowable values are FEDERATED, FOREIGN or ALL.

  • If set to FEDERATED, will list the federated databases (referencing an external entity) shared with your account.

  • If set to FOREIGN, will list the databases shared with your account.

  • If set to ALL, will list the databases shared with your account, as well as the databases in yor local account.

AttributesToGet

Specifies the database fields returned by the get_databases call. This parameter doesn’t accept an empty list. The request must include the NAME.


Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG)

Description

Transforms a Python script into a directed acyclic graph (DAG).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_dataflow_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_dataflow_graph(PythonScript = NULL)

Arguments

PythonScript

The Python script to transform.


Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint

Description

Retrieves information about a specified development endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_dev_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_dev_endpoint(EndpointName)

Arguments

EndpointName

[required] Name of the DevEndpoint to retrieve information for.


Retrieves all the development endpoints in this Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves all the development endpoints in this Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_dev_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_dev_endpoints(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum size of information to return.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


This API is used to query preview data from a given connection type or from a native Amazon S3 based Glue Data Catalog

Description

This API is used to query preview data from a given connection type or from a native Amazon S3 based Glue Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_entity_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_entity_records(
  ConnectionName = NULL,
  CatalogId = NULL,
  EntityName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DataStoreApiVersion = NULL,
  ConnectionOptions = NULL,
  FilterPredicate = NULL,
  Limit,
  OrderBy = NULL,
  SelectedFields = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionName

The name of the connection that contains the connection type credentials.

CatalogId

The catalog ID of the catalog that contains the connection. This can be null, By default, the Amazon Web Services Account ID is the catalog ID.

EntityName

[required] Name of the entity that we want to query the preview data from the given connection type.

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.

DataStoreApiVersion

The API version of the SaaS connector.

ConnectionOptions

Connector options that are required to query the data.

FilterPredicate

A filter predicate that you can apply in the query request.

Limit

[required] Limits the number of records fetched with the request.

OrderBy

A parameter that orders the response preview data.

SelectedFields

List of fields that we want to fetch as part of preview data.


This API is used for fetching the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)

Description

This API is used for fetching the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_integration_resource_property/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_integration_resource_property(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.


This API is used to retrieve optional override properties for the tables that need to be replicated

Description

This API is used to retrieve optional override properties for the tables that need to be replicated. These properties can include properties for filtering and partition for source and target tables.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_integration_table_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_integration_table_properties(ResourceArn, TableName)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.

TableName

[required] The name of the table to be replicated.


Retrieves an existing job definition

Description

Retrieves an existing job definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_job(JobName)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job definition to retrieve.


Returns information on a job bookmark entry

Description

Returns information on a job bookmark entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_job_bookmark/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_job_bookmark(JobName, RunId = NULL)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job in question.

RunId

The unique run identifier associated with this job run.


Retrieves the metadata for a given job run

Description

Retrieves the metadata for a given job run. Job run history is accessible for 365 days for your workflow and job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_job_run(JobName, RunId, PredecessorsIncluded = NULL)

Arguments

JobName

[required] Name of the job definition being run.

RunId

[required] The ID of the job run.

PredecessorsIncluded

True if a list of predecessor runs should be returned.


Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition

Description

Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given job definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_job_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_job_runs(JobName, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job definition for which to retrieve all job runs.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum size of the response.


Retrieves all current job definitions

Description

Retrieves all current job definitions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_jobs(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum size of the response.


Creates mappings

Description

Creates mappings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_mapping(Source, Sinks = NULL, Location = NULL)

Arguments

Source

[required] Specifies the source table.

Sinks

A list of target tables.

Location

Parameters for the mapping.


Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform

Description

Gets details for a specific task run on a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can check the stats of any task run by calling get_ml_task_run with the TaskRunID and its parent transform's TransformID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_ml_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_ml_task_run(TransformId, TaskRunId)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.

TaskRunId

[required] The unique identifier of the task run.


Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform

Description

Gets a list of runs for a machine learning transform. Machine learning task runs are asynchronous tasks that Glue runs on your behalf as part of various machine learning workflows. You can get a sortable, filterable list of machine learning task runs by calling get_ml_task_runs with their parent transform's TransformID and other optional parameters as documented in this section.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_ml_task_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_ml_task_runs(
  TransformId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  Sort = NULL
)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.

NextToken

A token for pagination of the results. The default is empty.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

Filter

The filter criteria, in the TaskRunFilterCriteria structure, for the task run.

Sort

The sorting criteria, in the TaskRunSortCriteria structure, for the task run.


Gets an Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding metadata

Description

Gets an Glue machine learning transform artifact and all its corresponding metadata. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by Glue. You can retrieve their metadata by calling get_ml_transform.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_ml_transform/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_ml_transform(TransformId)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the transform, generated at the time that the transform was created.


Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms

Description

Gets a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms. Machine learning transforms are a special type of transform that use machine learning to learn the details of the transformation to be performed by learning from examples provided by humans. These transformations are then saved by Glue, and you can retrieve their metadata by calling get_ml_transforms.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_ml_transforms/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_ml_transforms(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  Sort = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A paginated token to offset the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

Filter

The filter transformation criteria.

Sort

The sorting criteria.


Retrieves information about a specified partition

Description

Retrieves information about a specified partition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_partition(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseName, TableName, PartitionValues)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition in question resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partition resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the partition's table.

PartitionValues

[required] The values that define the partition.


Retrieves the partition indexes associated with a table

Description

Retrieves the partition indexes associated with a table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_partition_indexes/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_partition_indexes(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The catalog ID where the table resides.

DatabaseName

[required] Specifies the name of a database from which you want to retrieve partition indexes.

TableName

[required] Specifies the name of a table for which you want to retrieve the partition indexes.

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.


Retrieves information about the partitions in a table

Description

Retrieves information about the partitions in a table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_partitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_partitions(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Expression = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Segment = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ExcludeColumnSchema = NULL,
  TransactionId = NULL,
  QueryAsOfTime = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

Expression

An expression that filters the partitions to be returned.

The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The SQL statement parser JSQLParser parses the expression.

Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression API call:

=

Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20.

(a = b) is not true.

\< \>

Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not equal, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \< \> b) is true.

\>

Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \> b) is not true.

\<

Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \< b) is true.

\>=

Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \>= b) is not true.

\<=

Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \<= b) is true.

AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL

Logical operators.

Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition keys.

  • string

  • date

  • timestamp

  • int

  • bigint

  • long

  • tinyint

  • smallint

  • decimal

If an type is encountered that is not valid, an exception is thrown.

The following list shows the valid operators on each type. When you define a crawler, the partitionKey type is created as a STRING, to be compatible with the catalog partitions.

Sample API Call:

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions.

Segment

The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.

ExcludeColumnSchema

When true, specifies not returning the partition column schema. Useful when you are interested only in other partition attributes such as partition values or location. This approach avoids the problem of a large response by not returning duplicate data.

TransactionId

The transaction ID at which to read the partition contents.

QueryAsOfTime

The time as of when to read the partition contents. If not set, the most recent transaction commit time will be used. Cannot be specified along with TransactionId.


Gets code to perform a specified mapping

Description

Gets code to perform a specified mapping.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_plan(
  Mapping,
  Source,
  Sinks = NULL,
  Location = NULL,
  Language = NULL,
  AdditionalPlanOptionsMap = NULL
)

Arguments

Mapping

[required] The list of mappings from a source table to target tables.

Source

[required] The source table.

Sinks

The target tables.

Location

The parameters for the mapping.

Language

The programming language of the code to perform the mapping.

AdditionalPlanOptionsMap

A map to hold additional optional key-value parameters.

Currently, these key-value pairs are supported:

  • inferSchema  —  Specifies whether to set inferSchema to true or false for the default script generated by an Glue job. For example, to set inferSchema to true, pass the following key value pair:

    ⁠--additional-plan-options-map '{"inferSchema":"true"}'⁠


Describes the specified registry in detail

Description

Describes the specified registry in detail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_registry(RegistryId)

Arguments

RegistryId

[required] This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).


Retrieves the resource policies set on individual resources by Resource Access Manager during cross-account permission grants

Description

Retrieves the resource policies set on individual resources by Resource Access Manager during cross-account permission grants. Also retrieves the Data Catalog resource policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_resource_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_resource_policies(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.


Retrieves a specified resource policy

Description

Retrieves a specified resource policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_resource_policy(ResourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

The ARN of the Glue resource for which to retrieve the resource policy. If not supplied, the Data Catalog resource policy is returned. Use get_resource_policies to view all existing resource policies. For more information see Specifying Glue Resource ARNs.


Describes the specified schema in detail

Description

Describes the specified schema in detail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_schema(SchemaId)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.


Retrieves a schema by the SchemaDefinition

Description

Retrieves a schema by the SchemaDefinition. The schema definition is sent to the Schema Registry, canonicalized, and hashed. If the hash is matched within the scope of the SchemaName or ARN (or the default registry, if none is supplied), that schema’s metadata is returned. Otherwise, a 404 or NotFound error is returned. Schema versions in Deleted statuses will not be included in the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_schema_by_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_schema_by_definition(SchemaId, SchemaDefinition)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.

SchemaDefinition

[required] The definition of the schema for which schema details are required.


Get the specified schema by its unique ID assigned when a version of the schema is created or registered

Description

Get the specified schema by its unique ID assigned when a version of the schema is created or registered. Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_schema_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_schema_version(
  SchemaId = NULL,
  SchemaVersionId = NULL,
  SchemaVersionNumber = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaId

This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

SchemaVersionId

The SchemaVersionId of the schema version. This field is required for fetching by schema ID. Either this or the SchemaId wrapper has to be provided.

SchemaVersionNumber

The version number of the schema.


Fetches the schema version difference in the specified difference type between two stored schema versions in the Schema Registry

Description

Fetches the schema version difference in the specified difference type between two stored schema versions in the Schema Registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_schema_versions_diff/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_schema_versions_diff(
  SchemaId,
  FirstSchemaVersionNumber,
  SecondSchemaVersionNumber,
  SchemaDiffType
)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.

FirstSchemaVersionNumber

[required] The first of the two schema versions to be compared.

SecondSchemaVersionNumber

[required] The second of the two schema versions to be compared.

SchemaDiffType

[required] Refers to SYNTAX_DIFF, which is the currently supported diff type.


Retrieves a specified security configuration

Description

Retrieves a specified security configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_security_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_security_configuration(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the security configuration to retrieve.


Retrieves a list of all security configurations

Description

Retrieves a list of all security configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_security_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_security_configurations(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Retrieves the session

Description

Retrieves the session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_session(Id, RequestOrigin = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the session.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request.


Retrieves the statement

Description

Retrieves the statement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_statement(SessionId, Id, RequestOrigin = NULL)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The Session ID of the statement.

Id

[required] The Id of the statement.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request.


Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table

Description

Retrieves the Table definition in a Data Catalog for a specified table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  Name,
  TransactionId = NULL,
  QueryAsOfTime = NULL,
  IncludeStatusDetails = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

Name

[required] The name of the table for which to retrieve the definition. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TransactionId

The transaction ID at which to read the table contents.

QueryAsOfTime

The time as of when to read the table contents. If not set, the most recent transaction commit time will be used. Cannot be specified along with TransactionId.

IncludeStatusDetails

Specifies whether to include status details related to a request to create or update an Glue Data Catalog view.


Returns the configuration of all optimizers associated with a specified table

Description

Returns the configuration of all optimizers associated with a specified table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_table_optimizer/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_table_optimizer(CatalogId, DatabaseName, TableName, Type)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The Catalog ID of the table.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.

Type

[required] The type of table optimizer.


Retrieves a specified version of a table

Description

Retrieves a specified version of a table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_table_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_table_version(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  VersionId = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TableName

[required] The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

VersionId

The ID value of the table version to be retrieved. A VersionID is a string representation of an integer. Each version is incremented by 1.


Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified table

Description

Retrieves a list of strings that identify available versions of a specified table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_table_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_table_versions(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The database in the catalog in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TableName

[required] The name of the table. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is not the first call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of table versions to return in one response.


Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database

Description

Retrieves the definitions of some or all of the tables in a given Database.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_tables/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_tables(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  Expression = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  TransactionId = NULL,
  QueryAsOfTime = NULL,
  IncludeStatusDetails = NULL,
  AttributesToGet = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the tables reside. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The database in the catalog whose tables to list. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

Expression

A regular expression pattern. If present, only those tables whose names match the pattern are returned.

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.

TransactionId

The transaction ID at which to read the table contents.

QueryAsOfTime

The time as of when to read the table contents. If not set, the most recent transaction commit time will be used. Cannot be specified along with TransactionId.

IncludeStatusDetails

Specifies whether to include status details related to a request to create or update an Glue Data Catalog view.

AttributesToGet

Specifies the table fields returned by the get_tables call. This parameter doesn’t accept an empty list. The request must include NAME.

The following are the valid combinations of values:

  • NAME - Names of all tables in the database.

  • NAME, TABLE_TYPE - Names of all tables and the table types.


Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource

Description

Retrieves a list of tags associated with a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_tags(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which to retrieve tags.


Retrieves the definition of a trigger

Description

Retrieves the definition of a trigger.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_trigger/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_trigger(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the trigger to retrieve.


Gets all the triggers associated with a job

Description

Gets all the triggers associated with a job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_triggers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_triggers(NextToken = NULL, DependentJobName = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

DependentJobName

The name of the job to retrieve triggers for. The trigger that can start this job is returned, and if there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned.

MaxResults

The maximum size of the response.


Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata

Description

Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_unfiltered_partition_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_unfiltered_partition_metadata(
  Region = NULL,
  CatalogId,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionValues,
  AuditContext = NULL,
  SupportedPermissionTypes,
  QuerySessionContext = NULL
)

Arguments

Region

Specified only if the base tables belong to a different Amazon Web Services Region.

CatalogId

[required] The catalog ID where the partition resides.

DatabaseName

[required] (Required) Specifies the name of a database that contains the partition.

TableName

[required] (Required) Specifies the name of a table that contains the partition.

PartitionValues

[required] (Required) A list of partition key values.

AuditContext

A structure containing Lake Formation audit context information.

SupportedPermissionTypes

[required] (Required) A list of supported permission types.

QuerySessionContext

A structure used as a protocol between query engines and Lake Formation or Glue. Contains both a Lake Formation generated authorization identifier and information from the request's authorization context.


Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata

Description

Retrieves partition metadata from the Data Catalog that contains unfiltered metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_unfiltered_partitions_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_unfiltered_partitions_metadata(
  Region = NULL,
  CatalogId,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Expression = NULL,
  AuditContext = NULL,
  SupportedPermissionTypes,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Segment = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  QuerySessionContext = NULL
)

Arguments

Region

Specified only if the base tables belong to a different Amazon Web Services Region.

CatalogId

[required] The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is provided, the AWS account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the table that contains the partition.

Expression

An expression that filters the partitions to be returned.

The expression uses SQL syntax similar to the SQL WHERE filter clause. The SQL statement parser JSQLParser parses the expression.

Operators: The following are the operators that you can use in the Expression API call:

=

Checks whether the values of the two operands are equal; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: Assume 'variable a' holds 10 and 'variable b' holds 20.

(a = b) is not true.

\< \>

Checks whether the values of two operands are equal; if the values are not equal, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \< \> b) is true.

\>

Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \> b) is not true.

\<

Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \< b) is true.

\>=

Checks whether the value of the left operand is greater than or equal to the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \>= b) is not true.

\<=

Checks whether the value of the left operand is less than or equal to the value of the right operand; if yes, then the condition becomes true.

Example: (a \<= b) is true.

AND, OR, IN, BETWEEN, LIKE, NOT, IS NULL

Logical operators.

Supported Partition Key Types: The following are the supported partition keys.

  • string

  • date

  • timestamp

  • int

  • bigint

  • long

  • tinyint

  • smallint

  • decimal

If an type is encountered that is not valid, an exception is thrown.

AuditContext

A structure containing Lake Formation audit context information.

SupportedPermissionTypes

[required] A list of supported permission types.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is not the first call to retrieve these partitions.

Segment

The segment of the table's partitions to scan in this request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of partitions to return in a single response.

QuerySessionContext

A structure used as a protocol between query engines and Lake Formation or Glue. Contains both a Lake Formation generated authorization identifier and information from the request's authorization context.


Allows a third-party analytical engine to retrieve unfiltered table metadata from the Data Catalog

Description

Allows a third-party analytical engine to retrieve unfiltered table metadata from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_unfiltered_table_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_unfiltered_table_metadata(
  Region = NULL,
  CatalogId,
  DatabaseName,
  Name,
  AuditContext = NULL,
  SupportedPermissionTypes,
  ParentResourceArn = NULL,
  RootResourceArn = NULL,
  SupportedDialect = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  QuerySessionContext = NULL
)

Arguments

Region

Specified only if the base tables belong to a different Amazon Web Services Region.

CatalogId

[required] The catalog ID where the table resides.

DatabaseName

[required] (Required) Specifies the name of a database that contains the table.

Name

[required] (Required) Specifies the name of a table for which you are requesting metadata.

AuditContext

A structure containing Lake Formation audit context information.

SupportedPermissionTypes

[required] Indicates the level of filtering a third-party analytical engine is capable of enforcing when calling the get_unfiltered_table_metadata API operation. Accepted values are:

  • COLUMN_PERMISSION - Column permissions ensure that users can access only specific columns in the table. If there are particular columns contain sensitive data, data lake administrators can define column filters that exclude access to specific columns.

  • CELL_FILTER_PERMISSION - Cell-level filtering combines column filtering (include or exclude columns) and row filter expressions to restrict access to individual elements in the table.

  • NESTED_PERMISSION - Nested permissions combines cell-level filtering and nested column filtering to restrict access to columns and/or nested columns in specific rows based on row filter expressions.

  • NESTED_CELL_PERMISSION - Nested cell permissions combines nested permission with nested cell-level filtering. This allows different subsets of nested columns to be restricted based on an array of row filter expressions.

Note: Each of these permission types follows a hierarchical order where each subsequent permission type includes all permission of the previous type.

Important: If you provide a supported permission type that doesn't match the user's level of permissions on the table, then Lake Formation raises an exception. For example, if the third-party engine calling the get_unfiltered_table_metadata operation can enforce only column-level filtering, and the user has nested cell filtering applied on the table, Lake Formation throws an exception, and will not return unfiltered table metadata and data access credentials.

ParentResourceArn

The resource ARN of the view.

RootResourceArn

The resource ARN of the root view in a chain of nested views.

SupportedDialect

A structure specifying the dialect and dialect version used by the query engine.

Permissions

The Lake Formation data permissions of the caller on the table. Used to authorize the call when no view context is found.

QuerySessionContext

A structure used as a protocol between query engines and Lake Formation or Glue. Contains both a Lake Formation generated authorization identifier and information from the request's authorization context.


Retrieves information about the specified Glue usage profile

Description

Retrieves information about the specified Glue usage profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_usage_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_usage_profile(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the usage profile to retrieve.


Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog

Description

Retrieves a specified function definition from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_user_defined_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_user_defined_function(CatalogId = NULL, DatabaseName, FunctionName)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be retrieved is located. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the function is located.

FunctionName

[required] The name of the function.


Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog

Description

Retrieves multiple function definitions from the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_user_defined_functions/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_user_defined_functions(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName = NULL,
  Pattern,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the functions to be retrieved are located. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

The name of the catalog database where the functions are located. If none is provided, functions from all the databases across the catalog will be returned.

Pattern

[required] An optional function-name pattern string that filters the function definitions returned.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of functions to return in one response.


Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow

Description

Retrieves resource metadata for a workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_workflow(Name, IncludeGraph = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the workflow to retrieve.

IncludeGraph

Specifies whether to include a graph when returning the workflow resource metadata.


Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run

Description

Retrieves the metadata for a given workflow run. Job run history is accessible for 90 days for your workflow and job run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_workflow_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_workflow_run(Name, RunId, IncludeGraph = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the workflow being run.

RunId

[required] The ID of the workflow run.

IncludeGraph

Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.


Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run

Description

Retrieves the workflow run properties which were set during the run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_workflow_run_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_workflow_run_properties(Name, RunId)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the workflow which was run.

RunId

[required] The ID of the workflow run whose run properties should be returned.


Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow

Description

Retrieves metadata for all runs of a given workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_get_workflow_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_get_workflow_runs(
  Name,
  IncludeGraph = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the workflow whose metadata of runs should be returned.

IncludeGraph

Specifies whether to include the workflow graph in response or not.

NextToken

The maximum size of the response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of workflow runs to be included in the response.


Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to Glue

Description

Imports an existing Amazon Athena Data Catalog to Glue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_import_catalog_to_glue/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_import_catalog_to_glue(CatalogId = NULL)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the catalog to import. Currently, this should be the Amazon Web Services account ID.


Lists all the blueprint names in an account

Description

Lists all the blueprint names in an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_blueprints/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_blueprints(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

Tags

Filters the list by an Amazon Web Services resource tag.


List all task runs for a particular account

Description

List all task runs for a particular account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_column_statistics_task_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_column_statistics_task_runs(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum size of the response.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


The ListConnectionTypes API provides a discovery mechanism to learn available connection types in Glue

Description

The list_connection_types API provides a discovery mechanism to learn available connection types in Glue. The response contains a list of connection types with high-level details of what is supported for each connection type. The connection types listed are the set of supported options for the ConnectionType value in the create_connection API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_connection_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_connection_types(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag

Description

Retrieves the names of all crawler resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_crawlers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_crawlers(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

Tags

Specifies to return only these tagged resources.


Returns all the crawls of a specified crawler

Description

Returns all the crawls of a specified crawler. Returns only the crawls that have occurred since the launch date of the crawler history feature, and only retains up to 12 months of crawls. Older crawls will not be returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_crawls/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_crawls(
  CrawlerName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

CrawlerName

[required] The name of the crawler whose runs you want to retrieve.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return. The default is 20, and maximum is 100.

Filters

Filters the crawls by the criteria you specify in a list of CrawlsFilter objects.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Lists all the custom patterns that have been created

Description

Lists all the custom patterns that have been created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_custom_entity_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_custom_entity_types(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A paginated token to offset the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

Tags

A list of key-value pair tags.


Returns all data quality execution results for your account

Description

Returns all data quality execution results for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_data_quality_results/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_data_quality_results(
  Filter = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

The filter criteria.

NextToken

A paginated token to offset the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Lists the recommendation runs meeting the filter criteria

Description

Lists the recommendation runs meeting the filter criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_data_quality_rule_recommendation_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_data_quality_rule_recommendation_runs(
  Filter = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

The filter criteria.

NextToken

A paginated token to offset the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Lists all the runs meeting the filter criteria, where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source

Description

Lists all the runs meeting the filter criteria, where a ruleset is evaluated against a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_runs(
  Filter = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

The filter criteria.

NextToken

A paginated token to offset the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Returns a paginated list of rulesets for the specified list of Glue tables

Description

Returns a paginated list of rulesets for the specified list of Glue tables.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_data_quality_rulesets/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_data_quality_rulesets(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A paginated token to offset the results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

Filter

The filter criteria.

Tags

A list of key-value pair tags.


Retrieve annotations for a data quality statistic

Description

Retrieve annotations for a data quality statistic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_data_quality_statistic_annotations/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_data_quality_statistic_annotations(
  StatisticId = NULL,
  ProfileId = NULL,
  TimestampFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StatisticId

The Statistic ID.

ProfileId

The Profile ID.

TimestampFilter

A timestamp filter.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

A pagination token to retrieve the next set of results.


Retrieves a list of data quality statistics

Description

Retrieves a list of data quality statistics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_data_quality_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_data_quality_statistics(
  StatisticId = NULL,
  ProfileId = NULL,
  TimestampFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

StatisticId

The Statistic ID.

ProfileId

The Profile ID.

TimestampFilter

A timestamp filter.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

A pagination token to request the next page of results.


Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag

Description

Retrieves the names of all DevEndpoint resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_dev_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_dev_endpoints(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

Tags

Specifies to return only these tagged resources.


Returns the available entities supported by the connection type

Description

Returns the available entities supported by the connection type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_entities/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_entities(
  ConnectionName = NULL,
  CatalogId = NULL,
  ParentEntityName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  DataStoreApiVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionName

A name for the connection that has required credentials to query any connection type.

CatalogId

The catalog ID of the catalog that contains the connection. This can be null, By default, the Amazon Web Services Account ID is the catalog ID.

ParentEntityName

Name of the parent entity for which you want to list the children. This parameter takes a fully-qualified path of the entity in order to list the child entities.

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.

DataStoreApiVersion

The API version of the SaaS connector.


Retrieves the names of all job resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag

Description

Retrieves the names of all job resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_jobs(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

Tags

Specifies to return only these tagged resources.


Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag

Description

Retrieves a sortable, filterable list of existing Glue machine learning transforms in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation takes the optional Tags field, which you can use as a filter of the responses so that tagged resources can be retrieved as a group. If you choose to use tag filtering, only resources with the tags are retrieved.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_ml_transforms/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_ml_transforms(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filter = NULL,
  Sort = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

Filter

A TransformFilterCriteria used to filter the machine learning transforms.

Sort

A TransformSortCriteria used to sort the machine learning transforms.

Tags

Specifies to return only these tagged resources.


Returns a list of registries that you have created, with minimal registry information

Description

Returns a list of registries that you have created, with minimal registry information. Registries in the Deleting status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no registries available.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_registries/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_registries(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this will be defaulted to 25 per page.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Returns a list of schema versions that you have created, with minimal information

Description

Returns a list of schema versions that you have created, with minimal information. Schema versions in Deleted status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no schema versions available.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_schema_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_schema_versions(SchemaId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

MaxResults

Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this will be defaulted to 25 per page.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Returns a list of schemas with minimal details

Description

Returns a list of schemas with minimal details. Schemas in Deleting status will not be included in the results. Empty results will be returned if there are no schemas available.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_schemas/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_schemas(RegistryId = NULL, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

RegistryId

A wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

MaxResults

Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this will be defaulted to 25 per page.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Retrieve a list of sessions

Description

Retrieve a list of sessions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_sessions(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  RequestOrigin = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more result.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results.

Tags

Tags belonging to the session.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request.


Lists statements for the session

Description

Lists statements for the session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_statements/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_statements(SessionId, RequestOrigin = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The Session ID of the statements.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request to list statements.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Lists the history of previous optimizer runs for a specific table

Description

Lists the history of previous optimizer runs for a specific table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_table_optimizer_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_table_optimizer_runs(
  CatalogId,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Type,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The Catalog ID of the table.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.

Type

[required] The type of table optimizer.

MaxResults

The maximum number of optimizer runs to return on each call.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag

Description

Retrieves the names of all trigger resources in this Amazon Web Services account, or the resources with the specified tag. This operation allows you to see which resources are available in your account, and their names.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_triggers/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_triggers(
  NextToken = NULL,
  DependentJobName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

DependentJobName

The name of the job for which to retrieve triggers. The trigger that can start this job is returned. If there is no such trigger, all triggers are returned.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.

Tags

Specifies to return only these tagged resources.


List all the Glue usage profiles

Description

List all the Glue usage profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_usage_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_usage_profiles(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.

MaxResults

The maximum number of usage profiles to return in a single response.


Lists names of workflows created in the account

Description

Lists names of workflows created in the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_list_workflows/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_list_workflows(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation request.

MaxResults

The maximum size of a list to return.


Modifies a Zero-ETL integration in the caller's account

Description

Modifies a Zero-ETL integration in the caller's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_modify_integration/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_modify_integration(
  IntegrationIdentifier,
  Description = NULL,
  DataFilter = NULL,
  IntegrationName = NULL
)

Arguments

IntegrationIdentifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the integration.

Description

A description of the integration.

DataFilter

Selects source tables for the integration using Maxwell filter syntax.

IntegrationName

A unique name for an integration in Glue.


Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog

Description

Sets the security configuration for a specified catalog. After the configuration has been set, the specified encryption is applied to every catalog write thereafter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_put_data_catalog_encryption_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_put_data_catalog_encryption_settings(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DataCatalogEncryptionSettings
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog to set the security configuration for. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DataCatalogEncryptionSettings

[required] The security configuration to set.


Annotate all datapoints for a Profile

Description

Annotate all datapoints for a Profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_put_data_quality_profile_annotation/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_put_data_quality_profile_annotation(ProfileId, InclusionAnnotation)

Arguments

ProfileId

[required] The ID of the data quality monitoring profile to annotate.

InclusionAnnotation

[required] The inclusion annotation value to apply to the profile.


Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control

Description

Sets the Data Catalog resource policy for access control.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_put_resource_policy(
  PolicyInJson,
  ResourceArn = NULL,
  PolicyHashCondition = NULL,
  PolicyExistsCondition = NULL,
  EnableHybrid = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicyInJson

[required] Contains the policy document to set, in JSON format.

ResourceArn

Do not use. For internal use only.

PolicyHashCondition

The hash value returned when the previous policy was set using put_resource_policy. Its purpose is to prevent concurrent modifications of a policy. Do not use this parameter if no previous policy has been set.

PolicyExistsCondition

A value of MUST_EXIST is used to update a policy. A value of NOT_EXIST is used to create a new policy. If a value of NONE or a null value is used, the call does not depend on the existence of a policy.

EnableHybrid

If 'TRUE', indicates that you are using both methods to grant cross-account access to Data Catalog resources:

  • By directly updating the resource policy with PutResourePolicy

  • By using the Grant permissions command on the Amazon Web Services Management Console.

Must be set to 'TRUE' if you have already used the Management Console to grant cross-account access, otherwise the call fails. Default is 'FALSE'.


Puts the metadata key value pair for a specified schema version ID

Description

Puts the metadata key value pair for a specified schema version ID. A maximum of 10 key value pairs will be allowed per schema version. They can be added over one or more calls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_put_schema_version_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_put_schema_version_metadata(
  SchemaId = NULL,
  SchemaVersionNumber = NULL,
  SchemaVersionId = NULL,
  MetadataKeyValue
)

Arguments

SchemaId

The unique ID for the schema.

SchemaVersionNumber

The version number of the schema.

SchemaVersionId

The unique version ID of the schema version.

MetadataKeyValue

[required] The metadata key's corresponding value.


Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run

Description

Puts the specified workflow run properties for the given workflow run. If a property already exists for the specified run, then it overrides the value otherwise adds the property to existing properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_put_workflow_run_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_put_workflow_run_properties(Name, RunId, RunProperties)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the workflow which was run.

RunId

[required] The ID of the workflow run for which the run properties should be updated.

RunProperties

[required] The properties to put for the specified run.

Run properties may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as properties. Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to use them within the workflow run.


Queries for the schema version metadata information

Description

Queries for the schema version metadata information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_query_schema_version_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_query_schema_version_metadata(
  SchemaId = NULL,
  SchemaVersionNumber = NULL,
  SchemaVersionId = NULL,
  MetadataList = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaId

A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

SchemaVersionNumber

The version number of the schema.

SchemaVersionId

The unique version ID of the schema version.

MetadataList

Search key-value pairs for metadata, if they are not provided all the metadata information will be fetched.

MaxResults

Maximum number of results required per page. If the value is not supplied, this will be defaulted to 25 per page.

NextToken

A continuation token, if this is a continuation call.


Adds a new version to the existing schema

Description

Adds a new version to the existing schema. Returns an error if new version of schema does not meet the compatibility requirements of the schema set. This API will not create a new schema set and will return a 404 error if the schema set is not already present in the Schema Registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_register_schema_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_register_schema_version(SchemaId, SchemaDefinition)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. Either SchemaArn or SchemaName and RegistryName has to be provided.

SchemaDefinition

[required] The schema definition using the DataFormat setting for the SchemaName.


Removes a key value pair from the schema version metadata for the specified schema version ID

Description

Removes a key value pair from the schema version metadata for the specified schema version ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_remove_schema_version_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_remove_schema_version_metadata(
  SchemaId = NULL,
  SchemaVersionNumber = NULL,
  SchemaVersionId = NULL,
  MetadataKeyValue
)

Arguments

SchemaId

A wrapper structure that may contain the schema name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

SchemaVersionNumber

The version number of the schema.

SchemaVersionId

The unique version ID of the schema version.

MetadataKeyValue

[required] The value of the metadata key.


Resets a bookmark entry

Description

Resets a bookmark entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_reset_job_bookmark/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_reset_job_bookmark(JobName, RunId = NULL)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job in question.

RunId

The unique run identifier associated with this job run.


Restarts selected nodes of a previous partially completed workflow run and resumes the workflow run

Description

Restarts selected nodes of a previous partially completed workflow run and resumes the workflow run. The selected nodes and all nodes that are downstream from the selected nodes are run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_resume_workflow_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_resume_workflow_run(Name, RunId, NodeIds)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the workflow to resume.

RunId

[required] The ID of the workflow run to resume.

NodeIds

[required] A list of the node IDs for the nodes you want to restart. The nodes that are to be restarted must have a run attempt in the original run.


Executes the statement

Description

Executes the statement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_run_statement/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_run_statement(SessionId, Code, RequestOrigin = NULL)

Arguments

SessionId

[required] The Session Id of the statement to be run.

Code

[required] The statement code to be run.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request.


Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well as on the parent database

Description

Searches a set of tables based on properties in the table metadata as well as on the parent database. You can search against text or filter conditions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_search_tables/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_search_tables(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  SearchText = NULL,
  SortCriteria = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ResourceShareType = NULL,
  IncludeStatusDetails = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

A unique identifier, consisting of account_id.

NextToken

A continuation token, included if this is a continuation call.

Filters

A list of key-value pairs, and a comparator used to filter the search results. Returns all entities matching the predicate.

The Comparator member of the PropertyPredicate struct is used only for time fields, and can be omitted for other field types. Also, when comparing string values, such as when Key=Name, a fuzzy match algorithm is used. The Key field (for example, the value of the Name field) is split on certain punctuation characters, for example, -, :, #, etc. into tokens. Then each token is exact-match compared with the Value member of PropertyPredicate. For example, if Key=Name and Value=link, tables named customer-link and xx-link-yy are returned, but xxlinkyy is not returned.

SearchText

A string used for a text search.

Specifying a value in quotes filters based on an exact match to the value.

SortCriteria

A list of criteria for sorting the results by a field name, in an ascending or descending order.

MaxResults

The maximum number of tables to return in a single response.

ResourceShareType

Allows you to specify that you want to search the tables shared with your account. The allowable values are FOREIGN or ALL.

  • If set to FOREIGN, will search the tables shared with your account.

  • If set to ALL, will search the tables shared with your account, as well as the tables in yor local account.

IncludeStatusDetails

Specifies whether to include status details related to a request to create or update an Glue Data Catalog view.


Starts a new run of the specified blueprint

Description

Starts a new run of the specified blueprint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_blueprint_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_blueprint_run(BlueprintName, Parameters = NULL, RoleArn)

Arguments

BlueprintName

[required] The name of the blueprint.

Parameters

Specifies the parameters as a BlueprintParameters object.

RoleArn

[required] Specifies the IAM role used to create the workflow.


Starts a column statistics task run, for a specified table and columns

Description

Starts a column statistics task run, for a specified table and columns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_column_statistics_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_column_statistics_task_run(
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  ColumnNameList = NULL,
  Role,
  SampleSize = NULL,
  CatalogID = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table to generate statistics.

ColumnNameList

A list of the column names to generate statistics. If none is supplied, all column names for the table will be used by default.

Role

[required] The IAM role that the service assumes to generate statistics.

SampleSize

The percentage of rows used to generate statistics. If none is supplied, the entire table will be used to generate stats.

CatalogID

The ID of the Data Catalog where the table reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

SecurityConfiguration

Name of the security configuration that is used to encrypt CloudWatch logs for the column stats task run.


Starts a column statistics task run schedule

Description

Starts a column statistics task run schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_column_statistics_task_run_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_column_statistics_task_run_schedule(DatabaseName, TableName)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which to start a column statistic task run schedule.


Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled

Description

Starts a crawl using the specified crawler, regardless of what is scheduled. If the crawler is already running, returns a CrawlerRunningException.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_crawler/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_crawler(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the crawler to start.


Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED

Description

Changes the schedule state of the specified crawler to SCHEDULED, unless the crawler is already running or the schedule state is already SCHEDULED.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_crawler_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_crawler_schedule(CrawlerName)

Arguments

CrawlerName

[required] Name of the crawler to schedule.


Starts a recommendation run that is used to generate rules when you don't know what rules to write

Description

Starts a recommendation run that is used to generate rules when you don't know what rules to write. Glue Data Quality analyzes the data and comes up with recommendations for a potential ruleset. You can then triage the ruleset and modify the generated ruleset to your liking.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_data_quality_rule_recommendation_run(
  DataSource,
  Role,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  CreatedRulesetName = NULL,
  DataQualitySecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DataSource

[required] The data source (Glue table) associated with this run.

Role

[required] An IAM role supplied to encrypt the results of the run.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of G.1X workers to be used in the run. The default is 5.

Timeout

The timeout for a run in minutes. This is the maximum time that a run can consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).

CreatedRulesetName

A name for the ruleset.

DataQualitySecurityConfiguration

The name of the security configuration created with the data quality encryption option.

ClientToken

Used for idempotency and is recommended to be set to a random ID (such as a UUID) to avoid creating or starting multiple instances of the same resource.


Once you have a ruleset definition (either recommended or your own), you call this operation to evaluate the ruleset against a data source (Glue table)

Description

Once you have a ruleset definition (either recommended or your own), you call this operation to evaluate the ruleset against a data source (Glue table). The evaluation computes results which you can retrieve with the get_data_quality_result API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_data_quality_ruleset_evaluation_run(
  DataSource,
  Role,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  AdditionalRunOptions = NULL,
  RulesetNames,
  AdditionalDataSources = NULL
)

Arguments

DataSource

[required] The data source (Glue table) associated with this run.

Role

[required] An IAM role supplied to encrypt the results of the run.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of G.1X workers to be used in the run. The default is 5.

Timeout

The timeout for a run in minutes. This is the maximum time that a run can consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).

ClientToken

Used for idempotency and is recommended to be set to a random ID (such as a UUID) to avoid creating or starting multiple instances of the same resource.

AdditionalRunOptions

Additional run options you can specify for an evaluation run.

RulesetNames

[required] A list of ruleset names.

AdditionalDataSources

A map of reference strings to additional data sources you can specify for an evaluation run.


Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform

Description

Begins an asynchronous task to export all labeled data for a particular transform. This task is the only label-related API call that is not part of the typical active learning workflow. You typically use start_export_labels_task_run when you want to work with all of your existing labels at the same time, such as when you want to remove or change labels that were previously submitted as truth. This API operation accepts the TransformId whose labels you want to export and an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path to export the labels to. The operation returns a TaskRunId. You can check on the status of your task run by calling the get_ml_task_run API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_export_labels_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_export_labels_task_run(TransformId, OutputS3Path)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.

OutputS3Path

[required] The Amazon S3 path where you export the labels.


Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality

Description

Enables you to provide additional labels (examples of truth) to be used to teach the machine learning transform and improve its quality. This API operation is generally used as part of the active learning workflow that starts with the start_ml_labeling_set_generation_task_run call and that ultimately results in improving the quality of your machine learning transform.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_import_labels_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_import_labels_task_run(
  TransformId,
  InputS3Path,
  ReplaceAllLabels = NULL
)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.

InputS3Path

[required] The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path from where you import the labels.

ReplaceAllLabels

Indicates whether to overwrite your existing labels.


Starts a job run using a job definition

Description

Starts a job run using a job definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_job_run(
  JobName,
  JobRunQueuingEnabled = NULL,
  JobRunId = NULL,
  Arguments = NULL,
  AllocatedCapacity = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL,
  NotificationProperty = NULL,
  WorkerType = NULL,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  ExecutionClass = NULL
)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job definition to use.

JobRunQueuingEnabled

Specifies whether job run queuing is enabled for the job run.

A value of true means job run queuing is enabled for the job run. If false or not populated, the job run will not be considered for queueing.

JobRunId

The ID of a previous JobRun to retry.

Arguments

The job arguments associated with this run. For this job run, they replace the default arguments set in the job definition itself.

You can specify arguments here that your own job-execution script consumes, as well as arguments that Glue itself consumes.

Job arguments may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as arguments. Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to keep them within the Job.

For information about how to specify and consume your own Job arguments, see the Calling Glue APIs in Python topic in the developer guide.

For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when configuring Spark jobs, see the Special Parameters Used by Glue topic in the developer guide.

For information about the arguments you can provide to this field when configuring Ray jobs, see Using job parameters in Ray jobs in the developer guide.

AllocatedCapacity

This field is deprecated. Use MaxCapacity instead.

The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) to allocate to this JobRun. You can allocate a minimum of 2 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page.

Timeout

The JobRun timeout in minutes. This is the maximum time that a job run can consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. This value overrides the timeout value set in the parent job.

Jobs must have timeout values less than 7 days or 10080 minutes. Otherwise, the jobs will throw an exception.

When the value is left blank, the timeout is defaulted to 2880 minutes.

Any existing Glue jobs that had a timeout value greater than 7 days will be defaulted to 7 days. For instance if you have specified a timeout of 20 days for a batch job, it will be stopped on the 7th day.

For streaming jobs, if you have set up a maintenance window, it will be restarted during the maintenance window after 7 days.

MaxCapacity

For Glue version 1.0 or earlier jobs, using the standard worker type, the number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that can be allocated when this job runs. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page.

For Glue version 2.0+ jobs, you cannot specify a ⁠Maximum capacity⁠. Instead, you should specify a ⁠Worker type⁠ and the ⁠Number of workers⁠.

Do not set MaxCapacity if using WorkerType and NumberOfWorkers.

The value that can be allocated for MaxCapacity depends on whether you are running a Python shell job, an Apache Spark ETL job, or an Apache Spark streaming ETL job:

  • When you specify a Python shell job (JobCommand.Name="pythonshell"), you can allocate either 0.0625 or 1 DPU. The default is 0.0625 DPU.

  • When you specify an Apache Spark ETL job (JobCommand.Name="glueetl") or Apache Spark streaming ETL job (JobCommand.Name="gluestreaming"), you can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs. The default is 10 DPUs. This job type cannot have a fractional DPU allocation.

SecurityConfiguration

The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used with this job run.

NotificationProperty

Specifies configuration properties of a job run notification.

WorkerType

The type of predefined worker that is allocated when a job runs. Accepts a value of G.1X, G.2X, G.4X, G.8X or G.025X for Spark jobs. Accepts the value Z.2X for Ray jobs.

  • For the G.1X worker type, each worker maps to 1 DPU (4 vCPUs, 16 GB of memory) with 94GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs.

  • For the G.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 DPU (8 vCPUs, 32 GB of memory) with 138GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for workloads such as data transforms, joins, and queries, to offers a scalable and cost effective way to run most jobs.

  • For the G.4X worker type, each worker maps to 4 DPU (16 vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 256GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs in the following Amazon Web Services Regions: US East (Ohio), US East (N. Virginia), US West (Oregon), Asia Pacific (Singapore), Asia Pacific (Sydney), Asia Pacific (Tokyo), Canada (Central), Europe (Frankfurt), Europe (Ireland), and Europe (Stockholm).

  • For the G.8X worker type, each worker maps to 8 DPU (32 vCPUs, 128 GB of memory) with 512GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for jobs whose workloads contain your most demanding transforms, aggregations, joins, and queries. This worker type is available only for Glue version 3.0 or later Spark ETL jobs, in the same Amazon Web Services Regions as supported for the G.4X worker type.

  • For the G.025X worker type, each worker maps to 0.25 DPU (2 vCPUs, 4 GB of memory) with 84GB disk, and provides 1 executor per worker. We recommend this worker type for low volume streaming jobs. This worker type is only available for Glue version 3.0 or later streaming jobs.

  • For the Z.2X worker type, each worker maps to 2 M-DPU (8vCPUs, 64 GB of memory) with 128 GB disk, and provides up to 8 Ray workers based on the autoscaler.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when a job runs.

ExecutionClass

Indicates whether the job is run with a standard or flexible execution class. The standard execution-class is ideal for time-sensitive workloads that require fast job startup and dedicated resources.

The flexible execution class is appropriate for time-insensitive jobs whose start and completion times may vary.

Only jobs with Glue version 3.0 and above and command type glueetl will be allowed to set ExecutionClass to FLEX. The flexible execution class is available for Spark jobs.


Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform

Description

Starts a task to estimate the quality of the transform.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_ml_evaluation_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_ml_evaluation_task_run(TransformId)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.


Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels

Description

Starts the active learning workflow for your machine learning transform to improve the transform's quality by generating label sets and adding labels.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_ml_labeling_set_generation_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_ml_labeling_set_generation_task_run(TransformId, OutputS3Path)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] The unique identifier of the machine learning transform.

OutputS3Path

[required] The Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path where you generate the labeling set.


Starts an existing trigger

Description

Starts an existing trigger. See Triggering Jobs for information about how different types of trigger are started.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_trigger/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_trigger(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the trigger to start.


Starts a new run of the specified workflow

Description

Starts a new run of the specified workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_start_workflow_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_start_workflow_run(Name, RunProperties = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the workflow to start.

RunProperties

The workflow run properties for the new workflow run.

Run properties may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as properties. Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to use them within the workflow run.


Stops a task run for the specified table

Description

Stops a task run for the specified table.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_column_statistics_task_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_column_statistics_task_run(DatabaseName, TableName)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.


Stops a column statistics task run schedule

Description

Stops a column statistics task run schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_column_statistics_task_run_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_column_statistics_task_run_schedule(DatabaseName, TableName)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which to stop a column statistic task run schedule.


If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl

Description

If the specified crawler is running, stops the crawl.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_crawler/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_crawler(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the crawler to stop.


Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does not stop the crawler if it is already running

Description

Sets the schedule state of the specified crawler to NOT_SCHEDULED, but does not stop the crawler if it is already running.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_crawler_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_crawler_schedule(CrawlerName)

Arguments

CrawlerName

[required] Name of the crawler whose schedule state to set.


Stops the session

Description

Stops the session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_session(Id, RequestOrigin = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The ID of the session to be stopped.

RequestOrigin

The origin of the request.


Stops a specified trigger

Description

Stops a specified trigger.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_trigger/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_trigger(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the trigger to stop.


Stops the execution of the specified workflow run

Description

Stops the execution of the specified workflow run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_stop_workflow_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_stop_workflow_run(Name, RunId)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the workflow to stop.

RunId

[required] The ID of the workflow run to stop.


Adds tags to a resource

Description

Adds tags to a resource. A tag is a label you can assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. In Glue, you can tag only certain resources. For information about what resources you can tag, see Amazon Web Services Tags in Glue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_tag_resource(ResourceArn, TagsToAdd)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the Glue resource to which to add the tags. For more information about Glue resource ARNs, see the Glue ARN string pattern.

TagsToAdd

[required] Tags to add to this resource.


Tests a connection to a service to validate the service credentials that you provide

Description

Tests a connection to a service to validate the service credentials that you provide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_test_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_test_connection(
  ConnectionName = NULL,
  CatalogId = NULL,
  TestConnectionInput = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectionName

Optional. The name of the connection to test. If only name is provided, the operation will get the connection and use that for testing.

CatalogId

The catalog ID where the connection resides.

TestConnectionInput

A structure that is used to specify testing a connection to a service.


Removes tags from a resource

Description

Removes tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagsToRemove)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which to remove the tags.

TagsToRemove

[required] Tags to remove from this resource.


Updates a registered blueprint

Description

Updates a registered blueprint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_blueprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_blueprint(Name, Description = NULL, BlueprintLocation)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the blueprint.

Description

A description of the blueprint.

BlueprintLocation

[required] Specifies a path in Amazon S3 where the blueprint is published.


Updates an existing catalog's properties in the Glue Data Catalog

Description

Updates an existing catalog's properties in the Glue Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_catalog/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_catalog(CatalogId, CatalogInput)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The ID of the catalog.

CatalogInput

[required] A CatalogInput object specifying the new properties of an existing catalog.


Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field is present)

Description

Modifies an existing classifier (a GrokClassifier, an XMLClassifier, a JsonClassifier, or a CsvClassifier, depending on which field is present).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_classifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_classifier(
  GrokClassifier = NULL,
  XMLClassifier = NULL,
  JsonClassifier = NULL,
  CsvClassifier = NULL
)

Arguments

GrokClassifier

A GrokClassifier object with updated fields.

XMLClassifier

An XMLClassifier object with updated fields.

JsonClassifier

A JsonClassifier object with updated fields.

CsvClassifier

A CsvClassifier object with updated fields.


Creates or updates partition statistics of columns

Description

Creates or updates partition statistics of columns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_column_statistics_for_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_column_statistics_for_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionValues,
  ColumnStatisticsList
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

PartitionValues

[required] A list of partition values identifying the partition.

ColumnStatisticsList

[required] A list of the column statistics.


Creates or updates table statistics of columns

Description

Creates or updates table statistics of columns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_column_statistics_for_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_column_statistics_for_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  ColumnStatisticsList
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partitions in question reside. If none is supplied, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the partitions reside.

TableName

[required] The name of the partitions' table.

ColumnStatisticsList

[required] A list of the column statistics.


Updates settings for a column statistics task

Description

Updates settings for a column statistics task.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_column_statistics_task_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_column_statistics_task_settings(
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Role = NULL,
  Schedule = NULL,
  ColumnNameList = NULL,
  SampleSize = NULL,
  CatalogID = NULL,
  SecurityConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database where the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table for which to generate column statistics.

Role

The role used for running the column statistics.

Schedule

A schedule for running the column statistics, specified in CRON syntax.

ColumnNameList

A list of column names for which to run statistics.

SampleSize

The percentage of data to sample.

CatalogID

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the database resides.

SecurityConfiguration

Name of the security configuration that is used to encrypt CloudWatch logs.


Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog

Description

Updates a connection definition in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_connection(CatalogId = NULL, Name, ConnectionInput)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the connection resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

Name

[required] The name of the connection definition to update.

ConnectionInput

[required] A ConnectionInput object that redefines the connection in question.


Updates a crawler

Description

Updates a crawler. If a crawler is running, you must stop it using stop_crawler before updating it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_crawler/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_crawler(
  Name,
  Role = NULL,
  DatabaseName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Targets = NULL,
  Schedule = NULL,
  Classifiers = NULL,
  TablePrefix = NULL,
  SchemaChangePolicy = NULL,
  RecrawlPolicy = NULL,
  LineageConfiguration = NULL,
  LakeFormationConfiguration = NULL,
  Configuration = NULL,
  CrawlerSecurityConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the new crawler.

Role

The IAM role or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that is used by the new crawler to access customer resources.

DatabaseName

The Glue database where results are stored, such as: ⁠arn:aws:daylight:us-east-1::database/sometable/*⁠.

Description

A description of the new crawler.

Targets

A list of targets to crawl.

Schedule

A cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers. For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: ⁠cron(15 12 * * ? *)⁠.

Classifiers

A list of custom classifiers that the user has registered. By default, all built-in classifiers are included in a crawl, but these custom classifiers always override the default classifiers for a given classification.

TablePrefix

The table prefix used for catalog tables that are created.

SchemaChangePolicy

The policy for the crawler's update and deletion behavior.

RecrawlPolicy

A policy that specifies whether to crawl the entire dataset again, or to crawl only folders that were added since the last crawler run.

LineageConfiguration

Specifies data lineage configuration settings for the crawler.

LakeFormationConfiguration

Specifies Lake Formation configuration settings for the crawler.

Configuration

Crawler configuration information. This versioned JSON string allows users to specify aspects of a crawler's behavior. For more information, see Setting crawler configuration options.

CrawlerSecurityConfiguration

The name of the SecurityConfiguration structure to be used by this crawler.


Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression

Description

Updates the schedule of a crawler using a cron expression.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_crawler_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_crawler_schedule(CrawlerName, Schedule = NULL)

Arguments

CrawlerName

[required] The name of the crawler whose schedule to update.

Schedule

The updated cron expression used to specify the schedule (see Time-Based Schedules for Jobs and Crawlers. For example, to run something every day at 12:15 UTC, you would specify: ⁠cron(15 12 * * ? *)⁠.


Updates the specified data quality ruleset

Description

Updates the specified data quality ruleset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_data_quality_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_data_quality_ruleset(Name, Description = NULL, Ruleset = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the data quality ruleset.

Description

A description of the ruleset.

Ruleset

A Data Quality Definition Language (DQDL) ruleset. For more information, see the Glue developer guide.


Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog

Description

Updates an existing database definition in a Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_database/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_database(CatalogId = NULL, Name, DatabaseInput)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog in which the metadata database resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

Name

[required] The name of the database to update in the catalog. For Hive compatibility, this is folded to lowercase.

DatabaseInput

[required] A DatabaseInput object specifying the new definition of the metadata database in the catalog.


Updates a specified development endpoint

Description

Updates a specified development endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_dev_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_dev_endpoint(
  EndpointName,
  PublicKey = NULL,
  AddPublicKeys = NULL,
  DeletePublicKeys = NULL,
  CustomLibraries = NULL,
  UpdateEtlLibraries = NULL,
  DeleteArguments = NULL,
  AddArguments = NULL
)

Arguments

EndpointName

[required] The name of the DevEndpoint to be updated.

PublicKey

The public key for the DevEndpoint to use.

AddPublicKeys

The list of public keys for the DevEndpoint to use.

DeletePublicKeys

The list of public keys to be deleted from the DevEndpoint.

CustomLibraries

Custom Python or Java libraries to be loaded in the DevEndpoint.

UpdateEtlLibraries

True if the list of custom libraries to be loaded in the development endpoint needs to be updated, or False if otherwise.

DeleteArguments

The list of argument keys to be deleted from the map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.

AddArguments

The map of arguments to add the map of arguments used to configure the DevEndpoint.

Valid arguments are:

  • "--enable-glue-datacatalog": ""

You can specify a version of Python support for development endpoints by using the Arguments parameter in the create_dev_endpoint or update_dev_endpoint APIs. If no arguments are provided, the version defaults to Python 2.


This API can be used for updating the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target)

Description

This API can be used for updating the ResourceProperty of the Glue connection (for the source) or Glue database ARN (for the target). These properties can include the role to access the connection or database. Since the same resource can be used across multiple integrations, updating resource properties will impact all the integrations using it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_integration_resource_property/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_integration_resource_property(
  ResourceArn,
  SourceProcessingProperties = NULL,
  TargetProcessingProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.

SourceProcessingProperties

The resource properties associated with the integration source.

TargetProcessingProperties

The resource properties associated with the integration target.


This API is used to provide optional override properties for the tables that need to be replicated

Description

This API is used to provide optional override properties for the tables that need to be replicated. These properties can include properties for filtering and partitioning for the source and target tables. To set both source and target properties the same API need to be invoked with the Glue connection ARN as ResourceArn with SourceTableConfig, and the Glue database ARN as ResourceArn with TargetTableConfig respectively.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_integration_table_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_integration_table_properties(
  ResourceArn,
  TableName,
  SourceTableConfig = NULL,
  TargetTableConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The connection ARN of the source, or the database ARN of the target.

TableName

[required] The name of the table to be replicated.

SourceTableConfig

A structure for the source table configuration.

TargetTableConfig

A structure for the target table configuration.


Updates an existing job definition

Description

Updates an existing job definition. The previous job definition is completely overwritten by this information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_job(JobName, JobUpdate)

Arguments

JobName

[required] The name of the job definition to update.

JobUpdate

[required] Specifies the values with which to update the job definition. Unspecified configuration is removed or reset to default values.


Synchronizes a job from the source control repository

Description

Synchronizes a job from the source control repository. This operation takes the job artifacts that are located in the remote repository and updates the Glue internal stores with these artifacts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_job_from_source_control/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_job_from_source_control(
  JobName = NULL,
  Provider = NULL,
  RepositoryName = NULL,
  RepositoryOwner = NULL,
  BranchName = NULL,
  Folder = NULL,
  CommitId = NULL,
  AuthStrategy = NULL,
  AuthToken = NULL
)

Arguments

JobName

The name of the Glue job to be synchronized to or from the remote repository.

Provider

The provider for the remote repository. Possible values: GITHUB, AWS_CODE_COMMIT, GITLAB, BITBUCKET.

RepositoryName

The name of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts. For BitBucket providers, RepositoryName should include WorkspaceName. Use the format ⁠<WorkspaceName>/<RepositoryName>⁠.

RepositoryOwner

The owner of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts.

BranchName

An optional branch in the remote repository.

Folder

An optional folder in the remote repository.

CommitId

A commit ID for a commit in the remote repository.

AuthStrategy

The type of authentication, which can be an authentication token stored in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, or a personal access token.

AuthToken

The value of the authorization token.


Updates an existing machine learning transform

Description

Updates an existing machine learning transform. Call this operation to tune the algorithm parameters to achieve better results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_ml_transform/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_ml_transform(
  TransformId,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Parameters = NULL,
  Role = NULL,
  GlueVersion = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  WorkerType = NULL,
  NumberOfWorkers = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL
)

Arguments

TransformId

[required] A unique identifier that was generated when the transform was created.

Name

The unique name that you gave the transform when you created it.

Description

A description of the transform. The default is an empty string.

Parameters

The configuration parameters that are specific to the transform type (algorithm) used. Conditionally dependent on the transform type.

Role

The name or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with the required permissions.

GlueVersion

This value determines which version of Glue this machine learning transform is compatible with. Glue 1.0 is recommended for most customers. If the value is not set, the Glue compatibility defaults to Glue 0.9. For more information, see Glue Versions in the developer guide.

MaxCapacity

The number of Glue data processing units (DPUs) that are allocated to task runs for this transform. You can allocate from 2 to 100 DPUs; the default is 10. A DPU is a relative measure of processing power that consists of 4 vCPUs of compute capacity and 16 GB of memory. For more information, see the Glue pricing page.

When the WorkerType field is set to a value other than Standard, the MaxCapacity field is set automatically and becomes read-only.

WorkerType

The type of predefined worker that is allocated when this task runs. Accepts a value of Standard, G.1X, or G.2X.

  • For the Standard worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a 50GB disk, and 2 executors per worker.

  • For the G.1X worker type, each worker provides 4 vCPU, 16 GB of memory and a 64GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.

  • For the G.2X worker type, each worker provides 8 vCPU, 32 GB of memory and a 128GB disk, and 1 executor per worker.

NumberOfWorkers

The number of workers of a defined workerType that are allocated when this task runs.

Timeout

The timeout for a task run for this transform in minutes. This is the maximum time that a task run for this transform can consume resources before it is terminated and enters TIMEOUT status. The default is 2,880 minutes (48 hours).

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry a task for this transform after a task run fails.


Updates a partition

Description

Updates a partition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_partition/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_partition(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  PartitionValueList,
  PartitionInput
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the partition to be updated resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which the table in question resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table in which the partition to be updated is located.

PartitionValueList

[required] List of partition key values that define the partition to update.

PartitionInput

[required] The new partition object to update the partition to.

The Values property can't be changed. If you want to change the partition key values for a partition, delete and recreate the partition.


Updates an existing registry which is used to hold a collection of schemas

Description

Updates an existing registry which is used to hold a collection of schemas. The updated properties relate to the registry, and do not modify any of the schemas within the registry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_registry/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_registry(RegistryId, Description)

Arguments

RegistryId

[required] This is a wrapper structure that may contain the registry name and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

Description

[required] A description of the registry. If description is not provided, this field will not be updated.


Updates the description, compatibility setting, or version checkpoint for a schema set

Description

Updates the description, compatibility setting, or version checkpoint for a schema set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_schema(
  SchemaId,
  SchemaVersionNumber = NULL,
  Compatibility = NULL,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaId

[required] This is a wrapper structure to contain schema identity fields. The structure contains:

  • SchemaId$SchemaArn: The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.

  • SchemaId$SchemaName: The name of the schema. One of SchemaArn or SchemaName has to be provided.

SchemaVersionNumber

Version number required for check pointing. One of VersionNumber or Compatibility has to be provided.

Compatibility

The new compatibility setting for the schema.

Description

The new description for the schema.


Synchronizes a job to the source control repository

Description

Synchronizes a job to the source control repository. This operation takes the job artifacts from the Glue internal stores and makes a commit to the remote repository that is configured on the job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_source_control_from_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_source_control_from_job(
  JobName = NULL,
  Provider = NULL,
  RepositoryName = NULL,
  RepositoryOwner = NULL,
  BranchName = NULL,
  Folder = NULL,
  CommitId = NULL,
  AuthStrategy = NULL,
  AuthToken = NULL
)

Arguments

JobName

The name of the Glue job to be synchronized to or from the remote repository.

Provider

The provider for the remote repository. Possible values: GITHUB, AWS_CODE_COMMIT, GITLAB, BITBUCKET.

RepositoryName

The name of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts. For BitBucket providers, RepositoryName should include WorkspaceName. Use the format ⁠<WorkspaceName>/<RepositoryName>⁠.

RepositoryOwner

The owner of the remote repository that contains the job artifacts.

BranchName

An optional branch in the remote repository.

Folder

An optional folder in the remote repository.

CommitId

A commit ID for a commit in the remote repository.

AuthStrategy

The type of authentication, which can be an authentication token stored in Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager, or a personal access token.

AuthToken

The value of the authorization token.


Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog

Description

Updates a metadata table in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_table/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_table(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  TableInput,
  SkipArchive = NULL,
  TransactionId = NULL,
  VersionId = NULL,
  ViewUpdateAction = NULL,
  Force = NULL
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the table resides. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database in which the table resides. For Hive compatibility, this name is entirely lowercase.

TableInput

[required] An updated TableInput object to define the metadata table in the catalog.

SkipArchive

By default, update_table always creates an archived version of the table before updating it. However, if skipArchive is set to true, update_table does not create the archived version.

TransactionId

The transaction ID at which to update the table contents.

VersionId

The version ID at which to update the table contents.

ViewUpdateAction

The operation to be performed when updating the view.

Force

A flag that can be set to true to ignore matching storage descriptor and subobject matching requirements.


Updates the configuration for an existing table optimizer

Description

Updates the configuration for an existing table optimizer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_table_optimizer/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_table_optimizer(
  CatalogId,
  DatabaseName,
  TableName,
  Type,
  TableOptimizerConfiguration
)

Arguments

CatalogId

[required] The Catalog ID of the table.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the database in the catalog in which the table resides.

TableName

[required] The name of the table.

Type

[required] The type of table optimizer.

TableOptimizerConfiguration

[required] A TableOptimizerConfiguration object representing the configuration of a table optimizer.


Updates a trigger definition

Description

Updates a trigger definition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_trigger/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_trigger(Name, TriggerUpdate)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the trigger to update.

TriggerUpdate

[required] The new values with which to update the trigger.


Update an Glue usage profile

Description

Update an Glue usage profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_usage_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_usage_profile(Name, Description = NULL, Configuration)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the usage profile.

Description

A description of the usage profile.

Configuration

[required] A ProfileConfiguration object specifying the job and session values for the profile.


Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog

Description

Updates an existing function definition in the Data Catalog.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_user_defined_function/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_user_defined_function(
  CatalogId = NULL,
  DatabaseName,
  FunctionName,
  FunctionInput
)

Arguments

CatalogId

The ID of the Data Catalog where the function to be updated is located. If none is provided, the Amazon Web Services account ID is used by default.

DatabaseName

[required] The name of the catalog database where the function to be updated is located.

FunctionName

[required] The name of the function.

FunctionInput

[required] A FunctionInput object that redefines the function in the Data Catalog.


Updates an existing workflow

Description

Updates an existing workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/glue_update_workflow/ for full documentation.

Usage

glue_update_workflow(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  DefaultRunProperties = NULL,
  MaxConcurrentRuns = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] Name of the workflow to be updated.

Description

The description of the workflow.

DefaultRunProperties

A collection of properties to be used as part of each execution of the workflow.

Run properties may be logged. Do not pass plaintext secrets as properties. Retrieve secrets from a Glue Connection, Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager or other secret management mechanism if you intend to use them within the workflow run.

MaxConcurrentRuns

You can use this parameter to prevent unwanted multiple updates to data, to control costs, or in some cases, to prevent exceeding the maximum number of concurrent runs of any of the component jobs. If you leave this parameter blank, there is no limit to the number of concurrent workflow runs.


AWS Glue DataBrew

Description

Glue DataBrew is a visual, cloud-scale data-preparation service. DataBrew simplifies data preparation tasks, targeting data issues that are hard to spot and time-consuming to fix. DataBrew empowers users of all technical levels to visualize the data and perform one-click data transformations, with no coding required.

Usage

gluedatabrew(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- gluedatabrew(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_delete_recipe_version Deletes one or more versions of a recipe at a time
create_dataset Creates a new DataBrew dataset
create_profile_job Creates a new job to analyze a dataset and create its data profile
create_project Creates a new DataBrew project
create_recipe Creates a new DataBrew recipe
create_recipe_job Creates a new job to transform input data, using steps defined in an existing Glue DataBrew recipe
create_ruleset Creates a new ruleset that can be used in a profile job to validate the data quality of a dataset
create_schedule Creates a new schedule for one or more DataBrew jobs
delete_dataset Deletes a dataset from DataBrew
delete_job Deletes the specified DataBrew job
delete_project Deletes an existing DataBrew project
delete_recipe_version Deletes a single version of a DataBrew recipe
delete_ruleset Deletes a ruleset
delete_schedule Deletes the specified DataBrew schedule
describe_dataset Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew dataset
describe_job Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew job
describe_job_run Represents one run of a DataBrew job
describe_project Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew project
describe_recipe Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew recipe corresponding to a particular version
describe_ruleset Retrieves detailed information about the ruleset
describe_schedule Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew schedule
list_datasets Lists all of the DataBrew datasets
list_job_runs Lists all of the previous runs of a particular DataBrew job
list_jobs Lists all of the DataBrew jobs that are defined
list_projects Lists all of the DataBrew projects that are defined
list_recipes Lists all of the DataBrew recipes that are defined
list_recipe_versions Lists the versions of a particular DataBrew recipe, except for LATEST_WORKING
list_rulesets List all rulesets available in the current account or rulesets associated with a specific resource (dataset)
list_schedules Lists the DataBrew schedules that are defined
list_tags_for_resource Lists all the tags for a DataBrew resource
publish_recipe Publishes a new version of a DataBrew recipe
send_project_session_action Performs a recipe step within an interactive DataBrew session that's currently open
start_job_run Runs a DataBrew job
start_project_session Creates an interactive session, enabling you to manipulate data in a DataBrew project
stop_job_run Stops a particular run of a job
tag_resource Adds metadata tags to a DataBrew resource, such as a dataset, project, recipe, job, or schedule
untag_resource Removes metadata tags from a DataBrew resource
update_dataset Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew dataset
update_profile_job Modifies the definition of an existing profile job
update_project Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew project
update_recipe Modifies the definition of the LATEST_WORKING version of a DataBrew recipe
update_recipe_job Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew recipe job
update_ruleset Updates specified ruleset
update_schedule Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew schedule

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- gluedatabrew()
svc$batch_delete_recipe_version(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Deletes one or more versions of a recipe at a time

Description

Deletes one or more versions of a recipe at a time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_batch_delete_recipe_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_batch_delete_recipe_version(Name, RecipeVersions)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the recipe whose versions are to be deleted.

RecipeVersions

[required] An array of version identifiers, for the recipe versions to be deleted. You can specify numeric versions (X.Y) or LATEST_WORKING. LATEST_PUBLISHED is not supported.


Creates a new DataBrew dataset

Description

Creates a new DataBrew dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_dataset(
  Name,
  Format = NULL,
  FormatOptions = NULL,
  Input,
  PathOptions = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the dataset to be created. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.

Format

The file format of a dataset that is created from an Amazon S3 file or folder.

FormatOptions
Input

[required]

PathOptions

A set of options that defines how DataBrew interprets an Amazon S3 path of the dataset.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to this dataset.


Creates a new job to analyze a dataset and create its data profile

Description

Creates a new job to analyze a dataset and create its data profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_profile_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_profile_job(
  DatasetName,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  EncryptionMode = NULL,
  Name,
  LogSubscription = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL,
  OutputLocation,
  Configuration = NULL,
  ValidationConfigurations = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL,
  JobSample = NULL
)

Arguments

DatasetName

[required] The name of the dataset that this job is to act upon.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an encryption key that is used to protect the job.

EncryptionMode

The encryption mode for the job, which can be one of the following:

  • SSE-KMS - SSE-KMS - Server-side encryption with KMS-managed keys.

  • SSE-S3 - Server-side encryption with keys managed by Amazon S3.

Name

[required] The name of the job to be created. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.

LogSubscription

Enables or disables Amazon CloudWatch logging for the job. If logging is enabled, CloudWatch writes one log stream for each job run.

MaxCapacity

The maximum number of nodes that DataBrew can use when the job processes data.

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry the job after a job run fails.

OutputLocation

[required]

Configuration

Configuration for profile jobs. Used to select columns, do evaluations, and override default parameters of evaluations. When configuration is null, the profile job will run with default settings.

ValidationConfigurations

List of validation configurations that are applied to the profile job.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to be assumed when DataBrew runs the job.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to this job.

Timeout

The job's timeout in minutes. A job that attempts to run longer than this timeout period ends with a status of TIMEOUT.

JobSample

Sample configuration for profile jobs only. Determines the number of rows on which the profile job will be executed. If a JobSample value is not provided, the default value will be used. The default value is CUSTOM_ROWS for the mode parameter and 20000 for the size parameter.


Creates a new DataBrew project

Description

Creates a new DataBrew project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_project(
  DatasetName,
  Name,
  RecipeName,
  Sample = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

DatasetName

[required] The name of an existing dataset to associate this project with.

Name

[required] A unique name for the new project. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.

RecipeName

[required] The name of an existing recipe to associate with the project.

Sample
RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to be assumed for this request.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to this project.


Creates a new DataBrew recipe

Description

Creates a new DataBrew recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_recipe(Description = NULL, Name, Steps, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Description

A description for the recipe.

Name

[required] A unique name for the recipe. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.

Steps

[required] An array containing the steps to be performed by the recipe. Each recipe step consists of one recipe action and (optionally) an array of condition expressions.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to this recipe.


Creates a new job to transform input data, using steps defined in an existing Glue DataBrew recipe

Description

Creates a new job to transform input data, using steps defined in an existing Glue DataBrew recipe

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_recipe_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_recipe_job(
  DatasetName = NULL,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  EncryptionMode = NULL,
  Name,
  LogSubscription = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL,
  Outputs = NULL,
  DataCatalogOutputs = NULL,
  DatabaseOutputs = NULL,
  ProjectName = NULL,
  RecipeReference = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL,
  Timeout = NULL
)

Arguments

DatasetName

The name of the dataset that this job processes.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an encryption key that is used to protect the job.

EncryptionMode

The encryption mode for the job, which can be one of the following:

  • SSE-KMS - Server-side encryption with keys managed by KMS.

  • SSE-S3 - Server-side encryption with keys managed by Amazon S3.

Name

[required] A unique name for the job. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.

LogSubscription

Enables or disables Amazon CloudWatch logging for the job. If logging is enabled, CloudWatch writes one log stream for each job run.

MaxCapacity

The maximum number of nodes that DataBrew can consume when the job processes data.

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry the job after a job run fails.

Outputs

One or more artifacts that represent the output from running the job.

DataCatalogOutputs

One or more artifacts that represent the Glue Data Catalog output from running the job.

DatabaseOutputs

Represents a list of JDBC database output objects which defines the output destination for a DataBrew recipe job to write to.

ProjectName

Either the name of an existing project, or a combination of a recipe and a dataset to associate with the recipe.

RecipeReference
RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to be assumed when DataBrew runs the job.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to this job.

Timeout

The job's timeout in minutes. A job that attempts to run longer than this timeout period ends with a status of TIMEOUT.


Creates a new ruleset that can be used in a profile job to validate the data quality of a dataset

Description

Creates a new ruleset that can be used in a profile job to validate the data quality of a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_ruleset(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  TargetArn,
  Rules,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the ruleset to be created. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.

Description

The description of the ruleset.

TargetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource (dataset) that the ruleset is associated with.

Rules

[required] A list of rules that are defined with the ruleset. A rule includes one or more checks to be validated on a DataBrew dataset.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to the ruleset.


Creates a new schedule for one or more DataBrew jobs

Description

Creates a new schedule for one or more DataBrew jobs. Jobs can be run at a specific date and time, or at regular intervals.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_create_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_create_schedule(
  JobNames = NULL,
  CronExpression,
  Tags = NULL,
  Name
)

Arguments

JobNames

The name or names of one or more jobs to be run.

CronExpression

[required] The date or dates and time or times when the jobs are to be run. For more information, see Cron expressions in the Glue DataBrew Developer Guide.

Tags

Metadata tags to apply to this schedule.

Name

[required] A unique name for the schedule. Valid characters are alphanumeric (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), hyphen (-), period (.), and space.


Deletes a dataset from DataBrew

Description

Deletes a dataset from DataBrew.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_delete_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_delete_dataset(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the dataset to be deleted.


Deletes the specified DataBrew job

Description

Deletes the specified DataBrew job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_delete_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_delete_job(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job to be deleted.


Deletes an existing DataBrew project

Description

Deletes an existing DataBrew project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_delete_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_delete_project(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the project to be deleted.


Deletes a single version of a DataBrew recipe

Description

Deletes a single version of a DataBrew recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_delete_recipe_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_delete_recipe_version(Name, RecipeVersion)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the recipe.

RecipeVersion

[required] The version of the recipe to be deleted. You can specify a numeric versions (X.Y) or LATEST_WORKING. LATEST_PUBLISHED is not supported.


Deletes a ruleset

Description

Deletes a ruleset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_delete_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_delete_ruleset(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the ruleset to be deleted.


Deletes the specified DataBrew schedule

Description

Deletes the specified DataBrew schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_delete_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_delete_schedule(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the schedule to be deleted.


Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew dataset

Description

Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_dataset(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the dataset to be described.


Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew job

Description

Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_job(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job to be described.


Represents one run of a DataBrew job

Description

Represents one run of a DataBrew job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_job_run(Name, RunId)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job being processed during this run.

RunId

[required] The unique identifier of the job run.


Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew project

Description

Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_project(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the project to be described.


Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew recipe corresponding to a particular version

Description

Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew recipe corresponding to a particular version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_recipe(Name, RecipeVersion = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the recipe to be described.

RecipeVersion

The recipe version identifier. If this parameter isn't specified, then the latest published version is returned.


Retrieves detailed information about the ruleset

Description

Retrieves detailed information about the ruleset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_ruleset(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the ruleset to be described.


Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew schedule

Description

Returns the definition of a specific DataBrew schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_describe_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_describe_schedule(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the schedule to be described.


Lists all of the DataBrew datasets

Description

Lists all of the DataBrew datasets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_datasets/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_datasets(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.


Lists all of the previous runs of a particular DataBrew job

Description

Lists all of the previous runs of a particular DataBrew job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_job_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_job_runs(Name, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.


Lists all of the DataBrew jobs that are defined

Description

Lists all of the DataBrew jobs that are defined.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_jobs(
  DatasetName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ProjectName = NULL
)

Arguments

DatasetName

The name of a dataset. Using this parameter indicates to return only those jobs that act on the specified dataset.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

A token generated by DataBrew that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To get the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken value from the response object of the previous page call.

ProjectName

The name of a project. Using this parameter indicates to return only those jobs that are associated with the specified project.


Lists all of the DataBrew projects that are defined

Description

Lists all of the DataBrew projects that are defined.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_projects/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_projects(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.


Lists the versions of a particular DataBrew recipe, except for LATEST_WORKING

Description

Lists the versions of a particular DataBrew recipe, except for LATEST_WORKING.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_recipe_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_recipe_versions(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL, Name)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.

Name

[required] The name of the recipe for which to return version information.


Lists all of the DataBrew recipes that are defined

Description

Lists all of the DataBrew recipes that are defined.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_recipes/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_recipes(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RecipeVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.

RecipeVersion

Return only those recipes with a version identifier of LATEST_WORKING or LATEST_PUBLISHED. If RecipeVersion is omitted, list_recipes returns all of the LATEST_PUBLISHED recipe versions.

Valid values: LATEST_WORKING | LATEST_PUBLISHED


List all rulesets available in the current account or rulesets associated with a specific resource (dataset)

Description

List all rulesets available in the current account or rulesets associated with a specific resource (dataset).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_rulesets/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_rulesets(
  TargetArn = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

TargetArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource (dataset). Using this parameter indicates to return only those rulesets that are associated with the specified resource.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

A token generated by DataBrew that specifies where to continue pagination if a previous request was truncated. To get the next set of pages, pass in the NextToken value from the response object of the previous page call.


Lists the DataBrew schedules that are defined

Description

Lists the DataBrew schedules that are defined.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_schedules/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_schedules(
  JobName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

JobName

The name of the job that these schedules apply to.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in this request.

NextToken

The token returned by a previous call to retrieve the next set of results.


Lists all the tags for a DataBrew resource

Description

Lists all the tags for a DataBrew resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) string that uniquely identifies the DataBrew resource.


Publishes a new version of a DataBrew recipe

Description

Publishes a new version of a DataBrew recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_publish_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_publish_recipe(Description = NULL, Name)

Arguments

Description

A description of the recipe to be published, for this version of the recipe.

Name

[required] The name of the recipe to be published.


Performs a recipe step within an interactive DataBrew session that's currently open

Description

Performs a recipe step within an interactive DataBrew session that's currently open.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_send_project_session_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_send_project_session_action(
  Preview = NULL,
  Name,
  RecipeStep = NULL,
  StepIndex = NULL,
  ClientSessionId = NULL,
  ViewFrame = NULL
)

Arguments

Preview

If true, the result of the recipe step will be returned, but not applied.

Name

[required] The name of the project to apply the action to.

RecipeStep
StepIndex

The index from which to preview a step. This index is used to preview the result of steps that have already been applied, so that the resulting view frame is from earlier in the view frame stack.

ClientSessionId

A unique identifier for an interactive session that's currently open and ready for work. The action will be performed on this session.

ViewFrame

Runs a DataBrew job

Description

Runs a DataBrew job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_start_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_start_job_run(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job to be run.


Creates an interactive session, enabling you to manipulate data in a DataBrew project

Description

Creates an interactive session, enabling you to manipulate data in a DataBrew project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_start_project_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_start_project_session(Name, AssumeControl = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the project to act upon.

AssumeControl

A value that, if true, enables you to take control of a session, even if a different client is currently accessing the project.


Stops a particular run of a job

Description

Stops a particular run of a job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_stop_job_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_stop_job_run(Name, RunId)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the job to be stopped.

RunId

[required] The ID of the job run to be stopped.


Adds metadata tags to a DataBrew resource, such as a dataset, project, recipe, job, or schedule

Description

Adds metadata tags to a DataBrew resource, such as a dataset, project, recipe, job, or schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The DataBrew resource to which tags should be added. The value for this parameter is an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For DataBrew, you can tag a dataset, a job, a project, or a recipe.

Tags

[required] One or more tags to be assigned to the resource.


Removes metadata tags from a DataBrew resource

Description

Removes metadata tags from a DataBrew resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] A DataBrew resource from which you want to remove a tag or tags. The value for this parameter is an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys (names) of one or more tags to be removed.


Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew dataset

Description

Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_dataset(
  Name,
  Format = NULL,
  FormatOptions = NULL,
  Input,
  PathOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the dataset to be updated.

Format

The file format of a dataset that is created from an Amazon S3 file or folder.

FormatOptions
Input

[required]

PathOptions

A set of options that defines how DataBrew interprets an Amazon S3 path of the dataset.


Modifies the definition of an existing profile job

Description

Modifies the definition of an existing profile job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_profile_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_profile_job(
  Configuration = NULL,
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  EncryptionMode = NULL,
  Name,
  LogSubscription = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL,
  OutputLocation,
  ValidationConfigurations = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Timeout = NULL,
  JobSample = NULL
)

Arguments

Configuration

Configuration for profile jobs. Used to select columns, do evaluations, and override default parameters of evaluations. When configuration is null, the profile job will run with default settings.

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an encryption key that is used to protect the job.

EncryptionMode

The encryption mode for the job, which can be one of the following:

  • SSE-KMS - Server-side encryption with keys managed by KMS.

  • SSE-S3 - Server-side encryption with keys managed by Amazon S3.

Name

[required] The name of the job to be updated.

LogSubscription

Enables or disables Amazon CloudWatch logging for the job. If logging is enabled, CloudWatch writes one log stream for each job run.

MaxCapacity

The maximum number of compute nodes that DataBrew can use when the job processes data.

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry the job after a job run fails.

OutputLocation

[required]

ValidationConfigurations

List of validation configurations that are applied to the profile job.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to be assumed when DataBrew runs the job.

Timeout

The job's timeout in minutes. A job that attempts to run longer than this timeout period ends with a status of TIMEOUT.

JobSample

Sample configuration for Profile Jobs only. Determines the number of rows on which the Profile job will be executed. If a JobSample value is not provided for profile jobs, the default value will be used. The default value is CUSTOM_ROWS for the mode parameter and 20000 for the size parameter.


Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew project

Description

Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew project.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_project/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_project(Sample = NULL, RoleArn, Name)

Arguments

Sample
RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role to be assumed for this request.

Name

[required] The name of the project to be updated.


Modifies the definition of the LATEST_WORKING version of a DataBrew recipe

Description

Modifies the definition of the LATEST_WORKING version of a DataBrew recipe.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_recipe/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_recipe(Description = NULL, Name, Steps = NULL)

Arguments

Description

A description of the recipe.

Name

[required] The name of the recipe to be updated.

Steps

One or more steps to be performed by the recipe. Each step consists of an action, and the conditions under which the action should succeed.


Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew recipe job

Description

Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew recipe job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_recipe_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_recipe_job(
  EncryptionKeyArn = NULL,
  EncryptionMode = NULL,
  Name,
  LogSubscription = NULL,
  MaxCapacity = NULL,
  MaxRetries = NULL,
  Outputs = NULL,
  DataCatalogOutputs = NULL,
  DatabaseOutputs = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Timeout = NULL
)

Arguments

EncryptionKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an encryption key that is used to protect the job.

EncryptionMode

The encryption mode for the job, which can be one of the following:

  • SSE-KMS - Server-side encryption with keys managed by KMS.

  • SSE-S3 - Server-side encryption with keys managed by Amazon S3.

Name

[required] The name of the job to update.

LogSubscription

Enables or disables Amazon CloudWatch logging for the job. If logging is enabled, CloudWatch writes one log stream for each job run.

MaxCapacity

The maximum number of nodes that DataBrew can consume when the job processes data.

MaxRetries

The maximum number of times to retry the job after a job run fails.

Outputs

One or more artifacts that represent the output from running the job.

DataCatalogOutputs

One or more artifacts that represent the Glue Data Catalog output from running the job.

DatabaseOutputs

Represents a list of JDBC database output objects which defines the output destination for a DataBrew recipe job to write into.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to be assumed when DataBrew runs the job.

Timeout

The job's timeout in minutes. A job that attempts to run longer than this timeout period ends with a status of TIMEOUT.


Updates specified ruleset

Description

Updates specified ruleset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_ruleset/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_ruleset(Name, Description = NULL, Rules)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the ruleset to be updated.

Description

The description of the ruleset.

Rules

[required] A list of rules that are defined with the ruleset. A rule includes one or more checks to be validated on a DataBrew dataset.


Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew schedule

Description

Modifies the definition of an existing DataBrew schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/gluedatabrew_update_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

gluedatabrew_update_schedule(JobNames = NULL, CronExpression, Name)

Arguments

JobNames

The name or names of one or more jobs to be run for this schedule.

CronExpression

[required] The date or dates and time or times when the jobs are to be run. For more information, see Cron expressions in the Glue DataBrew Developer Guide.

Name

[required] The name of the schedule to update.


Amazon HealthLake

Description

AWS HealthLake is a HIPAA eligibile service that allows customers to store, transform, query, and analyze their FHIR-formatted data in a consistent fashion in the cloud.

Usage

healthlake(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- healthlake(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_fhir_datastore Creates a data store that can ingest and export FHIR formatted data
delete_fhir_datastore Deletes a data store
describe_fhir_datastore Gets the properties associated with the FHIR data store, including the data store ID, data store ARN, data store name, data store status, when the data store was created, data store type version, and the data store's endpoint
describe_fhir_export_job Displays the properties of a FHIR export job, including the ID, ARN, name, and the status of the job
describe_fhir_import_job Displays the properties of a FHIR import job, including the ID, ARN, name, and the status of the job
list_fhir_datastores Lists all FHIR data stores that are in the user’s account, regardless of data store status
list_fhir_export_jobs Lists all FHIR export jobs associated with an account and their statuses
list_fhir_import_jobs Lists all FHIR import jobs associated with an account and their statuses
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of all existing tags associated with a data store
start_fhir_export_job Begins a FHIR export job
start_fhir_import_job Begins a FHIR Import job
tag_resource Adds a user specified key and value tag to a data store
untag_resource Removes tags from a data store

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- healthlake()
svc$create_fhir_datastore(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a data store that can ingest and export FHIR formatted data

Description

Creates a data store that can ingest and export FHIR formatted data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_create_fhir_datastore/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_create_fhir_datastore(
  DatastoreName = NULL,
  DatastoreTypeVersion,
  SseConfiguration = NULL,
  PreloadDataConfig = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  IdentityProviderConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

DatastoreName

The user generated name for the data store.

DatastoreTypeVersion

[required] The FHIR version of the data store. The only supported version is R4.

SseConfiguration

The server-side encryption key configuration for a customer provided encryption key specified for creating a data store.

PreloadDataConfig

Optional parameter to preload data upon creation of the data store. Currently, the only supported preloaded data is synthetic data generated from Synthea.

ClientToken

Optional user provided token used for ensuring idempotency.

Tags

Resource tags that are applied to a data store when it is created.

IdentityProviderConfiguration

The configuration of the identity provider that you want to use for your data store.


Deletes a data store

Description

Deletes a data store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_delete_fhir_datastore/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_delete_fhir_datastore(DatastoreId)

Arguments

DatastoreId

[required] The AWS-generated ID for the data store to be deleted.


Gets the properties associated with the FHIR data store, including the data store ID, data store ARN, data store name, data store status, when the data store was created, data store type version, and the data store's endpoint

Description

Gets the properties associated with the FHIR data store, including the data store ID, data store ARN, data store name, data store status, when the data store was created, data store type version, and the data store's endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_describe_fhir_datastore/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_describe_fhir_datastore(DatastoreId)

Arguments

DatastoreId

[required] The AWS-generated data store ID.


Displays the properties of a FHIR export job, including the ID, ARN, name, and the status of the job

Description

Displays the properties of a FHIR export job, including the ID, ARN, name, and the status of the job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_describe_fhir_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_describe_fhir_export_job(DatastoreId, JobId)

Arguments

DatastoreId

[required] The AWS generated ID for the data store from which files are being exported from for an export job.

JobId

[required] The AWS generated ID for an export job.


Displays the properties of a FHIR import job, including the ID, ARN, name, and the status of the job

Description

Displays the properties of a FHIR import job, including the ID, ARN, name, and the status of the job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_describe_fhir_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_describe_fhir_import_job(DatastoreId, JobId)

Arguments

DatastoreId

[required] The AWS-generated ID of the data store.

JobId

[required] The AWS-generated job ID.


Lists all FHIR data stores that are in the user’s account, regardless of data store status

Description

Lists all FHIR data stores that are in the user’s account, regardless of data store status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_list_fhir_datastores/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_list_fhir_datastores(
  Filter = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

Lists all filters associated with a FHIR data store request.

NextToken

Fetches the next page of data stores when results are paginated.

MaxResults

The maximum number of data stores returned in a single page of a ListFHIRDatastoresRequest call.


Lists all FHIR export jobs associated with an account and their statuses

Description

Lists all FHIR export jobs associated with an account and their statuses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_list_fhir_export_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_list_fhir_export_jobs(
  DatastoreId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  JobName = NULL,
  JobStatus = NULL,
  SubmittedBefore = NULL,
  SubmittedAfter = NULL
)

Arguments

DatastoreId

[required] This parameter limits the response to the export job with the specified data store ID.

NextToken

A pagination token used to identify the next page of results to return for a ListFHIRExportJobs query.

MaxResults

This parameter limits the number of results returned for a ListFHIRExportJobs to a maximum quantity specified by the user.

JobName

This parameter limits the response to the export job with the specified job name.

JobStatus

This parameter limits the response to the export jobs with the specified job status.

SubmittedBefore

This parameter limits the response to FHIR export jobs submitted before a user specified date.

SubmittedAfter

This parameter limits the response to FHIR export jobs submitted after a user specified date.


Lists all FHIR import jobs associated with an account and their statuses

Description

Lists all FHIR import jobs associated with an account and their statuses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_list_fhir_import_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_list_fhir_import_jobs(
  DatastoreId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  JobName = NULL,
  JobStatus = NULL,
  SubmittedBefore = NULL,
  SubmittedAfter = NULL
)

Arguments

DatastoreId

[required] This parameter limits the response to the import job with the specified data store ID.

NextToken

A pagination token used to identify the next page of results to return for a ListFHIRImportJobs query.

MaxResults

This parameter limits the number of results returned for a ListFHIRImportJobs to a maximum quantity specified by the user.

JobName

This parameter limits the response to the import job with the specified job name.

JobStatus

This parameter limits the response to the import job with the specified job status.

SubmittedBefore

This parameter limits the response to FHIR import jobs submitted before a user specified date.

SubmittedAfter

This parameter limits the response to FHIR import jobs submitted after a user specified date.


Returns a list of all existing tags associated with a data store

Description

Returns a list of all existing tags associated with a data store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name(ARN) of the data store for which tags are being added.


Begins a FHIR export job

Description

Begins a FHIR export job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_start_fhir_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_start_fhir_export_job(
  JobName = NULL,
  OutputDataConfig,
  DatastoreId,
  DataAccessRoleArn,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

JobName

The user generated name for an export job.

OutputDataConfig

[required] The output data configuration that was supplied when the export job was created.

DatastoreId

[required] The AWS generated ID for the data store from which files are being exported for an export job.

DataAccessRoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name used during the initiation of the job.

ClientToken

An optional user provided token used for ensuring idempotency.


Begins a FHIR Import job

Description

Begins a FHIR Import job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_start_fhir_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_start_fhir_import_job(
  JobName = NULL,
  InputDataConfig,
  JobOutputDataConfig,
  DatastoreId,
  DataAccessRoleArn,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

JobName

The name of the FHIR Import job in the StartFHIRImport job request.

InputDataConfig

[required] The input properties of the FHIR Import job in the StartFHIRImport job request.

JobOutputDataConfig

[required]

DatastoreId

[required] The AWS-generated data store ID.

DataAccessRoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that gives AWS HealthLake access permission.

ClientToken

Optional user provided token used for ensuring idempotency.


Adds a user specified key and value tag to a data store

Description

Adds a user specified key and value tag to a data store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name(ARN)that gives AWS HealthLake access to the data store which tags are being added to.

Tags

[required] The user specified key and value pair tags being added to a data store.


Removes tags from a data store

Description

Removes tags from a data store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/healthlake_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

healthlake_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name(ARN) of the data store for which tags are being removed.

TagKeys

[required] The keys for the tags to be removed from the HealthLake data store.


Amazon Interactive Video Service

Description

Introduction

The Amazon Interactive Video Service (IVS) API is REST compatible, using a standard HTTP API and an Amazon Web Services EventBridge event stream for responses. JSON is used for both requests and responses, including errors.

The API is an Amazon Web Services regional service. For a list of supported regions and Amazon IVS HTTPS service endpoints, see the Amazon IVS page in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

*All API request parameters and URLs are case sensitive. *

For a summary of notable documentation changes in each release, see Document History.

Allowed Header Values

Key Concepts

For more information about your IVS live stream, also see Getting Started with IVS Low-Latency Streaming.

Tagging

A tag is a metadata label that you assign to an Amazon Web Services resource. A tag comprises a key and a value, both set by you. For example, you might set a tag as topic:nature to label a particular video category. See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.

Tags can help you identify and organize your Amazon Web Services resources. For example, you can use the same tag for different resources to indicate that they are related. You can also use tags to manage access (see Access Tags).

The Amazon IVS API has these tag-related operations: tag_resource, untag_resource, and list_tags_for_resource. The following resources support tagging: Channels, Stream Keys, Playback Key Pairs, and Recording Configurations.

At most 50 tags can be applied to a resource.

Authentication versus Authorization

Note the differences between these concepts:

Authentication

All Amazon IVS API requests must be authenticated with a signature. The Amazon Web Services Command-Line Interface (CLI) and Amazon IVS Player SDKs take care of signing the underlying API calls for you. However, if your application calls the Amazon IVS API directly, it’s your responsibility to sign the requests.

You generate a signature using valid Amazon Web Services credentials that have permission to perform the requested action. For example, you must sign PutMetadata requests with a signature generated from a user account that has the ivs:PutMetadata permission.

For more information:

Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)

ARNs uniquely identify AWS resources. An ARN is required when you need to specify a resource unambiguously across all of AWS, such as in IAM policies and API calls. For more information, see Amazon Resource Names in the AWS General Reference.

Usage

ivs(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ivs(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_channel Performs GetChannel on multiple ARNs simultaneously
batch_get_stream_key Performs GetStreamKey on multiple ARNs simultaneously
batch_start_viewer_session_revocation Performs StartViewerSessionRevocation on multiple channel ARN and viewer ID pairs simultaneously
create_channel Creates a new channel and an associated stream key to start streaming
create_playback_restriction_policy Creates a new playback restriction policy, for constraining playback by countries and/or origins
create_recording_configuration Creates a new recording configuration, used to enable recording to Amazon S3
create_stream_key Creates a stream key, used to initiate a stream, for the specified channel ARN
delete_channel Deletes the specified channel and its associated stream keys
delete_playback_key_pair Deletes a specified authorization key pair
delete_playback_restriction_policy Deletes the specified playback restriction policy
delete_recording_configuration Deletes the recording configuration for the specified ARN
delete_stream_key Deletes the stream key for the specified ARN, so it can no longer be used to stream
get_channel Gets the channel configuration for the specified channel ARN
get_playback_key_pair Gets a specified playback authorization key pair and returns the arn and fingerprint
get_playback_restriction_policy Gets the specified playback restriction policy
get_recording_configuration Gets the recording configuration for the specified ARN
get_stream Gets information about the active (live) stream on a specified channel
get_stream_key Gets stream-key information for a specified ARN
get_stream_session Gets metadata on a specified stream
import_playback_key_pair Imports the public portion of a new key pair and returns its arn and fingerprint
list_channels Gets summary information about all channels in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed
list_playback_key_pairs Gets summary information about playback key pairs
list_playback_restriction_policies Gets summary information about playback restriction policies
list_recording_configurations Gets summary information about all recording configurations in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed
list_stream_keys Gets summary information about stream keys for the specified channel
list_streams Gets summary information about live streams in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed
list_stream_sessions Gets a summary of current and previous streams for a specified channel in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_tags_for_resource Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for the specified ARN
put_metadata Inserts metadata into the active stream of the specified channel
start_viewer_session_revocation Starts the process of revoking the viewer session associated with a specified channel ARN and viewer ID
stop_stream Disconnects the incoming RTMPS stream for the specified channel
tag_resource Adds or updates tags for the Amazon Web Services resource with the specified ARN
untag_resource Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN
update_channel Updates a channel's configuration
update_playback_restriction_policy Updates a specified playback restriction policy

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ivs()
svc$batch_get_channel(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Performs GetChannel on multiple ARNs simultaneously

Description

Performs get_channel on multiple ARNs simultaneously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_batch_get_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_batch_get_channel(arns)

Arguments

arns

[required] Array of ARNs, one per channel.


Performs GetStreamKey on multiple ARNs simultaneously

Description

Performs get_stream_key on multiple ARNs simultaneously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_batch_get_stream_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_batch_get_stream_key(arns)

Arguments

arns

[required] Array of ARNs, one per stream key.


Performs StartViewerSessionRevocation on multiple channel ARN and viewer ID pairs simultaneously

Description

Performs start_viewer_session_revocation on multiple channel ARN and viewer ID pairs simultaneously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_batch_start_viewer_session_revocation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_batch_start_viewer_session_revocation(viewerSessions)

Arguments

viewerSessions

[required] Array of viewer sessions, one per channel-ARN and viewer-ID pair.


Creates a new channel and an associated stream key to start streaming

Description

Creates a new channel and an associated stream key to start streaming.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_create_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_create_channel(
  authorized = NULL,
  containerFormat = NULL,
  insecureIngest = NULL,
  latencyMode = NULL,
  multitrackInputConfiguration = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  playbackRestrictionPolicyArn = NULL,
  preset = NULL,
  recordingConfigurationArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  type = NULL
)

Arguments

authorized

Whether the channel is private (enabled for playback authorization). Default: false.

containerFormat

Indicates which content-packaging format is used (MPEG-TS or fMP4). If multitrackInputConfiguration is specified and enabled is true, then containerFormat is required and must be set to FRAGMENTED_MP4. Otherwise, containerFormat may be set to TS or FRAGMENTED_MP4. Default: TS.

insecureIngest

Whether the channel allows insecure RTMP and SRT ingest. Default: false.

latencyMode

Channel latency mode. Use NORMAL to broadcast and deliver live video up to Full HD. Use LOW for near-real-time interaction with viewers. Default: LOW.

multitrackInputConfiguration

Object specifying multitrack input configuration. Default: no multitrack input configuration is specified.

name

Channel name.

playbackRestrictionPolicyArn

Playback-restriction-policy ARN. A valid ARN value here both specifies the ARN and enables playback restriction. Default: "" (empty string, no playback restriction policy is applied).

preset

Optional transcode preset for the channel. This is selectable only for ADVANCED_HD and ADVANCED_SD channel types. For those channel types, the default preset is HIGHER_BANDWIDTH_DELIVERY. For other channel types (BASIC and STANDARD), preset is the empty string ("").

recordingConfigurationArn

Recording-configuration ARN. A valid ARN value here both specifies the ARN and enables recording. Default: "" (empty string, recording is disabled).

tags

Array of 1-50 maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.

type

Channel type, which determines the allowable resolution and bitrate. If you exceed the allowable input resolution or bitrate, the stream probably will disconnect immediately. Default: STANDARD. For details, see Channel Types.


Creates a new playback restriction policy, for constraining playback by countries and/or origins

Description

Creates a new playback restriction policy, for constraining playback by countries and/or origins.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_create_playback_restriction_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_create_playback_restriction_policy(
  allowedCountries = NULL,
  allowedOrigins = NULL,
  enableStrictOriginEnforcement = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

allowedCountries

A list of country codes that control geoblocking restriction. Allowed values are the officially assigned ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes. Default: All countries (an empty array).

allowedOrigins

A list of origin sites that control CORS restriction. Allowed values are the same as valid values of the Origin header defined at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Origin. Default: All origins (an empty array).

enableStrictOriginEnforcement

Whether channel playback is constrained by origin site. Default: false.

name

Playback-restriction-policy name. The value does not need to be unique.

tags

Array of 1-50 maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.


Creates a new recording configuration, used to enable recording to Amazon S3

Description

Creates a new recording configuration, used to enable recording to Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_create_recording_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_create_recording_configuration(
  destinationConfiguration,
  name = NULL,
  recordingReconnectWindowSeconds = NULL,
  renditionConfiguration = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  thumbnailConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

destinationConfiguration

[required] A complex type that contains a destination configuration for where recorded video will be stored.

name

Recording-configuration name. The value does not need to be unique.

recordingReconnectWindowSeconds

If a broadcast disconnects and then reconnects within the specified interval, the multiple streams will be considered a single broadcast and merged together. Default: 0.

renditionConfiguration

Object that describes which renditions should be recorded for a stream.

tags

Array of 1-50 maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.

thumbnailConfiguration

A complex type that allows you to enable/disable the recording of thumbnails for a live session and modify the interval at which thumbnails are generated for the live session.


Creates a stream key, used to initiate a stream, for the specified channel ARN

Description

Creates a stream key, used to initiate a stream, for the specified channel ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_create_stream_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_create_stream_key(channelArn, tags = NULL)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] ARN of the channel for which to create the stream key.

tags

Array of 1-50 maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.


Deletes the specified channel and its associated stream keys

Description

Deletes the specified channel and its associated stream keys.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_delete_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_delete_channel(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the channel to be deleted.


Deletes a specified authorization key pair

Description

Deletes a specified authorization key pair. This invalidates future viewer tokens generated using the key pair’s privateKey. For more information, see Setting Up Private Channels in the Amazon IVS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_delete_playback_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_delete_playback_key_pair(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the key pair to be deleted.


Deletes the specified playback restriction policy

Description

Deletes the specified playback restriction policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_delete_playback_restriction_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_delete_playback_restriction_policy(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the playback restriction policy to be deleted.


Deletes the recording configuration for the specified ARN

Description

Deletes the recording configuration for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_delete_recording_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_delete_recording_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the recording configuration to be deleted.


Deletes the stream key for the specified ARN, so it can no longer be used to stream

Description

Deletes the stream key for the specified ARN, so it can no longer be used to stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_delete_stream_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_delete_stream_key(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the stream key to be deleted.


Gets the channel configuration for the specified channel ARN

Description

Gets the channel configuration for the specified channel ARN. See also batch_get_channel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_channel(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the channel for which the configuration is to be retrieved.


Gets a specified playback authorization key pair and returns the arn and fingerprint

Description

Gets a specified playback authorization key pair and returns the arn and fingerprint. The privateKey held by the caller can be used to generate viewer authorization tokens, to grant viewers access to private channels. For more information, see Setting Up Private Channels in the Amazon IVS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_playback_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_playback_key_pair(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the key pair to be returned.


Gets the specified playback restriction policy

Description

Gets the specified playback restriction policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_playback_restriction_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_playback_restriction_policy(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the playback restriction policy to be returned.


Gets the recording configuration for the specified ARN

Description

Gets the recording configuration for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_recording_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_recording_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the recording configuration to be retrieved.


Gets information about the active (live) stream on a specified channel

Description

Gets information about the active (live) stream on a specified channel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_stream(channelArn)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] Channel ARN for stream to be accessed.


Gets stream-key information for a specified ARN

Description

Gets stream-key information for a specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_stream_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_stream_key(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN for the stream key to be retrieved.


Gets metadata on a specified stream

Description

Gets metadata on a specified stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_get_stream_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_get_stream_session(channelArn, streamId = NULL)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] ARN of the channel resource

streamId

Unique identifier for a live or previously live stream in the specified channel. If no streamId is provided, this returns the most recent stream session for the channel, if it exists.


Imports the public portion of a new key pair and returns its arn and fingerprint

Description

Imports the public portion of a new key pair and returns its arn and fingerprint. The privateKey can then be used to generate viewer authorization tokens, to grant viewers access to private channels. For more information, see Setting Up Private Channels in the Amazon IVS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_import_playback_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_import_playback_key_pair(name = NULL, publicKeyMaterial, tags = NULL)

Arguments

name

Playback-key-pair name. The value does not need to be unique.

publicKeyMaterial

[required] The public portion of a customer-generated key pair.

tags

Any tags provided with the request are added to the playback key pair tags. See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.


Gets summary information about all channels in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all channels in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed. This list can be filtered to match a specified name or recording-configuration ARN. Filters are mutually exclusive and cannot be used together. If you try to use both filters, you will get an error (409 ConflictException).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_channels/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_channels(
  filterByName = NULL,
  filterByPlaybackRestrictionPolicyArn = NULL,
  filterByRecordingConfigurationArn = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filterByName

Filters the channel list to match the specified name.

filterByPlaybackRestrictionPolicyArn

Filters the channel list to match the specified policy.

filterByRecordingConfigurationArn

Filters the channel list to match the specified recording-configuration ARN.

maxResults

Maximum number of channels to return. Default: 100.

nextToken

The first channel to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets summary information about playback key pairs

Description

Gets summary information about playback key pairs. For more information, see Setting Up Private Channels in the Amazon IVS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_playback_key_pairs/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_playback_key_pairs(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

Maximum number of key pairs to return. Default: your service quota or 100, whichever is smaller.

nextToken

The first key pair to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets summary information about playback restriction policies

Description

Gets summary information about playback restriction policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_playback_restriction_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_playback_restriction_policies(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

Maximum number of policies to return. Default: 1.

nextToken

The first policy to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets summary information about all recording configurations in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all recording configurations in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_recording_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_recording_configurations(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

Maximum number of recording configurations to return. Default: your service quota or 100, whichever is smaller.

nextToken

The first recording configuration to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets summary information about stream keys for the specified channel

Description

Gets summary information about stream keys for the specified channel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_stream_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_stream_keys(channelArn, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] Channel ARN used to filter the list.

maxResults

Maximum number of streamKeys to return. Default: 1.

nextToken

The first stream key to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets a summary of current and previous streams for a specified channel in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets a summary of current and previous streams for a specified channel in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_stream_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_stream_sessions(channelArn, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] Channel ARN used to filter the list.

maxResults

Maximum number of streams to return. Default: 100.

nextToken

The first stream to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets summary information about live streams in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about live streams in your account, in the Amazon Web Services region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_streams/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_streams(filterBy = NULL, maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

filterBy

Filters the stream list to match the specified criterion.

maxResults

Maximum number of streams to return. Default: 100.

nextToken

The first stream to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.


Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for the specified ARN

Description

Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be retrieved. The ARN must be URL-encoded.


Inserts metadata into the active stream of the specified channel

Description

Inserts metadata into the active stream of the specified channel. At most 5 requests per second per channel are allowed, each with a maximum 1 KB payload. (If 5 TPS is not sufficient for your needs, we recommend batching your data into a single PutMetadata call.) At most 155 requests per second per account are allowed. Also see Embedding Metadata within a Video Stream in the Amazon IVS User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_put_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_put_metadata(channelArn, metadata)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] ARN of the channel into which metadata is inserted. This channel must have an active stream.

metadata

[required] Metadata to insert into the stream. Maximum: 1 KB per request.


Starts the process of revoking the viewer session associated with a specified channel ARN and viewer ID

Description

Starts the process of revoking the viewer session associated with a specified channel ARN and viewer ID. Optionally, you can provide a version to revoke viewer sessions less than and including that version. For instructions on associating a viewer ID with a viewer session, see Setting Up Private Channels.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_start_viewer_session_revocation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_start_viewer_session_revocation(
  channelArn,
  viewerId,
  viewerSessionVersionsLessThanOrEqualTo = NULL
)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] The ARN of the channel associated with the viewer session to revoke.

viewerId

[required] The ID of the viewer associated with the viewer session to revoke. Do not use this field for personally identifying, confidential, or sensitive information.

viewerSessionVersionsLessThanOrEqualTo

An optional filter on which versions of the viewer session to revoke. All versions less than or equal to the specified version will be revoked. Default: 0.


Disconnects the incoming RTMPS stream for the specified channel

Description

Disconnects the incoming RTMPS stream for the specified channel. Can be used in conjunction with delete_stream_key to prevent further streaming to a channel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_stop_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_stop_stream(channelArn)

Arguments

channelArn

[required] ARN of the channel for which the stream is to be stopped.


Adds or updates tags for the Amazon Web Services resource with the specified ARN

Description

Adds or updates tags for the Amazon Web Services resource with the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] ARN of the resource for which tags are to be added or updated. The ARN must be URL-encoded.

tags

[required] Array of tags to be added or updated. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.


Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN

Description

Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] ARN of the resource for which tags are to be removed. The ARN must be URL-encoded.

tagKeys

[required] Array of tags to be removed. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging Amazon Web Services Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.


Updates a channel's configuration

Description

Updates a channel's configuration. Live channels cannot be updated. You must stop the ongoing stream, update the channel, and restart the stream for the changes to take effect.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_update_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_update_channel(
  arn,
  authorized = NULL,
  containerFormat = NULL,
  insecureIngest = NULL,
  latencyMode = NULL,
  multitrackInputConfiguration = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  playbackRestrictionPolicyArn = NULL,
  preset = NULL,
  recordingConfigurationArn = NULL,
  type = NULL
)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the channel to be updated.

authorized

Whether the channel is private (enabled for playback authorization).

containerFormat

Indicates which content-packaging format is used (MPEG-TS or fMP4). If multitrackInputConfiguration is specified and enabled is true, then containerFormat is required and must be set to FRAGMENTED_MP4. Otherwise, containerFormat may be set to TS or FRAGMENTED_MP4. Default: TS.

insecureIngest

Whether the channel allows insecure RTMP and SRT ingest. Default: false.

latencyMode

Channel latency mode. Use NORMAL to broadcast and deliver live video up to Full HD. Use LOW for near-real-time interaction with viewers.

multitrackInputConfiguration

Object specifying multitrack input configuration. Default: no multitrack input configuration is specified.

name

Channel name.

playbackRestrictionPolicyArn

Playback-restriction-policy ARN. A valid ARN value here both specifies the ARN and enables playback restriction. If this is set to an empty string, playback restriction policy is disabled.

preset

Optional transcode preset for the channel. This is selectable only for ADVANCED_HD and ADVANCED_SD channel types. For those channel types, the default preset is HIGHER_BANDWIDTH_DELIVERY. For other channel types (BASIC and STANDARD), preset is the empty string ("").

recordingConfigurationArn

Recording-configuration ARN. A valid ARN value here both specifies the ARN and enables recording. If this is set to an empty string, recording is disabled.

type

Channel type, which determines the allowable resolution and bitrate. If you exceed the allowable input resolution or bitrate, the stream probably will disconnect immediately. Default: STANDARD. For details, see Channel Types.


Updates a specified playback restriction policy

Description

Updates a specified playback restriction policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivs_update_playback_restriction_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivs_update_playback_restriction_policy(
  allowedCountries = NULL,
  allowedOrigins = NULL,
  arn,
  enableStrictOriginEnforcement = NULL,
  name = NULL
)

Arguments

allowedCountries

A list of country codes that control geoblocking restriction. Allowed values are the officially assigned ISO 3166-1 alpha-2 codes. Default: All countries (an empty array).

allowedOrigins

A list of origin sites that control CORS restriction. Allowed values are the same as valid values of the Origin header defined at https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/HTTP/Headers/Origin. Default: All origins (an empty array).

arn

[required] ARN of the playback-restriction-policy to be updated.

enableStrictOriginEnforcement

Whether channel playback is constrained by origin site. Default: false.

name

Playback-restriction-policy name. The value does not need to be unique.


Amazon Interactive Video Service RealTime

Description

The Amazon Interactive Video Service (IVS) real-time API is REST compatible, using a standard HTTP API and an AWS EventBridge event stream for responses. JSON is used for both requests and responses, including errors.

Key Concepts

For server-side composition:

For more information about your IVS live stream, also see Getting Started with Amazon IVS Real-Time Streaming.

Tagging

A tag is a metadata label that you assign to an AWS resource. A tag comprises a key and a value, both set by you. For example, you might set a tag as topic:nature to label a particular video category. See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS stages has no service-specific constraints beyond what is documented there.

Tags can help you identify and organize your AWS resources. For example, you can use the same tag for different resources to indicate that they are related. You can also use tags to manage access (see Access Tags).

The Amazon IVS real-time API has these tag-related operations: tag_resource, untag_resource, and list_tags_for_resource. The following resource supports tagging: Stage.

At most 50 tags can be applied to a resource.

Usage

ivsrealtime(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ivsrealtime(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_encoder_configuration Creates an EncoderConfiguration object
create_ingest_configuration Creates a new IngestConfiguration resource, used to specify the ingest protocol for a stage
create_participant_token Creates an additional token for a specified stage
create_stage Creates a new stage (and optionally participant tokens)
create_storage_configuration Creates a new storage configuration, used to enable recording to Amazon S3
delete_encoder_configuration Deletes an EncoderConfiguration resource
delete_ingest_configuration Deletes a specified IngestConfiguration, so it can no longer be used to broadcast
delete_public_key Deletes the specified public key used to sign stage participant tokens
delete_stage Shuts down and deletes the specified stage (disconnecting all participants)
delete_storage_configuration Deletes the storage configuration for the specified ARN
disconnect_participant Disconnects a specified participant from a specified stage
get_composition Get information about the specified Composition resource
get_encoder_configuration Gets information about the specified EncoderConfiguration resource
get_ingest_configuration Gets information about the specified IngestConfiguration
get_participant Gets information about the specified participant token
get_public_key Gets information for the specified public key
get_stage Gets information for the specified stage
get_stage_session Gets information for the specified stage session
get_storage_configuration Gets the storage configuration for the specified ARN
import_public_key Import a public key to be used for signing stage participant tokens
list_compositions Gets summary information about all Compositions in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_encoder_configurations Gets summary information about all EncoderConfigurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_ingest_configurations Lists all IngestConfigurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_participant_events Lists events for a specified participant that occurred during a specified stage session
list_participants Lists all participants in a specified stage session
list_public_keys Gets summary information about all public keys in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_stages Gets summary information about all stages in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_stage_sessions Gets all sessions for a specified stage
list_storage_configurations Gets summary information about all storage configurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed
list_tags_for_resource Gets information about AWS tags for the specified ARN
start_composition Starts a Composition from a stage based on the configuration provided in the request
stop_composition Stops and deletes a Composition resource
tag_resource Adds or updates tags for the AWS resource with the specified ARN
untag_resource Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN
update_ingest_configuration Updates a specified IngestConfiguration
update_stage Updates a stage’s configuration

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ivsrealtime()
svc$create_encoder_configuration(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an EncoderConfiguration object

Description

Creates an EncoderConfiguration object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_create_encoder_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_create_encoder_configuration(
  name = NULL,
  video = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

Optional name to identify the resource.

video

Video configuration. Default: video resolution 1280x720, bitrate 2500 kbps, 30 fps.

tags

Tags attached to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Creates a new IngestConfiguration resource, used to specify the ingest protocol for a stage

Description

Creates a new IngestConfiguration resource, used to specify the ingest protocol for a stage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_create_ingest_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_create_ingest_configuration(
  name = NULL,
  stageArn = NULL,
  userId = NULL,
  attributes = NULL,
  ingestProtocol,
  insecureIngest = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

Optional name that can be specified for the IngestConfiguration being created.

stageArn

ARN of the stage with which the IngestConfiguration is associated.

userId

Customer-assigned name to help identify the participant using the IngestConfiguration; this can be used to link a participant to a user in the customer’s own systems. This can be any UTF-8 encoded text. This field is exposed to all stage participants and should not be used for personally identifying, confidential, or sensitive information.

attributes

Application-provided attributes to store in the IngestConfiguration and attach to a stage. Map keys and values can contain UTF-8 encoded text. The maximum length of this field is 1 KB total. This field is exposed to all stage participants and should not be used for personally identifying, confidential, or sensitive information.

ingestProtocol

[required] Type of ingest protocol that the user employs to broadcast. If this is set to RTMP, insecureIngest must be set to true.

insecureIngest

Whether the stage allows insecure RTMP ingest. This must be set to true, if ingestProtocol is set to RTMP. Default: false.

tags

Tags attached to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Creates an additional token for a specified stage

Description

Creates an additional token for a specified stage. This can be done after stage creation or when tokens expire. Tokens always are scoped to the stage for which they are created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_create_participant_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_create_participant_token(
  stageArn,
  duration = NULL,
  userId = NULL,
  attributes = NULL,
  capabilities = NULL
)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] ARN of the stage to which this token is scoped.

duration

Duration (in minutes), after which the token expires. Default: 720 (12 hours).

userId

Name that can be specified to help identify the token. This can be any UTF-8 encoded text. This field is exposed to all stage participants and should not be used for personally identifying, confidential, or sensitive information.

attributes

Application-provided attributes to encode into the token and attach to a stage. Map keys and values can contain UTF-8 encoded text. The maximum length of this field is 1 KB total. This field is exposed to all stage participants and should not be used for personally identifying, confidential, or sensitive information.

capabilities

Set of capabilities that the user is allowed to perform in the stage. Default: ⁠PUBLISH, SUBSCRIBE⁠.


Creates a new stage (and optionally participant tokens)

Description

Creates a new stage (and optionally participant tokens).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_create_stage/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_create_stage(
  name = NULL,
  participantTokenConfigurations = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  autoParticipantRecordingConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

name

Optional name that can be specified for the stage being created.

participantTokenConfigurations

Array of participant token configuration objects to attach to the new stage.

tags

Tags attached to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.

autoParticipantRecordingConfiguration

Configuration object for individual participant recording, to attach to the new stage.


Creates a new storage configuration, used to enable recording to Amazon S3

Description

Creates a new storage configuration, used to enable recording to Amazon S3. When a StorageConfiguration is created, IVS will modify the S3 bucketPolicy of the provided bucket. This will ensure that IVS has sufficient permissions to write content to the provided bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_create_storage_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_create_storage_configuration(name = NULL, s3, tags = NULL)

Arguments

name

Storage configuration name. The value does not need to be unique.

s3

[required] A complex type that contains a storage configuration for where recorded video will be stored.

tags

Tags attached to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Deletes an EncoderConfiguration resource

Description

Deletes an EncoderConfiguration resource. Ensures that no Compositions are using this template; otherwise, returns an error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_delete_encoder_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_delete_encoder_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the EncoderConfiguration.


Deletes a specified IngestConfiguration, so it can no longer be used to broadcast

Description

Deletes a specified IngestConfiguration, so it can no longer be used to broadcast. An IngestConfiguration cannot be deleted if the publisher is actively streaming to a stage, unless force is set to true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_delete_ingest_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_delete_ingest_configuration(arn, force = NULL)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the IngestConfiguration.

force

Optional field to force deletion of the IngestConfiguration. If this is set to true when a participant is actively publishing, the participant is disconnected from the stage, followed by deletion of the IngestConfiguration. Default: false.


Deletes the specified public key used to sign stage participant tokens

Description

Deletes the specified public key used to sign stage participant tokens. This invalidates future participant tokens generated using the key pair’s private key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_delete_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_delete_public_key(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the public key to be deleted.


Shuts down and deletes the specified stage (disconnecting all participants)

Description

Shuts down and deletes the specified stage (disconnecting all participants). This operation also removes the stageArn from the associated IngestConfiguration, if there are participants using the IngestConfiguration to publish to the stage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_delete_stage/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_delete_stage(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the stage to be deleted.


Deletes the storage configuration for the specified ARN

Description

Deletes the storage configuration for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_delete_storage_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_delete_storage_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the storage configuration to be deleted.


Disconnects a specified participant from a specified stage

Description

Disconnects a specified participant from a specified stage. If the participant is publishing using an IngestConfiguration, DisconnectParticipant also updates the stageArn in the IngestConfiguration to be an empty string.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_disconnect_participant/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_disconnect_participant(stageArn, participantId, reason = NULL)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] ARN of the stage to which the participant is attached.

participantId

[required] Identifier of the participant to be disconnected. IVS assigns this; it is returned by create_participant_token (for streams using WebRTC ingest) or create_ingest_configuration (for streams using RTMP ingest).

reason

Description of why this participant is being disconnected.


Get information about the specified Composition resource

Description

Get information about the specified Composition resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_composition/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_composition(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the Composition resource.


Gets information about the specified EncoderConfiguration resource

Description

Gets information about the specified EncoderConfiguration resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_encoder_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_encoder_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the EncoderConfiguration resource.


Gets information about the specified IngestConfiguration

Description

Gets information about the specified IngestConfiguration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_ingest_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_ingest_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the ingest for which the information is to be retrieved.


Gets information about the specified participant token

Description

Gets information about the specified participant token.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_participant/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_participant(stageArn, sessionId, participantId)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] Stage ARN.

sessionId

[required] ID of a session within the stage.

participantId

[required] Unique identifier for the participant. This is assigned by IVS and returned by create_participant_token.


Gets information for the specified public key

Description

Gets information for the specified public key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_public_key(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the public key for which the information is to be retrieved.


Gets information for the specified stage

Description

Gets information for the specified stage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_stage/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_stage(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the stage for which the information is to be retrieved.


Gets information for the specified stage session

Description

Gets information for the specified stage session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_stage_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_stage_session(stageArn, sessionId)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] ARN of the stage for which the information is to be retrieved.

sessionId

[required] ID of a session within the stage.


Gets the storage configuration for the specified ARN

Description

Gets the storage configuration for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_get_storage_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_get_storage_configuration(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the storage configuration to be retrieved.


Import a public key to be used for signing stage participant tokens

Description

Import a public key to be used for signing stage participant tokens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_import_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_import_public_key(publicKeyMaterial, name = NULL, tags = NULL)

Arguments

publicKeyMaterial

[required] The content of the public key to be imported.

name

Name of the public key to be imported.

tags

Tags attached to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Gets summary information about all Compositions in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all Compositions in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_compositions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_compositions(
  filterByStageArn = NULL,
  filterByEncoderConfigurationArn = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

filterByStageArn

Filters the Composition list to match the specified Stage ARN.

filterByEncoderConfigurationArn

Filters the Composition list to match the specified EncoderConfiguration attached to at least one of its output.

nextToken

The first Composition to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 100.


Gets summary information about all EncoderConfigurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all EncoderConfigurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_encoder_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_encoder_configurations(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The first encoder configuration to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 100.


Lists all IngestConfigurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Lists all IngestConfigurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_ingest_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_ingest_configurations(
  filterByStageArn = NULL,
  filterByState = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

filterByStageArn

Filters the response list to match the specified stage ARN. Only one filter (by stage ARN or by state) can be used at a time.

filterByState

Filters the response list to match the specified state. Only one filter (by stage ARN or by state) can be used at a time.

nextToken

The first IngestConfiguration to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 50.


Lists events for a specified participant that occurred during a specified stage session

Description

Lists events for a specified participant that occurred during a specified stage session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_participant_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_participant_events(
  stageArn,
  sessionId,
  participantId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] Stage ARN.

sessionId

[required] ID of a session within the stage.

participantId

[required] Unique identifier for this participant. This is assigned by IVS and returned by create_participant_token.

nextToken

The first participant event to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 50.


Lists all participants in a specified stage session

Description

Lists all participants in a specified stage session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_participants/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_participants(
  stageArn,
  sessionId,
  filterByUserId = NULL,
  filterByPublished = NULL,
  filterByState = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filterByRecordingState = NULL
)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] Stage ARN.

sessionId

[required] ID of the session within the stage.

filterByUserId

Filters the response list to match the specified user ID. Only one of filterByUserId, filterByPublished, filterByState, or filterByRecordingState can be provided per request. A userId is a customer-assigned name to help identify the token; this can be used to link a participant to a user in the customer’s own systems.

filterByPublished

Filters the response list to only show participants who published during the stage session. Only one of filterByUserId, filterByPublished, filterByState, or filterByRecordingState can be provided per request.

filterByState

Filters the response list to only show participants in the specified state. Only one of filterByUserId, filterByPublished, filterByState, or filterByRecordingState can be provided per request.

nextToken

The first participant to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 50.

filterByRecordingState

Filters the response list to only show participants with the specified recording state. Only one of filterByUserId, filterByPublished, filterByState, or filterByRecordingState can be provided per request.


Gets summary information about all public keys in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all public keys in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_public_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_public_keys(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The first public key to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 50.


Gets all sessions for a specified stage

Description

Gets all sessions for a specified stage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_stage_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_stage_sessions(stageArn, nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] Stage ARN.

nextToken

The first stage session to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 50.


Gets summary information about all stages in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all stages in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_stages/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_stages(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The first stage to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of results to return. Default: 50.


Gets summary information about all storage configurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed

Description

Gets summary information about all storage configurations in your account, in the AWS region where the API request is processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_storage_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_storage_configurations(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The first storage configuration to retrieve. This is used for pagination; see the nextToken response field.

maxResults

Maximum number of storage configurations to return. Default: your service quota or 100, whichever is smaller.


Gets information about AWS tags for the specified ARN

Description

Gets information about AWS tags for the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be retrieved. The ARN must be URL-encoded.


Starts a Composition from a stage based on the configuration provided in the request

Description

Starts a Composition from a stage based on the configuration provided in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_start_composition/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_start_composition(
  stageArn,
  idempotencyToken = NULL,
  layout = NULL,
  destinations,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

stageArn

[required] ARN of the stage to be used for compositing.

idempotencyToken

Idempotency token.

layout

Layout object to configure composition parameters.

destinations

[required] Array of destination configuration.

tags

Tags attached to the resource. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Stops and deletes a Composition resource

Description

Stops and deletes a Composition resource. Any broadcast from the Composition resource is stopped.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_stop_composition/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_stop_composition(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the Composition.


Adds or updates tags for the AWS resource with the specified ARN

Description

Adds or updates tags for the AWS resource with the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be tagged. The ARN must be URL-encoded.

tags

[required] Array of tags to be added or updated. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN

Description

Removes tags from the resource with the specified ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to be untagged. The ARN must be URL-encoded.

tagKeys

[required] Array of tags to be removed. Array of maps, each of the form string:string (key:value). See Best practices and strategies in Tagging AWS Resources and Tag Editor for details, including restrictions that apply to tags and "Tag naming limits and requirements"; Amazon IVS has no constraints on tags beyond what is documented there.


Updates a specified IngestConfiguration

Description

Updates a specified IngestConfiguration. Only the stage ARN attached to the IngestConfiguration can be updated. An IngestConfiguration that is active cannot be updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_update_ingest_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_update_ingest_configuration(arn, stageArn = NULL)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the IngestConfiguration, for which the related stage ARN needs to be updated.

stageArn

Stage ARN that needs to be updated.


Updates a stage’s configuration

Description

Updates a stage’s configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ivsrealtime_update_stage/ for full documentation.

Usage

ivsrealtime_update_stage(
  arn,
  name = NULL,
  autoParticipantRecordingConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

arn

[required] ARN of the stage to be updated.

name

Name of the stage to be updated.

autoParticipantRecordingConfiguration

Configuration object for individual participant recording, to attach to the stage. Note that this cannot be updated while recording is active.


Managed Streaming for Kafka

Description

The operations for managing an Amazon MSK cluster.

Usage

kafka(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kafka(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_associate_scram_secret Associates one or more Scram Secrets with an Amazon MSK cluster
batch_disassociate_scram_secret Disassociates one or more Scram Secrets from an Amazon MSK cluster
create_cluster Creates a new MSK cluster
create_cluster_v2 Creates a new MSK cluster
create_configuration Creates a new MSK configuration
create_replicator Creates the replicator
create_vpc_connection Creates a new MSK VPC connection
delete_cluster Deletes the MSK cluster specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request
delete_cluster_policy Deletes the MSK cluster policy specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request
delete_configuration Deletes an MSK Configuration
delete_replicator Deletes a replicator
delete_vpc_connection Deletes a MSK VPC connection
describe_cluster Returns a description of the MSK cluster whose Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is specified in the request
describe_cluster_operation Returns a description of the cluster operation specified by the ARN
describe_cluster_operation_v2 Returns a description of the cluster operation specified by the ARN
describe_cluster_v2 Returns a description of the MSK cluster whose Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is specified in the request
describe_configuration Returns a description of this MSK configuration
describe_configuration_revision Returns a description of this revision of the configuration
describe_replicator Describes a replicator
describe_vpc_connection Returns a description of this MSK VPC connection
get_bootstrap_brokers A list of brokers that a client application can use to bootstrap
get_cluster_policy Get the MSK cluster policy specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request
get_compatible_kafka_versions Gets the Apache Kafka versions to which you can update the MSK cluster
list_client_vpc_connections Returns a list of all the VPC connections in this Region
list_cluster_operations Returns a list of all the operations that have been performed on the specified MSK cluster
list_cluster_operations_v2 Returns a list of all the operations that have been performed on the specified MSK cluster
list_clusters Returns a list of all the MSK clusters in the current Region
list_clusters_v2 Returns a list of all the MSK clusters in the current Region
list_configuration_revisions Returns a list of all the MSK configurations in this Region
list_configurations Returns a list of all the MSK configurations in this Region
list_kafka_versions Returns a list of Apache Kafka versions
list_nodes Returns a list of the broker nodes in the cluster
list_replicators Lists the replicators
list_scram_secrets Returns a list of the Scram Secrets associated with an Amazon MSK cluster
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of the tags associated with the specified resource
list_vpc_connections Returns a list of all the VPC connections in this Region
put_cluster_policy Creates or updates the MSK cluster policy specified by the cluster Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request
reboot_broker Reboots brokers
reject_client_vpc_connection Returns empty response
tag_resource Adds tags to the specified MSK resource
untag_resource Removes the tags associated with the keys that are provided in the query
update_broker_count Updates the number of broker nodes in the cluster
update_broker_storage Updates the EBS storage associated with MSK brokers
update_broker_type Updates EC2 instance type
update_cluster_configuration Updates the cluster with the configuration that is specified in the request body
update_cluster_kafka_version Updates the Apache Kafka version for the cluster
update_configuration Updates an MSK configuration
update_connectivity Updates the cluster's connectivity configuration
update_monitoring Updates the monitoring settings for the cluster
update_replication_info Updates replication info of a replicator
update_security Updates the security settings for the cluster
update_storage Updates cluster broker volume size (or) sets cluster storage mode to TIERED

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kafka()
svc$batch_associate_scram_secret(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associates one or more Scram Secrets with an Amazon MSK cluster

Description

Associates one or more Scram Secrets with an Amazon MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_batch_associate_scram_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_batch_associate_scram_secret(ClusterArn, SecretArnList)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to be updated.

SecretArnList

[required] List of AWS Secrets Manager secret ARNs.


Disassociates one or more Scram Secrets from an Amazon MSK cluster

Description

Disassociates one or more Scram Secrets from an Amazon MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_batch_disassociate_scram_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_batch_disassociate_scram_secret(ClusterArn, SecretArnList)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to be updated.

SecretArnList

[required] List of AWS Secrets Manager secret ARNs.


Creates a new MSK cluster

Description

Creates a new MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_create_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_create_cluster(
  BrokerNodeGroupInfo,
  ClientAuthentication = NULL,
  ClusterName,
  ConfigurationInfo = NULL,
  EncryptionInfo = NULL,
  EnhancedMonitoring = NULL,
  OpenMonitoring = NULL,
  KafkaVersion,
  LoggingInfo = NULL,
  NumberOfBrokerNodes,
  Tags = NULL,
  StorageMode = NULL
)

Arguments

BrokerNodeGroupInfo

[required] Information about the broker nodes in the cluster.

ClientAuthentication

Includes all client authentication related information.

ClusterName

[required] The name of the cluster.

ConfigurationInfo

Represents the configuration that you want MSK to use for the brokers in a cluster.

EncryptionInfo

Includes all encryption-related information.

EnhancedMonitoring

Specifies the level of monitoring for the MSK cluster. The possible values are DEFAULT, PER_BROKER, PER_TOPIC_PER_BROKER, and PER_TOPIC_PER_PARTITION.

OpenMonitoring

The settings for open monitoring.

KafkaVersion

[required] The version of Apache Kafka.

LoggingInfo
NumberOfBrokerNodes

[required] The number of broker nodes in the cluster.

Tags

Create tags when creating the cluster.

StorageMode

This controls storage mode for supported storage tiers.


Creates a new MSK cluster

Description

Creates a new MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_create_cluster_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_create_cluster_v2(
  ClusterName,
  Tags = NULL,
  Provisioned = NULL,
  Serverless = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterName

[required] The name of the cluster.

Tags

A map of tags that you want the cluster to have.

Provisioned

Information about the provisioned cluster.

Serverless

Information about the serverless cluster.


Creates a new MSK configuration

Description

Creates a new MSK configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_create_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_create_configuration(
  Description = NULL,
  KafkaVersions = NULL,
  Name,
  ServerProperties
)

Arguments

Description

The description of the configuration.

KafkaVersions

The versions of Apache Kafka with which you can use this MSK configuration.

Name

[required] The name of the configuration.

ServerProperties

[required] Contents of the server.properties file. When using the API, you must ensure that the contents of the file are base64 encoded. When using the AWS Management Console, the SDK, or the AWS CLI, the contents of server.properties can be in plaintext.


Creates the replicator

Description

Creates the replicator.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_create_replicator/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_create_replicator(
  Description = NULL,
  KafkaClusters,
  ReplicationInfoList,
  ReplicatorName,
  ServiceExecutionRoleArn,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

A summary description of the replicator.

KafkaClusters

[required] Kafka Clusters to use in setting up sources / targets for replication.

ReplicationInfoList

[required] A list of replication configurations, where each configuration targets a given source cluster to target cluster replication flow.

ReplicatorName

[required] The name of the replicator. Alpha-numeric characters with '-' are allowed.

ServiceExecutionRoleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role used by the replicator to access resources in the customer's account (e.g source and target clusters)

Tags

List of tags to attach to created Replicator.


Creates a new MSK VPC connection

Description

Creates a new MSK VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_create_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_create_vpc_connection(
  TargetClusterArn,
  Authentication,
  VpcId,
  ClientSubnets,
  SecurityGroups,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

TargetClusterArn

[required] The cluster Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the VPC connection.

Authentication

[required] The authentication type of VPC connection.

VpcId

[required] The VPC ID of VPC connection.

ClientSubnets

[required] The list of client subnets.

SecurityGroups

[required] The list of security groups.

Tags

A map of tags for the VPC connection.


Deletes the MSK cluster specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request

Description

Deletes the MSK cluster specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_delete_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_delete_cluster(ClusterArn, CurrentVersion = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

CurrentVersion

The current version of the MSK cluster.


Deletes the MSK cluster policy specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request

Description

Deletes the MSK cluster policy specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_delete_cluster_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_delete_cluster_policy(ClusterArn)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster.


Deletes an MSK Configuration

Description

Deletes an MSK Configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_delete_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_delete_configuration(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an MSK configuration.


Deletes a replicator

Description

Deletes a replicator.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_delete_replicator/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_delete_replicator(CurrentVersion = NULL, ReplicatorArn)

Arguments

CurrentVersion

The current version of the replicator.

ReplicatorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicator to be deleted.


Deletes a MSK VPC connection

Description

Deletes a MSK VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_delete_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_delete_vpc_connection(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an MSK VPC connection.


Returns a description of the MSK cluster whose Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is specified in the request

Description

Returns a description of the MSK cluster whose Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is specified in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_cluster(ClusterArn)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.


Returns a description of the cluster operation specified by the ARN

Description

Returns a description of the cluster operation specified by the ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_cluster_operation/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_cluster_operation(ClusterOperationArn)

Arguments

ClusterOperationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the MSK cluster operation.


Returns a description of the cluster operation specified by the ARN

Description

Returns a description of the cluster operation specified by the ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_cluster_operation_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_cluster_operation_v2(ClusterOperationArn)

Arguments

ClusterOperationArn

[required] ARN of the cluster operation to describe.


Returns a description of the MSK cluster whose Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is specified in the request

Description

Returns a description of the MSK cluster whose Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is specified in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_cluster_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_cluster_v2(ClusterArn)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.


Returns a description of this MSK configuration

Description

Returns a description of this MSK configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_configuration(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an MSK configuration and all of its revisions.


Returns a description of this revision of the configuration

Description

Returns a description of this revision of the configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_configuration_revision/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_configuration_revision(Arn, Revision)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an MSK configuration and all of its revisions.

Revision

[required] A string that uniquely identifies a revision of an MSK configuration.


Describes a replicator

Description

Describes a replicator.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_replicator/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_replicator(ReplicatorArn)

Arguments

ReplicatorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicator to be described.


Returns a description of this MSK VPC connection

Description

Returns a description of this MSK VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_describe_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_describe_vpc_connection(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a MSK VPC connection.


A list of brokers that a client application can use to bootstrap

Description

A list of brokers that a client application can use to bootstrap. This list doesn't necessarily include all of the brokers in the cluster. The following Python 3.6 example shows how you can use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a cluster to get its bootstrap brokers. If you don't know the ARN of your cluster, you can use the list_clusters operation to get the ARNs of all the clusters in this account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_get_bootstrap_brokers/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_get_bootstrap_brokers(ClusterArn)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.


Get the MSK cluster policy specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request

Description

Get the MSK cluster policy specified by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_get_cluster_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_get_cluster_policy(ClusterArn)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster.


Gets the Apache Kafka versions to which you can update the MSK cluster

Description

Gets the Apache Kafka versions to which you can update the MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_get_compatible_kafka_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_get_compatible_kafka_versions(ClusterArn = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster check.


Returns a list of all the VPC connections in this Region

Description

Returns a list of all the VPC connections in this Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_client_vpc_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_client_vpc_connections(
  ClusterArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of all the operations that have been performed on the specified MSK cluster

Description

Returns a list of all the operations that have been performed on the specified MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_cluster_operations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_cluster_operations(ClusterArn, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of all the operations that have been performed on the specified MSK cluster

Description

Returns a list of all the operations that have been performed on the specified MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_cluster_operations_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_cluster_operations_v2(
  ClusterArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The arn of the cluster whose operations are being requested.

MaxResults

The maxResults of the query.

NextToken

The nextToken of the query.


Returns a list of all the MSK clusters in the current Region

Description

Returns a list of all the MSK clusters in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_clusters(
  ClusterNameFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterNameFilter

Specify a prefix of the name of the clusters that you want to list. The service lists all the clusters whose names start with this prefix.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of all the MSK clusters in the current Region

Description

Returns a list of all the MSK clusters in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_clusters_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_clusters_v2(
  ClusterNameFilter = NULL,
  ClusterTypeFilter = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterNameFilter

Specify a prefix of the names of the clusters that you want to list. The service lists all the clusters whose names start with this prefix.

ClusterTypeFilter

Specify either PROVISIONED or SERVERLESS.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of all the MSK configurations in this Region

Description

Returns a list of all the MSK configurations in this Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_configuration_revisions/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_configuration_revisions(Arn, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies an MSK configuration and all of its revisions.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of all the MSK configurations in this Region

Description

Returns a list of all the MSK configurations in this Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_configurations(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of Apache Kafka versions

Description

Returns a list of Apache Kafka versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_kafka_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_kafka_versions(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Returns a list of the broker nodes in the cluster

Description

Returns a list of the broker nodes in the cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_nodes/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_nodes(ClusterArn, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Lists the replicators

Description

Lists the replicators.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_replicators/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_replicators(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ReplicatorNameFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

If the response of ListReplicators is truncated, it returns a NextToken in the response. This NextToken should be sent in the subsequent request to ListReplicators.

ReplicatorNameFilter

Returns replicators starting with given name.


Returns a list of the Scram Secrets associated with an Amazon MSK cluster

Description

Returns a list of the Scram Secrets associated with an Amazon MSK cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_scram_secrets/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_scram_secrets(ClusterArn, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The arn of the cluster.

MaxResults

The maxResults of the query.

NextToken

The nextToken of the query.


Returns a list of the tags associated with the specified resource

Description

Returns a list of the tags associated with the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the resource that's associated with the tags.


Returns a list of all the VPC connections in this Region

Description

Returns a list of all the VPC connections in this Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_list_vpc_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_list_vpc_connections(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response. If there are more results, the response includes a NextToken parameter.

NextToken

The paginated results marker. When the result of the operation is truncated, the call returns NextToken in the response. To get the next batch, provide this token in your next request.


Creates or updates the MSK cluster policy specified by the cluster Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request

Description

Creates or updates the MSK cluster policy specified by the cluster Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_put_cluster_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_put_cluster_policy(ClusterArn, CurrentVersion = NULL, Policy)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster.

CurrentVersion

The policy version.

Policy

[required] The policy.


Reboots brokers

Description

Reboots brokers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_reboot_broker/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_reboot_broker(BrokerIds, ClusterArn)

Arguments

BrokerIds

[required] The list of broker IDs to be rebooted. The reboot-broker operation supports rebooting one broker at a time.

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to be updated.


Returns empty response

Description

Returns empty response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_reject_client_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_reject_client_vpc_connection(ClusterArn, VpcConnectionArn)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster.

VpcConnectionArn

[required] The VPC connection ARN.


Adds tags to the specified MSK resource

Description

Adds tags to the specified MSK resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the resource that's associated with the tags.

Tags

[required] The key-value pair for the resource tag.


Removes the tags associated with the keys that are provided in the query

Description

Removes the tags associated with the keys that are provided in the query.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the resource that's associated with the tags.

TagKeys

[required] Tag keys must be unique for a given cluster. In addition, the following restrictions apply:

  • Each tag key must be unique. If you add a tag with a key that's already in use, your new tag overwrites the existing key-value pair.

  • You can't start a tag key with aws: because this prefix is reserved for use by AWS. AWS creates tags that begin with this prefix on your behalf, but you can't edit or delete them.

  • Tag keys must be between 1 and 128 Unicode characters in length.

  • Tag keys must consist of the following characters: Unicode letters, digits, white space, and the following special characters: _ . / = + - @.


Updates the number of broker nodes in the cluster

Description

Updates the number of broker nodes in the cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_broker_count/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_broker_count(
  ClusterArn,
  CurrentVersion,
  TargetNumberOfBrokerNodes
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of cluster to update from. A successful operation will then generate a new version.

TargetNumberOfBrokerNodes

[required] The number of broker nodes that you want the cluster to have after this operation completes successfully.


Updates the EBS storage associated with MSK brokers

Description

Updates the EBS storage associated with MSK brokers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_broker_storage/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_broker_storage(
  ClusterArn,
  CurrentVersion,
  TargetBrokerEBSVolumeInfo
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of cluster to update from. A successful operation will then generate a new version.

TargetBrokerEBSVolumeInfo

[required] Describes the target volume size and the ID of the broker to apply the update to.


Updates EC2 instance type

Description

Updates EC2 instance type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_broker_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_broker_type(ClusterArn, CurrentVersion, TargetInstanceType)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] The cluster version that you want to change. After this operation completes successfully, the cluster will have a new version.

TargetInstanceType

[required] The Amazon MSK broker type that you want all of the brokers in this cluster to be.


Updates the cluster with the configuration that is specified in the request body

Description

Updates the cluster with the configuration that is specified in the request body.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_cluster_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_cluster_configuration(
  ClusterArn,
  ConfigurationInfo,
  CurrentVersion
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

ConfigurationInfo

[required] Represents the configuration that you want MSK to use for the brokers in a cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of the cluster that needs to be updated.


Updates the Apache Kafka version for the cluster

Description

Updates the Apache Kafka version for the cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_cluster_kafka_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_cluster_kafka_version(
  ClusterArn,
  ConfigurationInfo = NULL,
  CurrentVersion,
  TargetKafkaVersion
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to be updated.

ConfigurationInfo

The custom configuration that should be applied on the new version of cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] Current cluster version.

TargetKafkaVersion

[required] Target Kafka version.


Updates an MSK configuration

Description

Updates an MSK configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_configuration(Arn, Description = NULL, ServerProperties)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configuration.

Description

The description of the configuration revision.

ServerProperties

[required] Contents of the server.properties file. When using the API, you must ensure that the contents of the file are base64 encoded. When using the AWS Management Console, the SDK, or the AWS CLI, the contents of server.properties can be in plaintext.


Updates the cluster's connectivity configuration

Description

Updates the cluster's connectivity configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_connectivity/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_connectivity(ClusterArn, ConnectivityInfo, CurrentVersion)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configuration.

ConnectivityInfo

[required] Information about the broker access configuration.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of the MSK cluster to update. Cluster versions aren't simple numbers. You can describe an MSK cluster to find its version. When this update operation is successful, it generates a new cluster version.


Updates the monitoring settings for the cluster

Description

Updates the monitoring settings for the cluster. You can use this operation to specify which Apache Kafka metrics you want Amazon MSK to send to Amazon CloudWatch. You can also specify settings for open monitoring with Prometheus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_monitoring/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_monitoring(
  ClusterArn,
  CurrentVersion,
  EnhancedMonitoring = NULL,
  OpenMonitoring = NULL,
  LoggingInfo = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of the MSK cluster to update. Cluster versions aren't simple numbers. You can describe an MSK cluster to find its version. When this update operation is successful, it generates a new cluster version.

EnhancedMonitoring

Specifies which Apache Kafka metrics Amazon MSK gathers and sends to Amazon CloudWatch for this cluster.

OpenMonitoring

The settings for open monitoring.

LoggingInfo

Updates replication info of a replicator

Description

Updates replication info of a replicator.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_replication_info/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_replication_info(
  ConsumerGroupReplication = NULL,
  CurrentVersion,
  ReplicatorArn,
  SourceKafkaClusterArn,
  TargetKafkaClusterArn,
  TopicReplication = NULL
)

Arguments

ConsumerGroupReplication

Updated consumer group replication information.

CurrentVersion

[required] Current replicator version.

ReplicatorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the replicator to be updated.

SourceKafkaClusterArn

[required] The ARN of the source Kafka cluster.

TargetKafkaClusterArn

[required] The ARN of the target Kafka cluster.

TopicReplication

Updated topic replication information.


Updates the security settings for the cluster

Description

Updates the security settings for the cluster. You can use this operation to specify encryption and authentication on existing clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_security/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_security(
  ClientAuthentication = NULL,
  ClusterArn,
  CurrentVersion,
  EncryptionInfo = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientAuthentication

Includes all client authentication related information.

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies the cluster.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of the MSK cluster to update. Cluster versions aren't simple numbers. You can describe an MSK cluster to find its version. When this update operation is successful, it generates a new cluster version.

EncryptionInfo

Includes all encryption-related information.


Updates cluster broker volume size (or) sets cluster storage mode to TIERED

Description

Updates cluster broker volume size (or) sets cluster storage mode to TIERED.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafka_update_storage/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafka_update_storage(
  ClusterArn,
  CurrentVersion,
  ProvisionedThroughput = NULL,
  StorageMode = NULL,
  VolumeSizeGB = NULL
)

Arguments

ClusterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster to be updated.

CurrentVersion

[required] The version of cluster to update from. A successful operation will then generate a new version.

ProvisionedThroughput

EBS volume provisioned throughput information.

StorageMode

Controls storage mode for supported storage tiers.

VolumeSizeGB

size of the EBS volume to update.


Managed Streaming for Kafka Connect

Description

Managed Streaming for Kafka Connect

Usage

kafkaconnect(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kafkaconnect(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_connector Creates a connector using the specified properties
create_custom_plugin Creates a custom plugin using the specified properties
create_worker_configuration Creates a worker configuration using the specified properties
delete_connector Deletes the specified connector
delete_custom_plugin Deletes a custom plugin
delete_worker_configuration Deletes the specified worker configuration
describe_connector Returns summary information about the connector
describe_connector_operation Returns information about the specified connector's operations
describe_custom_plugin A summary description of the custom plugin
describe_worker_configuration Returns information about a worker configuration
list_connector_operations Lists information about a connector's operation(s)
list_connectors Returns a list of all the connectors in this account and Region
list_custom_plugins Returns a list of all of the custom plugins in this account and Region
list_tags_for_resource Lists all the tags attached to the specified resource
list_worker_configurations Returns a list of all of the worker configurations in this account and Region
tag_resource Attaches tags to the specified resource
untag_resource Removes tags from the specified resource
update_connector Updates the specified connector

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kafkaconnect()
svc$create_connector(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a connector using the specified properties

Description

Creates a connector using the specified properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_create_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_create_connector(
  capacity,
  connectorConfiguration,
  connectorDescription = NULL,
  connectorName,
  kafkaCluster,
  kafkaClusterClientAuthentication,
  kafkaClusterEncryptionInTransit,
  kafkaConnectVersion,
  logDelivery = NULL,
  plugins,
  serviceExecutionRoleArn,
  workerConfiguration = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

capacity

[required] Information about the capacity allocated to the connector. Exactly one of the two properties must be specified.

connectorConfiguration

[required] A map of keys to values that represent the configuration for the connector.

connectorDescription

A summary description of the connector.

connectorName

[required] The name of the connector.

kafkaCluster

[required] Specifies which Apache Kafka cluster to connect to.

kafkaClusterClientAuthentication

[required] Details of the client authentication used by the Apache Kafka cluster.

kafkaClusterEncryptionInTransit

[required] Details of encryption in transit to the Apache Kafka cluster.

kafkaConnectVersion

[required] The version of Kafka Connect. It has to be compatible with both the Apache Kafka cluster's version and the plugins.

logDelivery

Details about log delivery.

plugins

[required] Amazon MSK Connect does not currently support specifying multiple plugins as a list. To use more than one plugin for your connector, you can create a single custom plugin using a ZIP file that bundles multiple plugins together.

Specifies which plugin to use for the connector. You must specify a single-element list containing one customPlugin object.

serviceExecutionRoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role used by the connector to access the Amazon Web Services resources that it needs. The types of resources depends on the logic of the connector. For example, a connector that has Amazon S3 as a destination must have permissions that allow it to write to the S3 destination bucket.

workerConfiguration

Specifies which worker configuration to use with the connector.

tags

The tags you want to attach to the connector.


Creates a custom plugin using the specified properties

Description

Creates a custom plugin using the specified properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_create_custom_plugin/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_create_custom_plugin(
  contentType,
  description = NULL,
  location,
  name,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

contentType

[required] The type of the plugin file.

description

A summary description of the custom plugin.

location

[required] Information about the location of a custom plugin.

name

[required] The name of the custom plugin.

tags

The tags you want to attach to the custom plugin.


Creates a worker configuration using the specified properties

Description

Creates a worker configuration using the specified properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_create_worker_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_create_worker_configuration(
  description = NULL,
  name,
  propertiesFileContent,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

description

A summary description of the worker configuration.

name

[required] The name of the worker configuration.

propertiesFileContent

[required] Base64 encoded contents of connect-distributed.properties file.

tags

The tags you want to attach to the worker configuration.


Deletes the specified connector

Description

Deletes the specified connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_delete_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_delete_connector(connectorArn, currentVersion = NULL)

Arguments

connectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connector that you want to delete.

currentVersion

The current version of the connector that you want to delete.


Deletes a custom plugin

Description

Deletes a custom plugin.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_delete_custom_plugin/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_delete_custom_plugin(customPluginArn)

Arguments

customPluginArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom plugin that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified worker configuration

Description

Deletes the specified worker configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_delete_worker_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_delete_worker_configuration(workerConfigurationArn)

Arguments

workerConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the worker configuration that you want to delete.


Returns summary information about the connector

Description

Returns summary information about the connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_describe_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_describe_connector(connectorArn)

Arguments

connectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connector that you want to describe.


Returns information about the specified connector's operations

Description

Returns information about the specified connector's operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_describe_connector_operation/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_describe_connector_operation(connectorOperationArn)

Arguments

connectorOperationArn

[required] ARN of the connector operation to be described.


A summary description of the custom plugin

Description

A summary description of the custom plugin.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_describe_custom_plugin/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_describe_custom_plugin(customPluginArn)

Arguments

customPluginArn

[required] Returns information about a custom plugin.


Returns information about a worker configuration

Description

Returns information about a worker configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_describe_worker_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_describe_worker_configuration(workerConfigurationArn)

Arguments

workerConfigurationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the worker configuration that you want to get information about.


Lists information about a connector's operation(s)

Description

Lists information about a connector's operation(s).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_list_connector_operations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_list_connector_operations(
  connectorArn,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

connectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connector for which to list operations.

maxResults

Maximum number of connector operations to fetch in one get request.

nextToken

If the response is truncated, it includes a NextToken. Send this NextToken in a subsequent request to continue listing from where it left off.


Returns a list of all the connectors in this account and Region

Description

Returns a list of all the connectors in this account and Region. The list is limited to connectors whose name starts with the specified prefix. The response also includes a description of each of the listed connectors.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_list_connectors/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_list_connectors(
  connectorNamePrefix = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

connectorNamePrefix

The name prefix that you want to use to search for and list connectors.

maxResults

The maximum number of connectors to list in one response.

nextToken

If the response of a ListConnectors operation is truncated, it will include a NextToken. Send this NextToken in a subsequent request to continue listing from where the previous operation left off.


Returns a list of all of the custom plugins in this account and Region

Description

Returns a list of all of the custom plugins in this account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_list_custom_plugins/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_list_custom_plugins(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  namePrefix = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of custom plugins to list in one response.

nextToken

If the response of a ListCustomPlugins operation is truncated, it will include a NextToken. Send this NextToken in a subsequent request to continue listing from where the previous operation left off.

namePrefix

Lists custom plugin names that start with the specified text string.


Lists all the tags attached to the specified resource

Description

Lists all the tags attached to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you want to list all attached tags.


Returns a list of all of the worker configurations in this account and Region

Description

Returns a list of all of the worker configurations in this account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_list_worker_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_list_worker_configurations(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  namePrefix = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of worker configurations to list in one response.

nextToken

If the response of a ListWorkerConfigurations operation is truncated, it will include a NextToken. Send this NextToken in a subsequent request to continue listing from where the previous operation left off.

namePrefix

Lists worker configuration names that start with the specified text string.


Attaches tags to the specified resource

Description

Attaches tags to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to attach tags.

tags

[required] The tags that you want to attach to the resource.


Removes tags from the specified resource

Description

Removes tags from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which you want to remove tags.

tagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags that you want to remove from the resource.


Updates the specified connector

Description

Updates the specified connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kafkaconnect_update_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

kafkaconnect_update_connector(
  capacity = NULL,
  connectorConfiguration = NULL,
  connectorArn,
  currentVersion
)

Arguments

capacity

The target capacity.

connectorConfiguration

A map of keys to values that represent the configuration for the connector.

connectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connector that you want to update.

currentVersion

[required] The current version of the connector that you want to update.


AWSKendraFrontendService

Description

Amazon Kendra is a service for indexing large document sets.

Usage

kendra(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kendra(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_entities_to_experience Grants users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source access to your Amazon Kendra experience
associate_personas_to_entities Defines the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source with access to your Amazon Kendra experience
batch_delete_document Removes one or more documents from an index
batch_delete_featured_results_set Removes one or more sets of featured results
batch_get_document_status Returns the indexing status for one or more documents submitted with the BatchPutDocument API
batch_put_document Adds one or more documents to an index
clear_query_suggestions Clears existing query suggestions from an index
create_access_control_configuration Creates an access configuration for your documents
create_data_source Creates a data source connector that you want to use with an Amazon Kendra index
create_experience Creates an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application
create_faq Creates a set of frequently ask questions (FAQs) using a specified FAQ file stored in an Amazon S3 bucket
create_featured_results_set Creates a set of featured results to display at the top of the search results page
create_index Creates an Amazon Kendra index
create_query_suggestions_block_list Creates a block list to exlcude certain queries from suggestions
create_thesaurus Creates a thesaurus for an index
delete_access_control_configuration Deletes an access control configuration that you created for your documents in an index
delete_data_source Deletes an Amazon Kendra data source connector
delete_experience Deletes your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application
delete_faq Removes a FAQ from an index
delete_index Deletes an Amazon Kendra index
delete_principal_mapping Deletes a group so that all users that belong to the group can no longer access documents only available to that group
delete_query_suggestions_block_list Deletes a block list used for query suggestions for an index
delete_thesaurus Deletes an Amazon Kendra thesaurus
describe_access_control_configuration Gets information about an access control configuration that you created for your documents in an index
describe_data_source Gets information about an Amazon Kendra data source connector
describe_experience Gets information about your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application
describe_faq Gets information about a FAQ
describe_featured_results_set Gets information about a set of featured results
describe_index Gets information about an Amazon Kendra index
describe_principal_mapping Describes the processing of PUT and DELETE actions for mapping users to their groups
describe_query_suggestions_block_list Gets information about a block list used for query suggestions for an index
describe_query_suggestions_config Gets information on the settings of query suggestions for an index
describe_thesaurus Gets information about an Amazon Kendra thesaurus
disassociate_entities_from_experience Prevents users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source from accessing your Amazon Kendra experience
disassociate_personas_from_entities Removes the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source with access to your Amazon Kendra experience
get_query_suggestions Fetches the queries that are suggested to your users
get_snapshots Retrieves search metrics data
list_access_control_configurations Lists one or more access control configurations for an index
list_data_sources Lists the data source connectors that you have created
list_data_source_sync_jobs Gets statistics about synchronizing a data source connector
list_entity_personas Lists specific permissions of users and groups with access to your Amazon Kendra experience
list_experience_entities Lists users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source that are granted access to your Amazon Kendra experience
list_experiences Lists one or more Amazon Kendra experiences
list_faqs Gets a list of FAQs associated with an index
list_featured_results_sets Lists all your sets of featured results for a given index
list_groups_older_than_ordering_id Provides a list of groups that are mapped to users before a given ordering or timestamp identifier
list_indices Lists the Amazon Kendra indexes that you created
list_query_suggestions_block_lists Lists the block lists used for query suggestions for an index
list_tags_for_resource Gets a list of tags associated with a resource
list_thesauri Lists the thesauri for an index
put_principal_mapping Maps users to their groups so that you only need to provide the user ID when you issue the query
query Searches an index given an input query
retrieve Retrieves relevant passages or text excerpts given an input query
start_data_source_sync_job Starts a synchronization job for a data source connector
stop_data_source_sync_job Stops a synchronization job that is currently running
submit_feedback Enables you to provide feedback to Amazon Kendra to improve the performance of your index
tag_resource Adds the specified tag to the specified index, FAQ, data source, or other resource
untag_resource Removes a tag from an index, FAQ, data source, or other resource
update_access_control_configuration Updates an access control configuration for your documents in an index
update_data_source Updates an Amazon Kendra data source connector
update_experience Updates your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application
update_featured_results_set Updates a set of featured results
update_index Updates an Amazon Kendra index
update_query_suggestions_block_list Updates a block list used for query suggestions for an index
update_query_suggestions_config Updates the settings of query suggestions for an index
update_thesaurus Updates a thesaurus for an index

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kendra()
svc$associate_entities_to_experience(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Grants users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source access to your Amazon Kendra experience

Description

Grants users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source access to your Amazon Kendra experience. You can create an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_associate_entities_to_experience/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_associate_entities_to_experience(Id, IndexId, EntityList)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

EntityList

[required] Lists users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source.


Defines the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source with access to your Amazon Kendra experience

Description

Defines the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source with access to your Amazon Kendra experience. You can create an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_associate_personas_to_entities/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_associate_personas_to_entities(Id, IndexId, Personas)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

Personas

[required] The personas that define the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source. The available personas or access roles are Owner and Viewer. For more information on these personas, see Providing access to your search page.


Removes one or more documents from an index

Description

Removes one or more documents from an index. The documents must have been added with the batch_put_document API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_batch_delete_document/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_batch_delete_document(
  IndexId,
  DocumentIdList,
  DataSourceSyncJobMetricTarget = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index that contains the documents to delete.

DocumentIdList

[required] One or more identifiers for documents to delete from the index.

DataSourceSyncJobMetricTarget

Description

Removes one or more sets of featured results. Features results are placed above all other results for certain queries. If there's an exact match of a query, then one or more specific documents are featured in the search results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_batch_delete_featured_results_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_batch_delete_featured_results_set(IndexId, FeaturedResultsSetIds)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used for featuring results.

FeaturedResultsSetIds

[required] The identifiers of the featured results sets that you want to delete.


Returns the indexing status for one or more documents submitted with the BatchPutDocument API

Description

Returns the indexing status for one or more documents submitted with the BatchPutDocument API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_batch_get_document_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_batch_get_document_status(IndexId, DocumentInfoList)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index to add documents to. The index ID is returned by the CreateIndex API.

DocumentInfoList

[required] A list of DocumentInfo objects that identify the documents for which to get the status. You identify the documents by their document ID and optional attributes.


Adds one or more documents to an index

Description

Adds one or more documents to an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_batch_put_document/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_batch_put_document(
  IndexId,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Documents,
  CustomDocumentEnrichmentConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index to add the documents to. You need to create the index first using the create_index API.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access your S3 bucket. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra.

Documents

[required] One or more documents to add to the index.

Documents have the following file size limits.

  • 50 MB total size for any file

  • 5 MB extracted text for any file

For more information, see Quotas.

CustomDocumentEnrichmentConfiguration

Configuration information for altering your document metadata and content during the document ingestion process when you use the batch_put_document API.

For more information on how to create, modify and delete document metadata, or make other content alterations when you ingest documents into Amazon Kendra, see Customizing document metadata during the ingestion process.


Clears existing query suggestions from an index

Description

Clears existing query suggestions from an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_clear_query_suggestions/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_clear_query_suggestions(IndexId)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index you want to clear query suggestions from.


Creates an access configuration for your documents

Description

Creates an access configuration for your documents. This includes user and group access information for your documents. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_access_control_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_access_control_configuration(
  IndexId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  AccessControlList = NULL,
  HierarchicalAccessControlList = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index to create an access control configuration for your documents.

Name

[required] A name for the access control configuration.

Description

A description for the access control configuration.

AccessControlList

Information on principals (users and/or groups) and which documents they should have access to. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

HierarchicalAccessControlList

The list of principal lists that define the hierarchy for which documents users should have access to.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create an access control configuration. Multiple calls to the create_access_control_configuration API with the same client token will create only one access control configuration.


Creates a data source connector that you want to use with an Amazon Kendra index

Description

Creates a data source connector that you want to use with an Amazon Kendra index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_data_source(
  Name,
  IndexId,
  Type,
  Configuration = NULL,
  VpcConfiguration = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Schedule = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  LanguageCode = NULL,
  CustomDocumentEnrichmentConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A name for the data source connector.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index you want to use with the data source connector.

Type

[required] The type of data source repository. For example, SHAREPOINT.

Configuration

Configuration information to connect to your data source repository.

You can't specify the Configuration parameter when the Type parameter is set to CUSTOM. If you do, you receive a ValidationException exception.

The Configuration parameter is required for all other data sources.

VpcConfiguration

Configuration information for an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud to connect to your data source. For more information, see Configuring a VPC.

Description

A description for the data source connector.

Schedule

Sets the frequency for Amazon Kendra to check the documents in your data source repository and update the index. If you don't set a schedule Amazon Kendra will not periodically update the index. You can call the start_data_source_sync_job API to update the index.

Specify a ⁠cron-⁠ format schedule string or an empty string to indicate that the index is updated on demand.

You can't specify the Schedule parameter when the Type parameter is set to CUSTOM. If you do, you receive a ValidationException exception.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access the data source and required resources. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra..

You can't specify the RoleArn parameter when the Type parameter is set to CUSTOM. If you do, you receive a ValidationException exception.

The RoleArn parameter is required for all other data sources.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify or categorize the data source connector. You can also use tags to help control access to the data source connector. Tag keys and values can consist of Unicode letters, digits, white space, and any of the following symbols: _ . : / = + - @.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create a data source connector. Multiple calls to the create_data_source API with the same client token will create only one data source connector.

LanguageCode

The code for a language. This allows you to support a language for all documents when creating the data source connector. English is supported by default. For more information on supported languages, including their codes, see Adding documents in languages other than English.

CustomDocumentEnrichmentConfiguration

Configuration information for altering document metadata and content during the document ingestion process.

For more information on how to create, modify and delete document metadata, or make other content alterations when you ingest documents into Amazon Kendra, see Customizing document metadata during the ingestion process.


Creates an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application

Description

Creates an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, including using the Python and Java SDKs, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_experience/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_experience(
  Name,
  IndexId,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Configuration = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A name for your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access query API, get_query_suggestions API, and other required APIs. The role also must include permission to access IAM Identity Center that stores your user and group information. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra.

Configuration

Configuration information for your Amazon Kendra experience. This includes ContentSourceConfiguration, which specifies the data source IDs and/or FAQ IDs, and UserIdentityConfiguration, which specifies the user or group information to grant access to your Amazon Kendra experience.

Description

A description for your Amazon Kendra experience.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create your Amazon Kendra experience. Multiple calls to the create_experience API with the same client token creates only one Amazon Kendra experience.


Creates a set of frequently ask questions (FAQs) using a specified FAQ file stored in an Amazon S3 bucket

Description

Creates a set of frequently ask questions (FAQs) using a specified FAQ file stored in an Amazon S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_faq/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_faq(
  IndexId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  S3Path,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL,
  FileFormat = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  LanguageCode = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the FAQ.

Name

[required] A name for the FAQ.

Description

A description for the FAQ.

S3Path

[required] The path to the FAQ file in S3.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access the S3 bucket that contains the FAQ file. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify the FAQ. You can use the tags to identify and organize your resources and to control access to resources.

FileFormat

The format of the FAQ input file. You can choose between a basic CSV format, a CSV format that includes customs attributes in a header, and a JSON format that includes custom attributes.

The default format is CSV.

The format must match the format of the file stored in the S3 bucket identified in the S3Path parameter.

For more information, see Adding questions and answers.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create a FAQ. Multiple calls to the CreateFaqRequest API with the same client token will create only one FAQ.

LanguageCode

The code for a language. This allows you to support a language for the FAQ document. English is supported by default. For more information on supported languages, including their codes, see Adding documents in languages other than English.


Description

Creates a set of featured results to display at the top of the search results page. Featured results are placed above all other results for certain queries. You map specific queries to specific documents for featuring in the results. If a query contains an exact match, then one or more specific documents are featured in the search results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_featured_results_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_featured_results_set(
  IndexId,
  FeaturedResultsSetName,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  QueryTexts = NULL,
  FeaturedDocuments = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index that you want to use for featuring results.

FeaturedResultsSetName

[required] A name for the set of featured results.

Description

A description for the set of featured results.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create a set of featured results. Multiple calls to the create_featured_results_set API with the same client token will create only one featured results set.

Status

The current status of the set of featured results. When the value is ACTIVE, featured results are ready for use. You can still configure your settings before setting the status to ACTIVE. You can set the status to ACTIVE or INACTIVE using the update_featured_results_set API. The queries you specify for featured results must be unique per featured results set for each index, whether the status is ACTIVE or INACTIVE.

QueryTexts

A list of queries for featuring results. For more information on the list of queries, see FeaturedResultsSet.

FeaturedDocuments

A list of document IDs for the documents you want to feature at the top of the search results page. For more information on the list of documents, see FeaturedResultsSet.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify or categorize the featured results set. You can also use tags to help control access to the featured results set. Tag keys and values can consist of Unicode letters, digits, white space, and any of the following symbols:_ . : / = + - @.


Creates an Amazon Kendra index

Description

Creates an Amazon Kendra index. Index creation is an asynchronous API. To determine if index creation has completed, check the Status field returned from a call to describe_index. The Status field is set to ACTIVE when the index is ready to use.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_index(
  Name,
  Edition = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  UserTokenConfigurations = NULL,
  UserContextPolicy = NULL,
  UserGroupResolutionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A name for the index.

Edition

The Amazon Kendra edition to use for the index. Choose DEVELOPER_EDITION for indexes intended for development, testing, or proof of concept. Use ENTERPRISE_EDITION for production. Use GEN_AI_ENTERPRISE_EDITION for creating generative AI applications. Once you set the edition for an index, it can't be changed.

The Edition parameter is optional. If you don't supply a value, the default is ENTERPRISE_EDITION.

For more information on quota limits for Gen AI Enterprise Edition, Enterprise Edition, and Developer Edition indices, see Quotas.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access your Amazon CloudWatch logs and metrics. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra.

ServerSideEncryptionConfiguration

The identifier of the KMS customer managed key (CMK) that's used to encrypt data indexed by Amazon Kendra. Amazon Kendra doesn't support asymmetric CMKs.

Description

A description for the index.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create an index. Multiple calls to the create_index API with the same client token will create only one index.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify or categorize the index. You can also use tags to help control access to the index. Tag keys and values can consist of Unicode letters, digits, white space, and any of the following symbols: _ . : / = + - @.

UserTokenConfigurations

The user token configuration.

If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index and you try to use UserTokenConfigurations to configure user context policy, Amazon Kendra returns a ValidationException error.

UserContextPolicy

The user context policy.

If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index, you can only use ATTRIBUTE_FILTER to filter search results by user context. If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index and you try to use USER_TOKEN to configure user context policy, Amazon Kendra returns a ValidationException error.

ATTRIBUTE_FILTER

All indexed content is searchable and displayable for all users. If you want to filter search results on user context, you can use the attribute filters of ⁠_user_id⁠ and ⁠_group_ids⁠ or you can provide user and group information in UserContext.

USER_TOKEN

Enables token-based user access control to filter search results on user context. All documents with no access control and all documents accessible to the user will be searchable and displayable.

UserGroupResolutionConfiguration

Gets users and groups from IAM Identity Center identity source. To configure this, see UserGroupResolutionConfiguration. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index, UserGroupResolutionConfiguration isn't supported.


Creates a block list to exlcude certain queries from suggestions

Description

Creates a block list to exlcude certain queries from suggestions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_query_suggestions_block_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_query_suggestions_block_list(
  IndexId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  SourceS3Path,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index you want to create a query suggestions block list for.

Name

[required] A name for the block list.

For example, the name 'offensive-words', which includes all offensive words that could appear in user queries and need to be blocked from suggestions.

Description

A description for the block list.

For example, the description "List of all offensive words that can appear in user queries and need to be blocked from suggestions."

SourceS3Path

[required] The S3 path to your block list text file in your S3 bucket.

Each block word or phrase should be on a separate line in a text file.

For information on the current quota limits for block lists, see Quotas for Amazon Kendra.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create a query suggestions block list.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access your S3 bucket that contains the block list text file. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify or categorize the block list. Tag keys and values can consist of Unicode letters, digits, white space, and any of the following symbols: _ . : / = + - @.


Creates a thesaurus for an index

Description

Creates a thesaurus for an index. The thesaurus contains a list of synonyms in Solr format.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_create_thesaurus/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_create_thesaurus(
  IndexId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL,
  SourceS3Path,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the thesaurus.

Name

[required] A name for the thesaurus.

Description

A description for the thesaurus.

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access your S3 bucket that contains the thesaurus file. For more information, see IAM access roles for Amazon Kendra.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify or categorize the thesaurus. You can also use tags to help control access to the thesaurus. Tag keys and values can consist of Unicode letters, digits, white space, and any of the following symbols: _ . : / = + - @.

SourceS3Path

[required] The path to the thesaurus file in S3.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create a thesaurus. Multiple calls to the create_thesaurus API with the same client token will create only one thesaurus.


Deletes an access control configuration that you created for your documents in an index

Description

Deletes an access control configuration that you created for your documents in an index. This includes user and group access information for your documents. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_access_control_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_access_control_configuration(IndexId, Id)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for an access control configuration.

Id

[required] The identifier of the access control configuration you want to delete.


Deletes an Amazon Kendra data source connector

Description

Deletes an Amazon Kendra data source connector. An exception is not thrown if the data source is already being deleted. While the data source is being deleted, the Status field returned by a call to the describe_data_source API is set to DELETING. For more information, see Deleting Data Sources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_data_source(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the data source connector you want to delete.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with the data source connector.


Deletes your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application

Description

Deletes your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_experience/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_experience(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience you want to delete.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.


Removes a FAQ from an index

Description

Removes a FAQ from an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_faq/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_faq(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the FAQ you want to remove.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the FAQ.


Deletes an Amazon Kendra index

Description

Deletes an Amazon Kendra index. An exception is not thrown if the index is already being deleted. While the index is being deleted, the Status field returned by a call to the describe_index API is set to DELETING.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_index(Id)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the index you want to delete.


Deletes a group so that all users that belong to the group can no longer access documents only available to that group

Description

Deletes a group so that all users that belong to the group can no longer access documents only available to that group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_principal_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_principal_mapping(
  IndexId,
  DataSourceId = NULL,
  GroupId,
  OrderingId = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index you want to delete a group from.

DataSourceId

The identifier of the data source you want to delete a group from.

A group can be tied to multiple data sources. You can delete a group from accessing documents in a certain data source. For example, the groups "Research", "Engineering", and "Sales and Marketing" are all tied to the company's documents stored in the data sources Confluence and Salesforce. You want to delete "Research" and "Engineering" groups from Salesforce, so that these groups cannot access customer-related documents stored in Salesforce. Only "Sales and Marketing" should access documents in the Salesforce data source.

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group you want to delete.

OrderingId

The timestamp identifier you specify to ensure Amazon Kendra does not override the latest DELETE action with previous actions. The highest number ID, which is the ordering ID, is the latest action you want to process and apply on top of other actions with lower number IDs. This prevents previous actions with lower number IDs from possibly overriding the latest action.

The ordering ID can be the Unix time of the last update you made to a group members list. You would then provide this list when calling put_principal_mapping. This ensures your DELETE action for that updated group with the latest members list doesn't get overwritten by earlier DELETE actions for the same group which are yet to be processed.

The default ordering ID is the current Unix time in milliseconds that the action was received by Amazon Kendra.


Deletes a block list used for query suggestions for an index

Description

Deletes a block list used for query suggestions for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_query_suggestions_block_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_query_suggestions_block_list(IndexId, Id)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the block list.

Id

[required] The identifier of the block list you want to delete.


Deletes an Amazon Kendra thesaurus

Description

Deletes an Amazon Kendra thesaurus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_delete_thesaurus/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_delete_thesaurus(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the thesaurus you want to delete.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the thesaurus.


Gets information about an access control configuration that you created for your documents in an index

Description

Gets information about an access control configuration that you created for your documents in an index. This includes user and group access information for your documents. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_access_control_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_access_control_configuration(IndexId, Id)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for an access control configuration.

Id

[required] The identifier of the access control configuration you want to get information on.


Gets information about an Amazon Kendra data source connector

Description

Gets information about an Amazon Kendra data source connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_data_source(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the data source connector.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with the data source connector.


Gets information about your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application

Description

Gets information about your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_experience/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_experience(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience you want to get information on.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.


Gets information about a FAQ

Description

Gets information about a FAQ.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_faq/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_faq(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the FAQ you want to get information on.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the FAQ.


Description

Gets information about a set of featured results. Features results are placed above all other results for certain queries. If there's an exact match of a query, then one or more specific documents are featured in the search results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_featured_results_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_featured_results_set(IndexId, FeaturedResultsSetId)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used for featuring results.

FeaturedResultsSetId

[required] The identifier of the set of featured results that you want to get information on.


Gets information about an Amazon Kendra index

Description

Gets information about an Amazon Kendra index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_index(Id)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the index you want to get information on.


Describes the processing of PUT and DELETE actions for mapping users to their groups

Description

Describes the processing of PUT and DELETE actions for mapping users to their groups. This includes information on the status of actions currently processing or yet to be processed, when actions were last updated, when actions were received by Amazon Kendra, the latest action that should process and apply after other actions, and useful error messages if an action could not be processed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_principal_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_principal_mapping(IndexId, DataSourceId = NULL, GroupId)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index required to check the processing of PUT and DELETE actions for mapping users to their groups.

DataSourceId

The identifier of the data source to check the processing of PUT and DELETE actions for mapping users to their groups.

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group required to check the processing of PUT and DELETE actions for mapping users to their groups.


Gets information about a block list used for query suggestions for an index

Description

Gets information about a block list used for query suggestions for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_query_suggestions_block_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_query_suggestions_block_list(IndexId, Id)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the block list.

Id

[required] The identifier of the block list you want to get information on.


Gets information on the settings of query suggestions for an index

Description

Gets information on the settings of query suggestions for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_query_suggestions_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_query_suggestions_config(IndexId)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index with query suggestions that you want to get information on.


Gets information about an Amazon Kendra thesaurus

Description

Gets information about an Amazon Kendra thesaurus.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_describe_thesaurus/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_describe_thesaurus(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the thesaurus you want to get information on.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the thesaurus.


Prevents users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source from accessing your Amazon Kendra experience

Description

Prevents users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source from accessing your Amazon Kendra experience. You can create an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_disassociate_entities_from_experience/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_disassociate_entities_from_experience(Id, IndexId, EntityList)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

EntityList

[required] Lists users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source.


Removes the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source with access to your Amazon Kendra experience

Description

Removes the specific permissions of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source with access to your Amazon Kendra experience. You can create an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_disassociate_personas_from_entities/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_disassociate_personas_from_entities(Id, IndexId, EntityIds)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

EntityIds

[required] The identifiers of users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source. For example, user IDs could be user emails.


Fetches the queries that are suggested to your users

Description

Fetches the queries that are suggested to your users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_get_query_suggestions/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_get_query_suggestions(
  IndexId,
  QueryText,
  MaxSuggestionsCount = NULL,
  SuggestionTypes = NULL,
  AttributeSuggestionsConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index you want to get query suggestions from.

QueryText

[required] The text of a user's query to generate query suggestions.

A query is suggested if the query prefix matches what a user starts to type as their query.

Amazon Kendra does not show any suggestions if a user types fewer than two characters or more than 60 characters. A query must also have at least one search result and contain at least one word of more than four characters.

MaxSuggestionsCount

The maximum number of query suggestions you want to show to your users.

SuggestionTypes

The suggestions type to base query suggestions on. The suggestion types are query history or document fields/attributes. You can set one type or the other.

If you set query history as your suggestions type, Amazon Kendra suggests queries relevant to your users based on popular queries in the query history.

If you set document fields/attributes as your suggestions type, Amazon Kendra suggests queries relevant to your users based on the contents of document fields.

AttributeSuggestionsConfig

Configuration information for the document fields/attributes that you want to base query suggestions on.


Retrieves search metrics data

Description

Retrieves search metrics data. The data provides a snapshot of how your users interact with your search application and how effective the application is.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_get_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_get_snapshots(
  IndexId,
  Interval,
  MetricType,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index to get search metrics data.

Interval

[required] The time interval or time window to get search metrics data. The time interval uses the time zone of your index. You can view data in the following time windows:

  • THIS_WEEK: The current week, starting on the Sunday and ending on the day before the current date.

  • ONE_WEEK_AGO: The previous week, starting on the Sunday and ending on the following Saturday.

  • TWO_WEEKS_AGO: The week before the previous week, starting on the Sunday and ending on the following Saturday.

  • THIS_MONTH: The current month, starting on the first day of the month and ending on the day before the current date.

  • ONE_MONTH_AGO: The previous month, starting on the first day of the month and ending on the last day of the month.

  • TWO_MONTHS_AGO: The month before the previous month, starting on the first day of the month and ending on last day of the month.

MetricType

[required] The metric you want to retrieve. You can specify only one metric per call.

For more information about the metrics you can view, see Gaining insights with search analytics.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of search metrics data.

MaxResults

The maximum number of returned data for the metric.


Lists one or more access control configurations for an index

Description

Lists one or more access control configurations for an index. This includes user and group access information for your documents. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_access_control_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_access_control_configurations(
  IndexId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the access control configuration.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there's more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of access control configurations.

MaxResults

The maximum number of access control configurations to return.


Gets statistics about synchronizing a data source connector

Description

Gets statistics about synchronizing a data source connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_data_source_sync_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_data_source_sync_jobs(
  Id,
  IndexId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  StartTimeFilter = NULL,
  StatusFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the data source connector.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with the data source connector.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of jobs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of synchronization jobs to return in the response. If there are fewer results in the list, this response contains only the actual results.

StartTimeFilter

When specified, the synchronization jobs returned in the list are limited to jobs between the specified dates.

StatusFilter

Only returns synchronization jobs with the Status field equal to the specified status.


Lists the data source connectors that you have created

Description

Lists the data source connectors that you have created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_data_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_data_sources(IndexId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with one or more data source connectors.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of data source connectors.

MaxResults

The maximum number of data source connectors to return.


Lists specific permissions of users and groups with access to your Amazon Kendra experience

Description

Lists specific permissions of users and groups with access to your Amazon Kendra experience.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_entity_personas/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_entity_personas(Id, IndexId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of users or groups.

MaxResults

The maximum number of returned users or groups.


Lists users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source that are granted access to your Amazon Kendra experience

Description

Lists users or groups in your IAM Identity Center identity source that are granted access to your Amazon Kendra experience. You can create an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_experience_entities/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_experience_entities(Id, IndexId, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of users or groups.


Lists one or more Amazon Kendra experiences

Description

Lists one or more Amazon Kendra experiences. You can create an Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_experiences/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_experiences(IndexId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of Amazon Kendra experiences.

MaxResults

The maximum number of returned Amazon Kendra experiences.


Gets a list of FAQs associated with an index

Description

Gets a list of FAQs associated with an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_faqs/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_faqs(IndexId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The index for the FAQs.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of FAQs.

MaxResults

The maximum number of FAQs to return in the response. If there are fewer results in the list, this response contains only the actual results.


Description

Lists all your sets of featured results for a given index. Features results are placed above all other results for certain queries. If there's an exact match of a query, then one or more specific documents are featured in the search results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_featured_results_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_featured_results_sets(IndexId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used for featuring results.

NextToken

If the response is truncated, Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of featured results sets.

MaxResults

The maximum number of featured results sets to return.


Provides a list of groups that are mapped to users before a given ordering or timestamp identifier

Description

Provides a list of groups that are mapped to users before a given ordering or timestamp identifier.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_groups_older_than_ordering_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_groups_older_than_ordering_id(
  IndexId,
  DataSourceId = NULL,
  OrderingId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for getting a list of groups mapped to users before a given ordering or timestamp identifier.

DataSourceId

The identifier of the data source for getting a list of groups mapped to users before a given ordering timestamp identifier.

OrderingId

[required] The timestamp identifier used for the latest PUT or DELETE action for mapping users to their groups.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of groups that are mapped to users before a given ordering or timestamp identifier.

MaxResults

The maximum number of returned groups that are mapped to users before a given ordering or timestamp identifier.


Lists the Amazon Kendra indexes that you created

Description

Lists the Amazon Kendra indexes that you created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_indices/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_indices(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of indexes.

MaxResults

The maximum number of indices to return.


Lists the block lists used for query suggestions for an index

Description

Lists the block lists used for query suggestions for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_query_suggestions_block_lists/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_query_suggestions_block_lists(
  IndexId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for a list of all block lists that exist for that index.

For information on the current quota limits for block lists, see Quotas for Amazon Kendra.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of block lists (BlockListSummaryItems).

MaxResults

The maximum number of block lists to return.


Gets a list of tags associated with a resource

Description

Gets a list of tags associated with a resource. Indexes, FAQs, data sources, and other resources can have tags associated with them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the index, FAQ, data source, or other resource to get a list of tags for. For example, the ARN of an index is constructed as follows: arn:aws:kendra:your-region:your-account-id:index/index-id For information on how to construct an ARN for all types of Amazon Kendra resources, see Resource types.


Lists the thesauri for an index

Description

Lists the thesauri for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_list_thesauri/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_list_thesauri(IndexId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index with one or more thesauri.

NextToken

If the previous response was incomplete (because there is more data to retrieve), Amazon Kendra returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of thesauri (ThesaurusSummaryItems).

MaxResults

The maximum number of thesauri to return.


Maps users to their groups so that you only need to provide the user ID when you issue the query

Description

Maps users to their groups so that you only need to provide the user ID when you issue the query.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_put_principal_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_put_principal_mapping(
  IndexId,
  DataSourceId = NULL,
  GroupId,
  GroupMembers,
  OrderingId = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index you want to map users to their groups.

DataSourceId

The identifier of the data source you want to map users to their groups.

This is useful if a group is tied to multiple data sources, but you only want the group to access documents of a certain data source. For example, the groups "Research", "Engineering", and "Sales and Marketing" are all tied to the company's documents stored in the data sources Confluence and Salesforce. However, "Sales and Marketing" team only needs access to customer-related documents stored in Salesforce.

GroupId

[required] The identifier of the group you want to map its users to.

GroupMembers

[required] The list that contains your users that belong the same group. This can include sub groups that belong to a group.

For example, the group "Company A" includes the user "CEO" and the sub groups "Research", "Engineering", and "Sales and Marketing".

If you have more than 1000 users and/or sub groups for a single group, you need to provide the path to the S3 file that lists your users and sub groups for a group. Your sub groups can contain more than 1000 users, but the list of sub groups that belong to a group (and/or users) must be no more than 1000.

OrderingId

The timestamp identifier you specify to ensure Amazon Kendra doesn't override the latest PUT action with previous actions. The highest number ID, which is the ordering ID, is the latest action you want to process and apply on top of other actions with lower number IDs. This prevents previous actions with lower number IDs from possibly overriding the latest action.

The ordering ID can be the Unix time of the last update you made to a group members list. You would then provide this list when calling put_principal_mapping. This ensures your PUT action for that updated group with the latest members list doesn't get overwritten by earlier PUT actions for the same group which are yet to be processed.

The default ordering ID is the current Unix time in milliseconds that the action was received by Amazon Kendra.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role that has access to the S3 file that contains your list of users that belong to a group.

For more information, see IAM roles for Amazon Kendra.


Searches an index given an input query

Description

Searches an index given an input query.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_query/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_query(
  IndexId,
  QueryText = NULL,
  AttributeFilter = NULL,
  Facets = NULL,
  RequestedDocumentAttributes = NULL,
  QueryResultTypeFilter = NULL,
  DocumentRelevanceOverrideConfigurations = NULL,
  PageNumber = NULL,
  PageSize = NULL,
  SortingConfiguration = NULL,
  SortingConfigurations = NULL,
  UserContext = NULL,
  VisitorId = NULL,
  SpellCorrectionConfiguration = NULL,
  CollapseConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the search.

QueryText

The input query text for the search. Amazon Kendra truncates queries at 30 token words, which excludes punctuation and stop words. Truncation still applies if you use Boolean or more advanced, complex queries. For example, ⁠Timeoff AND October AND Category:HR⁠ is counted as 3 tokens: timeoff, october, hr. For more information, see Searching with advanced query syntax in the Amazon Kendra Developer Guide.

AttributeFilter

Filters search results by document fields/attributes. You can only provide one attribute filter; however, the AndAllFilters, NotFilter, and OrAllFilters parameters contain a list of other filters.

The AttributeFilter parameter means you can create a set of filtering rules that a document must satisfy to be included in the query results.

For Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition indices use AttributeFilter to enable document filtering for end users using ⁠_email_id⁠ or include public documents (⁠_email_id=null⁠).

Facets

An array of documents fields/attributes for faceted search. Amazon Kendra returns a count for each field key specified. This helps your users narrow their search.

RequestedDocumentAttributes

An array of document fields/attributes to include in the response. You can limit the response to include certain document fields. By default, all document attributes are included in the response.

QueryResultTypeFilter

Sets the type of query result or response. Only results for the specified type are returned.

DocumentRelevanceOverrideConfigurations

Overrides relevance tuning configurations of fields/attributes set at the index level.

If you use this API to override the relevance tuning configured at the index level, but there is no relevance tuning configured at the index level, then Amazon Kendra does not apply any relevance tuning.

If there is relevance tuning configured for fields at the index level, and you use this API to override only some of these fields, then for the fields you did not override, the importance is set to 1.

PageNumber

Query results are returned in pages the size of the PageSize parameter. By default, Amazon Kendra returns the first page of results. Use this parameter to get result pages after the first one.

PageSize

Sets the number of results that are returned in each page of results. The default page size is 10. The maximum number of results returned is 100. If you ask for more than 100 results, only 100 are returned.

SortingConfiguration

Provides information that determines how the results of the query are sorted. You can set the field that Amazon Kendra should sort the results on, and specify whether the results should be sorted in ascending or descending order. In the case of ties in sorting the results, the results are sorted by relevance.

If you don't provide sorting configuration, the results are sorted by the relevance that Amazon Kendra determines for the result.

SortingConfigurations

Provides configuration information to determine how the results of a query are sorted.

You can set upto 3 fields that Amazon Kendra should sort the results on, and specify whether the results should be sorted in ascending or descending order. The sort field quota can be increased.

If you don't provide a sorting configuration, the results are sorted by the relevance that Amazon Kendra determines for the result. In the case of ties in sorting the results, the results are sorted by relevance.

UserContext

The user context token or user and group information.

VisitorId

Provides an identifier for a specific user. The VisitorId should be a unique identifier, such as a GUID. Don't use personally identifiable information, such as the user's email address, as the VisitorId.

SpellCorrectionConfiguration

Enables suggested spell corrections for queries.

CollapseConfiguration

Provides configuration to determine how to group results by document attribute value, and how to display them (collapsed or expanded) under a designated primary document for each group.


Retrieves relevant passages or text excerpts given an input query

Description

Retrieves relevant passages or text excerpts given an input query.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_retrieve/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_retrieve(
  IndexId,
  QueryText,
  AttributeFilter = NULL,
  RequestedDocumentAttributes = NULL,
  DocumentRelevanceOverrideConfigurations = NULL,
  PageNumber = NULL,
  PageSize = NULL,
  UserContext = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index to retrieve relevant passages for the search.

QueryText

[required] The input query text to retrieve relevant passages for the search. Amazon Kendra truncates queries at 30 token words, which excludes punctuation and stop words. Truncation still applies if you use Boolean or more advanced, complex queries. For example, ⁠Timeoff AND October AND Category:HR⁠ is counted as 3 tokens: timeoff, october, hr. For more information, see Searching with advanced query syntax in the Amazon Kendra Developer Guide.

AttributeFilter

Filters search results by document fields/attributes. You can only provide one attribute filter; however, the AndAllFilters, NotFilter, and OrAllFilters parameters contain a list of other filters.

The AttributeFilter parameter means you can create a set of filtering rules that a document must satisfy to be included in the query results.

For Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition indices use AttributeFilter to enable document filtering for end users using ⁠_email_id⁠ or include public documents (⁠_email_id=null⁠).

RequestedDocumentAttributes

A list of document fields/attributes to include in the response. You can limit the response to include certain document fields. By default, all document fields are included in the response.

DocumentRelevanceOverrideConfigurations

Overrides relevance tuning configurations of fields/attributes set at the index level.

If you use this API to override the relevance tuning configured at the index level, but there is no relevance tuning configured at the index level, then Amazon Kendra does not apply any relevance tuning.

If there is relevance tuning configured for fields at the index level, and you use this API to override only some of these fields, then for the fields you did not override, the importance is set to 1.

PageNumber

Retrieved relevant passages are returned in pages the size of the PageSize parameter. By default, Amazon Kendra returns the first page of results. Use this parameter to get result pages after the first one.

PageSize

Sets the number of retrieved relevant passages that are returned in each page of results. The default page size is 10. The maximum number of results returned is 100. If you ask for more than 100 results, only 100 are returned.

UserContext

The user context token or user and group information.


Starts a synchronization job for a data source connector

Description

Starts a synchronization job for a data source connector. If a synchronization job is already in progress, Amazon Kendra returns a ResourceInUseException exception.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_start_data_source_sync_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_start_data_source_sync_job(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the data source connector to synchronize.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with the data source connector.


Stops a synchronization job that is currently running

Description

Stops a synchronization job that is currently running. You can't stop a scheduled synchronization job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_stop_data_source_sync_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_stop_data_source_sync_job(Id, IndexId)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the data source connector for which to stop the synchronization jobs.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with the data source connector.


Enables you to provide feedback to Amazon Kendra to improve the performance of your index

Description

Enables you to provide feedback to Amazon Kendra to improve the performance of your index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_submit_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_submit_feedback(
  IndexId,
  QueryId,
  ClickFeedbackItems = NULL,
  RelevanceFeedbackItems = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index that was queried.

QueryId

[required] The identifier of the specific query for which you are submitting feedback. The query ID is returned in the response to the query API.

ClickFeedbackItems

Tells Amazon Kendra that a particular search result link was chosen by the user.

RelevanceFeedbackItems

Provides Amazon Kendra with relevant or not relevant feedback for whether a particular item was relevant to the search.


Adds the specified tag to the specified index, FAQ, data source, or other resource

Description

Adds the specified tag to the specified index, FAQ, data source, or other resource. If the tag already exists, the existing value is replaced with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the index, FAQ, data source, or other resource to add a tag. For example, the ARN of an index is constructed as follows: arn:aws:kendra:your-region:your-account-id:index/index-id For information on how to construct an ARN for all types of Amazon Kendra resources, see Resource types.

Tags

[required] A list of tag keys to add to the index, FAQ, data source, or other resource. If a tag already exists, the existing value is replaced with the new value.


Removes a tag from an index, FAQ, data source, or other resource

Description

Removes a tag from an index, FAQ, data source, or other resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the index, FAQ, data source, or other resource to remove a tag. For example, the ARN of an index is constructed as follows: arn:aws:kendra:your-region:your-account-id:index/index-id For information on how to construct an ARN for all types of Amazon Kendra resources, see Resource types.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys to remove from the index, FAQ, data source, or other resource. If a tag key doesn't exist for the resource, it is ignored.


Updates an access control configuration for your documents in an index

Description

Updates an access control configuration for your documents in an index. This includes user and group access information for your documents. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_access_control_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_access_control_configuration(
  IndexId,
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  AccessControlList = NULL,
  HierarchicalAccessControlList = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for an access control configuration.

Id

[required] The identifier of the access control configuration you want to update.

Name

A new name for the access control configuration.

Description

A new description for the access control configuration.

AccessControlList

Information you want to update on principals (users and/or groups) and which documents they should have access to. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

HierarchicalAccessControlList

The updated list of principal lists that define the hierarchy for which documents users should have access to.


Updates an Amazon Kendra data source connector

Description

Updates an Amazon Kendra data source connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_data_source(
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  IndexId,
  Configuration = NULL,
  VpcConfiguration = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Schedule = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  LanguageCode = NULL,
  CustomDocumentEnrichmentConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the data source connector you want to update.

Name

A new name for the data source connector.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used with the data source connector.

Configuration

Configuration information you want to update for the data source connector.

VpcConfiguration

Configuration information for an Amazon Virtual Private Cloud to connect to your data source. For more information, see Configuring a VPC.

Description

A new description for the data source connector.

Schedule

The sync schedule you want to update for the data source connector.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access the data source and required resources. For more information, see IAM roles for Amazon Kendra.

LanguageCode

The code for a language you want to update for the data source connector. This allows you to support a language for all documents when updating the data source. English is supported by default. For more information on supported languages, including their codes, see Adding documents in languages other than English.

CustomDocumentEnrichmentConfiguration

Configuration information you want to update for altering document metadata and content during the document ingestion process.

For more information on how to create, modify and delete document metadata, or make other content alterations when you ingest documents into Amazon Kendra, see Customizing document metadata during the ingestion process.


Updates your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application

Description

Updates your Amazon Kendra experience such as a search application. For more information on creating a search application experience, see Building a search experience with no code.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_experience/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_experience(
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  IndexId,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Configuration = NULL,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of your Amazon Kendra experience you want to update.

Name

A new name for your Amazon Kendra experience.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for your Amazon Kendra experience.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an IAM role with permission to access the query API, QuerySuggestions API, submit_feedback API, and IAM Identity Center that stores your users and groups information. For more information, see IAM roles for Amazon Kendra.

Configuration

Configuration information you want to update for your Amazon Kendra experience.

Description

A new description for your Amazon Kendra experience.


Description

Updates a set of featured results. Features results are placed above all other results for certain queries. You map specific queries to specific documents for featuring in the results. If a query contains an exact match of a query, then one or more specific documents are featured in the search results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_featured_results_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_featured_results_set(
  IndexId,
  FeaturedResultsSetId,
  FeaturedResultsSetName = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  QueryTexts = NULL,
  FeaturedDocuments = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index used for featuring results.

FeaturedResultsSetId

[required] The identifier of the set of featured results that you want to update.

FeaturedResultsSetName

A new name for the set of featured results.

Description

A new description for the set of featured results.

Status

You can set the status to ACTIVE or INACTIVE. When the value is ACTIVE, featured results are ready for use. You can still configure your settings before setting the status to ACTIVE. The queries you specify for featured results must be unique per featured results set for each index, whether the status is ACTIVE or INACTIVE.

QueryTexts

A list of queries for featuring results. For more information on the list of queries, see FeaturedResultsSet.

FeaturedDocuments

A list of document IDs for the documents you want to feature at the top of the search results page. For more information on the list of featured documents, see FeaturedResultsSet.


Updates an Amazon Kendra index

Description

Updates an Amazon Kendra index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_index(
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  DocumentMetadataConfigurationUpdates = NULL,
  CapacityUnits = NULL,
  UserTokenConfigurations = NULL,
  UserContextPolicy = NULL,
  UserGroupResolutionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the index you want to update.

Name

A new name for the index.

RoleArn

An Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that gives Amazon Kendra permission to access Amazon CloudWatch logs and metrics.

Description

A new description for the index.

DocumentMetadataConfigurationUpdates

The document metadata configuration you want to update for the index. Document metadata are fields or attributes associated with your documents. For example, the company department name associated with each document.

CapacityUnits

Sets the number of additional document storage and query capacity units that should be used by the index. You can change the capacity of the index up to 5 times per day, or make 5 API calls.

If you are using extra storage units, you can't reduce the storage capacity below what is required to meet the storage needs for your index.

UserTokenConfigurations

The user token configuration.

If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index and you try to use UserTokenConfigurations to configure user context policy, Amazon Kendra returns a ValidationException error.

UserContextPolicy

The user context policy.

If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index, you can only use ATTRIBUTE_FILTER to filter search results by user context. If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index and you try to use USER_TOKEN to configure user context policy, Amazon Kendra returns a ValidationException error.

UserGroupResolutionConfiguration

Gets users and groups from IAM Identity Center identity source. To configure this, see UserGroupResolutionConfiguration. This is useful for user context filtering, where search results are filtered based on the user or their group access to documents.

If you're using an Amazon Kendra Gen AI Enterprise Edition index, UserGroupResolutionConfiguration isn't supported.


Updates a block list used for query suggestions for an index

Description

Updates a block list used for query suggestions for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_query_suggestions_block_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_query_suggestions_block_list(
  IndexId,
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  SourceS3Path = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the block list.

Id

[required] The identifier of the block list you want to update.

Name

A new name for the block list.

Description

A new description for the block list.

SourceS3Path

The S3 path where your block list text file sits in S3.

If you update your block list and provide the same path to the block list text file in S3, then Amazon Kendra reloads the file to refresh the block list. Amazon Kendra does not automatically refresh your block list. You need to call the update_query_suggestions_block_list API to refresh you block list.

If you update your block list, then Amazon Kendra asynchronously refreshes all query suggestions with the latest content in the S3 file. This means changes might not take effect immediately.

RoleArn

The IAM (Identity and Access Management) role used to access the block list text file in S3.


Updates the settings of query suggestions for an index

Description

Updates the settings of query suggestions for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_query_suggestions_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_query_suggestions_config(
  IndexId,
  Mode = NULL,
  QueryLogLookBackWindowInDays = NULL,
  IncludeQueriesWithoutUserInformation = NULL,
  MinimumNumberOfQueryingUsers = NULL,
  MinimumQueryCount = NULL,
  AttributeSuggestionsConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index with query suggestions you want to update.

Mode

Set the mode to ENABLED or LEARN_ONLY.

By default, Amazon Kendra enables query suggestions. LEARN_ONLY mode allows you to turn off query suggestions. You can to update this at any time.

In LEARN_ONLY mode, Amazon Kendra continues to learn from new queries to keep suggestions up to date for when you are ready to switch to ENABLED mode again.

QueryLogLookBackWindowInDays

How recent your queries are in your query log time window.

The time window is the number of days from current day to past days.

By default, Amazon Kendra sets this to 180.

IncludeQueriesWithoutUserInformation

TRUE to include queries without user information (i.e. all queries, irrespective of the user), otherwise FALSE to only include queries with user information.

If you pass user information to Amazon Kendra along with the queries, you can set this flag to FALSE and instruct Amazon Kendra to only consider queries with user information.

If you set to FALSE, Amazon Kendra only considers queries searched at least MinimumQueryCount times across MinimumNumberOfQueryingUsers unique users for suggestions.

If you set to TRUE, Amazon Kendra ignores all user information and learns from all queries.

MinimumNumberOfQueryingUsers

The minimum number of unique users who must search a query in order for the query to be eligible to suggest to your users.

Increasing this number might decrease the number of suggestions. However, this ensures a query is searched by many users and is truly popular to suggest to users.

How you tune this setting depends on your specific needs.

MinimumQueryCount

The the minimum number of times a query must be searched in order to be eligible to suggest to your users.

Decreasing this number increases the number of suggestions. However, this affects the quality of suggestions as it sets a low bar for a query to be considered popular to suggest to users.

How you tune this setting depends on your specific needs.

AttributeSuggestionsConfig

Configuration information for the document fields/attributes that you want to base query suggestions on.


Updates a thesaurus for an index

Description

Updates a thesaurus for an index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendra_update_thesaurus/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendra_update_thesaurus(
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  IndexId,
  Description = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  SourceS3Path = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the thesaurus you want to update.

Name

A new name for the thesaurus.

IndexId

[required] The identifier of the index for the thesaurus.

Description

A new description for the thesaurus.

RoleArn

An IAM role that gives Amazon Kendra permissions to access thesaurus file specified in SourceS3Path.

SourceS3Path

Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking

Description

Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking uses Amazon Kendra semantic search capabilities to intelligently re-rank a search service's results.

Usage

kendraranking(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kendraranking(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_rescore_execution_plan Creates a rescore execution plan
delete_rescore_execution_plan Deletes a rescore execution plan
describe_rescore_execution_plan Gets information about a rescore execution plan
list_rescore_execution_plans Lists your rescore execution plans
list_tags_for_resource Gets a list of tags associated with a specified resource
rescore Rescores or re-ranks search results from a search service such as OpenSearch (self managed)
tag_resource Adds a specified tag to a specified rescore execution plan
untag_resource Removes a tag from a rescore execution plan
update_rescore_execution_plan Updates a rescore execution plan

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kendraranking()
svc$create_rescore_execution_plan(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a rescore execution plan

Description

Creates a rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API. You set the number of capacity units that you require for Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking to rescore or re-rank a search service's results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_create_rescore_execution_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_create_rescore_execution_plan(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  CapacityUnits = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A name for the rescore execution plan.

Description

A description for the rescore execution plan.

CapacityUnits

You can set additional capacity units to meet the needs of your rescore execution plan. You are given a single capacity unit by default. If you want to use the default capacity, you don't set additional capacity units. For more information on the default capacity and additional capacity units, see Adjusting capacity.

Tags

A list of key-value pairs that identify or categorize your rescore execution plan. You can also use tags to help control access to the rescore execution plan. Tag keys and values can consist of Unicode letters, digits, white space, and any of the following symbols: _ . : / = + - @.

ClientToken

A token that you provide to identify the request to create a rescore execution plan. Multiple calls to the CreateRescoreExecutionPlanRequest API with the same client token will create only one rescore execution plan.


Deletes a rescore execution plan

Description

Deletes a rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_delete_rescore_execution_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_delete_rescore_execution_plan(Id)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the rescore execution plan that you want to delete.


Gets information about a rescore execution plan

Description

Gets information about a rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_describe_rescore_execution_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_describe_rescore_execution_plan(Id)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the rescore execution plan that you want to get information on.


Lists your rescore execution plans

Description

Lists your rescore execution plans. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_list_rescore_execution_plans/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_list_rescore_execution_plans(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

If the response is truncated, Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking returns a pagination token in the response. You can use this pagination token to retrieve the next set of rescore execution plans.

MaxResults

The maximum number of rescore execution plans to return.


Gets a list of tags associated with a specified resource

Description

Gets a list of tags associated with a specified resource. A rescore execution plan is an example of a resource that can have tags associated with it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rescore execution plan to get a list of tags for.


Rescores or re-ranks search results from a search service such as OpenSearch (self managed)

Description

Rescores or re-ranks search results from a search service such as OpenSearch (self managed). You use the semantic search capabilities of Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking to improve the search service's results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_rescore/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_rescore(RescoreExecutionPlanId, SearchQuery, Documents)

Arguments

RescoreExecutionPlanId

[required] The identifier of the rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API.

SearchQuery

[required] The input query from the search service.

Documents

[required] The list of documents for Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking to rescore or rank on.


Adds a specified tag to a specified rescore execution plan

Description

Adds a specified tag to a specified rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API. If the tag already exists, the existing value is replaced with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rescore execution plan to tag.

Tags

[required] A list of tag keys to add to a rescore execution plan. If a tag already exists, the existing value is replaced with the new value.


Removes a tag from a rescore execution plan

Description

Removes a tag from a rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rescore execution plan to remove the tag.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys to remove from the rescore execution plan. If a tag key does not exist on the resource, it is ignored.


Updates a rescore execution plan

Description

Updates a rescore execution plan. A rescore execution plan is an Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking resource used for provisioning the rescore API. You can update the number of capacity units you require for Amazon Kendra Intelligent Ranking to rescore or re-rank a search service's results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kendraranking_update_rescore_execution_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

kendraranking_update_rescore_execution_plan(
  Id,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  CapacityUnits = NULL
)

Arguments

Id

[required] The identifier of the rescore execution plan that you want to update.

Name

A new name for the rescore execution plan.

Description

A new description for the rescore execution plan.

CapacityUnits

You can set additional capacity units to meet the needs of your rescore execution plan. You are given a single capacity unit by default. If you want to use the default capacity, you don't set additional capacity units. For more information on the default capacity and additional capacity units, see Adjusting capacity.


Amazon Kinesis

Description

Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Service API Reference

Amazon Kinesis Data Streams is a managed service that scales elastically for real-time processing of streaming big data.

Usage

kinesis(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kinesis(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_tags_to_stream Adds or updates tags for the specified Kinesis data stream
create_stream Creates a Kinesis data stream
decrease_stream_retention_period Decreases the Kinesis data stream's retention period, which is the length of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream
delete_resource_policy Delete a policy for the specified data stream or consumer
delete_stream Deletes a Kinesis data stream and all its shards and data
deregister_stream_consumer To deregister a consumer, provide its ARN
describe_limits Describes the shard limits and usage for the account
describe_stream Describes the specified Kinesis data stream
describe_stream_consumer To get the description of a registered consumer, provide the ARN of the consumer
describe_stream_summary Provides a summarized description of the specified Kinesis data stream without the shard list
disable_enhanced_monitoring Disables enhanced monitoring
enable_enhanced_monitoring Enables enhanced Kinesis data stream monitoring for shard-level metrics
get_records Gets data records from a Kinesis data stream's shard
get_resource_policy Returns a policy attached to the specified data stream or consumer
get_shard_iterator Gets an Amazon Kinesis shard iterator
increase_stream_retention_period Increases the Kinesis data stream's retention period, which is the length of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream
list_shards Lists the shards in a stream and provides information about each shard
list_stream_consumers Lists the consumers registered to receive data from a stream using enhanced fan-out, and provides information about each consumer
list_streams Lists your Kinesis data streams
list_tags_for_stream Lists the tags for the specified Kinesis data stream
merge_shards Merges two adjacent shards in a Kinesis data stream and combines them into a single shard to reduce the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data
put_record Writes a single data record into an Amazon Kinesis data stream
put_records Writes multiple data records into a Kinesis data stream in a single call (also referred to as a PutRecords request)
put_resource_policy Attaches a resource-based policy to a data stream or registered consumer
register_stream_consumer Registers a consumer with a Kinesis data stream
remove_tags_from_stream Removes tags from the specified Kinesis data stream
split_shard Splits a shard into two new shards in the Kinesis data stream, to increase the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data
start_stream_encryption Enables or updates server-side encryption using an Amazon Web Services KMS key for a specified stream
stop_stream_encryption Disables server-side encryption for a specified stream
subscribe_to_shard This operation establishes an HTTP/2 connection between the consumer you specify in the ConsumerARN parameter and the shard you specify in the ShardId parameter
update_shard_count Updates the shard count of the specified stream to the specified number of shards
update_stream_mode Updates the capacity mode of the data stream

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kinesis()
svc$add_tags_to_stream(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds or updates tags for the specified Kinesis data stream

Description

Adds or updates tags for the specified Kinesis data stream. You can assign up to 50 tags to a data stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_add_tags_to_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_add_tags_to_stream(StreamName = NULL, Tags, StreamARN = NULL)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream.

Tags

[required] A set of up to 10 key-value pairs to use to create the tags.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Creates a Kinesis data stream

Description

Creates a Kinesis data stream. A stream captures and transports data records that are continuously emitted from different data sources or producers. Scale-out within a stream is explicitly supported by means of shards, which are uniquely identified groups of data records in a stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_create_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_create_stream(
  StreamName,
  ShardCount = NULL,
  StreamModeDetails = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

[required] A name to identify the stream. The stream name is scoped to the Amazon Web Services account used by the application that creates the stream. It is also scoped by Amazon Web Services Region. That is, two streams in two different Amazon Web Services accounts can have the same name. Two streams in the same Amazon Web Services account but in two different Regions can also have the same name.

ShardCount

The number of shards that the stream will use. The throughput of the stream is a function of the number of shards; more shards are required for greater provisioned throughput.

StreamModeDetails

Indicates the capacity mode of the data stream. Currently, in Kinesis Data Streams, you can choose between an on-demand capacity mode and a provisioned capacity mode for your data streams.

Tags

A set of up to 10 key-value pairs to use to create the tags.


Decreases the Kinesis data stream's retention period, which is the length of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream

Description

Decreases the Kinesis data stream's retention period, which is the length of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream. The minimum value of a stream's retention period is 24 hours.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_decrease_stream_retention_period/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_decrease_stream_retention_period(
  StreamName = NULL,
  RetentionPeriodHours,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream to modify.

RetentionPeriodHours

[required] The new retention period of the stream, in hours. Must be less than the current retention period.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Delete a policy for the specified data stream or consumer

Description

Delete a policy for the specified data stream or consumer. Request patterns can be one of the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_delete_resource_policy(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the data stream or consumer.


Deletes a Kinesis data stream and all its shards and data

Description

Deletes a Kinesis data stream and all its shards and data. You must shut down any applications that are operating on the stream before you delete the stream. If an application attempts to operate on a deleted stream, it receives the exception ResourceNotFoundException.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_delete_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_delete_stream(
  StreamName = NULL,
  EnforceConsumerDeletion = NULL,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream to delete.

EnforceConsumerDeletion

If this parameter is unset (null) or if you set it to false, and the stream has registered consumers, the call to delete_stream fails with a ResourceInUseException.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


To deregister a consumer, provide its ARN

Description

To deregister a consumer, provide its ARN. Alternatively, you can provide the ARN of the data stream and the name you gave the consumer when you registered it. You may also provide all three parameters, as long as they don't conflict with each other. If you don't know the name or ARN of the consumer that you want to deregister, you can use the list_stream_consumers operation to get a list of the descriptions of all the consumers that are currently registered with a given data stream. The description of a consumer contains its name and ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_deregister_stream_consumer/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_deregister_stream_consumer(
  StreamARN = NULL,
  ConsumerName = NULL,
  ConsumerARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamARN

The ARN of the Kinesis data stream that the consumer is registered with. For more information, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces.

ConsumerName

The name that you gave to the consumer.

ConsumerARN

The ARN returned by Kinesis Data Streams when you registered the consumer. If you don't know the ARN of the consumer that you want to deregister, you can use the ListStreamConsumers operation to get a list of the descriptions of all the consumers that are currently registered with a given data stream. The description of a consumer contains its ARN.


Describes the shard limits and usage for the account

Description

Describes the shard limits and usage for the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_describe_limits/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_describe_limits()

Describes the specified Kinesis data stream

Description

Describes the specified Kinesis data stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_describe_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_describe_stream(
  StreamName = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartShardId = NULL,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream to describe.

Limit

The maximum number of shards to return in a single call. The default value is 100. If you specify a value greater than 100, at most 100 results are returned.

ExclusiveStartShardId

The shard ID of the shard to start with.

Specify this parameter to indicate that you want to describe the stream starting with the shard whose ID immediately follows ExclusiveStartShardId.

If you don't specify this parameter, the default behavior for describe_stream is to describe the stream starting with the first shard in the stream.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


To get the description of a registered consumer, provide the ARN of the consumer

Description

To get the description of a registered consumer, provide the ARN of the consumer. Alternatively, you can provide the ARN of the data stream and the name you gave the consumer when you registered it. You may also provide all three parameters, as long as they don't conflict with each other. If you don't know the name or ARN of the consumer that you want to describe, you can use the list_stream_consumers operation to get a list of the descriptions of all the consumers that are currently registered with a given data stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_describe_stream_consumer/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_describe_stream_consumer(
  StreamARN = NULL,
  ConsumerName = NULL,
  ConsumerARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamARN

The ARN of the Kinesis data stream that the consumer is registered with. For more information, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces.

ConsumerName

The name that you gave to the consumer.

ConsumerARN

The ARN returned by Kinesis Data Streams when you registered the consumer.


Provides a summarized description of the specified Kinesis data stream without the shard list

Description

Provides a summarized description of the specified Kinesis data stream without the shard list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_describe_stream_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_describe_stream_summary(StreamName = NULL, StreamARN = NULL)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream to describe.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Disables enhanced monitoring

Description

Disables enhanced monitoring.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_disable_enhanced_monitoring/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_disable_enhanced_monitoring(
  StreamName = NULL,
  ShardLevelMetrics,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the Kinesis data stream for which to disable enhanced monitoring.

ShardLevelMetrics

[required] List of shard-level metrics to disable.

The following are the valid shard-level metrics. The value "ALL" disables every metric.

  • IncomingBytes

  • IncomingRecords

  • OutgoingBytes

  • OutgoingRecords

  • WriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded

  • ReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded

  • IteratorAgeMilliseconds

  • ALL

For more information, see Monitoring the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Service with Amazon CloudWatch in the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Developer Guide.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Enables enhanced Kinesis data stream monitoring for shard-level metrics

Description

Enables enhanced Kinesis data stream monitoring for shard-level metrics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_enable_enhanced_monitoring/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_enable_enhanced_monitoring(
  StreamName = NULL,
  ShardLevelMetrics,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream for which to enable enhanced monitoring.

ShardLevelMetrics

[required] List of shard-level metrics to enable.

The following are the valid shard-level metrics. The value "ALL" enables every metric.

  • IncomingBytes

  • IncomingRecords

  • OutgoingBytes

  • OutgoingRecords

  • WriteProvisionedThroughputExceeded

  • ReadProvisionedThroughputExceeded

  • IteratorAgeMilliseconds

  • ALL

For more information, see Monitoring the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Service with Amazon CloudWatch in the Amazon Kinesis Data Streams Developer Guide.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Gets data records from a Kinesis data stream's shard

Description

Gets data records from a Kinesis data stream's shard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_get_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_get_records(ShardIterator, Limit = NULL, StreamARN = NULL)

Arguments

ShardIterator

[required] The position in the shard from which you want to start sequentially reading data records. A shard iterator specifies this position using the sequence number of a data record in the shard.

Limit

The maximum number of records to return. Specify a value of up to 10,000. If you specify a value that is greater than 10,000, get_records throws InvalidArgumentException. The default value is 10,000.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Returns a policy attached to the specified data stream or consumer

Description

Returns a policy attached to the specified data stream or consumer. Request patterns can be one of the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_get_resource_policy(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the data stream or consumer.


Gets an Amazon Kinesis shard iterator

Description

Gets an Amazon Kinesis shard iterator. A shard iterator expires 5 minutes after it is returned to the requester.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_get_shard_iterator/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_get_shard_iterator(
  StreamName = NULL,
  ShardId,
  ShardIteratorType,
  StartingSequenceNumber = NULL,
  Timestamp = NULL,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the Amazon Kinesis data stream.

ShardId

[required] The shard ID of the Kinesis Data Streams shard to get the iterator for.

ShardIteratorType

[required] Determines how the shard iterator is used to start reading data records from the shard.

The following are the valid Amazon Kinesis shard iterator types:

  • AT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER - Start reading from the position denoted by a specific sequence number, provided in the value StartingSequenceNumber.

  • AFTER_SEQUENCE_NUMBER - Start reading right after the position denoted by a specific sequence number, provided in the value StartingSequenceNumber.

  • AT_TIMESTAMP - Start reading from the position denoted by a specific time stamp, provided in the value Timestamp.

  • TRIM_HORIZON - Start reading at the last untrimmed record in the shard in the system, which is the oldest data record in the shard.

  • LATEST - Start reading just after the most recent record in the shard, so that you always read the most recent data in the shard.

StartingSequenceNumber

The sequence number of the data record in the shard from which to start reading. Used with shard iterator type AT_SEQUENCE_NUMBER and AFTER_SEQUENCE_NUMBER.

Timestamp

The time stamp of the data record from which to start reading. Used with shard iterator type AT_TIMESTAMP. A time stamp is the Unix epoch date with precision in milliseconds. For example, ⁠2016-04-04T19:58:46.480-00:00⁠ or 1459799926.480. If a record with this exact time stamp does not exist, the iterator returned is for the next (later) record. If the time stamp is older than the current trim horizon, the iterator returned is for the oldest untrimmed data record (TRIM_HORIZON).

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Increases the Kinesis data stream's retention period, which is the length of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream

Description

Increases the Kinesis data stream's retention period, which is the length of time data records are accessible after they are added to the stream. The maximum value of a stream's retention period is 8760 hours (365 days).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_increase_stream_retention_period/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_increase_stream_retention_period(
  StreamName = NULL,
  RetentionPeriodHours,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream to modify.

RetentionPeriodHours

[required] The new retention period of the stream, in hours. Must be more than the current retention period.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Lists the shards in a stream and provides information about each shard

Description

Lists the shards in a stream and provides information about each shard. This operation has a limit of 1000 transactions per second per data stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_list_shards/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_list_shards(
  StreamName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartShardId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  StreamCreationTimestamp = NULL,
  ShardFilter = NULL,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the data stream whose shards you want to list.

You cannot specify this parameter if you specify the NextToken parameter.

NextToken

When the number of shards in the data stream is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of shards in the data stream, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_shards to list the next set of shards.

Don't specify StreamName or StreamCreationTimestamp if you specify NextToken because the latter unambiguously identifies the stream.

You can optionally specify a value for the MaxResults parameter when you specify NextToken. If you specify a MaxResults value that is less than the number of shards that the operation returns if you don't specify MaxResults, the response will contain a new NextToken value. You can use the new NextToken value in a subsequent call to the list_shards operation.

Tokens expire after 300 seconds. When you obtain a value for NextToken in the response to a call to list_shards, you have 300 seconds to use that value. If you specify an expired token in a call to list_shards, you get ExpiredNextTokenException.

ExclusiveStartShardId

Specify this parameter to indicate that you want to list the shards starting with the shard whose ID immediately follows ExclusiveStartShardId.

If you don't specify this parameter, the default behavior is for list_shards to list the shards starting with the first one in the stream.

You cannot specify this parameter if you specify NextToken.

MaxResults

The maximum number of shards to return in a single call to list_shards. The maximum number of shards to return in a single call. The default value is 1000. If you specify a value greater than 1000, at most 1000 results are returned.

When the number of shards to be listed is greater than the value of MaxResults, the response contains a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to list_shards to list the next set of shards.

StreamCreationTimestamp

Specify this input parameter to distinguish data streams that have the same name. For example, if you create a data stream and then delete it, and you later create another data stream with the same name, you can use this input parameter to specify which of the two streams you want to list the shards for.

You cannot specify this parameter if you specify the NextToken parameter.

ShardFilter

Enables you to filter out the response of the list_shards API. You can only specify one filter at a time.

If you use the ShardFilter parameter when invoking the ListShards API, the Type is the required property and must be specified. If you specify the AT_TRIM_HORIZON, FROM_TRIM_HORIZON, or AT_LATEST types, you do not need to specify either the ShardId or the Timestamp optional properties.

If you specify the AFTER_SHARD_ID type, you must also provide the value for the optional ShardId property. The ShardId property is identical in fuctionality to the ExclusiveStartShardId parameter of the list_shards API. When ShardId property is specified, the response includes the shards starting with the shard whose ID immediately follows the ShardId that you provided.

If you specify the AT_TIMESTAMP or FROM_TIMESTAMP_ID type, you must also provide the value for the optional Timestamp property. If you specify the AT_TIMESTAMP type, then all shards that were open at the provided timestamp are returned. If you specify the FROM_TIMESTAMP type, then all shards starting from the provided timestamp to TIP are returned.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Lists the consumers registered to receive data from a stream using enhanced fan-out, and provides information about each consumer

Description

Lists the consumers registered to receive data from a stream using enhanced fan-out, and provides information about each consumer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_list_stream_consumers/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_list_stream_consumers(
  StreamARN,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  StreamCreationTimestamp = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamARN

[required] The ARN of the Kinesis data stream for which you want to list the registered consumers. For more information, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces.

NextToken

When the number of consumers that are registered with the data stream is greater than the default value for the MaxResults parameter, or if you explicitly specify a value for MaxResults that is less than the number of consumers that are registered with the data stream, the response includes a pagination token named NextToken. You can specify this NextToken value in a subsequent call to list_stream_consumers to list the next set of registered consumers.

Don't specify StreamName or StreamCreationTimestamp if you specify NextToken because the latter unambiguously identifies the stream.

You can optionally specify a value for the MaxResults parameter when you specify NextToken. If you specify a MaxResults value that is less than the number of consumers that the operation returns if you don't specify MaxResults, the response will contain a new NextToken value. You can use the new NextToken value in a subsequent call to the list_stream_consumers operation to list the next set of consumers.

Tokens expire after 300 seconds. When you obtain a value for NextToken in the response to a call to list_stream_consumers, you have 300 seconds to use that value. If you specify an expired token in a call to list_stream_consumers, you get ExpiredNextTokenException.

MaxResults

The maximum number of consumers that you want a single call of list_stream_consumers to return. The default value is 100. If you specify a value greater than 100, at most 100 results are returned.

StreamCreationTimestamp

Specify this input parameter to distinguish data streams that have the same name. For example, if you create a data stream and then delete it, and you later create another data stream with the same name, you can use this input parameter to specify which of the two streams you want to list the consumers for.

You can't specify this parameter if you specify the NextToken parameter.


Lists your Kinesis data streams

Description

Lists your Kinesis data streams.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_list_streams/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_list_streams(
  Limit = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartStreamName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Limit

The maximum number of streams to list. The default value is 100. If you specify a value greater than 100, at most 100 results are returned.

ExclusiveStartStreamName

The name of the stream to start the list with.

NextToken

Lists the tags for the specified Kinesis data stream

Description

Lists the tags for the specified Kinesis data stream. This operation has a limit of five transactions per second per account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_list_tags_for_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_list_tags_for_stream(
  StreamName = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartTagKey = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream.

ExclusiveStartTagKey

The key to use as the starting point for the list of tags. If this parameter is set, list_tags_for_stream gets all tags that occur after ExclusiveStartTagKey.

Limit

The number of tags to return. If this number is less than the total number of tags associated with the stream, HasMoreTags is set to true. To list additional tags, set ExclusiveStartTagKey to the last key in the response.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Merges two adjacent shards in a Kinesis data stream and combines them into a single shard to reduce the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data

Description

Merges two adjacent shards in a Kinesis data stream and combines them into a single shard to reduce the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data. This API is only supported for the data streams with the provisioned capacity mode. Two shards are considered adjacent if the union of the hash key ranges for the two shards form a contiguous set with no gaps. For example, if you have two shards, one with a hash key range of 276...381 and the other with a hash key range of 382...454, then you could merge these two shards into a single shard that would have a hash key range of 276...454. After the merge, the single child shard receives data for all hash key values covered by the two parent shards.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_merge_shards/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_merge_shards(
  StreamName = NULL,
  ShardToMerge,
  AdjacentShardToMerge,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream for the merge.

ShardToMerge

[required] The shard ID of the shard to combine with the adjacent shard for the merge.

AdjacentShardToMerge

[required] The shard ID of the adjacent shard for the merge.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Writes a single data record into an Amazon Kinesis data stream

Description

Writes a single data record into an Amazon Kinesis data stream. Call put_record to send data into the stream for real-time ingestion and subsequent processing, one record at a time. Each shard can support writes up to 1,000 records per second, up to a maximum data write total of 1 MiB per second.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_put_record/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_put_record(
  StreamName = NULL,
  Data,
  PartitionKey,
  ExplicitHashKey = NULL,
  SequenceNumberForOrdering = NULL,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream to put the data record into.

Data

[required] The data blob to put into the record, which is base64-encoded when the blob is serialized. When the data blob (the payload before base64-encoding) is added to the partition key size, the total size must not exceed the maximum record size (1 MiB).

PartitionKey

[required] Determines which shard in the stream the data record is assigned to. Partition keys are Unicode strings with a maximum length limit of 256 characters for each key. Amazon Kinesis Data Streams uses the partition key as input to a hash function that maps the partition key and associated data to a specific shard. Specifically, an MD5 hash function is used to map partition keys to 128-bit integer values and to map associated data records to shards. As a result of this hashing mechanism, all data records with the same partition key map to the same shard within the stream.

ExplicitHashKey

The hash value used to explicitly determine the shard the data record is assigned to by overriding the partition key hash.

SequenceNumberForOrdering

Guarantees strictly increasing sequence numbers, for puts from the same client and to the same partition key. Usage: set the SequenceNumberForOrdering of record n to the sequence number of record n-1 (as returned in the result when putting record n-1). If this parameter is not set, records are coarsely ordered based on arrival time.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Writes multiple data records into a Kinesis data stream in a single call (also referred to as a PutRecords request)

Description

Writes multiple data records into a Kinesis data stream in a single call (also referred to as a put_records request). Use this operation to send data into the stream for data ingestion and processing.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_put_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_put_records(Records, StreamName = NULL, StreamARN = NULL)

Arguments

Records

[required] The records associated with the request.

StreamName

The stream name associated with the request.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Attaches a resource-based policy to a data stream or registered consumer

Description

Attaches a resource-based policy to a data stream or registered consumer. If you are using an identity other than the root user of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the resource, the calling identity must have the put_resource_policy permissions on the specified Kinesis Data Streams resource and belong to the owner's account in order to use this operation. If you don't have put_resource_policy permissions, Amazon Kinesis Data Streams returns a ⁠403 Access Denied error⁠. If you receive a ResourceNotFoundException, check to see if you passed a valid stream or consumer resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_put_resource_policy(ResourceARN, Policy)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the data stream or consumer.

Policy

[required] Details of the resource policy. It must include the identity of the principal and the actions allowed on this resource. This is formatted as a JSON string.


Registers a consumer with a Kinesis data stream

Description

Registers a consumer with a Kinesis data stream. When you use this operation, the consumer you register can then call subscribe_to_shard to receive data from the stream using enhanced fan-out, at a rate of up to 2 MiB per second for every shard you subscribe to. This rate is unaffected by the total number of consumers that read from the same stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_register_stream_consumer/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_register_stream_consumer(StreamARN, ConsumerName)

Arguments

StreamARN

[required] The ARN of the Kinesis data stream that you want to register the consumer with. For more info, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces.

ConsumerName

[required] For a given Kinesis data stream, each consumer must have a unique name. However, consumer names don't have to be unique across data streams.


Removes tags from the specified Kinesis data stream

Description

Removes tags from the specified Kinesis data stream. Removed tags are deleted and cannot be recovered after this operation successfully completes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_remove_tags_from_stream/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_remove_tags_from_stream(StreamName = NULL, TagKeys, StreamARN = NULL)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag keys. Each corresponding tag is removed from the stream.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Splits a shard into two new shards in the Kinesis data stream, to increase the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data

Description

Splits a shard into two new shards in the Kinesis data stream, to increase the stream's capacity to ingest and transport data. split_shard is called when there is a need to increase the overall capacity of a stream because of an expected increase in the volume of data records being ingested. This API is only supported for the data streams with the provisioned capacity mode.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_split_shard/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_split_shard(
  StreamName = NULL,
  ShardToSplit,
  NewStartingHashKey,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream for the shard split.

ShardToSplit

[required] The shard ID of the shard to split.

NewStartingHashKey

[required] A hash key value for the starting hash key of one of the child shards created by the split. The hash key range for a given shard constitutes a set of ordered contiguous positive integers. The value for NewStartingHashKey must be in the range of hash keys being mapped into the shard. The NewStartingHashKey hash key value and all higher hash key values in hash key range are distributed to one of the child shards. All the lower hash key values in the range are distributed to the other child shard.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Enables or updates server-side encryption using an Amazon Web Services KMS key for a specified stream

Description

Enables or updates server-side encryption using an Amazon Web Services KMS key for a specified stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_start_stream_encryption/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_start_stream_encryption(
  StreamName = NULL,
  EncryptionType,
  KeyId,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream for which to start encrypting records.

EncryptionType

[required] The encryption type to use. The only valid value is KMS.

KeyId

[required] The GUID for the customer-managed Amazon Web Services KMS key to use for encryption. This value can be a globally unique identifier, a fully specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to either an alias or a key, or an alias name prefixed by "alias/".You can also use a master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams by specifying the alias aws/kinesis.

  • Key ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

  • Alias ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:alias/MyAliasName

  • Globally unique key ID example: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

  • Alias name example: alias/MyAliasName

  • Master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams: alias/aws/kinesis

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Disables server-side encryption for a specified stream

Description

Disables server-side encryption for a specified stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_stop_stream_encryption/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_stop_stream_encryption(
  StreamName = NULL,
  EncryptionType,
  KeyId,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream on which to stop encrypting records.

EncryptionType

[required] The encryption type. The only valid value is KMS.

KeyId

[required] The GUID for the customer-managed Amazon Web Services KMS key to use for encryption. This value can be a globally unique identifier, a fully specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to either an alias or a key, or an alias name prefixed by "alias/".You can also use a master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams by specifying the alias aws/kinesis.

  • Key ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:key/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

  • Alias ARN example: arn:aws:kms:us-east-1:123456789012:alias/MyAliasName

  • Globally unique key ID example: 12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

  • Alias name example: alias/MyAliasName

  • Master key owned by Kinesis Data Streams: alias/aws/kinesis

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


This operation establishes an HTTP/2 connection between the consumer you specify in the ConsumerARN parameter and the shard you specify in the ShardId parameter

Description

This operation establishes an HTTP/2 connection between the consumer you specify in the ConsumerARN parameter and the shard you specify in the ShardId parameter. After the connection is successfully established, Kinesis Data Streams pushes records from the shard to the consumer over this connection. Before you call this operation, call register_stream_consumer to register the consumer with Kinesis Data Streams.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_subscribe_to_shard/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_subscribe_to_shard(ConsumerARN, ShardId, StartingPosition)

Arguments

ConsumerARN

[required] For this parameter, use the value you obtained when you called register_stream_consumer.

ShardId

[required] The ID of the shard you want to subscribe to. To see a list of all the shards for a given stream, use list_shards.

StartingPosition

[required] The starting position in the data stream from which to start streaming.


Updates the shard count of the specified stream to the specified number of shards

Description

Updates the shard count of the specified stream to the specified number of shards. This API is only supported for the data streams with the provisioned capacity mode.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_update_shard_count/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_update_shard_count(
  StreamName = NULL,
  TargetShardCount,
  ScalingType,
  StreamARN = NULL
)

Arguments

StreamName

The name of the stream.

TargetShardCount

[required] The new number of shards. This value has the following default limits. By default, you cannot do the following:

  • Set this value to more than double your current shard count for a stream.

  • Set this value below half your current shard count for a stream.

  • Set this value to more than 10000 shards in a stream (the default limit for shard count per stream is 10000 per account per region), unless you request a limit increase.

  • Scale a stream with more than 10000 shards down unless you set this value to less than 10000 shards.

ScalingType

[required] The scaling type. Uniform scaling creates shards of equal size.

StreamARN

The ARN of the stream.


Updates the capacity mode of the data stream

Description

Updates the capacity mode of the data stream. Currently, in Kinesis Data Streams, you can choose between an on-demand capacity mode and a provisioned capacity mode for your data stream.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesis_update_stream_mode/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesis_update_stream_mode(StreamARN, StreamModeDetails)

Arguments

StreamARN

[required] Specifies the ARN of the data stream whose capacity mode you want to update.

StreamModeDetails

[required] Specifies the capacity mode to which you want to set your data stream. Currently, in Kinesis Data Streams, you can choose between an on-demand capacity mode and a provisioned capacity mode for your data streams.


Amazon Kinesis Analytics

Description

Overview

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

This is the Amazon Kinesis Analytics v1 API Reference. The Amazon Kinesis Analytics Developer Guide provides additional information.

Usage

kinesisanalytics(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kinesisanalytics(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
add_application_input This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
add_application_input_processing_configuration This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
add_application_output This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
add_application_reference_data_source This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
create_application This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
delete_application This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
delete_application_cloud_watch_logging_option This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
delete_application_input_processing_configuration This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
delete_application_output This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
delete_application_reference_data_source This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
describe_application This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
discover_input_schema This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
list_applications This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application
start_application This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
stop_application This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications
tag_resource Adds one or more key-value tags to a Kinesis Analytics application
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from a Kinesis Analytics application
update_application This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kinesisanalytics()
svc$add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  CloudWatchLoggingOption
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The Kinesis Analytics application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The version ID of the Kinesis Analytics application.

CloudWatchLoggingOption

[required] Provides the CloudWatch log stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and the IAM role ARN. Note: To write application messages to CloudWatch, the IAM role that is used must have the PutLogEvents policy action enabled.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_add_application_input/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_add_application_input(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  Input
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of your existing Amazon Kinesis Analytics application to which you want to add the streaming source.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] Current version of your Amazon Kinesis Analytics application. You can use the describe_application operation to find the current application version.

Input

[required] The Input to add.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_add_application_input_processing_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_add_application_input_processing_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  InputId,
  InputProcessingConfiguration
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the application to which you want to add the input processing configuration.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] Version of the application to which you want to add the input processing configuration. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

InputId

[required] The ID of the input configuration to add the input processing configuration to. You can get a list of the input IDs for an application using the describe_application operation.

InputProcessingConfiguration

[required] The InputProcessingConfiguration to add to the application.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_add_application_output/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_add_application_output(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  Output
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the application to which you want to add the output configuration.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] Version of the application to which you want to add the output configuration. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

Output

[required] An array of objects, each describing one output configuration. In the output configuration, you specify the name of an in-application stream, a destination (that is, an Amazon Kinesis stream, an Amazon Kinesis Firehose delivery stream, or an AWS Lambda function), and record the formation to use when writing to the destination.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_add_application_reference_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_add_application_reference_data_source(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  ReferenceDataSource
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of an existing application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] Version of the application for which you are adding the reference data source. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

ReferenceDataSource

[required] The reference data source can be an object in your Amazon S3 bucket. Amazon Kinesis Analytics reads the object and copies the data into the in-application table that is created. You provide an S3 bucket, object key name, and the resulting in-application table that is created. You must also provide an IAM role with the necessary permissions that Amazon Kinesis Analytics can assume to read the object from your S3 bucket on your behalf.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_create_application(
  ApplicationName,
  ApplicationDescription = NULL,
  Inputs = NULL,
  Outputs = NULL,
  CloudWatchLoggingOptions = NULL,
  ApplicationCode = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of your Amazon Kinesis Analytics application (for example, sample-app).

ApplicationDescription

Summary description of the application.

Inputs

Use this parameter to configure the application input.

You can configure your application to receive input from a single streaming source. In this configuration, you map this streaming source to an in-application stream that is created. Your application code can then query the in-application stream like a table (you can think of it as a constantly updating table).

For the streaming source, you provide its Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and format of data on the stream (for example, JSON, CSV, etc.). You also must provide an IAM role that Amazon Kinesis Analytics can assume to read this stream on your behalf.

To create the in-application stream, you need to specify a schema to transform your data into a schematized version used in SQL. In the schema, you provide the necessary mapping of the data elements in the streaming source to record columns in the in-app stream.

Outputs

You can configure application output to write data from any of the in-application streams to up to three destinations.

These destinations can be Amazon Kinesis streams, Amazon Kinesis Firehose delivery streams, AWS Lambda destinations, or any combination of the three.

In the configuration, you specify the in-application stream name, the destination stream or Lambda function Amazon Resource Name (ARN), and the format to use when writing data. You must also provide an IAM role that Amazon Kinesis Analytics can assume to write to the destination stream or Lambda function on your behalf.

In the output configuration, you also provide the output stream or Lambda function ARN. For stream destinations, you provide the format of data in the stream (for example, JSON, CSV). You also must provide an IAM role that Amazon Kinesis Analytics can assume to write to the stream or Lambda function on your behalf.

CloudWatchLoggingOptions

Use this parameter to configure a CloudWatch log stream to monitor application configuration errors. For more information, see Working with Amazon CloudWatch Logs.

ApplicationCode

One or more SQL statements that read input data, transform it, and generate output. For example, you can write a SQL statement that reads data from one in-application stream, generates a running average of the number of advertisement clicks by vendor, and insert resulting rows in another in-application stream using pumps. For more information about the typical pattern, see Application Code.

You can provide such series of SQL statements, where output of one statement can be used as the input for the next statement. You store intermediate results by creating in-application streams and pumps.

Note that the application code must create the streams with names specified in the Outputs. For example, if your Outputs defines output streams named ExampleOutputStream1 and ExampleOutputStream2, then your application code must create these streams.

Tags

A list of one or more tags to assign to the application. A tag is a key-value pair that identifies an application. Note that the maximum number of application tags includes system tags. The maximum number of user-defined application tags is 50. For more information, see Using Tagging.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_delete_application(ApplicationName, CreateTimestamp)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the Amazon Kinesis Analytics application to delete.

CreateTimestamp

[required] You can use the describe_application operation to get this value.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_delete_application_cloud_watch_logging_option/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_delete_application_cloud_watch_logging_option(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  CloudWatchLoggingOptionId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The Kinesis Analytics application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The version ID of the Kinesis Analytics application.

CloudWatchLoggingOptionId

[required] The CloudWatchLoggingOptionId of the CloudWatch logging option to delete. You can get the CloudWatchLoggingOptionId by using the describe_application operation.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_delete_application_input_processing_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_delete_application_input_processing_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  InputId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The Kinesis Analytics application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The version ID of the Kinesis Analytics application.

InputId

[required] The ID of the input configuration from which to delete the input processing configuration. You can get a list of the input IDs for an application by using the describe_application operation.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_delete_application_output/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_delete_application_output(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  OutputId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Amazon Kinesis Analytics application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] Amazon Kinesis Analytics application version. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

OutputId

[required] The ID of the configuration to delete. Each output configuration that is added to the application, either when the application is created or later using the add_application_output operation, has a unique ID. You need to provide the ID to uniquely identify the output configuration that you want to delete from the application configuration. You can use the describe_application operation to get the specific OutputId.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_delete_application_reference_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_delete_application_reference_data_source(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  ReferenceId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of an existing application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] Version of the application. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

ReferenceId

[required] ID of the reference data source. When you add a reference data source to your application using the add_application_reference_data_source, Amazon Kinesis Analytics assigns an ID. You can use the describe_application operation to get the reference ID.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_describe_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_describe_application(ApplicationName)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the application.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_discover_input_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_discover_input_schema(
  ResourceARN = NULL,
  RoleARN = NULL,
  InputStartingPositionConfiguration = NULL,
  S3Configuration = NULL,
  InputProcessingConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceARN

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the streaming source.

RoleARN

ARN of the IAM role that Amazon Kinesis Analytics can assume to access the stream on your behalf.

InputStartingPositionConfiguration

Point at which you want Amazon Kinesis Analytics to start reading records from the specified streaming source discovery purposes.

S3Configuration

Specify this parameter to discover a schema from data in an Amazon S3 object.

InputProcessingConfiguration

The InputProcessingConfiguration to use to preprocess the records before discovering the schema of the records.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_list_applications(
  Limit = NULL,
  ExclusiveStartApplicationName = NULL
)

Arguments

Limit

Maximum number of applications to list.

ExclusiveStartApplicationName

Name of the application to start the list with. When using pagination to retrieve the list, you don't need to specify this parameter in the first request. However, in subsequent requests, you add the last application name from the previous response to get the next page of applications.


Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application

Description

Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application. For more information, see Using Tagging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the application for which to retrieve tags.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_start_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_start_application(ApplicationName, InputConfigurations)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the application.

InputConfigurations

[required] Identifies the specific input, by ID, that the application starts consuming. Amazon Kinesis Analytics starts reading the streaming source associated with the input. You can also specify where in the streaming source you want Amazon Kinesis Analytics to start reading.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_stop_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_stop_application(ApplicationName)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the running application to stop.


Adds one or more key-value tags to a Kinesis Analytics application

Description

Adds one or more key-value tags to a Kinesis Analytics application. Note that the maximum number of application tags includes system tags. The maximum number of user-defined application tags is 50. For more information, see Using Tagging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the application to assign the tags.

Tags

[required] The key-value tags to assign to the application.


Removes one or more tags from a Kinesis Analytics application

Description

Removes one or more tags from a Kinesis Analytics application. For more information, see Using Tagging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the Kinesis Analytics application from which to remove the tags.

TagKeys

[required] A list of keys of tags to remove from the specified application.


This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications

Description

This documentation is for version 1 of the Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API, which only supports SQL applications. Version 2 of the API supports SQL and Java applications. For more information about version 2, see Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics API V2 Documentation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalytics_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalytics_update_application(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  ApplicationUpdate
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] Name of the Amazon Kinesis Analytics application to update.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The current application version ID. You can use the describe_application operation to get this value.

ApplicationUpdate

[required] Describes application updates.


Amazon Kinesis Analytics

Description

Amazon Managed Service for Apache Flink was previously known as Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics for Apache Flink.

Amazon Managed Service for Apache Flink is a fully managed service that you can use to process and analyze streaming data using Java, Python, SQL, or Scala. The service enables you to quickly author and run Java, SQL, or Scala code against streaming sources to perform time series analytics, feed real-time dashboards, and create real-time metrics.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kinesisanalyticsv2(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option Adds an Amazon CloudWatch log stream to monitor application configuration errors
add_application_input Adds a streaming source to your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application
add_application_input_processing_configuration Adds an InputProcessingConfiguration to a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application
add_application_output Adds an external destination to your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application
add_application_reference_data_source Adds a reference data source to an existing SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application
add_application_vpc_configuration Adds a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) configuration to the application
create_application Creates a Managed Service for Apache Flink application
create_application_presigned_url Creates and returns a URL that you can use to connect to an application's extension
create_application_snapshot Creates a snapshot of the application's state data
delete_application Deletes the specified application
delete_application_cloud_watch_logging_option Deletes an Amazon CloudWatch log stream from an SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application
delete_application_input_processing_configuration Deletes an InputProcessingConfiguration from an input
delete_application_output Deletes the output destination configuration from your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration
delete_application_reference_data_source Deletes a reference data source configuration from the specified SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration
delete_application_snapshot Deletes a snapshot of application state
delete_application_vpc_configuration Removes a VPC configuration from a Managed Service for Apache Flink application
describe_application Returns information about a specific Managed Service for Apache Flink application
describe_application_operation Returns information about a specific operation performed on a Managed Service for Apache Flink application
describe_application_snapshot Returns information about a snapshot of application state data
describe_application_version Provides a detailed description of a specified version of the application
discover_input_schema Infers a schema for a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application by evaluating sample records on the specified streaming source (Kinesis data stream or Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream) or Amazon S3 object
list_application_operations Lists information about operations performed on a Managed Service for Apache Flink application
list_applications Returns a list of Managed Service for Apache Flink applications in your account
list_application_snapshots Lists information about the current application snapshots
list_application_versions Lists all the versions for the specified application, including versions that were rolled back
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application
rollback_application Reverts the application to the previous running version
start_application Starts the specified Managed Service for Apache Flink application
stop_application Stops the application from processing data
tag_resource Adds one or more key-value tags to a Managed Service for Apache Flink application
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from a Managed Service for Apache Flink application
update_application Updates an existing Managed Service for Apache Flink application
update_application_maintenance_configuration Updates the maintenance configuration of the Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kinesisanalyticsv2()
svc$add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds an Amazon CloudWatch log stream to monitor application configuration errors

Description

Adds an Amazon CloudWatch log stream to monitor application configuration errors.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId = NULL,
  CloudWatchLoggingOption,
  ConditionalToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The Kinesis Data Analytics application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

The version ID of the SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken.You can retrieve the application version ID using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.

CloudWatchLoggingOption

[required] Provides the Amazon CloudWatch log stream Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

ConditionalToken

A value you use to implement strong concurrency for application updates. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You get the application's current ConditionalToken using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.


Adds a streaming source to your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application

Description

Adds a streaming source to your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_input/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_input(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  Input
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of your existing application to which you want to add the streaming source.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The current version of your application. You must provide the ApplicationVersionID or the ConditionalToken.You can use the describe_application operation to find the current application version.

Input

[required] The Input to add.


Adds an InputProcessingConfiguration to a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application

Description

Adds an InputProcessingConfiguration to a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application. An input processor pre-processes records on the input stream before the application's SQL code executes. Currently, the only input processor available is Amazon Lambda.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_input_processing_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_input_processing_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  InputId,
  InputProcessingConfiguration
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to which you want to add the input processing configuration.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The version of the application to which you want to add the input processing configuration. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

InputId

[required] The ID of the input configuration to add the input processing configuration to. You can get a list of the input IDs for an application using the describe_application operation.

InputProcessingConfiguration

[required] The InputProcessingConfiguration to add to the application.


Adds an external destination to your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application

Description

Adds an external destination to your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_output/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_output(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  Output
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to which you want to add the output configuration.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The version of the application to which you want to add the output configuration. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

Output

[required] An array of objects, each describing one output configuration. In the output configuration, you specify the name of an in-application stream, a destination (that is, a Kinesis data stream, a Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream, or an Amazon Lambda function), and record the formation to use when writing to the destination.


Adds a reference data source to an existing SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application

Description

Adds a reference data source to an existing SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_reference_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_reference_data_source(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  ReferenceDataSource
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The version of the application for which you are adding the reference data source. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

ReferenceDataSource

[required] The reference data source can be an object in your Amazon S3 bucket. Kinesis Data Analytics reads the object and copies the data into the in-application table that is created. You provide an S3 bucket, object key name, and the resulting in-application table that is created.


Adds a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) configuration to the application

Description

Adds a Virtual Private Cloud (VPC) configuration to the application. Applications can use VPCs to store and access resources securely.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_vpc_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_add_application_vpc_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId = NULL,
  VpcConfiguration,
  ConditionalToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

The version of the application to which you want to add the VPC configuration. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.

VpcConfiguration

[required] Description of the VPC to add to the application.

ConditionalToken

A value you use to implement strong concurrency for application updates. You must provide the ApplicationVersionID or the ConditionalToken. You get the application's current ConditionalToken using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.


Creates a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Creates a Managed Service for Apache Flink application. For information about creating a Managed Service for Apache Flink application, see Creating an Application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_create_application(
  ApplicationName,
  ApplicationDescription = NULL,
  RuntimeEnvironment,
  ServiceExecutionRole,
  ApplicationConfiguration = NULL,
  CloudWatchLoggingOptions = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  ApplicationMode = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of your application (for example, sample-app).

ApplicationDescription

A summary description of the application.

RuntimeEnvironment

[required] The runtime environment for the application.

ServiceExecutionRole

[required] The IAM role used by the application to access Kinesis data streams, Kinesis Data Firehose delivery streams, Amazon S3 objects, and other external resources.

ApplicationConfiguration

Use this parameter to configure the application.

CloudWatchLoggingOptions

Use this parameter to configure an Amazon CloudWatch log stream to monitor application configuration errors.

Tags

A list of one or more tags to assign to the application. A tag is a key-value pair that identifies an application. Note that the maximum number of application tags includes system tags. The maximum number of user-defined application tags is 50. For more information, see Using Tagging.

ApplicationMode

Use the STREAMING mode to create a Managed Service for Apache Flink application. To create a Managed Service for Apache Flink Studio notebook, use the INTERACTIVE mode.


Creates and returns a URL that you can use to connect to an application's extension

Description

Creates and returns a URL that you can use to connect to an application's extension.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_create_application_presigned_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_create_application_presigned_url(
  ApplicationName,
  UrlType,
  SessionExpirationDurationInSeconds = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application.

UrlType

[required] The type of the extension for which to create and return a URL. Currently, the only valid extension URL type is FLINK_DASHBOARD_URL.

SessionExpirationDurationInSeconds

The duration in seconds for which the returned URL will be valid.


Creates a snapshot of the application's state data

Description

Creates a snapshot of the application's state data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_create_application_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_create_application_snapshot(ApplicationName, SnapshotName)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application

SnapshotName

[required] An identifier for the application snapshot.


Deletes the specified application

Description

Deletes the specified application. Managed Service for Apache Flink halts application execution and deletes the application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application(ApplicationName, CreateTimestamp)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to delete.

CreateTimestamp

[required] Use the describe_application operation to get this value.


Deletes an Amazon CloudWatch log stream from an SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application

Description

Deletes an Amazon CloudWatch log stream from an SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_cloud_watch_logging_option/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_cloud_watch_logging_option(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId = NULL,
  CloudWatchLoggingOptionId,
  ConditionalToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

The version ID of the application. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You can retrieve the application version ID using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.

CloudWatchLoggingOptionId

[required] The CloudWatchLoggingOptionId of the Amazon CloudWatch logging option to delete. You can get the CloudWatchLoggingOptionId by using the describe_application operation.

ConditionalToken

A value you use to implement strong concurrency for application updates. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You get the application's current ConditionalToken using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.


Deletes an InputProcessingConfiguration from an input

Description

Deletes an InputProcessingConfiguration from an input.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_input_processing_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_input_processing_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  InputId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The application version. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

InputId

[required] The ID of the input configuration from which to delete the input processing configuration. You can get a list of the input IDs for an application by using the describe_application operation.


Deletes the output destination configuration from your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration

Description

Deletes the output destination configuration from your SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration. Kinesis Data Analytics will no longer write data from the corresponding in-application stream to the external output destination.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_output/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_output(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  OutputId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The application name.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The application version. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

OutputId

[required] The ID of the configuration to delete. Each output configuration that is added to the application (either when the application is created or later) using the add_application_output operation has a unique ID. You need to provide the ID to uniquely identify the output configuration that you want to delete from the application configuration. You can use the describe_application operation to get the specific OutputId.


Deletes a reference data source configuration from the specified SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration

Description

Deletes a reference data source configuration from the specified SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application's configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_reference_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_reference_data_source(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId,
  ReferenceId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The current application version. You can use the describe_application operation to get the current application version. If the version specified is not the current version, the ConcurrentModificationException is returned.

ReferenceId

[required] The ID of the reference data source. When you add a reference data source to your application using the add_application_reference_data_source, Kinesis Data Analytics assigns an ID. You can use the describe_application operation to get the reference ID.


Deletes a snapshot of application state

Description

Deletes a snapshot of application state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_snapshot(
  ApplicationName,
  SnapshotName,
  SnapshotCreationTimestamp
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

SnapshotName

[required] The identifier for the snapshot delete.

SnapshotCreationTimestamp

[required] The creation timestamp of the application snapshot to delete. You can retrieve this value using or .


Removes a VPC configuration from a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Removes a VPC configuration from a Managed Service for Apache Flink application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_vpc_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_delete_application_vpc_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId = NULL,
  VpcConfigurationId,
  ConditionalToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

The current application version ID. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You can retrieve the application version ID using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.

VpcConfigurationId

[required] The ID of the VPC configuration to delete.

ConditionalToken

A value you use to implement strong concurrency for application updates. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You get the application's current ConditionalToken using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.


Returns information about a specific Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Returns information about a specific Managed Service for Apache Flink application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application(
  ApplicationName,
  IncludeAdditionalDetails = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application.

IncludeAdditionalDetails

Displays verbose information about a Managed Service for Apache Flink application, including the application's job plan.


Returns information about a specific operation performed on a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Returns information about a specific operation performed on a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application_operation/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application_operation(ApplicationName, OperationId)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required]

OperationId

[required]


Returns information about a snapshot of application state data

Description

Returns information about a snapshot of application state data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application_snapshot(ApplicationName, SnapshotName)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

SnapshotName

[required] The identifier of an application snapshot. You can retrieve this value using .


Provides a detailed description of a specified version of the application

Description

Provides a detailed description of a specified version of the application. To see a list of all the versions of an application, invoke the list_application_versions operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_describe_application_version(
  ApplicationName,
  ApplicationVersionId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application for which you want to get the version description.

ApplicationVersionId

[required] The ID of the application version for which you want to get the description.


Infers a schema for a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application by evaluating sample records on the specified streaming source (Kinesis data stream or Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream) or Amazon S3 object

Description

Infers a schema for a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application by evaluating sample records on the specified streaming source (Kinesis data stream or Kinesis Data Firehose delivery stream) or Amazon S3 object. In the response, the operation returns the inferred schema and also the sample records that the operation used to infer the schema.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_discover_input_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_discover_input_schema(
  ResourceARN = NULL,
  ServiceExecutionRole,
  InputStartingPositionConfiguration = NULL,
  S3Configuration = NULL,
  InputProcessingConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceARN

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the streaming source.

ServiceExecutionRole

[required] The ARN of the role that is used to access the streaming source.

InputStartingPositionConfiguration

The point at which you want Kinesis Data Analytics to start reading records from the specified streaming source for discovery purposes.

S3Configuration

Specify this parameter to discover a schema from data in an Amazon S3 object.

InputProcessingConfiguration

The InputProcessingConfiguration to use to preprocess the records before discovering the schema of the records.


Lists information about operations performed on a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Lists information about operations performed on a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_list_application_operations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_list_application_operations(
  ApplicationName,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Operation = NULL,
  OperationStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required]

Limit
NextToken
Operation
OperationStatus

Lists information about the current application snapshots

Description

Lists information about the current application snapshots.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_list_application_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_list_application_snapshots(
  ApplicationName,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of an existing application.

Limit

The maximum number of application snapshots to list.

NextToken

Use this parameter if you receive a NextToken response in a previous request that indicates that there is more output available. Set it to the value of the previous call's NextToken response to indicate where the output should continue from.


Lists all the versions for the specified application, including versions that were rolled back

Description

Lists all the versions for the specified application, including versions that were rolled back. The response also includes a summary of the configuration associated with each version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_list_application_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_list_application_versions(
  ApplicationName,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application for which you want to list all versions.

Limit

The maximum number of versions to list in this invocation of the operation.

NextToken

If a previous invocation of this operation returned a pagination token, pass it into this value to retrieve the next set of results. For more information about pagination, see Using the Amazon Command Line Interface's Pagination Options.


Returns a list of Managed Service for Apache Flink applications in your account

Description

Returns a list of Managed Service for Apache Flink applications in your account. For each application, the response includes the application name, Amazon Resource Name (ARN), and status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_list_applications(Limit = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

Limit

The maximum number of applications to list.

NextToken

If a previous command returned a pagination token, pass it into this value to retrieve the next set of results. For more information about pagination, see Using the Amazon Command Line Interface's Pagination Options.


Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application

Description

Retrieves the list of key-value tags assigned to the application. For more information, see Using Tagging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the application for which to retrieve tags.


Reverts the application to the previous running version

Description

Reverts the application to the previous running version. You can roll back an application if you suspect it is stuck in a transient status or in the running status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_rollback_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_rollback_application(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

[required] The current application version ID. You can retrieve the application version ID using describe_application.


Starts the specified Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Starts the specified Managed Service for Apache Flink application. After creating an application, you must exclusively call this operation to start your application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_start_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_start_application(ApplicationName, RunConfiguration = NULL)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application.

RunConfiguration

Identifies the run configuration (start parameters) of a Managed Service for Apache Flink application.


Stops the application from processing data

Description

Stops the application from processing data. You can stop an application only if it is in the running status, unless you set the Force parameter to true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_stop_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_stop_application(ApplicationName, Force = NULL)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the running application to stop.

Force

Set to true to force the application to stop. If you set Force to true, Managed Service for Apache Flink stops the application without taking a snapshot.

Force-stopping your application may lead to data loss or duplication. To prevent data loss or duplicate processing of data during application restarts, we recommend you to take frequent snapshots of your application.

You can only force stop a Managed Service for Apache Flink application. You can't force stop a SQL-based Kinesis Data Analytics application.

The application must be in the STARTING, UPDATING, STOPPING, AUTOSCALING, or RUNNING status.


Adds one or more key-value tags to a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Adds one or more key-value tags to a Managed Service for Apache Flink application. Note that the maximum number of application tags includes system tags. The maximum number of user-defined application tags is 50. For more information, see Using Tagging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the application to assign the tags.

Tags

[required] The key-value tags to assign to the application.


Removes one or more tags from a Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Removes one or more tags from a Managed Service for Apache Flink application. For more information, see Using Tagging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The ARN of the Managed Service for Apache Flink application from which to remove the tags.

TagKeys

[required] A list of keys of tags to remove from the specified application.


Updates an existing Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Updates an existing Managed Service for Apache Flink application. Using this operation, you can update application code, input configuration, and output configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_update_application(
  ApplicationName,
  CurrentApplicationVersionId = NULL,
  ApplicationConfigurationUpdate = NULL,
  ServiceExecutionRoleUpdate = NULL,
  RunConfigurationUpdate = NULL,
  CloudWatchLoggingOptionUpdates = NULL,
  ConditionalToken = NULL,
  RuntimeEnvironmentUpdate = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application to update.

CurrentApplicationVersionId

The current application version ID. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken.You can retrieve the application version ID using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.

ApplicationConfigurationUpdate

Describes application configuration updates.

ServiceExecutionRoleUpdate

Describes updates to the service execution role.

RunConfigurationUpdate

Describes updates to the application's starting parameters.

CloudWatchLoggingOptionUpdates

Describes application Amazon CloudWatch logging option updates. You can only update existing CloudWatch logging options with this action. To add a new CloudWatch logging option, use add_application_cloud_watch_logging_option.

ConditionalToken

A value you use to implement strong concurrency for application updates. You must provide the CurrentApplicationVersionId or the ConditionalToken. You get the application's current ConditionalToken using describe_application. For better concurrency support, use the ConditionalToken parameter instead of CurrentApplicationVersionId.

RuntimeEnvironmentUpdate

Updates the Managed Service for Apache Flink runtime environment used to run your code. To avoid issues you must:

  • Ensure your new jar and dependencies are compatible with the new runtime selected.

  • Ensure your new code's state is compatible with the snapshot from which your application will start


Updates the maintenance configuration of the Managed Service for Apache Flink application

Description

Updates the maintenance configuration of the Managed Service for Apache Flink application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kinesisanalyticsv2_update_application_maintenance_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

kinesisanalyticsv2_update_application_maintenance_configuration(
  ApplicationName,
  ApplicationMaintenanceConfigurationUpdate
)

Arguments

ApplicationName

[required] The name of the application for which you want to update the maintenance configuration.

ApplicationMaintenanceConfigurationUpdate

[required] Describes the application maintenance configuration update.


Amazon Mechanical Turk

Description

Amazon Mechanical Turk API Reference

Usage

mturk(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- mturk(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_qualification_request The AcceptQualificationRequest operation approves a Worker's request for a Qualification
approve_assignment The ApproveAssignment operation approves the results of a completed assignment
associate_qualification_with_worker The AssociateQualificationWithWorker operation gives a Worker a Qualification
create_additional_assignments_for_hit The CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT operation increases the maximum number of assignments of an existing HIT
create_hit The CreateHIT operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT)
create_hit_type The CreateHITType operation creates a new HIT type
create_hit_with_hit_type The CreateHITWithHITType operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT) using an existing HITTypeID generated by the CreateHITType operation
create_qualification_type The CreateQualificationType operation creates a new Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure
create_worker_block The CreateWorkerBlock operation allows you to prevent a Worker from working on your HITs
delete_hit The DeleteHIT operation is used to delete HIT that is no longer needed
delete_qualification_type The DeleteQualificationType deletes a Qualification type and deletes any HIT types that are associated with the Qualification type
delete_worker_block The DeleteWorkerBlock operation allows you to reinstate a blocked Worker to work on your HITs
disassociate_qualification_from_worker The DisassociateQualificationFromWorker revokes a previously granted Qualification from a user
get_account_balance The GetAccountBalance operation retrieves the Prepaid HITs balance in your Amazon Mechanical Turk account if you are a Prepaid Requester
get_assignment The GetAssignment operation retrieves the details of the specified Assignment
get_file_upload_url The GetFileUploadURL operation generates and returns a temporary URL
get_hit The GetHIT operation retrieves the details of the specified HIT
get_qualification_score The GetQualificationScore operation returns the value of a Worker's Qualification for a given Qualification type
get_qualification_type The GetQualificationTypeoperation retrieves information about a Qualification type using its ID
list_assignments_for_hit The ListAssignmentsForHIT operation retrieves completed assignments for a HIT
list_bonus_payments The ListBonusPayments operation retrieves the amounts of bonuses you have paid to Workers for a given HIT or assignment
list_hi_ts The ListHITs operation returns all of a Requester's HITs
list_hi_ts_for_qualification_type The ListHITsForQualificationType operation returns the HITs that use the given Qualification type for a Qualification requirement
list_qualification_requests The ListQualificationRequests operation retrieves requests for Qualifications of a particular Qualification type
list_qualification_types The ListQualificationTypes operation returns a list of Qualification types, filtered by an optional search term
list_reviewable_hi_ts The ListReviewableHITs operation retrieves the HITs with Status equal to Reviewable or Status equal to Reviewing that belong to the Requester calling the operation
list_review_policy_results_for_hit The ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation retrieves the computed results and the actions taken in the course of executing your Review Policies for a given HIT
list_worker_blocks The ListWorkersBlocks operation retrieves a list of Workers who are blocked from working on your HITs
list_workers_with_qualification_type The ListWorkersWithQualificationType operation returns all of the Workers that have been associated with a given Qualification type
notify_workers The NotifyWorkers operation sends an email to one or more Workers that you specify with the Worker ID
reject_assignment The RejectAssignment operation rejects the results of a completed assignment
reject_qualification_request The RejectQualificationRequest operation rejects a user's request for a Qualification
send_bonus The SendBonus operation issues a payment of money from your account to a Worker
send_test_event_notification The SendTestEventNotification operation causes Amazon Mechanical Turk to send a notification message as if a HIT event occurred, according to the provided notification specification
update_expiration_for_hit The UpdateExpirationForHIT operation allows you update the expiration time of a HIT
update_hit_review_status The UpdateHITReviewStatus operation updates the status of a HIT
update_hit_type_of_hit The UpdateHITTypeOfHIT operation allows you to change the HITType properties of a HIT
update_notification_settings The UpdateNotificationSettings operation creates, updates, disables or re-enables notifications for a HIT type
update_qualification_type The UpdateQualificationType operation modifies the attributes of an existing Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- mturk()
svc$accept_qualification_request(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


The AcceptQualificationRequest operation approves a Worker's request for a Qualification

Description

The accept_qualification_request operation approves a Worker's request for a Qualification.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_accept_qualification_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_accept_qualification_request(QualificationRequestId, IntegerValue = NULL)

Arguments

QualificationRequestId

[required] The ID of the Qualification request, as returned by the GetQualificationRequests operation.

IntegerValue

The value of the Qualification. You can omit this value if you are using the presence or absence of the Qualification as the basis for a HIT requirement.


The ApproveAssignment operation approves the results of a completed assignment

Description

The approve_assignment operation approves the results of a completed assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_approve_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_approve_assignment(
  AssignmentId,
  RequesterFeedback = NULL,
  OverrideRejection = NULL
)

Arguments

AssignmentId

[required] The ID of the assignment. The assignment must correspond to a HIT created by the Requester.

RequesterFeedback

A message for the Worker, which the Worker can see in the Status section of the web site.

OverrideRejection

A flag indicating that an assignment should be approved even if it was previously rejected. Defaults to False.


The AssociateQualificationWithWorker operation gives a Worker a Qualification

Description

The associate_qualification_with_worker operation gives a Worker a Qualification. associate_qualification_with_worker does not require that the Worker submit a Qualification request. It gives the Qualification directly to the Worker.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_associate_qualification_with_worker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_associate_qualification_with_worker(
  QualificationTypeId,
  WorkerId,
  IntegerValue = NULL,
  SendNotification = NULL
)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the Qualification type to use for the assigned Qualification.

WorkerId

[required] The ID of the Worker to whom the Qualification is being assigned. Worker IDs are included with submitted HIT assignments and Qualification requests.

IntegerValue

The value of the Qualification to assign.

SendNotification

Specifies whether to send a notification email message to the Worker saying that the qualification was assigned to the Worker. Note: this is true by default.


The CreateAdditionalAssignmentsForHIT operation increases the maximum number of assignments of an existing HIT

Description

The create_additional_assignments_for_hit operation increases the maximum number of assignments of an existing HIT.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_create_additional_assignments_for_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_create_additional_assignments_for_hit(
  HITId,
  NumberOfAdditionalAssignments,
  UniqueRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The ID of the HIT to extend.

NumberOfAdditionalAssignments

[required] The number of additional assignments to request for this HIT.

UniqueRequestToken

A unique identifier for this request, which allows you to retry the call on error without extending the HIT multiple times. This is useful in cases such as network timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded on the server. If the extend HIT already exists in the system from a previous call using the same UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return an error with a message containing the request ID.


The CreateHIT operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT)

Description

The create_hit operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT). The new HIT is made available for Workers to find and accept on the Amazon Mechanical Turk website.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_create_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_create_hit(
  MaxAssignments = NULL,
  AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds = NULL,
  LifetimeInSeconds,
  AssignmentDurationInSeconds,
  Reward,
  Title,
  Keywords = NULL,
  Description,
  Question = NULL,
  RequesterAnnotation = NULL,
  QualificationRequirements = NULL,
  UniqueRequestToken = NULL,
  AssignmentReviewPolicy = NULL,
  HITReviewPolicy = NULL,
  HITLayoutId = NULL,
  HITLayoutParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxAssignments

The number of times the HIT can be accepted and completed before the HIT becomes unavailable.

AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds

The number of seconds after an assignment for the HIT has been submitted, after which the assignment is considered Approved automatically unless the Requester explicitly rejects it.

LifetimeInSeconds

[required] An amount of time, in seconds, after which the HIT is no longer available for users to accept. After the lifetime of the HIT elapses, the HIT no longer appears in HIT searches, even if not all of the assignments for the HIT have been accepted.

AssignmentDurationInSeconds

[required] The amount of time, in seconds, that a Worker has to complete the HIT after accepting it. If a Worker does not complete the assignment within the specified duration, the assignment is considered abandoned. If the HIT is still active (that is, its lifetime has not elapsed), the assignment becomes available for other users to find and accept.

Reward

[required] The amount of money the Requester will pay a Worker for successfully completing the HIT.

Title

[required] The title of the HIT. A title should be short and descriptive about the kind of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, the HIT title appears in search results, and everywhere the HIT is mentioned.

Keywords

One or more words or phrases that describe the HIT, separated by commas. These words are used in searches to find HITs.

Description

[required] A general description of the HIT. A description includes detailed information about the kind of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, the HIT description appears in the expanded view of search results, and in the HIT and assignment screens. A good description gives the user enough information to evaluate the HIT before accepting it.

Question

The data the person completing the HIT uses to produce the results.

Constraints: Must be a QuestionForm data structure, an ExternalQuestion data structure, or an HTMLQuestion data structure. The XML question data must not be larger than 64 kilobytes (65,535 bytes) in size, including whitespace.

Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must be provided.

RequesterAnnotation

An arbitrary data field. The RequesterAnnotation parameter lets your application attach arbitrary data to the HIT for tracking purposes. For example, this parameter could be an identifier internal to the Requester's application that corresponds with the HIT.

The RequesterAnnotation parameter for a HIT is only visible to the Requester who created the HIT. It is not shown to the Worker, or any other Requester.

The RequesterAnnotation parameter may be different for each HIT you submit. It does not affect how your HITs are grouped.

QualificationRequirements

Conditions that a Worker's Qualifications must meet in order to accept the HIT. A HIT can have between zero and ten Qualification requirements. All requirements must be met in order for a Worker to accept the HIT. Additionally, other actions can be restricted using the ActionsGuarded field on each QualificationRequirement structure.

UniqueRequestToken

A unique identifier for this request which allows you to retry the call on error without creating duplicate HITs. This is useful in cases such as network timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded on the server. If the HIT already exists in the system from a previous call using the same UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return a AWS.MechanicalTurk.HitAlreadyExists error with a message containing the HITId.

Note: It is your responsibility to ensure uniqueness of the token. The unique token expires after 24 hours. Subsequent calls using the same UniqueRequestToken made after the 24 hour limit could create duplicate HITs.

AssignmentReviewPolicy

The Assignment-level Review Policy applies to the assignments under the HIT. You can specify for Mechanical Turk to take various actions based on the policy.

HITReviewPolicy

The HIT-level Review Policy applies to the HIT. You can specify for Mechanical Turk to take various actions based on the policy.

HITLayoutId

The HITLayoutId allows you to use a pre-existing HIT design with placeholder values and create an additional HIT by providing those values as HITLayoutParameters.

Constraints: Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must be provided.

HITLayoutParameters

If the HITLayoutId is provided, any placeholder values must be filled in with values using the HITLayoutParameter structure. For more information, see HITLayout.


The CreateHITType operation creates a new HIT type

Description

The create_hit_type operation creates a new HIT type. This operation allows you to define a standard set of HIT properties to use when creating HITs. If you register a HIT type with values that match an existing HIT type, the HIT type ID of the existing type will be returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_create_hit_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_create_hit_type(
  AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds = NULL,
  AssignmentDurationInSeconds,
  Reward,
  Title,
  Keywords = NULL,
  Description,
  QualificationRequirements = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoApprovalDelayInSeconds

The number of seconds after an assignment for the HIT has been submitted, after which the assignment is considered Approved automatically unless the Requester explicitly rejects it.

AssignmentDurationInSeconds

[required] The amount of time, in seconds, that a Worker has to complete the HIT after accepting it. If a Worker does not complete the assignment within the specified duration, the assignment is considered abandoned. If the HIT is still active (that is, its lifetime has not elapsed), the assignment becomes available for other users to find and accept.

Reward

[required] The amount of money the Requester will pay a Worker for successfully completing the HIT.

Title

[required] The title of the HIT. A title should be short and descriptive about the kind of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, the HIT title appears in search results, and everywhere the HIT is mentioned.

Keywords

One or more words or phrases that describe the HIT, separated by commas. These words are used in searches to find HITs.

Description

[required] A general description of the HIT. A description includes detailed information about the kind of task the HIT contains. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, the HIT description appears in the expanded view of search results, and in the HIT and assignment screens. A good description gives the user enough information to evaluate the HIT before accepting it.

QualificationRequirements

Conditions that a Worker's Qualifications must meet in order to accept the HIT. A HIT can have between zero and ten Qualification requirements. All requirements must be met in order for a Worker to accept the HIT. Additionally, other actions can be restricted using the ActionsGuarded field on each QualificationRequirement structure.


The CreateHITWithHITType operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT) using an existing HITTypeID generated by the CreateHITType operation

Description

The create_hit_with_hit_type operation creates a new Human Intelligence Task (HIT) using an existing HITTypeID generated by the create_hit_type operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_create_hit_with_hit_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_create_hit_with_hit_type(
  HITTypeId,
  MaxAssignments = NULL,
  LifetimeInSeconds,
  Question = NULL,
  RequesterAnnotation = NULL,
  UniqueRequestToken = NULL,
  AssignmentReviewPolicy = NULL,
  HITReviewPolicy = NULL,
  HITLayoutId = NULL,
  HITLayoutParameters = NULL
)

Arguments

HITTypeId

[required] The HIT type ID you want to create this HIT with.

MaxAssignments

The number of times the HIT can be accepted and completed before the HIT becomes unavailable.

LifetimeInSeconds

[required] An amount of time, in seconds, after which the HIT is no longer available for users to accept. After the lifetime of the HIT elapses, the HIT no longer appears in HIT searches, even if not all of the assignments for the HIT have been accepted.

Question

The data the person completing the HIT uses to produce the results.

Constraints: Must be a QuestionForm data structure, an ExternalQuestion data structure, or an HTMLQuestion data structure. The XML question data must not be larger than 64 kilobytes (65,535 bytes) in size, including whitespace.

Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must be provided.

RequesterAnnotation

An arbitrary data field. The RequesterAnnotation parameter lets your application attach arbitrary data to the HIT for tracking purposes. For example, this parameter could be an identifier internal to the Requester's application that corresponds with the HIT.

The RequesterAnnotation parameter for a HIT is only visible to the Requester who created the HIT. It is not shown to the Worker, or any other Requester.

The RequesterAnnotation parameter may be different for each HIT you submit. It does not affect how your HITs are grouped.

UniqueRequestToken

A unique identifier for this request which allows you to retry the call on error without creating duplicate HITs. This is useful in cases such as network timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded on the server. If the HIT already exists in the system from a previous call using the same UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return a AWS.MechanicalTurk.HitAlreadyExists error with a message containing the HITId.

Note: It is your responsibility to ensure uniqueness of the token. The unique token expires after 24 hours. Subsequent calls using the same UniqueRequestToken made after the 24 hour limit could create duplicate HITs.

AssignmentReviewPolicy

The Assignment-level Review Policy applies to the assignments under the HIT. You can specify for Mechanical Turk to take various actions based on the policy.

HITReviewPolicy

The HIT-level Review Policy applies to the HIT. You can specify for Mechanical Turk to take various actions based on the policy.

HITLayoutId

The HITLayoutId allows you to use a pre-existing HIT design with placeholder values and create an additional HIT by providing those values as HITLayoutParameters.

Constraints: Either a Question parameter or a HITLayoutId parameter must be provided.

HITLayoutParameters

If the HITLayoutId is provided, any placeholder values must be filled in with values using the HITLayoutParameter structure. For more information, see HITLayout.


The CreateQualificationType operation creates a new Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure

Description

The create_qualification_type operation creates a new Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_create_qualification_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_create_qualification_type(
  Name,
  Keywords = NULL,
  Description,
  QualificationTypeStatus,
  RetryDelayInSeconds = NULL,
  Test = NULL,
  AnswerKey = NULL,
  TestDurationInSeconds = NULL,
  AutoGranted = NULL,
  AutoGrantedValue = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name you give to the Qualification type. The type name is used to represent the Qualification to Workers, and to find the type using a Qualification type search. It must be unique across all of your Qualification types.

Keywords

One or more words or phrases that describe the Qualification type, separated by commas. The keywords of a type make the type easier to find during a search.

Description

[required] A long description for the Qualification type. On the Amazon Mechanical Turk website, the long description is displayed when a Worker examines a Qualification type.

QualificationTypeStatus

[required] The initial status of the Qualification type.

Constraints: Valid values are: Active | Inactive

RetryDelayInSeconds

The number of seconds that a Worker must wait after requesting a Qualification of the Qualification type before the worker can retry the Qualification request.

Constraints: None. If not specified, retries are disabled and Workers can request a Qualification of this type only once, even if the Worker has not been granted the Qualification. It is not possible to disable retries for a Qualification type after it has been created with retries enabled. If you want to disable retries, you must delete existing retry-enabled Qualification type and then create a new Qualification type with retries disabled.

Test

The questions for the Qualification test a Worker must answer correctly to obtain a Qualification of this type. If this parameter is specified, TestDurationInSeconds must also be specified.

Constraints: Must not be longer than 65535 bytes. Must be a QuestionForm data structure. This parameter cannot be specified if AutoGranted is true.

Constraints: None. If not specified, the Worker may request the Qualification without answering any questions.

AnswerKey

The answers to the Qualification test specified in the Test parameter, in the form of an AnswerKey data structure.

Constraints: Must not be longer than 65535 bytes.

Constraints: None. If not specified, you must process Qualification requests manually.

TestDurationInSeconds

The number of seconds the Worker has to complete the Qualification test, starting from the time the Worker requests the Qualification.

AutoGranted

Specifies whether requests for the Qualification type are granted immediately, without prompting the Worker with a Qualification test.

Constraints: If the Test parameter is specified, this parameter cannot be true.

AutoGrantedValue

The Qualification value to use for automatically granted Qualifications. This parameter is used only if the AutoGranted parameter is true.


The CreateWorkerBlock operation allows you to prevent a Worker from working on your HITs

Description

The create_worker_block operation allows you to prevent a Worker from working on your HITs. For example, you can block a Worker who is producing poor quality work. You can block up to 100,000 Workers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_create_worker_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_create_worker_block(WorkerId, Reason)

Arguments

WorkerId

[required] The ID of the Worker to block.

Reason

[required] A message explaining the reason for blocking the Worker. This parameter enables you to keep track of your Workers. The Worker does not see this message.


The DeleteHIT operation is used to delete HIT that is no longer needed

Description

The delete_hit operation is used to delete HIT that is no longer needed. Only the Requester who created the HIT can delete it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_delete_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_delete_hit(HITId)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The ID of the HIT to be deleted.


The DeleteQualificationType deletes a Qualification type and deletes any HIT types that are associated with the Qualification type

Description

The delete_qualification_type deletes a Qualification type and deletes any HIT types that are associated with the Qualification type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_delete_qualification_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_delete_qualification_type(QualificationTypeId)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the QualificationType to dispose.


The DeleteWorkerBlock operation allows you to reinstate a blocked Worker to work on your HITs

Description

The delete_worker_block operation allows you to reinstate a blocked Worker to work on your HITs. This operation reverses the effects of the CreateWorkerBlock operation. You need the Worker ID to use this operation. If the Worker ID is missing or invalid, this operation fails and returns the message “WorkerId is invalid.” If the specified Worker is not blocked, this operation returns successfully.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_delete_worker_block/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_delete_worker_block(WorkerId, Reason = NULL)

Arguments

WorkerId

[required] The ID of the Worker to unblock.

Reason

A message that explains the reason for unblocking the Worker. The Worker does not see this message.


The DisassociateQualificationFromWorker revokes a previously granted Qualification from a user

Description

The disassociate_qualification_from_worker revokes a previously granted Qualification from a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_disassociate_qualification_from_worker/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_disassociate_qualification_from_worker(
  WorkerId,
  QualificationTypeId,
  Reason = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkerId

[required] The ID of the Worker who possesses the Qualification to be revoked.

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the Qualification type of the Qualification to be revoked.

Reason

A text message that explains why the Qualification was revoked. The user who had the Qualification sees this message.


The GetAccountBalance operation retrieves the Prepaid HITs balance in your Amazon Mechanical Turk account if you are a Prepaid Requester

Description

The get_account_balance operation retrieves the Prepaid HITs balance in your Amazon Mechanical Turk account if you are a Prepaid Requester. Alternatively, this operation will retrieve the remaining available AWS Billing usage if you have enabled AWS Billing. Note: If you have enabled AWS Billing and still have a remaining Prepaid HITs balance, this balance can be viewed on the My Account page in the Requester console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_get_account_balance/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_get_account_balance()

The GetAssignment operation retrieves the details of the specified Assignment

Description

The get_assignment operation retrieves the details of the specified Assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_get_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_get_assignment(AssignmentId)

Arguments

AssignmentId

[required] The ID of the Assignment to be retrieved.


The GetFileUploadURL operation generates and returns a temporary URL

Description

The get_file_upload_url operation generates and returns a temporary URL. You use the temporary URL to retrieve a file uploaded by a Worker as an answer to a FileUploadAnswer question for a HIT. The temporary URL is generated the instant the GetFileUploadURL operation is called, and is valid for 60 seconds. You can get a temporary file upload URL any time until the HIT is disposed. After the HIT is disposed, any uploaded files are deleted, and cannot be retrieved. Pending Deprecation on December 12, 2017. The Answer Specification structure will no longer support the FileUploadAnswer element to be used for the QuestionForm data structure. Instead, we recommend that Requesters who want to create HITs asking Workers to upload files to use Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_get_file_upload_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_get_file_upload_url(AssignmentId, QuestionIdentifier)

Arguments

AssignmentId

[required] The ID of the assignment that contains the question with a FileUploadAnswer.

QuestionIdentifier

[required] The identifier of the question with a FileUploadAnswer, as specified in the QuestionForm of the HIT.


The GetHIT operation retrieves the details of the specified HIT

Description

The get_hit operation retrieves the details of the specified HIT.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_get_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_get_hit(HITId)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The ID of the HIT to be retrieved.


The GetQualificationScore operation returns the value of a Worker's Qualification for a given Qualification type

Description

The get_qualification_score operation returns the value of a Worker's Qualification for a given Qualification type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_get_qualification_score/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_get_qualification_score(QualificationTypeId, WorkerId)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the QualificationType.

WorkerId

[required] The ID of the Worker whose Qualification is being updated.


The GetQualificationTypeoperation retrieves information about a Qualification type using its ID

Description

The get_qualification_typeoperation retrieves information about a Qualification type using its ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_get_qualification_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_get_qualification_type(QualificationTypeId)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the QualificationType.


The ListAssignmentsForHIT operation retrieves completed assignments for a HIT

Description

The list_assignments_for_hit operation retrieves completed assignments for a HIT. You can use this operation to retrieve the results for a HIT.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_assignments_for_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_assignments_for_hit(
  HITId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  AssignmentStatuses = NULL
)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The ID of the HIT.

NextToken

Pagination token

MaxResults
AssignmentStatuses

The status of the assignments to return: Submitted | Approved | Rejected


The ListBonusPayments operation retrieves the amounts of bonuses you have paid to Workers for a given HIT or assignment

Description

The list_bonus_payments operation retrieves the amounts of bonuses you have paid to Workers for a given HIT or assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_bonus_payments/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_bonus_payments(
  HITId = NULL,
  AssignmentId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

HITId

The ID of the HIT associated with the bonus payments to retrieve. If not specified, all bonus payments for all assignments for the given HIT are returned. Either the HITId parameter or the AssignmentId parameter must be specified

AssignmentId

The ID of the assignment associated with the bonus payments to retrieve. If specified, only bonus payments for the given assignment are returned. Either the HITId parameter or the AssignmentId parameter must be specified

NextToken

Pagination token

MaxResults

The ListHITs operation returns all of a Requester's HITs

Description

The list_hi_ts operation returns all of a Requester's HITs. The operation returns HITs of any status, except for HITs that have been deleted of with the DeleteHIT operation or that have been auto-deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_hi_ts/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_hi_ts(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Pagination token

MaxResults

The ListHITsForQualificationType operation returns the HITs that use the given Qualification type for a Qualification requirement

Description

The list_hi_ts_for_qualification_type operation returns the HITs that use the given Qualification type for a Qualification requirement. The operation returns HITs of any status, except for HITs that have been deleted with the delete_hit operation or that have been auto-deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_hi_ts_for_qualification_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_hi_ts_for_qualification_type(
  QualificationTypeId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the Qualification type to use when querying HITs.

NextToken

Pagination Token

MaxResults

Limit the number of results returned.


The ListQualificationRequests operation retrieves requests for Qualifications of a particular Qualification type

Description

The list_qualification_requests operation retrieves requests for Qualifications of a particular Qualification type. The owner of the Qualification type calls this operation to poll for pending requests, and accepts them using the AcceptQualification operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_qualification_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_qualification_requests(
  QualificationTypeId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

The ID of the QualificationType.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


The ListQualificationTypes operation returns a list of Qualification types, filtered by an optional search term

Description

The list_qualification_types operation returns a list of Qualification types, filtered by an optional search term.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_qualification_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_qualification_types(
  Query = NULL,
  MustBeRequestable,
  MustBeOwnedByCaller = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Query

A text query against all of the searchable attributes of Qualification types.

MustBeRequestable

[required] Specifies that only Qualification types that a user can request through the Amazon Mechanical Turk web site, such as by taking a Qualification test, are returned as results of the search. Some Qualification types, such as those assigned automatically by the system, cannot be requested directly by users. If false, all Qualification types, including those managed by the system, are considered. Valid values are True | False.

MustBeOwnedByCaller

Specifies that only Qualification types that the Requester created are returned. If false, the operation returns all Qualification types.

NextToken
MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in a single call.


The ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation retrieves the computed results and the actions taken in the course of executing your Review Policies for a given HIT

Description

The list_review_policy_results_for_hit operation retrieves the computed results and the actions taken in the course of executing your Review Policies for a given HIT. For information about how to specify Review Policies when you call CreateHIT, see Review Policies. The ListReviewPolicyResultsForHIT operation can return results for both Assignment-level and HIT-level review results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_review_policy_results_for_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_review_policy_results_for_hit(
  HITId,
  PolicyLevels = NULL,
  RetrieveActions = NULL,
  RetrieveResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The unique identifier of the HIT to retrieve review results for.

PolicyLevels

The Policy Level(s) to retrieve review results for - HIT or Assignment. If omitted, the default behavior is to retrieve all data for both policy levels. For a list of all the described policies, see Review Policies.

RetrieveActions

Specify if the operation should retrieve a list of the actions taken executing the Review Policies and their outcomes.

RetrieveResults

Specify if the operation should retrieve a list of the results computed by the Review Policies.

NextToken

Pagination token

MaxResults

Limit the number of results returned.


The ListReviewableHITs operation retrieves the HITs with Status equal to Reviewable or Status equal to Reviewing that belong to the Requester calling the operation

Description

The list_reviewable_hi_ts operation retrieves the HITs with Status equal to Reviewable or Status equal to Reviewing that belong to the Requester calling the operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_reviewable_hi_ts/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_reviewable_hi_ts(
  HITTypeId = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

HITTypeId

The ID of the HIT type of the HITs to consider for the query. If not specified, all HITs for the Reviewer are considered

Status

Can be either Reviewable or Reviewing. Reviewable is the default value.

NextToken

Pagination Token

MaxResults

Limit the number of results returned.


The ListWorkersBlocks operation retrieves a list of Workers who are blocked from working on your HITs

Description

The ListWorkersBlocks operation retrieves a list of Workers who are blocked from working on your HITs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_worker_blocks/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_worker_blocks(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

Pagination token

MaxResults

The ListWorkersWithQualificationType operation returns all of the Workers that have been associated with a given Qualification type

Description

The list_workers_with_qualification_type operation returns all of the Workers that have been associated with a given Qualification type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_list_workers_with_qualification_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_list_workers_with_qualification_type(
  QualificationTypeId,
  Status = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the Qualification type of the Qualifications to return.

Status

The status of the Qualifications to return. Can be Granted | Revoked.

NextToken

Pagination Token

MaxResults

Limit the number of results returned.


The NotifyWorkers operation sends an email to one or more Workers that you specify with the Worker ID

Description

The notify_workers operation sends an email to one or more Workers that you specify with the Worker ID. You can specify up to 100 Worker IDs to send the same message with a single call to the NotifyWorkers operation. The NotifyWorkers operation will send a notification email to a Worker only if you have previously approved or rejected work from the Worker.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_notify_workers/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_notify_workers(Subject, MessageText, WorkerIds)

Arguments

Subject

[required] The subject line of the email message to send. Can include up to 200 characters.

MessageText

[required] The text of the email message to send. Can include up to 4,096 characters

WorkerIds

[required] A list of Worker IDs you wish to notify. You can notify upto 100 Workers at a time.


The RejectAssignment operation rejects the results of a completed assignment

Description

The reject_assignment operation rejects the results of a completed assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_reject_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_reject_assignment(AssignmentId, RequesterFeedback)

Arguments

AssignmentId

[required] The ID of the assignment. The assignment must correspond to a HIT created by the Requester.

RequesterFeedback

[required] A message for the Worker, which the Worker can see in the Status section of the web site.


The RejectQualificationRequest operation rejects a user's request for a Qualification

Description

The reject_qualification_request operation rejects a user's request for a Qualification.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_reject_qualification_request/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_reject_qualification_request(QualificationRequestId, Reason = NULL)

Arguments

QualificationRequestId

[required] The ID of the Qualification request, as returned by the list_qualification_requests operation.

Reason

A text message explaining why the request was rejected, to be shown to the Worker who made the request.


The SendBonus operation issues a payment of money from your account to a Worker

Description

The send_bonus operation issues a payment of money from your account to a Worker. This payment happens separately from the reward you pay to the Worker when you approve the Worker's assignment. The SendBonus operation requires the Worker's ID and the assignment ID as parameters to initiate payment of the bonus. You must include a message that explains the reason for the bonus payment, as the Worker may not be expecting the payment. Amazon Mechanical Turk collects a fee for bonus payments, similar to the HIT listing fee. This operation fails if your account does not have enough funds to pay for both the bonus and the fees.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_send_bonus/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_send_bonus(
  WorkerId,
  BonusAmount,
  AssignmentId,
  Reason,
  UniqueRequestToken = NULL
)

Arguments

WorkerId

[required] The ID of the Worker being paid the bonus.

BonusAmount

[required] The Bonus amount is a US Dollar amount specified using a string (for example, "5" represents $5.00 USD and "101.42" represents $101.42 USD). Do not include currency symbols or currency codes.

AssignmentId

[required] The ID of the assignment for which this bonus is paid.

Reason

[required] A message that explains the reason for the bonus payment. The Worker receiving the bonus can see this message.

UniqueRequestToken

A unique identifier for this request, which allows you to retry the call on error without granting multiple bonuses. This is useful in cases such as network timeouts where it is unclear whether or not the call succeeded on the server. If the bonus already exists in the system from a previous call using the same UniqueRequestToken, subsequent calls will return an error with a message containing the request ID.


The SendTestEventNotification operation causes Amazon Mechanical Turk to send a notification message as if a HIT event occurred, according to the provided notification specification

Description

The send_test_event_notification operation causes Amazon Mechanical Turk to send a notification message as if a HIT event occurred, according to the provided notification specification. This allows you to test notifications without setting up notifications for a real HIT type and trying to trigger them using the website. When you call this operation, the service attempts to send the test notification immediately.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_send_test_event_notification/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_send_test_event_notification(Notification, TestEventType)

Arguments

Notification

[required] The notification specification to test. This value is identical to the value you would provide to the UpdateNotificationSettings operation when you establish the notification specification for a HIT type.

TestEventType

[required] The event to simulate to test the notification specification. This event is included in the test message even if the notification specification does not include the event type. The notification specification does not filter out the test event.


The UpdateExpirationForHIT operation allows you update the expiration time of a HIT

Description

The update_expiration_for_hit operation allows you update the expiration time of a HIT. If you update it to a time in the past, the HIT will be immediately expired.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_update_expiration_for_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_update_expiration_for_hit(HITId, ExpireAt)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The HIT to update.

ExpireAt

[required] The date and time at which you want the HIT to expire


The UpdateHITReviewStatus operation updates the status of a HIT

Description

The update_hit_review_status operation updates the status of a HIT. If the status is Reviewable, this operation can update the status to Reviewing, or it can revert a Reviewing HIT back to the Reviewable status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_update_hit_review_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_update_hit_review_status(HITId, Revert = NULL)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The ID of the HIT to update.

Revert

Specifies how to update the HIT status. Default is False.

  • Setting this to false will only transition a HIT from Reviewable to Reviewing

  • Setting this to true will only transition a HIT from Reviewing to Reviewable


The UpdateHITTypeOfHIT operation allows you to change the HITType properties of a HIT

Description

The update_hit_type_of_hit operation allows you to change the HITType properties of a HIT. This operation disassociates the HIT from its old HITType properties and associates it with the new HITType properties. The HIT takes on the properties of the new HITType in place of the old ones.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_update_hit_type_of_hit/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_update_hit_type_of_hit(HITId, HITTypeId)

Arguments

HITId

[required] The HIT to update.

HITTypeId

[required] The ID of the new HIT type.


The UpdateNotificationSettings operation creates, updates, disables or re-enables notifications for a HIT type

Description

The update_notification_settings operation creates, updates, disables or re-enables notifications for a HIT type. If you call the UpdateNotificationSettings operation for a HIT type that already has a notification specification, the operation replaces the old specification with a new one. You can call the UpdateNotificationSettings operation to enable or disable notifications for the HIT type, without having to modify the notification specification itself by providing updates to the Active status without specifying a new notification specification. To change the Active status of a HIT type's notifications, the HIT type must already have a notification specification, or one must be provided in the same call to update_notification_settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_update_notification_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_update_notification_settings(
  HITTypeId,
  Notification = NULL,
  Active = NULL
)

Arguments

HITTypeId

[required] The ID of the HIT type whose notification specification is being updated.

Notification

The notification specification for the HIT type.

Active

Specifies whether notifications are sent for HITs of this HIT type, according to the notification specification. You must specify either the Notification parameter or the Active parameter for the call to UpdateNotificationSettings to succeed.


The UpdateQualificationType operation modifies the attributes of an existing Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure

Description

The update_qualification_type operation modifies the attributes of an existing Qualification type, which is represented by a QualificationType data structure. Only the owner of a Qualification type can modify its attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/mturk_update_qualification_type/ for full documentation.

Usage

mturk_update_qualification_type(
  QualificationTypeId,
  Description = NULL,
  QualificationTypeStatus = NULL,
  Test = NULL,
  AnswerKey = NULL,
  TestDurationInSeconds = NULL,
  RetryDelayInSeconds = NULL,
  AutoGranted = NULL,
  AutoGrantedValue = NULL
)

Arguments

QualificationTypeId

[required] The ID of the Qualification type to update.

Description

The new description of the Qualification type.

QualificationTypeStatus

The new status of the Qualification type - Active | Inactive

Test

The questions for the Qualification test a Worker must answer correctly to obtain a Qualification of this type. If this parameter is specified, TestDurationInSeconds must also be specified.

Constraints: Must not be longer than 65535 bytes. Must be a QuestionForm data structure. This parameter cannot be specified if AutoGranted is true.

Constraints: None. If not specified, the Worker may request the Qualification without answering any questions.

AnswerKey

The answers to the Qualification test specified in the Test parameter, in the form of an AnswerKey data structure.

TestDurationInSeconds

The number of seconds the Worker has to complete the Qualification test, starting from the time the Worker requests the Qualification.

RetryDelayInSeconds

The amount of time, in seconds, that Workers must wait after requesting a Qualification of the specified Qualification type before they can retry the Qualification request. It is not possible to disable retries for a Qualification type after it has been created with retries enabled. If you want to disable retries, you must dispose of the existing retry-enabled Qualification type using DisposeQualificationType and then create a new Qualification type with retries disabled using CreateQualificationType.

AutoGranted

Specifies whether requests for the Qualification type are granted immediately, without prompting the Worker with a Qualification test.

Constraints: If the Test parameter is specified, this parameter cannot be true.

AutoGrantedValue

The Qualification value to use for automatically granted Qualifications. This parameter is used only if the AutoGranted parameter is true.


Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion

Description

Use the Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion API to create and manage ingestion pipelines. OpenSearch Ingestion is a fully managed data collector that delivers real-time log and trace data to OpenSearch Service domains. For more information, see Getting data into your cluster using OpenSearch Ingestion.

Usage

opensearchingestion(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- opensearchingestion(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_pipeline Creates an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
delete_pipeline Deletes an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
get_pipeline Retrieves information about an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
get_pipeline_blueprint Retrieves information about a specific blueprint for OpenSearch Ingestion
get_pipeline_change_progress Returns progress information for the current change happening on an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
list_pipeline_blueprints Retrieves a list of all available blueprints for Data Prepper
list_pipelines Lists all OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region
list_tags_for_resource Lists all resource tags associated with an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
start_pipeline Starts an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
stop_pipeline Stops an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
tag_resource Tags an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
update_pipeline Updates an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline
validate_pipeline Checks whether an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline configuration is valid prior to creation

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- opensearchingestion()
svc$create_pipeline(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Creates an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Creating Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_create_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_create_pipeline(
  PipelineName,
  MinUnits,
  MaxUnits,
  PipelineConfigurationBody,
  LogPublishingOptions = NULL,
  VpcOptions = NULL,
  BufferOptions = NULL,
  EncryptionAtRestOptions = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline to create. Pipeline names are unique across the pipelines owned by an account within an Amazon Web Services Region.

MinUnits

[required] The minimum pipeline capacity, in Ingestion Compute Units (ICUs).

MaxUnits

[required] The maximum pipeline capacity, in Ingestion Compute Units (ICUs).

PipelineConfigurationBody

[required] The pipeline configuration in YAML format. The command accepts the pipeline configuration as a string or within a .yaml file. If you provide the configuration as a string, each new line must be escaped with ⁠\\n⁠.

LogPublishingOptions

Key-value pairs to configure log publishing.

VpcOptions

Container for the values required to configure VPC access for the pipeline. If you don't specify these values, OpenSearch Ingestion creates the pipeline with a public endpoint.

BufferOptions

Key-value pairs to configure persistent buffering for the pipeline.

EncryptionAtRestOptions

Key-value pairs to configure encryption for data that is written to a persistent buffer.

Tags

List of tags to add to the pipeline upon creation.


Deletes an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Deletes an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Deleting Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_delete_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_delete_pipeline(PipelineName)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline to delete.


Retrieves information about an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Retrieves information about an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_get_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_get_pipeline(PipelineName)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline.


Retrieves information about a specific blueprint for OpenSearch Ingestion

Description

Retrieves information about a specific blueprint for OpenSearch Ingestion. Blueprints are templates for the configuration needed for a create_pipeline request. For more information, see Using blueprints to create a pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_get_pipeline_blueprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_get_pipeline_blueprint(BlueprintName, Format = NULL)

Arguments

BlueprintName

[required] The name of the blueprint to retrieve.

Format

The format format of the blueprint to retrieve.


Returns progress information for the current change happening on an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Returns progress information for the current change happening on an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. Currently, this operation only returns information when a pipeline is being created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_get_pipeline_change_progress/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_get_pipeline_change_progress(PipelineName)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline.


Retrieves a list of all available blueprints for Data Prepper

Description

Retrieves a list of all available blueprints for Data Prepper. For more information, see Using blueprints to create a pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_list_pipeline_blueprints/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_list_pipeline_blueprints()

Lists all OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region

Description

Lists all OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region. For more information, see Viewing Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_list_pipelines/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_list_pipelines(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_pipelines operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_pipelines operations, which returns results in the next page.


Lists all resource tags associated with an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Lists all resource tags associated with an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_list_tags_for_resource(Arn)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pipeline to retrieve tags for.


Starts an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Starts an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Starting an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_start_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_start_pipeline(PipelineName)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline to start.


Stops an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Stops an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Stopping an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_stop_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_stop_pipeline(PipelineName)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline to stop.


Tags an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Tags an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_tag_resource(Arn, Tags)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pipeline to tag.

Tags

[required] The list of key-value tags to add to the pipeline.


Removes one or more tags from an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Removes one or more tags from an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_untag_resource(Arn, TagKeys)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the pipeline to remove tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys to remove.


Updates an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline

Description

Updates an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline. For more information, see Updating Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_update_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_update_pipeline(
  PipelineName,
  MinUnits = NULL,
  MaxUnits = NULL,
  PipelineConfigurationBody = NULL,
  LogPublishingOptions = NULL,
  BufferOptions = NULL,
  EncryptionAtRestOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

PipelineName

[required] The name of the pipeline to update.

MinUnits

The minimum pipeline capacity, in Ingestion Compute Units (ICUs).

MaxUnits

The maximum pipeline capacity, in Ingestion Compute Units (ICUs)

PipelineConfigurationBody

The pipeline configuration in YAML format. The command accepts the pipeline configuration as a string or within a .yaml file. If you provide the configuration as a string, each new line must be escaped with ⁠\\n⁠.

LogPublishingOptions

Key-value pairs to configure log publishing.

BufferOptions

Key-value pairs to configure persistent buffering for the pipeline.

EncryptionAtRestOptions

Key-value pairs to configure encryption for data that is written to a persistent buffer.


Checks whether an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline configuration is valid prior to creation

Description

Checks whether an OpenSearch Ingestion pipeline configuration is valid prior to creation. For more information, see Creating Amazon OpenSearch Ingestion pipelines.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchingestion_validate_pipeline/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchingestion_validate_pipeline(PipelineConfigurationBody)

Arguments

PipelineConfigurationBody

[required] The pipeline configuration in YAML format. The command accepts the pipeline configuration as a string or within a .yaml file. If you provide the configuration as a string, each new line must be escaped with ⁠\\n⁠.


Amazon OpenSearch Service

Description

Use the Amazon OpenSearch Service configuration API to create, configure, and manage OpenSearch Service domains. The endpoint for configuration service requests is Region specific: es.region.amazonaws.com. For example, es.us-east-1.amazonaws.com. For a current list of supported Regions and endpoints, see Amazon Web Services service endpoints.

Usage

opensearchservice(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- opensearchservice(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_inbound_connection Allows the destination Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to accept an inbound cross-cluster search connection request
add_data_source Creates a new direct-query data source to the specified domain
add_direct_query_data_source Adds a new data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service so that you can perform direct queries on external data
add_tags Attaches tags to an existing Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application
associate_package Associates a package with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
associate_packages Operation in the Amazon OpenSearch Service API for associating multiple packages with a domain simultaneously
authorize_vpc_endpoint_access Provides access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint
cancel_domain_config_change Cancels a pending configuration change on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
cancel_service_software_update Cancels a scheduled service software update for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
create_application Creates an OpenSearch Application
create_domain Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
create_outbound_connection Creates a new cross-cluster search connection from a source Amazon OpenSearch Service domain to a destination domain
create_package Creates a package for use with Amazon OpenSearch Service domains
create_vpc_endpoint Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoint
delete_application Deletes an existing OpenSearch Application
delete_data_source Deletes a direct-query data source
delete_direct_query_data_source Deletes a previously configured direct query data source from Amazon OpenSearch Service
delete_domain Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain and all of its data
delete_inbound_connection Allows the destination Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to delete an existing inbound cross-cluster search connection
delete_outbound_connection Allows the source Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to delete an existing outbound cross-cluster search connection
delete_package Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service package
delete_vpc_endpoint Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint
describe_domain Describes the domain configuration for the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, including the domain ID, domain service endpoint, and domain ARN
describe_domain_auto_tunes Returns the list of optimizations that Auto-Tune has made to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
describe_domain_change_progress Returns information about the current blue/green deployment happening on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
describe_domain_config Returns the configuration of an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
describe_domain_health Returns information about domain and node health, the standby Availability Zone, number of nodes per Availability Zone, and shard count per node
describe_domain_nodes Returns information about domain and nodes, including data nodes, master nodes, ultrawarm nodes, Availability Zone(s), standby nodes, node configurations, and node states
describe_domains Returns domain configuration information about the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domains
describe_dry_run_progress Describes the progress of a pre-update dry run analysis on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
describe_inbound_connections Lists all the inbound cross-cluster search connections for a destination (remote) Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
describe_instance_type_limits Describes the instance count, storage, and master node limits for a given OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version and instance type
describe_outbound_connections Lists all the outbound cross-cluster connections for a local (source) Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
describe_packages Describes all packages available to OpenSearch Service
describe_reserved_instance_offerings Describes the available Amazon OpenSearch Service Reserved Instance offerings for a given Region
describe_reserved_instances Describes the Amazon OpenSearch Service instances that you have reserved in a given Region
describe_vpc_endpoints Describes one or more Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints
dissociate_package Removes a package from the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
dissociate_packages Dissociates multiple packages from a domain simulatneously
get_application Check the configuration and status of an existing OpenSearch Application
get_compatible_versions Returns a map of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch versions and the versions you can upgrade them to
get_data_source Retrieves information about a direct query data source
get_direct_query_data_source Returns detailed configuration information for a specific direct query data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service
get_domain_maintenance_status The status of the maintenance action
get_package_version_history Returns a list of Amazon OpenSearch Service package versions, along with their creation time, commit message, and plugin properties (if the package is a zip plugin package)
get_upgrade_history Retrieves the complete history of the last 10 upgrades performed on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
get_upgrade_status Returns the most recent status of the last upgrade or upgrade eligibility check performed on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
list_applications List all OpenSearch Applications under your account
list_data_sources Lists direct-query data sources for a specific domain
list_direct_query_data_sources Lists an inventory of all the direct query data sources that you have configured within Amazon OpenSearch Service
list_domain_maintenances A list of maintenance actions for the domain
list_domain_names Returns the names of all Amazon OpenSearch Service domains owned by the current user in the active Region
list_domains_for_package Lists all Amazon OpenSearch Service domains associated with a given package
list_instance_type_details Lists all instance types and available features for a given OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version
list_packages_for_domain Lists all packages associated with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
list_scheduled_actions Retrieves a list of configuration changes that are scheduled for a domain
list_tags Returns all resource tags for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application
list_versions Lists all versions of OpenSearch and Elasticsearch that Amazon OpenSearch Service supports
list_vpc_endpoint_access Retrieves information about each Amazon Web Services principal that is allowed to access a given Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint
list_vpc_endpoints Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region
list_vpc_endpoints_for_domain Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints associated with a particular domain
purchase_reserved_instance_offering Allows you to purchase Amazon OpenSearch Service Reserved Instances
reject_inbound_connection Allows the remote Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to reject an inbound cross-cluster connection request
remove_tags Removes the specified set of tags from an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application
revoke_vpc_endpoint_access Revokes access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain that was provided through an interface VPC endpoint
start_domain_maintenance Starts the node maintenance process on the data node
start_service_software_update Schedules a service software update for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
update_application Update the OpenSearch Application
update_data_source Updates a direct-query data source
update_direct_query_data_source Updates the configuration or properties of an existing direct query data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service
update_domain_config Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain
update_package Updates a package for use with Amazon OpenSearch Service domains
update_package_scope Updates the scope of a package
update_scheduled_action Reschedules a planned domain configuration change for a later time
update_vpc_endpoint Modifies an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint
upgrade_domain Allows you to either upgrade your Amazon OpenSearch Service domain or perform an upgrade eligibility check to a compatible version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- opensearchservice()
svc$accept_inbound_connection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Allows the destination Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to accept an inbound cross-cluster search connection request

Description

Allows the destination Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to accept an inbound cross-cluster search connection request. For more information, see Cross-cluster search for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_accept_inbound_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_accept_inbound_connection(ConnectionId)

Arguments

ConnectionId

[required] The ID of the inbound connection to accept.


Creates a new direct-query data source to the specified domain

Description

Creates a new direct-query data source to the specified domain. For more information, see Creating Amazon OpenSearch Service data source integrations with Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_add_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_add_data_source(
  DomainName,
  Name,
  DataSourceType,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain to add the data source to.

Name

[required] A name for the data source.

DataSourceType

[required] The type of data source.

Description

A description of the data source.


Adds a new data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service so that you can perform direct queries on external data

Description

Adds a new data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service so that you can perform direct queries on external data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_add_direct_query_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_add_direct_query_data_source(
  DataSourceName,
  DataSourceType,
  Description = NULL,
  OpenSearchArns,
  TagList = NULL
)

Arguments

DataSourceName

[required] A unique, user-defined label to identify the data source within your OpenSearch Service environment.

DataSourceType

[required] The supported Amazon Web Services service that you want to use as the source for direct queries in OpenSearch Service.

Description

An optional text field for providing additional context and details about the data source.

OpenSearchArns

[required] A list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the OpenSearch collections that are associated with the direct query data source.

TagList

Attaches tags to an existing Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application

Description

Attaches tags to an existing Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_add_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_add_tags(ARN, TagList)

Arguments

ARN

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application to which you want to attach resource tags.

TagList

[required] List of resource tags.


Associates a package with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Associates a package with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_associate_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_associate_package(
  PackageID,
  DomainName,
  PrerequisitePackageIDList = NULL,
  AssociationConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Internal ID of the package to associate with a domain. Use describe_packages to find this value.

DomainName

[required] Name of the domain to associate the package with.

PrerequisitePackageIDList

A list of package IDs that must be associated with the domain before the package specified in the request can be associated.

AssociationConfiguration

The configuration for associating a package with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.


Operation in the Amazon OpenSearch Service API for associating multiple packages with a domain simultaneously

Description

Operation in the Amazon OpenSearch Service API for associating multiple packages with a domain simultaneously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_associate_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_associate_packages(PackageList, DomainName)

Arguments

PackageList

[required] A list of packages and their prerequisites to be associated with a domain.

DomainName

[required]


Provides access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint

Description

Provides access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_authorize_vpc_endpoint_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_authorize_vpc_endpoint_access(
  DomainName,
  Account = NULL,
  Service = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Service domain to provide access to.

Account

The Amazon Web Services account ID to grant access to.

Service

The Amazon Web Services service SP to grant access to.


Cancels a pending configuration change on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Cancels a pending configuration change on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_cancel_domain_config_change/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_cancel_domain_config_change(DomainName, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required]

DryRun

When set to True, returns the list of change IDs and properties that will be cancelled without actually cancelling the change.


Cancels a scheduled service software update for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Cancels a scheduled service software update for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. You can only perform this operation before the AutomatedUpdateDate and when the domain's UpdateStatus is PENDING_UPDATE. For more information, see Service software updates in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_cancel_service_software_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_cancel_service_software_update(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the OpenSearch Service domain that you want to cancel the service software update on.


Creates an OpenSearch Application

Description

Creates an OpenSearch Application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_create_application(
  clientToken = NULL,
  name,
  dataSources = NULL,
  iamIdentityCenterOptions = NULL,
  appConfigs = NULL,
  tagList = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique client idempotency token. It will be auto generated if not provided.

name

[required] Name of the OpenSearch Appication to create. Application names are unique across the applications owned by an account within an Amazon Web Services Region.

dataSources

Data sources to be associated with the OpenSearch Application.

iamIdentityCenterOptions

Settings of IAM Identity Center for the OpenSearch Application.

appConfigs

Configurations of the OpenSearch Application, inlcuding admin configuration.

tagList

Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Service domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_create_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_create_domain(
  DomainName,
  EngineVersion = NULL,
  ClusterConfig = NULL,
  EBSOptions = NULL,
  AccessPolicies = NULL,
  IPAddressType = NULL,
  SnapshotOptions = NULL,
  VPCOptions = NULL,
  CognitoOptions = NULL,
  EncryptionAtRestOptions = NULL,
  NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedOptions = NULL,
  LogPublishingOptions = NULL,
  DomainEndpointOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedSecurityOptions = NULL,
  IdentityCenterOptions = NULL,
  TagList = NULL,
  AutoTuneOptions = NULL,
  OffPeakWindowOptions = NULL,
  SoftwareUpdateOptions = NULL,
  AIMLOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the OpenSearch Service domain to create. Domain names are unique across the domains owned by an account within an Amazon Web Services Region.

EngineVersion

String of format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y to specify the engine version for the OpenSearch Service domain. For example, OpenSearch_1.0 or Elasticsearch_7.9. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Service domains.

ClusterConfig

Container for the cluster configuration of a domain.

EBSOptions

Container for the parameters required to enable EBS-based storage for an OpenSearch Service domain.

AccessPolicies

Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy document specifying the access policies for the new domain.

IPAddressType

Specify either dual stack or IPv4 as your IP address type. Dual stack allows you to share domain resources across IPv4 and IPv6 address types, and is the recommended option. If you set your IP address type to dual stack, you can't change your address type later.

SnapshotOptions

DEPRECATED. Container for the parameters required to configure automated snapshots of domain indexes.

VPCOptions

Container for the values required to configure VPC access domains. If you don't specify these values, OpenSearch Service creates the domain with a public endpoint. For more information, see Launching your Amazon OpenSearch Service domains using a VPC.

CognitoOptions

Key-value pairs to configure Amazon Cognito authentication. For more information, see Configuring Amazon Cognito authentication for OpenSearch Dashboards.

EncryptionAtRestOptions

Key-value pairs to enable encryption at rest.

NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions

Enables node-to-node encryption.

AdvancedOptions

Key-value pairs to specify advanced configuration options. The following key-value pairs are supported:

  • "rest.action.multi.allow_explicit_index": "true" | "false" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies whether explicit references to indexes are allowed inside the body of HTTP requests. If you want to configure access policies for domain sub-resources, such as specific indexes and domain APIs, you must disable this property. Default is true.

  • "indices.fielddata.cache.size": "80" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies the percentage of heap space allocated to field data. Default is unbounded.

  • "indices.query.bool.max_clause_count": "1024" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies the maximum number of clauses allowed in a Lucene boolean query. Default is 1,024. Queries with more than the permitted number of clauses result in a TooManyClauses error.

  • "override_main_response_version": "true" | "false" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies whether the domain reports its version as 7.10 to allow Elasticsearch OSS clients and plugins to continue working with it. Default is false when creating a domain and true when upgrading a domain.

For more information, see Advanced cluster parameters.

LogPublishingOptions

Key-value pairs to configure log publishing.

DomainEndpointOptions

Additional options for the domain endpoint, such as whether to require HTTPS for all traffic.

AdvancedSecurityOptions

Options for fine-grained access control.

IdentityCenterOptions

Options for IAM Identity Center Option control for the domain.

TagList

List of tags to add to the domain upon creation.

AutoTuneOptions

Options for Auto-Tune.

OffPeakWindowOptions

Specifies a daily 10-hour time block during which OpenSearch Service can perform configuration changes on the domain, including service software updates and Auto-Tune enhancements that require a blue/green deployment. If no options are specified, the default start time of 10:00 P.M. local time (for the Region that the domain is created in) is used.

SoftwareUpdateOptions

Software update options for the domain.

AIMLOptions

Options for all machine learning features for the specified domain.


Creates a new cross-cluster search connection from a source Amazon OpenSearch Service domain to a destination domain

Description

Creates a new cross-cluster search connection from a source Amazon OpenSearch Service domain to a destination domain. For more information, see Cross-cluster search for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_create_outbound_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_create_outbound_connection(
  LocalDomainInfo,
  RemoteDomainInfo,
  ConnectionAlias,
  ConnectionMode = NULL,
  ConnectionProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

LocalDomainInfo

[required] Name and Region of the source (local) domain.

RemoteDomainInfo

[required] Name and Region of the destination (remote) domain.

ConnectionAlias

[required] Name of the connection.

ConnectionMode

The connection mode.

ConnectionProperties

The ConnectionProperties for the outbound connection.


Creates a package for use with Amazon OpenSearch Service domains

Description

Creates a package for use with Amazon OpenSearch Service domains. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_create_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_create_package(
  PackageName,
  PackageType,
  PackageDescription = NULL,
  PackageSource,
  PackageConfiguration = NULL,
  EngineVersion = NULL,
  PackageVendingOptions = NULL,
  PackageEncryptionOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageName

[required] Unique name for the package.

PackageType

[required] The type of package.

PackageDescription

Description of the package.

PackageSource

[required] The Amazon S3 location from which to import the package.

PackageConfiguration

The configuration parameters for the package being created.

EngineVersion

The version of the Amazon OpenSearch Service engine for which is compatible with the package. This can only be specified for package type ZIP-PLUGIN

PackageVendingOptions

The vending options for the package being created. They determine if the package can be vended to other users.

PackageEncryptionOptions

The encryption parameters for the package being created.


Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoint

Description

Creates an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_create_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_create_vpc_endpoint(
  DomainArn,
  VpcOptions,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain to create the endpoint for.

VpcOptions

[required] Options to specify the subnets and security groups for the endpoint.

ClientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes an existing OpenSearch Application

Description

Deletes an existing OpenSearch Application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_application(id)

Arguments

id

[required] Unique identifier for the OpenSearch Application that you want to delete.


Deletes a direct-query data source

Description

Deletes a direct-query data source. For more information, see Deleting an Amazon OpenSearch Service data source with Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_data_source(DomainName, Name)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

Name

[required] The name of the data source to delete.


Deletes a previously configured direct query data source from Amazon OpenSearch Service

Description

Deletes a previously configured direct query data source from Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_direct_query_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_direct_query_data_source(DataSourceName)

Arguments

DataSourceName

[required] A unique, user-defined label to identify the data source within your OpenSearch Service environment.


Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain and all of its data

Description

Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain and all of its data. You can't recover a domain after you delete it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_domain(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain you want to permanently delete.


Allows the destination Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to delete an existing inbound cross-cluster search connection

Description

Allows the destination Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to delete an existing inbound cross-cluster search connection. For more information, see Cross-cluster search for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_inbound_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_inbound_connection(ConnectionId)

Arguments

ConnectionId

[required] The ID of the inbound connection to permanently delete.


Allows the source Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to delete an existing outbound cross-cluster search connection

Description

Allows the source Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to delete an existing outbound cross-cluster search connection. For more information, see Cross-cluster search for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_outbound_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_outbound_connection(ConnectionId)

Arguments

ConnectionId

[required] The ID of the outbound connection you want to permanently delete.


Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service package

Description

Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service package. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_package(PackageID)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] The internal ID of the package you want to delete. Use describe_packages to find this value.


Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint

Description

Deletes an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_delete_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_delete_vpc_endpoint(VpcEndpointId)

Arguments

VpcEndpointId

[required] The unique identifier of the endpoint.


Describes the domain configuration for the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, including the domain ID, domain service endpoint, and domain ARN

Description

Describes the domain configuration for the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, including the domain ID, domain service endpoint, and domain ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domain(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain that you want information about.


Returns the list of optimizations that Auto-Tune has made to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Returns the list of optimizations that Auto-Tune has made to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Auto-Tune for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domain_auto_tunes/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domain_auto_tunes(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the domain that you want Auto-Tune details about.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial describe_domain_auto_tunes operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent describe_domain_auto_tunes operations, which returns results in the next page.


Returns information about the current blue/green deployment happening on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Returns information about the current blue/green deployment happening on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Making configuration changes in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domain_change_progress/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domain_change_progress(DomainName, ChangeId = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain to get progress information for.

ChangeId

The specific change ID for which you want to get progress information. If omitted, the request returns information about the most recent configuration change.


Returns the configuration of an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Returns the configuration of an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domain_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domain_config(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the OpenSearch Service domain configuration that you want to describe.


Returns information about domain and node health, the standby Availability Zone, number of nodes per Availability Zone, and shard count per node

Description

Returns information about domain and node health, the standby Availability Zone, number of nodes per Availability Zone, and shard count per node.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domain_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domain_health(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.


Returns information about domain and nodes, including data nodes, master nodes, ultrawarm nodes, Availability Zone(s), standby nodes, node configurations, and node states

Description

Returns information about domain and nodes, including data nodes, master nodes, ultrawarm nodes, Availability Zone(s), standby nodes, node configurations, and node states.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domain_nodes/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domain_nodes(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.


Returns domain configuration information about the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domains

Description

Returns domain configuration information about the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_domains/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_domains(DomainNames)

Arguments

DomainNames

[required] Array of OpenSearch Service domain names that you want information about. You must specify at least one domain name.


Describes the progress of a pre-update dry run analysis on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Describes the progress of a pre-update dry run analysis on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Determining whether a change will cause a blue/green deployment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_dry_run_progress/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_dry_run_progress(
  DomainName,
  DryRunId = NULL,
  LoadDryRunConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

DryRunId

The unique identifier of the dry run.

LoadDryRunConfig

Whether to include the configuration of the dry run in the response. The configuration specifies the updates that you're planning to make on the domain.


Lists all the inbound cross-cluster search connections for a destination (remote) Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Lists all the inbound cross-cluster search connections for a destination (remote) Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Cross-cluster search for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_inbound_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_inbound_connections(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

A list of filters used to match properties for inbound cross-cluster connections.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial describe_inbound_connections operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent describe_inbound_connections operations, which returns results in the next page.


Describes the instance count, storage, and master node limits for a given OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version and instance type

Description

Describes the instance count, storage, and master node limits for a given OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version and instance type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_instance_type_limits/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_instance_type_limits(
  DomainName = NULL,
  InstanceType,
  EngineVersion
)

Arguments

DomainName

The name of the domain. Only specify if you need the limits for an existing domain.

InstanceType

[required] The OpenSearch Service instance type for which you need limit information.

EngineVersion

[required] Version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch, in the format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y. Defaults to the latest version of OpenSearch.


Lists all the outbound cross-cluster connections for a local (source) Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Lists all the outbound cross-cluster connections for a local (source) Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Cross-cluster search for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_outbound_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_outbound_connections(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

List of filter names and values that you can use for requests.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial describe_outbound_connections operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent describe_outbound_connections operations, which returns results in the next page.


Describes all packages available to OpenSearch Service

Description

Describes all packages available to OpenSearch Service. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_packages(
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

Only returns packages that match the DescribePackagesFilterList values.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial DescribePackageFilters operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent DescribePackageFilters operations, which returns results in the next page.


Describes the available Amazon OpenSearch Service Reserved Instance offerings for a given Region

Description

Describes the available Amazon OpenSearch Service Reserved Instance offerings for a given Region. For more information, see Reserved Instances in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_reserved_instance_offerings/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_reserved_instance_offerings(
  ReservedInstanceOfferingId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedInstanceOfferingId

The Reserved Instance identifier filter value. Use this parameter to show only the available instance types that match the specified reservation identifier.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial describe_reserved_instance_offerings operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent describe_reserved_instance_offerings operations, which returns results in the next page.


Describes the Amazon OpenSearch Service instances that you have reserved in a given Region

Description

Describes the Amazon OpenSearch Service instances that you have reserved in a given Region. For more information, see Reserved Instances in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_reserved_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_reserved_instances(
  ReservedInstanceId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedInstanceId

The reserved instance identifier filter value. Use this parameter to show only the reservation that matches the specified reserved OpenSearch instance ID.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial describe_reserved_instances operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent describe_reserved_instances operations, which returns results in the next page.


Describes one or more Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints

Description

Describes one or more Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_describe_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_describe_vpc_endpoints(VpcEndpointIds)

Arguments

VpcEndpointIds

[required] The unique identifiers of the endpoints to get information about.


Removes a package from the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Removes a package from the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. The package can't be in use with any OpenSearch index for the dissociation to succeed. The package is still available in OpenSearch Service for association later. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_dissociate_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_dissociate_package(PackageID, DomainName)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] Internal ID of the package to dissociate from the domain. Use list_packages_for_domain to find this value.

DomainName

[required] Name of the domain to dissociate the package from.


Dissociates multiple packages from a domain simulatneously

Description

Dissociates multiple packages from a domain simulatneously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_dissociate_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_dissociate_packages(PackageList, DomainName)

Arguments

PackageList

[required] A list of package IDs to be dissociated from a domain.

DomainName

[required]


Check the configuration and status of an existing OpenSearch Application

Description

Check the configuration and status of an existing OpenSearch Application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_application(id)

Arguments

id

[required] Unique identifier of the checked OpenSearch Application.


Returns a map of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch versions and the versions you can upgrade them to

Description

Returns a map of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch versions and the versions you can upgrade them to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_compatible_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_compatible_versions(DomainName = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

The name of an existing domain. Provide this parameter to limit the results to a single domain.


Retrieves information about a direct query data source

Description

Retrieves information about a direct query data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_data_source(DomainName, Name)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

Name

[required] The name of the data source to get information about.


Returns detailed configuration information for a specific direct query data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service

Description

Returns detailed configuration information for a specific direct query data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_direct_query_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_direct_query_data_source(DataSourceName)

Arguments

DataSourceName

[required] A unique, user-defined label that identifies the data source within your OpenSearch Service environment.


The status of the maintenance action

Description

The status of the maintenance action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_domain_maintenance_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_domain_maintenance_status(DomainName, MaintenanceId)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

MaintenanceId

[required] The request ID of the maintenance action.


Returns a list of Amazon OpenSearch Service package versions, along with their creation time, commit message, and plugin properties (if the package is a zip plugin package)

Description

Returns a list of Amazon OpenSearch Service package versions, along with their creation time, commit message, and plugin properties (if the package is a zip plugin package). For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_package_version_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_package_version_history(
  PackageID,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] The unique identifier of the package.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial get_package_version_history operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent get_package_version_history operations, which returns results in the next page.


Retrieves the complete history of the last 10 upgrades performed on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Retrieves the complete history of the last 10 upgrades performed on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_upgrade_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_upgrade_history(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of an existing domain.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial get_upgrade_history operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent get_upgrade_history operations, which returns results in the next page.


Returns the most recent status of the last upgrade or upgrade eligibility check performed on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Returns the most recent status of the last upgrade or upgrade eligibility check performed on an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_get_upgrade_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_get_upgrade_status(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The domain of the domain to get upgrade status information for.


List all OpenSearch Applications under your account

Description

List all OpenSearch Applications under your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_applications(
  nextToken = NULL,
  statuses = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken
statuses

OpenSearch Application Status can be used as filters for the listing request. Possible values are CREATING, UPDATING, DELETING, FAILED, ACTIVE, and DELETED.

maxResults

Lists direct-query data sources for a specific domain

Description

Lists direct-query data sources for a specific domain. For more information, see For more information, see Working with Amazon OpenSearch Service direct queries with Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_data_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_data_sources(DomainName)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.


Lists an inventory of all the direct query data sources that you have configured within Amazon OpenSearch Service

Description

Lists an inventory of all the direct query data sources that you have configured within Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_direct_query_data_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_direct_query_data_sources(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A list of maintenance actions for the domain

Description

A list of maintenance actions for the domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_domain_maintenances/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_domain_maintenances(
  DomainName,
  Action = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

Action

The name of the action.

Status

The status of the action.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_domain_maintenances operation returns a nextToken, include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_domain_maintenances operations, which returns results in the next page.


Returns the names of all Amazon OpenSearch Service domains owned by the current user in the active Region

Description

Returns the names of all Amazon OpenSearch Service domains owned by the current user in the active Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_domain_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_domain_names(EngineType = NULL)

Arguments

EngineType

Filters the output by domain engine type.


Lists all Amazon OpenSearch Service domains associated with a given package

Description

Lists all Amazon OpenSearch Service domains associated with a given package. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_domains_for_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_domains_for_package(
  PackageID,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] The unique identifier of the package for which to list associated domains.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_domains_for_package operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_domains_for_package operations, which returns results in the next page.


Lists all instance types and available features for a given OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version

Description

Lists all instance types and available features for a given OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_instance_type_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_instance_type_details(
  EngineVersion,
  DomainName = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RetrieveAZs = NULL,
  InstanceType = NULL
)

Arguments

EngineVersion

[required] The version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch, in the format Elasticsearch_X.Y or OpenSearch_X.Y. Defaults to the latest version of OpenSearch.

DomainName

The name of the domain.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_instance_type_details operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_instance_type_details operations, which returns results in the next page.

RetrieveAZs

An optional parameter that specifies the Availability Zones for the domain.

InstanceType

An optional parameter that lists information for a given instance type.


Lists all packages associated with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Lists all packages associated with an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_packages_for_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_packages_for_domain(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain for which you want to list associated packages.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_packages_for_domain operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_packages_for_domain operations, which returns results in the next page.


Retrieves a list of configuration changes that are scheduled for a domain

Description

Retrieves a list of configuration changes that are scheduled for a domain. These changes can be service software updates or blue/green Auto-Tune enhancements.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_scheduled_actions/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_scheduled_actions(
  DomainName,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_scheduled_actions operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_scheduled_actions operations, which returns results in the next page.


Returns all resource tags for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application

Description

Returns all resource tags for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Service resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_tags(ARN)

Arguments

ARN

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the domain, data source, or application to view tags for.


Lists all versions of OpenSearch and Elasticsearch that Amazon OpenSearch Service supports

Description

Lists all versions of OpenSearch and Elasticsearch that Amazon OpenSearch Service supports.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_versions(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.

NextToken

If your initial list_versions operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_versions operations, which returns results in the next page.


Retrieves information about each Amazon Web Services principal that is allowed to access a given Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint

Description

Retrieves information about each Amazon Web Services principal that is allowed to access a given Amazon OpenSearch Service domain through the use of an interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_vpc_endpoint_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_vpc_endpoint_access(DomainName, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Service domain to retrieve access information for.

NextToken

If your initial list_vpc_endpoint_access operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_vpc_endpoint_access operations, which returns results in the next page.


Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region

Description

Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints in the current Amazon Web Services account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

If your initial list_vpc_endpoints operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_vpc_endpoints operations, which returns results in the next page.


Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints associated with a particular domain

Description

Retrieves all Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed VPC endpoints associated with a particular domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints_for_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_list_vpc_endpoints_for_domain(DomainName, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain to list associated VPC endpoints for.

NextToken

If your initial ListEndpointsForDomain operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent ListEndpointsForDomain operations, which returns results in the next page.


Allows you to purchase Amazon OpenSearch Service Reserved Instances

Description

Allows you to purchase Amazon OpenSearch Service Reserved Instances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_purchase_reserved_instance_offering/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_purchase_reserved_instance_offering(
  ReservedInstanceOfferingId,
  ReservationName,
  InstanceCount = NULL
)

Arguments

ReservedInstanceOfferingId

[required] The ID of the Reserved Instance offering to purchase.

ReservationName

[required] A customer-specified identifier to track this reservation.

InstanceCount

The number of OpenSearch instances to reserve.


Allows the remote Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to reject an inbound cross-cluster connection request

Description

Allows the remote Amazon OpenSearch Service domain owner to reject an inbound cross-cluster connection request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_reject_inbound_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_reject_inbound_connection(ConnectionId)

Arguments

ConnectionId

[required] The unique identifier of the inbound connection to reject.


Removes the specified set of tags from an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application

Description

Removes the specified set of tags from an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain, data source, or application. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Service resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_remove_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_remove_tags(ARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the domain, data source, or application from which you want to delete the specified tags.

TagKeys

[required] The list of tag keys to remove from the domain, data source, or application.


Revokes access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain that was provided through an interface VPC endpoint

Description

Revokes access to an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain that was provided through an interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_revoke_vpc_endpoint_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_revoke_vpc_endpoint_access(
  DomainName,
  Account = NULL,
  Service = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the OpenSearch Service domain.

Account

The account ID to revoke access from.

Service

The service SP to revoke access from.


Starts the node maintenance process on the data node

Description

Starts the node maintenance process on the data node. These processes can include a node reboot, an Opensearch or Elasticsearch process restart, or a Dashboard or Kibana restart.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_start_domain_maintenance/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_start_domain_maintenance(DomainName, Action, NodeId = NULL)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

Action

[required] The name of the action.

NodeId

The ID of the data node.


Schedules a service software update for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Schedules a service software update for an Amazon OpenSearch Service domain. For more information, see Service software updates in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_start_service_software_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_start_service_software_update(
  DomainName,
  ScheduleAt = NULL,
  DesiredStartTime = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain that you want to update to the latest service software.

ScheduleAt

When to start the service software update.

  • NOW - Immediately schedules the update to happen in the current hour if there's capacity available.

  • TIMESTAMP - Lets you specify a custom date and time to apply the update. If you specify this value, you must also provide a value for DesiredStartTime.

  • OFF_PEAK_WINDOW - Marks the update to be picked up during an upcoming off-peak window. There's no guarantee that the update will happen during the next immediate window. Depending on capacity, it might happen in subsequent days.

Default: NOW if you don't specify a value for DesiredStartTime, and TIMESTAMP if you do.

DesiredStartTime

The Epoch timestamp when you want the service software update to start. You only need to specify this parameter if you set ScheduleAt to TIMESTAMP.


Update the OpenSearch Application

Description

Update the OpenSearch Application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_application(id, dataSources = NULL, appConfigs = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] Unique identifier of the OpenSearch Application to be updated.

dataSources

Data sources to be associated with the OpenSearch Application.

appConfigs

Configurations to be changed for the OpenSearch Application.


Updates a direct-query data source

Description

Updates a direct-query data source. For more information, see Working with Amazon OpenSearch Service data source integrations with Amazon S3.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_data_source(
  DomainName,
  Name,
  DataSourceType,
  Description = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain.

Name

[required] The name of the data source to modify.

DataSourceType

[required] The type of data source.

Description

A new description of the data source.

Status

The status of the data source update.


Updates the configuration or properties of an existing direct query data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service

Description

Updates the configuration or properties of an existing direct query data source in Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_direct_query_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_direct_query_data_source(
  DataSourceName,
  DataSourceType,
  Description = NULL,
  OpenSearchArns
)

Arguments

DataSourceName

[required] A unique, user-defined label to identify the data source within your OpenSearch Service environment.

DataSourceType

[required] The supported Amazon Web Services service that you want to use as the source for direct queries in OpenSearch Service.

Description

An optional text field for providing additional context and details about the data source.

OpenSearchArns

[required] A list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the OpenSearch collections that are associated with the direct query data source.


Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain

Description

Modifies the cluster configuration of the specified Amazon OpenSearch Service domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_domain_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_domain_config(
  DomainName,
  ClusterConfig = NULL,
  EBSOptions = NULL,
  SnapshotOptions = NULL,
  VPCOptions = NULL,
  CognitoOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedOptions = NULL,
  AccessPolicies = NULL,
  IPAddressType = NULL,
  LogPublishingOptions = NULL,
  EncryptionAtRestOptions = NULL,
  DomainEndpointOptions = NULL,
  NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions = NULL,
  AdvancedSecurityOptions = NULL,
  IdentityCenterOptions = NULL,
  AutoTuneOptions = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  DryRunMode = NULL,
  OffPeakWindowOptions = NULL,
  SoftwareUpdateOptions = NULL,
  AIMLOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain that you're updating.

ClusterConfig

Changes that you want to make to the cluster configuration, such as the instance type and number of EC2 instances.

EBSOptions

The type and size of the EBS volume to attach to instances in the domain.

SnapshotOptions

Option to set the time, in UTC format, for the daily automated snapshot. Default value is 0 hours.

VPCOptions

Options to specify the subnets and security groups for a VPC endpoint. For more information, see Launching your Amazon OpenSearch Service domains using a VPC.

CognitoOptions

Key-value pairs to configure Amazon Cognito authentication for OpenSearch Dashboards.

AdvancedOptions

Key-value pairs to specify advanced configuration options. The following key-value pairs are supported:

  • "rest.action.multi.allow_explicit_index": "true" | "false" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies whether explicit references to indexes are allowed inside the body of HTTP requests. If you want to configure access policies for domain sub-resources, such as specific indexes and domain APIs, you must disable this property. Default is true.

  • "indices.fielddata.cache.size": "80" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies the percentage of heap space allocated to field data. Default is unbounded.

  • "indices.query.bool.max_clause_count": "1024" - Note the use of a string rather than a boolean. Specifies the maximum number of clauses allowed in a Lucene boolean query. Default is 1,024. Queries with more than the permitted number of clauses result in a TooManyClauses error.

For more information, see Advanced cluster parameters.

AccessPolicies

Identity and Access Management (IAM) access policy as a JSON-formatted string.

IPAddressType

Specify either dual stack or IPv4 as your IP address type. Dual stack allows you to share domain resources across IPv4 and IPv6 address types, and is the recommended option. If your IP address type is currently set to dual stack, you can't change it.

LogPublishingOptions

Options to publish OpenSearch logs to Amazon CloudWatch Logs.

EncryptionAtRestOptions

Encryption at rest options for the domain.

DomainEndpointOptions

Additional options for the domain endpoint, such as whether to require HTTPS for all traffic.

NodeToNodeEncryptionOptions

Node-to-node encryption options for the domain.

AdvancedSecurityOptions

Options for fine-grained access control.

IdentityCenterOptions
AutoTuneOptions

Options for Auto-Tune.

DryRun

This flag, when set to True, specifies whether the UpdateDomain request should return the results of a dry run analysis without actually applying the change. A dry run determines what type of deployment the update will cause.

DryRunMode

The type of dry run to perform.

  • Basic only returns the type of deployment (blue/green or dynamic) that the update will cause.

  • Verbose runs an additional check to validate the changes you're making. For more information, see Validating a domain update.

OffPeakWindowOptions

Off-peak window options for the domain.

SoftwareUpdateOptions

Service software update options for the domain.

AIMLOptions

Options for all machine learning features for the specified domain.


Updates a package for use with Amazon OpenSearch Service domains

Description

Updates a package for use with Amazon OpenSearch Service domains. For more information, see Custom packages for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_package/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_package(
  PackageID,
  PackageSource,
  PackageDescription = NULL,
  CommitMessage = NULL,
  PackageConfiguration = NULL,
  PackageEncryptionOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] The unique identifier for the package.

PackageSource

[required] Amazon S3 bucket and key for the package.

PackageDescription

A new description of the package.

CommitMessage

Commit message for the updated file, which is shown as part of GetPackageVersionHistoryResponse.

PackageConfiguration

The updated configuration details for a package.

PackageEncryptionOptions

Encryption options for a package.


Updates the scope of a package

Description

Updates the scope of a package. Scope of the package defines users who can view and associate a package.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_package_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_package_scope(PackageID, Operation, PackageUserList)

Arguments

PackageID

[required] ID of the package whose scope is being updated.

Operation

[required] The operation to perform on the package scope (e.g., add/remove/override users).

PackageUserList

[required] List of users to be added or removed from the package scope.


Reschedules a planned domain configuration change for a later time

Description

Reschedules a planned domain configuration change for a later time. This change can be a scheduled service software update or a blue/green Auto-Tune enhancement.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_scheduled_action/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_scheduled_action(
  DomainName,
  ActionID,
  ActionType,
  ScheduleAt,
  DesiredStartTime = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] The name of the domain to reschedule an action for.

ActionID

[required] The unique identifier of the action to reschedule. To retrieve this ID, send a list_scheduled_actions request.

ActionType

[required] The type of action to reschedule. Can be one of SERVICE_SOFTWARE_UPDATE, JVM_HEAP_SIZE_TUNING, or JVM_YOUNG_GEN_TUNING. To retrieve this value, send a list_scheduled_actions request.

ScheduleAt

[required] When to schedule the action.

  • NOW - Immediately schedules the update to happen in the current hour if there's capacity available.

  • TIMESTAMP - Lets you specify a custom date and time to apply the update. If you specify this value, you must also provide a value for DesiredStartTime.

  • OFF_PEAK_WINDOW - Marks the action to be picked up during an upcoming off-peak window. There's no guarantee that the change will be implemented during the next immediate window. Depending on capacity, it might happen in subsequent days.

DesiredStartTime

The time to implement the change, in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Only specify this parameter if you set ScheduleAt to TIMESTAMP.


Modifies an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint

Description

Modifies an Amazon OpenSearch Service-managed interface VPC endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_update_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_update_vpc_endpoint(VpcEndpointId, VpcOptions)

Arguments

VpcEndpointId

[required] The unique identifier of the endpoint.

VpcOptions

[required] The security groups and/or subnets to add, remove, or modify.


Allows you to either upgrade your Amazon OpenSearch Service domain or perform an upgrade eligibility check to a compatible version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch

Description

Allows you to either upgrade your Amazon OpenSearch Service domain or perform an upgrade eligibility check to a compatible version of OpenSearch or Elasticsearch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchservice_upgrade_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchservice_upgrade_domain(
  DomainName,
  TargetVersion,
  PerformCheckOnly = NULL,
  AdvancedOptions = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Name of the OpenSearch Service domain that you want to upgrade.

TargetVersion

[required] OpenSearch or Elasticsearch version to which you want to upgrade, in the format Opensearch_X.Y or Elasticsearch_X.Y.

PerformCheckOnly

When true, indicates that an upgrade eligibility check needs to be performed. Does not actually perform the upgrade.

AdvancedOptions

Only supports the override_main_response_version parameter and not other advanced options. You can only include this option when upgrading to an OpenSearch version. Specifies whether the domain reports its version as 7.10 so that it continues to work with Elasticsearch OSS clients and plugins.


OpenSearch Service Serverless

Description

Use the Amazon OpenSearch Serverless API to create, configure, and manage OpenSearch Serverless collections and security policies.

OpenSearch Serverless is an on-demand, pre-provisioned serverless configuration for Amazon OpenSearch Service. OpenSearch Serverless removes the operational complexities of provisioning, configuring, and tuning your OpenSearch clusters. It enables you to easily search and analyze petabytes of data without having to worry about the underlying infrastructure and data management.

To learn more about OpenSearch Serverless, see What is Amazon OpenSearch Serverless?

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- opensearchserviceserverless(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_collection Returns attributes for one or more collections, including the collection endpoint and the OpenSearch Dashboards endpoint
batch_get_effective_lifecycle_policy Returns a list of successful and failed retrievals for the OpenSearch Serverless indexes
batch_get_lifecycle_policy Returns one or more configured OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policies
batch_get_vpc_endpoint Returns attributes for one or more VPC endpoints associated with the current account
create_access_policy Creates a data access policy for OpenSearch Serverless
create_collection Creates a new OpenSearch Serverless collection
create_lifecycle_policy Creates a lifecyle policy to be applied to OpenSearch Serverless indexes
create_security_config Specifies a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless
create_security_policy Creates a security policy to be used by one or more OpenSearch Serverless collections
create_vpc_endpoint Creates an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface VPC endpoint
delete_access_policy Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless access policy
delete_collection Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless collection
delete_lifecycle_policy Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policy
delete_security_config Deletes a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless
delete_security_policy Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless security policy
delete_vpc_endpoint Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface endpoint
get_access_policy Returns an OpenSearch Serverless access policy
get_account_settings Returns account-level settings related to OpenSearch Serverless
get_policies_stats Returns statistical information about your OpenSearch Serverless access policies, security configurations, and security policies
get_security_config Returns information about an OpenSearch Serverless security configuration
get_security_policy Returns information about a configured OpenSearch Serverless security policy
list_access_policies Returns information about a list of OpenSearch Serverless access policies
list_collections Lists all OpenSearch Serverless collections
list_lifecycle_policies Returns a list of OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policies
list_security_configs Returns information about configured OpenSearch Serverless security configurations
list_security_policies Returns information about configured OpenSearch Serverless security policies
list_tags_for_resource Returns the tags for an OpenSearch Serverless resource
list_vpc_endpoints Returns the OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface VPC endpoints associated with the current account
tag_resource Associates tags with an OpenSearch Serverless resource
untag_resource Removes a tag or set of tags from an OpenSearch Serverless resource
update_access_policy Updates an OpenSearch Serverless access policy
update_account_settings Update the OpenSearch Serverless settings for the current Amazon Web Services account
update_collection Updates an OpenSearch Serverless collection
update_lifecycle_policy Updates an OpenSearch Serverless access policy
update_security_config Updates a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless
update_security_policy Updates an OpenSearch Serverless security policy
update_vpc_endpoint Updates an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface endpoint

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- opensearchserviceserverless()
svc$batch_get_collection(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Returns attributes for one or more collections, including the collection endpoint and the OpenSearch Dashboards endpoint

Description

Returns attributes for one or more collections, including the collection endpoint and the OpenSearch Dashboards endpoint. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_collection(ids = NULL, names = NULL)

Arguments

ids

A list of collection IDs. You can't provide names and IDs in the same request. The ID is part of the collection endpoint. You can also retrieve it using the list_collections API.

names

A list of collection names. You can't provide names and IDs in the same request.


Returns a list of successful and failed retrievals for the OpenSearch Serverless indexes

Description

Returns a list of successful and failed retrievals for the OpenSearch Serverless indexes. For more information, see Viewing data lifecycle policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_effective_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_effective_lifecycle_policy(
  resourceIdentifiers
)

Arguments

resourceIdentifiers

[required] The unique identifiers of policy types and resource names.


Returns one or more configured OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policies

Description

Returns one or more configured OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policies. For more information, see Viewing data lifecycle policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_lifecycle_policy(identifiers)

Arguments

identifiers

[required] The unique identifiers of policy types and policy names.


Returns attributes for one or more VPC endpoints associated with the current account

Description

Returns attributes for one or more VPC endpoints associated with the current account. For more information, see Access Amazon OpenSearch Serverless using an interface endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_batch_get_vpc_endpoint(ids)

Arguments

ids

[required] A list of VPC endpoint identifiers.


Creates a data access policy for OpenSearch Serverless

Description

Creates a data access policy for OpenSearch Serverless. Access policies limit access to collections and the resources within them, and allow a user to access that data irrespective of the access mechanism or network source. For more information, see Data access control for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_create_access_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_create_access_policy(
  type,
  name,
  description = NULL,
  policy,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy.

description

A description of the policy. Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy.

policy

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the policy.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Creates a new OpenSearch Serverless collection

Description

Creates a new OpenSearch Serverless collection. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_create_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_create_collection(
  name,
  type = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  standbyReplicas = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] Name of the collection.

type

The type of collection.

description

Description of the collection.

tags

An arbitrary set of tags (key–value pairs) to associate with the OpenSearch Serverless collection.

standbyReplicas

Indicates whether standby replicas should be used for a collection.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Creates a lifecyle policy to be applied to OpenSearch Serverless indexes

Description

Creates a lifecyle policy to be applied to OpenSearch Serverless indexes. Lifecycle policies define the number of days or hours to retain the data on an OpenSearch Serverless index. For more information, see Creating data lifecycle policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_create_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_create_lifecycle_policy(
  type,
  name,
  description = NULL,
  policy,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of lifecycle policy.

name

[required] The name of the lifecycle policy.

description

A description of the lifecycle policy.

policy

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the lifecycle policy.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Specifies a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless

Description

Specifies a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless. For more information, see SAML authentication for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_create_security_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_create_security_config(
  type,
  name,
  description = NULL,
  samlOptions = NULL,
  iamIdentityCenterOptions = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of security configuration.

name

[required] The name of the security configuration.

description

A description of the security configuration.

samlOptions

Describes SAML options in in the form of a key-value map. This field is required if you specify saml for the type parameter.

iamIdentityCenterOptions

Describes IAM Identity Center options in the form of a key-value map. This field is required if you specify iamidentitycenter for the type parameter.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Creates a security policy to be used by one or more OpenSearch Serverless collections

Description

Creates a security policy to be used by one or more OpenSearch Serverless collections. Security policies provide access to a collection and its OpenSearch Dashboards endpoint from public networks or specific VPC endpoints. They also allow you to secure a collection with a KMS encryption key. For more information, see Network access for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless and Encryption at rest for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_create_security_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_create_security_policy(
  type,
  name,
  description = NULL,
  policy,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of security policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy.

description

A description of the policy. Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy.

policy

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the new policy.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Creates an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface VPC endpoint

Description

Creates an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface VPC endpoint. For more information, see Access Amazon OpenSearch Serverless using an interface endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_create_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_create_vpc_endpoint(
  name,
  vpcId,
  subnetIds,
  securityGroupIds = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the interface endpoint.

vpcId

[required] The ID of the VPC from which you'll access OpenSearch Serverless.

subnetIds

[required] The ID of one or more subnets from which you'll access OpenSearch Serverless.

securityGroupIds

The unique identifiers of the security groups that define the ports, protocols, and sources for inbound traffic that you are authorizing into your endpoint.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless access policy

Description

Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless access policy. For more information, see Data access control for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_delete_access_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_delete_access_policy(
  type,
  name,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy to delete.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless collection

Description

Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless collection. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_delete_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_delete_collection(id, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier of the collection. For example, ⁠1iu5usc406kd⁠. The ID is part of the collection endpoint. You can also retrieve it using the list_collections API.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policy

Description

Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policy. For more information, see Deleting data lifecycle policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_delete_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_delete_lifecycle_policy(
  type,
  name,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of lifecycle policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy to delete.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless

Description

Deletes a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless. For more information, see SAML authentication for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_delete_security_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_delete_security_config(id, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] The security configuration identifier. For SAML the ID will be ⁠saml/<accountId>/<idpProviderName>⁠. For example, saml/123456789123/OKTADev.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless security policy

Description

Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless security policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_delete_security_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_delete_security_policy(
  type,
  name,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy to delete.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface endpoint

Description

Deletes an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface endpoint. For more information, see Access Amazon OpenSearch Serverless using an interface endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_delete_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_delete_vpc_endpoint(id, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] The VPC endpoint identifier.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Returns an OpenSearch Serverless access policy

Description

Returns an OpenSearch Serverless access policy. For more information, see Data access control for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_get_access_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_get_access_policy(type, name)

Arguments

type

[required] Tye type of policy. Currently, the only supported value is data.

name

[required] The name of the access policy.


Returns account-level settings related to OpenSearch Serverless

Description

Returns account-level settings related to OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_get_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_get_account_settings()

Returns statistical information about your OpenSearch Serverless access policies, security configurations, and security policies

Description

Returns statistical information about your OpenSearch Serverless access policies, security configurations, and security policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_get_policies_stats/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_get_policies_stats()

Returns information about an OpenSearch Serverless security configuration

Description

Returns information about an OpenSearch Serverless security configuration. For more information, see SAML authentication for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_get_security_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_get_security_config(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier of the security configuration.


Returns information about a configured OpenSearch Serverless security policy

Description

Returns information about a configured OpenSearch Serverless security policy. For more information, see Network access for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless and Encryption at rest for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_get_security_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_get_security_policy(type, name)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of security policy.

name

[required] The name of the security policy.


Returns information about a list of OpenSearch Serverless access policies

Description

Returns information about a list of OpenSearch Serverless access policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_access_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_access_policies(
  type,
  resource = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of access policy.

resource

Resource filters (can be collections or indexes) that policies can apply to.

nextToken

If your initial list_access_policies operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_access_policies operations, which returns results in the next page.

maxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results. The default is 20.


Lists all OpenSearch Serverless collections

Description

Lists all OpenSearch Serverless collections. For more information, see Creating and managing Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_collections/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_collections(
  collectionFilters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

collectionFilters

A list of filter names and values that you can use for requests.

nextToken

If your initial list_collections operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_collections operations, which returns results in the next page.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return. Default is 20. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results.


Returns a list of OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policies

Description

Returns a list of OpenSearch Serverless lifecycle policies. For more information, see Viewing data lifecycle policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_lifecycle_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_lifecycle_policies(
  type,
  resources = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of lifecycle policy.

resources

Resource filters that policies can apply to. Currently, the only supported resource type is index.

nextToken

If your initial list_lifecycle_policies operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_lifecycle_policies operations, which returns results in the next page.

maxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use use nextToken to get the next page of results. The default is 10.


Returns information about configured OpenSearch Serverless security configurations

Description

Returns information about configured OpenSearch Serverless security configurations. For more information, see SAML authentication for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_security_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_security_configs(
  type,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of security configuration.

nextToken

If your initial list_security_configs operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_security_configs operations, which returns results in the next page.

maxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results. The default is 20.


Returns information about configured OpenSearch Serverless security policies

Description

Returns information about configured OpenSearch Serverless security policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_security_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_security_policies(
  type,
  resource = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of policy.

resource

Resource filters (can be collection or indexes) that policies can apply to.

nextToken

If your initial list_security_policies operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_security_policies operations, which returns results in the next page.

maxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results. The default is 20.


Returns the tags for an OpenSearch Serverless resource

Description

Returns the tags for an OpenSearch Serverless resource. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. The resource must be active (not in the DELETING state), and must be owned by the account ID included in the request.


Returns the OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface VPC endpoints associated with the current account

Description

Returns the OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface VPC endpoints associated with the current account. For more information, see Access Amazon OpenSearch Serverless using an interface endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_list_vpc_endpoints/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_list_vpc_endpoints(
  vpcEndpointFilters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

vpcEndpointFilters

Filter the results according to the current status of the VPC endpoint. Possible statuses are CREATING, DELETING, UPDATING, ACTIVE, and FAILED.

nextToken

If your initial list_vpc_endpoints operation returns a nextToken, you can include the returned nextToken in subsequent list_vpc_endpoints operations, which returns results in the next page.

maxResults

An optional parameter that specifies the maximum number of results to return. You can use nextToken to get the next page of results. The default is 20.


Associates tags with an OpenSearch Serverless resource

Description

Associates tags with an OpenSearch Serverless resource. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. The resource must be active (not in the DELETING state), and must be owned by the account ID included in the request.

tags

[required] A list of tags (key-value pairs) to add to the resource. All tag keys in the request must be unique.


Removes a tag or set of tags from an OpenSearch Serverless resource

Description

Removes a tag or set of tags from an OpenSearch Serverless resource. For more information, see Tagging Amazon OpenSearch Serverless collections.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to remove tags from. The resource must be active (not in the DELETING state), and must be owned by the account ID included in the request.

tagKeys

[required] The tag or set of tags to remove from the resource. All tag keys in the request must be unique.


Updates an OpenSearch Serverless access policy

Description

Updates an OpenSearch Serverless access policy. For more information, see Data access control for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_access_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_access_policy(
  type,
  name,
  policyVersion,
  description = NULL,
  policy = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy.

policyVersion

[required] The version of the policy being updated.

description

A description of the policy. Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy.

policy

The JSON policy document to use as the content for the policy.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Update the OpenSearch Serverless settings for the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Update the OpenSearch Serverless settings for the current Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Managing capacity limits for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_account_settings(capacityLimits = NULL)

Arguments

capacityLimits

Updates an OpenSearch Serverless collection

Description

Updates an OpenSearch Serverless collection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_collection/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_collection(
  id,
  description = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier of the collection.

description

A description of the collection.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Updates an OpenSearch Serverless access policy

Description

Updates an OpenSearch Serverless access policy. For more information, see Updating data lifecycle policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_lifecycle_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_lifecycle_policy(
  type,
  name,
  policyVersion,
  description = NULL,
  policy = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of lifecycle policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy.

policyVersion

[required] The version of the policy being updated.

description

A description of the lifecycle policy.

policy

The JSON policy document to use as the content for the lifecycle policy.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Updates a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless

Description

Updates a security configuration for OpenSearch Serverless. For more information, see SAML authentication for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_security_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_security_config(
  id,
  configVersion,
  description = NULL,
  samlOptions = NULL,
  iamIdentityCenterOptionsUpdates = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

id

[required] The security configuration identifier. For SAML the ID will be ⁠saml/<accountId>/<idpProviderName>⁠. For example, saml/123456789123/OKTADev.

configVersion

[required] The version of the security configuration to be updated. You can find the most recent version of a security configuration using the get_security_policy command.

description

A description of the security configuration.

samlOptions

SAML options in in the form of a key-value map.

iamIdentityCenterOptionsUpdates

Describes IAM Identity Center options in the form of a key-value map.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Updates an OpenSearch Serverless security policy

Description

Updates an OpenSearch Serverless security policy. For more information, see Network access for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless and Encryption at rest for Amazon OpenSearch Serverless.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_security_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_security_policy(
  type,
  name,
  policyVersion,
  description = NULL,
  policy = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

type

[required] The type of access policy.

name

[required] The name of the policy.

policyVersion

[required] The version of the policy being updated.

description

A description of the policy. Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy.

policy

The JSON policy document to use as the content for the new policy.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Updates an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface endpoint

Description

Updates an OpenSearch Serverless-managed interface endpoint. For more information, see Access Amazon OpenSearch Serverless using an interface endpoint.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/opensearchserviceserverless_update_vpc_endpoint/ for full documentation.

Usage

opensearchserviceserverless_update_vpc_endpoint(
  id,
  addSubnetIds = NULL,
  removeSubnetIds = NULL,
  addSecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  removeSecurityGroupIds = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier of the interface endpoint to update.

addSubnetIds

The ID of one or more subnets to add to the endpoint.

removeSubnetIds

The unique identifiers of the subnets to remove from the endpoint.

addSecurityGroupIds

The unique identifiers of the security groups to add to the endpoint. Security groups define the ports, protocols, and sources for inbound traffic that you are authorizing into your endpoint.

removeSecurityGroupIds

The unique identifiers of the security groups to remove from the endpoint.

clientToken

Unique, case-sensitive identifier to ensure idempotency of the request.


Amazon QuickSight

Description

Amazon QuickSight API Reference

Amazon QuickSight is a fully managed, serverless business intelligence service for the Amazon Web Services Cloud that makes it easy to extend data and insights to every user in your organization. This API reference contains documentation for a programming interface that you can use to manage Amazon QuickSight.

Usage

quicksight(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- quicksight(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_create_topic_reviewed_answer Creates new reviewed answers for a Q Topic
batch_delete_topic_reviewed_answer Deletes reviewed answers for Q Topic
cancel_ingestion Cancels an ongoing ingestion of data into SPICE
create_account_customization Creates Amazon QuickSight customizations for the current Amazon Web Services Region
create_account_subscription Creates an Amazon QuickSight account, or subscribes to Amazon QuickSight Q
create_analysis Creates an analysis in Amazon QuickSight
create_brand Creates an Amazon QuickSight brand
create_custom_permissions Creates a custom permissions profile
create_dashboard Creates a dashboard from either a template or directly with a DashboardDefinition
create_data_set Creates a dataset
create_data_source Creates a data source
create_folder Creates an empty shared folder
create_folder_membership Adds an asset, such as a dashboard, analysis, or dataset into a folder
create_group Use the CreateGroup operation to create a group in Amazon QuickSight
create_group_membership Adds an Amazon QuickSight user to an Amazon QuickSight group
create_iam_policy_assignment Creates an assignment with one specified IAM policy, identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
create_ingestion Creates and starts a new SPICE ingestion for a dataset
create_namespace (Enterprise edition only) Creates a new namespace for you to use with Amazon QuickSight
create_refresh_schedule Creates a refresh schedule for a dataset
create_role_membership Use CreateRoleMembership to add an existing Amazon QuickSight group to an existing role
create_template Creates a template either from a TemplateDefinition or from an existing Amazon QuickSight analysis or template
create_template_alias Creates a template alias for a template
create_theme Creates a theme
create_theme_alias Creates a theme alias for a theme
create_topic Creates a new Q topic
create_topic_refresh_schedule Creates a topic refresh schedule
create_vpc_connection Creates a new VPC connection
delete_account_customization Deletes all Amazon QuickSight customizations in this Amazon Web Services Region for the specified Amazon Web Services account and Amazon QuickSight namespace
delete_account_subscription Use the DeleteAccountSubscription operation to delete an Amazon QuickSight account
delete_analysis Deletes an analysis from Amazon QuickSight
delete_brand Deletes an Amazon QuickSight brand
delete_brand_assignment Deletes a brand assignment
delete_custom_permissions Deletes a custom permissions profile
delete_dashboard Deletes a dashboard
delete_data_set Deletes a dataset
delete_data_set_refresh_properties Deletes the dataset refresh properties of the dataset
delete_data_source Deletes the data source permanently
delete_default_q_business_application Deletes a linked Amazon Q Business application from an Amazon QuickSight account
delete_folder Deletes an empty folder
delete_folder_membership Removes an asset, such as a dashboard, analysis, or dataset, from a folder
delete_group Removes a user group from Amazon QuickSight
delete_group_membership Removes a user from a group so that the user is no longer a member of the group
delete_iam_policy_assignment Deletes an existing IAM policy assignment
delete_identity_propagation_config Deletes all access scopes and authorized targets that are associated with a service from the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application
delete_namespace Deletes a namespace and the users and groups that are associated with the namespace
delete_refresh_schedule Deletes a refresh schedule from a dataset
delete_role_custom_permission Removes custom permissions from the role
delete_role_membership Removes a group from a role
delete_template Deletes a template
delete_template_alias Deletes the item that the specified template alias points to
delete_theme Deletes a theme
delete_theme_alias Deletes the version of the theme that the specified theme alias points to
delete_topic Deletes a topic
delete_topic_refresh_schedule Deletes a topic refresh schedule
delete_user Deletes the Amazon QuickSight user that is associated with the identity of the IAM user or role that's making the call
delete_user_by_principal_id Deletes a user identified by its principal ID
delete_user_custom_permission Deletes a custom permissions profile from a user
delete_vpc_connection Deletes a VPC connection
describe_account_customization Describes the customizations associated with the provided Amazon Web Services account and Amazon Amazon QuickSight namespace in an Amazon Web Services Region
describe_account_settings Describes the settings that were used when your Amazon QuickSight subscription was first created in this Amazon Web Services account
describe_account_subscription Use the DescribeAccountSubscription operation to receive a description of an Amazon QuickSight account's subscription
describe_analysis Provides a summary of the metadata for an analysis
describe_analysis_definition Provides a detailed description of the definition of an analysis
describe_analysis_permissions Provides the read and write permissions for an analysis
describe_asset_bundle_export_job Describes an existing export job
describe_asset_bundle_import_job Describes an existing import job
describe_brand Describes a brand
describe_brand_assignment Describes a brand assignment
describe_brand_published_version Describes the published version of the brand
describe_custom_permissions Describes a custom permissions profile
describe_dashboard Provides a summary for a dashboard
describe_dashboard_definition Provides a detailed description of the definition of a dashboard
describe_dashboard_permissions Describes read and write permissions for a dashboard
describe_dashboard_snapshot_job Describes an existing snapshot job
describe_dashboard_snapshot_job_result Describes the result of an existing snapshot job that has finished running
describe_dashboards_qa_configuration Describes an existing dashboard QA configuration
describe_data_set Describes a dataset
describe_data_set_permissions Describes the permissions on a dataset
describe_data_set_refresh_properties Describes the refresh properties of a dataset
describe_data_source Describes a data source
describe_data_source_permissions Describes the resource permissions for a data source
describe_default_q_business_application Describes a Amazon Q Business application that is linked to an Amazon QuickSight account
describe_folder Describes a folder
describe_folder_permissions Describes permissions for a folder
describe_folder_resolved_permissions Describes the folder resolved permissions
describe_group Returns an Amazon QuickSight group's description and Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
describe_group_membership Use the DescribeGroupMembership operation to determine if a user is a member of the specified group
describe_iam_policy_assignment Describes an existing IAM policy assignment, as specified by the assignment name
describe_ingestion Describes a SPICE ingestion
describe_ip_restriction Provides a summary and status of IP rules
describe_key_registration Describes all customer managed key registrations in a Amazon QuickSight account
describe_namespace Describes the current namespace
describe_q_personalization_configuration Describes a personalization configuration
describe_quick_sight_q_search_configuration Describes the state of a Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration
describe_refresh_schedule Provides a summary of a refresh schedule
describe_role_custom_permission Describes all custom permissions that are mapped to a role
describe_template Describes a template's metadata
describe_template_alias Describes the template alias for a template
describe_template_definition Provides a detailed description of the definition of a template
describe_template_permissions Describes read and write permissions on a template
describe_theme Describes a theme
describe_theme_alias Describes the alias for a theme
describe_theme_permissions Describes the read and write permissions for a theme
describe_topic Describes a topic
describe_topic_permissions Describes the permissions of a topic
describe_topic_refresh Describes the status of a topic refresh
describe_topic_refresh_schedule Deletes a topic refresh schedule
describe_user Returns information about a user, given the user name
describe_vpc_connection Describes a VPC connection
generate_embed_url_for_anonymous_user Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight dashboard or visual in your website, without having to register any reader users
generate_embed_url_for_registered_user Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight experience in your website
generate_embed_url_for_registered_user_with_identity Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight experience in your website
get_dashboard_embed_url Generates a temporary session URL and authorization code(bearer token) that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight read-only dashboard in your website or application
get_session_embed_url Generates a session URL and authorization code that you can use to embed the Amazon Amazon QuickSight console in your web server code
list_analyses Lists Amazon QuickSight analyses that exist in the specified Amazon Web Services account
list_asset_bundle_export_jobs Lists all asset bundle export jobs that have been taken place in the last 14 days
list_asset_bundle_import_jobs Lists all asset bundle import jobs that have taken place in the last 14 days
list_brands Lists all brands in an Amazon QuickSight account
list_custom_permissions Returns a list of all the custom permissions profiles
list_dashboards Lists dashboards in an Amazon Web Services account
list_dashboard_versions Lists all the versions of the dashboards in the Amazon QuickSight subscription
list_data_sets Lists all of the datasets belonging to the current Amazon Web Services account in an Amazon Web Services Region
list_data_sources Lists data sources in current Amazon Web Services Region that belong to this Amazon Web Services account
list_folder_members List all assets (DASHBOARD, ANALYSIS, and DATASET) in a folder
list_folders Lists all folders in an account
list_folders_for_resource List all folders that a resource is a member of
list_group_memberships Lists member users in a group
list_groups Lists all user groups in Amazon QuickSight
list_iam_policy_assignments Lists the IAM policy assignments in the current Amazon QuickSight account
list_iam_policy_assignments_for_user Lists all of the IAM policy assignments, including the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), for the IAM policies assigned to the specified user and group, or groups that the user belongs to
list_identity_propagation_configs Lists all services and authorized targets that the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application can access
list_ingestions Lists the history of SPICE ingestions for a dataset
list_namespaces Lists the namespaces for the specified Amazon Web Services account
list_refresh_schedules Lists the refresh schedules of a dataset
list_role_memberships Lists all groups that are associated with a role
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags assigned to a resource
list_template_aliases Lists all the aliases of a template
list_templates Lists all the templates in the current Amazon QuickSight account
list_template_versions Lists all the versions of the templates in the current Amazon QuickSight account
list_theme_aliases Lists all the aliases of a theme
list_themes Lists all the themes in the current Amazon Web Services account
list_theme_versions Lists all the versions of the themes in the current Amazon Web Services account
list_topic_refresh_schedules Lists all of the refresh schedules for a topic
list_topic_reviewed_answers Lists all reviewed answers for a Q Topic
list_topics Lists all of the topics within an account
list_user_groups Lists the Amazon QuickSight groups that an Amazon QuickSight user is a member of
list_users Returns a list of all of the Amazon QuickSight users belonging to this account
list_vpc_connections Lists all of the VPC connections in the current set Amazon Web Services Region of an Amazon Web Services account
predict_qa_results Predicts existing visuals or generates new visuals to answer a given query
put_data_set_refresh_properties Creates or updates the dataset refresh properties for the dataset
register_user Creates an Amazon QuickSight user whose identity is associated with the Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity or role specified in the request
restore_analysis Restores an analysis
search_analyses Searches for analyses that belong to the user specified in the filter
search_dashboards Searches for dashboards that belong to a user
search_data_sets Use the SearchDataSets operation to search for datasets that belong to an account
search_data_sources Use the SearchDataSources operation to search for data sources that belong to an account
search_folders Searches the subfolders in a folder
search_groups Use the SearchGroups operation to search groups in a specified Amazon QuickSight namespace using the supplied filters
search_topics Searches for any Q topic that exists in an Amazon QuickSight account
start_asset_bundle_export_job Starts an Asset Bundle export job
start_asset_bundle_import_job Starts an Asset Bundle import job
start_dashboard_snapshot_job Starts an asynchronous job that generates a snapshot of a dashboard's output
start_dashboard_snapshot_job_schedule Starts an asynchronous job that runs an existing dashboard schedule and sends the dashboard snapshot through email
tag_resource Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Amazon QuickSight resource
untag_resource Removes a tag or tags from a resource
update_account_customization Updates Amazon QuickSight customizations for the current Amazon Web Services Region
update_account_settings Updates the Amazon QuickSight settings in your Amazon Web Services account
update_analysis Updates an analysis in Amazon QuickSight
update_analysis_permissions Updates the read and write permissions for an analysis
update_application_with_token_exchange_grant Updates an Amazon QuickSight application with a token exchange grant
update_brand Updates a brand
update_brand_assignment Updates a brand assignment
update_brand_published_version Updates the published version of a brand
update_custom_permissions Updates a custom permissions profile
update_dashboard Updates a dashboard in an Amazon Web Services account
update_dashboard_links Updates the linked analyses on a dashboard
update_dashboard_permissions Updates read and write permissions on a dashboard
update_dashboard_published_version Updates the published version of a dashboard
update_dashboards_qa_configuration Updates a Dashboard QA configuration
update_data_set Updates a dataset
update_data_set_permissions Updates the permissions on a dataset
update_data_source Updates a data source
update_data_source_permissions Updates the permissions to a data source
update_default_q_business_application Updates a Amazon Q Business application that is linked to a Amazon QuickSight account
update_folder Updates the name of a folder
update_folder_permissions Updates permissions of a folder
update_group Changes a group description
update_iam_policy_assignment Updates an existing IAM policy assignment
update_identity_propagation_config Adds or updates services and authorized targets to configure what the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application can access
update_ip_restriction Updates the content and status of IP rules
update_key_registration Updates a customer managed key in a Amazon QuickSight account
update_public_sharing_settings Use the UpdatePublicSharingSettings operation to turn on or turn off the public sharing settings of an Amazon QuickSight dashboard
update_q_personalization_configuration Updates a personalization configuration
update_quick_sight_q_search_configuration Updates the state of a Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration
update_refresh_schedule Updates a refresh schedule for a dataset
update_role_custom_permission Updates the custom permissions that are associated with a role
update_spice_capacity_configuration Updates the SPICE capacity configuration for a Amazon QuickSight account
update_template Updates a template from an existing Amazon QuickSight analysis or another template
update_template_alias Updates the template alias of a template
update_template_permissions Updates the resource permissions for a template
update_theme Updates a theme
update_theme_alias Updates an alias of a theme
update_theme_permissions Updates the resource permissions for a theme
update_topic Updates a topic
update_topic_permissions Updates the permissions of a topic
update_topic_refresh_schedule Updates a topic refresh schedule
update_user Updates an Amazon QuickSight user
update_user_custom_permission Updates a custom permissions profile for a user
update_vpc_connection Updates a VPC connection

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- quicksight()
svc$batch_create_topic_reviewed_answer(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates new reviewed answers for a Q Topic

Description

Creates new reviewed answers for a Q Topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_batch_create_topic_reviewed_answer/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_batch_create_topic_reviewed_answer(AwsAccountId, TopicId, Answers)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a reviewed answer in.

TopicId

[required] The ID for the topic reviewed answer that you want to create. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Answers

[required] The definition of the Answers to be created.


Deletes reviewed answers for Q Topic

Description

Deletes reviewed answers for Q Topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_batch_delete_topic_reviewed_answer/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_batch_delete_topic_reviewed_answer(
  AwsAccountId,
  TopicId,
  AnswerIds = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to delete a reviewed answers in.

TopicId

[required] The ID for the topic reviewed answer that you want to delete. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

AnswerIds

The Answer IDs of the Answers to be deleted.


Cancels an ongoing ingestion of data into SPICE

Description

Cancels an ongoing ingestion of data into SPICE.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_cancel_ingestion/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_cancel_ingestion(AwsAccountId, DataSetId, IngestionId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.

IngestionId

[required] An ID for the ingestion.


Creates Amazon QuickSight customizations for the current Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Creates Amazon QuickSight customizations for the current Amazon Web Services Region. Currently, you can add a custom default theme by using the create_account_customization or update_account_customization API operation. To further customize Amazon QuickSight by removing Amazon QuickSight sample assets and videos for all new users, see Customizing Amazon QuickSight in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_account_customization/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_account_customization(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace = NULL,
  AccountCustomization,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to customize Amazon QuickSight for.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that you want to add customizations to.

AccountCustomization

[required] The Amazon QuickSight customizations you're adding in the current Amazon Web Services Region. You can add these to an Amazon Web Services account and a QuickSight namespace.

For example, you can add a default theme by setting AccountCustomization to the midnight theme: "AccountCustomization": { "DefaultTheme": "arn:aws:quicksight::aws:theme/MIDNIGHT" }. Or, you can add a custom theme by specifying "AccountCustomization": { "DefaultTheme": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-west-2:111122223333:theme/bdb844d0-0fe9-4d9d-b520-0fe602d93639" }.

Tags

A list of the tags that you want to attach to this resource.


Creates an Amazon QuickSight account, or subscribes to Amazon QuickSight Q

Description

Creates an Amazon QuickSight account, or subscribes to Amazon QuickSight Q.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_account_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_account_subscription(
  Edition = NULL,
  AuthenticationMethod,
  AwsAccountId,
  AccountName,
  NotificationEmail,
  ActiveDirectoryName = NULL,
  Realm = NULL,
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  AdminGroup = NULL,
  AuthorGroup = NULL,
  ReaderGroup = NULL,
  AdminProGroup = NULL,
  AuthorProGroup = NULL,
  ReaderProGroup = NULL,
  FirstName = NULL,
  LastName = NULL,
  EmailAddress = NULL,
  ContactNumber = NULL,
  IAMIdentityCenterInstanceArn = NULL
)

Arguments

Edition

The edition of Amazon QuickSight that you want your account to have. Currently, you can choose from ENTERPRISE or ENTERPRISE_AND_Q.

If you choose ENTERPRISE_AND_Q, the following parameters are required:

  • FirstName

  • LastName

  • EmailAddress

  • ContactNumber

AuthenticationMethod

[required] The method that you want to use to authenticate your Amazon QuickSight account.

If you choose ACTIVE_DIRECTORY, provide an ActiveDirectoryName and an AdminGroup associated with your Active Directory.

If you choose IAM_IDENTITY_CENTER, provide an AdminGroup associated with your IAM Identity Center account.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account that you're using to create your Amazon QuickSight account.

AccountName

[required] The name of your Amazon QuickSight account. This name is unique over all of Amazon Web Services, and it appears only when users sign in. You can't change AccountName value after the Amazon QuickSight account is created.

NotificationEmail

[required] The email address that you want Amazon QuickSight to send notifications to regarding your Amazon QuickSight account or Amazon QuickSight subscription.

ActiveDirectoryName

The name of your Active Directory. This field is required if ACTIVE_DIRECTORY is the selected authentication method of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

Realm

The realm of the Active Directory that is associated with your Amazon QuickSight account. This field is required if ACTIVE_DIRECTORY is the selected authentication method of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

DirectoryId

The ID of the Active Directory that is associated with your Amazon QuickSight account.

AdminGroup

The admin group associated with your Active Directory or IAM Identity Center account. Either this field or the AdminProGroup field is required if ACTIVE_DIRECTORY or IAM_IDENTITY_CENTER is the selected authentication method of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

For more information about using IAM Identity Center in Amazon QuickSight, see Using IAM Identity Center with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide. For more information about using Active Directory in Amazon QuickSight, see Using Active Directory with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

AuthorGroup

The author group associated with your Active Directory or IAM Identity Center account.

For more information about using IAM Identity Center in Amazon QuickSight, see Using IAM Identity Center with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide. For more information about using Active Directory in Amazon QuickSight, see Using Active Directory with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

ReaderGroup

The reader group associated with your Active Directory or IAM Identity Center account.

For more information about using IAM Identity Center in Amazon QuickSight, see Using IAM Identity Center with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide. For more information about using Active Directory in Amazon QuickSight, see Using Active Directory with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

AdminProGroup

The admin pro group associated with your Active Directory or IAM Identity Center account. Either this field or the AdminGroup field is required if ACTIVE_DIRECTORY or IAM_IDENTITY_CENTER is the selected authentication method of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

For more information about using IAM Identity Center in Amazon QuickSight, see Using IAM Identity Center with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide. For more information about using Active Directory in Amazon QuickSight, see Using Active Directory with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

AuthorProGroup

The author pro group associated with your Active Directory or IAM Identity Center account.

For more information about using IAM Identity Center in Amazon QuickSight, see Using IAM Identity Center with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide. For more information about using Active Directory in Amazon QuickSight, see Using Active Directory with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

ReaderProGroup

The reader pro group associated with your Active Directory or IAM Identity Center account.

For more information about using IAM Identity Center in Amazon QuickSight, see Using IAM Identity Center with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide. For more information about using Active Directory in Amazon QuickSight, see Using Active Directory with Amazon QuickSight Enterprise Edition in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

FirstName

The first name of the author of the Amazon QuickSight account to use for future communications. This field is required if ENTERPPRISE_AND_Q is the selected edition of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

LastName

The last name of the author of the Amazon QuickSight account to use for future communications. This field is required if ENTERPPRISE_AND_Q is the selected edition of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

EmailAddress

The email address of the author of the Amazon QuickSight account to use for future communications. This field is required if ENTERPPRISE_AND_Q is the selected edition of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

ContactNumber

A 10-digit phone number for the author of the Amazon QuickSight account to use for future communications. This field is required if ENTERPPRISE_AND_Q is the selected edition of the new Amazon QuickSight account.

IAMIdentityCenterInstanceArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM Identity Center instance.


Creates an analysis in Amazon QuickSight

Description

Creates an analysis in Amazon QuickSight. Analyses can be created either from a template or from an AnalysisDefinition.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_analysis(
  AwsAccountId,
  AnalysisId,
  Name,
  Parameters = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  SourceEntity = NULL,
  ThemeArn = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Definition = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL,
  FolderArns = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account where you are creating an analysis.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID for the analysis that you're creating. This ID displays in the URL of the analysis.

Name

[required] A descriptive name for the analysis that you're creating. This name displays for the analysis in the Amazon QuickSight console.

Parameters

The parameter names and override values that you want to use. An analysis can have any parameter type, and some parameters might accept multiple values.

Permissions

A structure that describes the principals and the resource-level permissions on an analysis. You can use the Permissions structure to grant permissions by providing a list of Identity and Access Management (IAM) action information for each principal listed by Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

To specify no permissions, omit Permissions.

SourceEntity

A source entity to use for the analysis that you're creating. This metadata structure contains details that describe a source template and one or more datasets.

Either a SourceEntity or a Definition must be provided in order for the request to be valid.

ThemeArn

The ARN for the theme to apply to the analysis that you're creating. To see the theme in the Amazon QuickSight console, make sure that you have access to it.

Tags

Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the analysis.

Definition

The definition of an analysis.

A definition is the data model of all features in a Dashboard, Template, or Analysis.

Either a SourceEntity or a Definition must be provided in order for the request to be valid.

ValidationStrategy

The option to relax the validation needed to create an analysis with definition objects. This skips the validation step for specific errors.

FolderArns

When you create the analysis, Amazon QuickSight adds the analysis to these folders.


Creates an Amazon QuickSight brand

Description

Creates an Amazon QuickSight brand.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_brand/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_brand(
  AwsAccountId,
  BrandId,
  BrandDefinition = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand.

BrandId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight brand.

BrandDefinition

The definition of the brand.

Tags

A map of the key-value pairs that are assigned to the brand.


Creates a custom permissions profile

Description

Creates a custom permissions profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_custom_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_custom_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  CustomPermissionsName,
  Capabilities = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create the custom permissions profile in.

CustomPermissionsName

[required] The name of the custom permissions profile that you want to create.

Capabilities

A set of actions to include in the custom permissions profile.

Tags

The tags to associate with the custom permissions profile.


Creates a dashboard from either a template or directly with a DashboardDefinition

Description

Creates a dashboard from either a template or directly with a DashboardDefinition. To first create a template, see the create_template API operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_dashboard/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_dashboard(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  Name,
  Parameters = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  SourceEntity = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  DashboardPublishOptions = NULL,
  ThemeArn = NULL,
  Definition = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL,
  FolderArns = NULL,
  LinkSharingConfiguration = NULL,
  LinkEntities = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account where you want to create the dashboard.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard, also added to the IAM policy.

Name

[required] The display name of the dashboard.

Parameters

The parameters for the creation of the dashboard, which you want to use to override the default settings. A dashboard can have any type of parameters, and some parameters might accept multiple values.

Permissions

A structure that contains the permissions of the dashboard. You can use this structure for granting permissions by providing a list of IAM action information for each principal ARN.

To specify no permissions, omit the permissions list.

SourceEntity

The entity that you are using as a source when you create the dashboard. In SourceEntity, you specify the type of object you're using as source. You can only create a dashboard from a template, so you use a SourceTemplate entity. If you need to create a dashboard from an analysis, first convert the analysis to a template by using the create_template API operation. For SourceTemplate, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source template. The SourceTemplateARN can contain any Amazon Web Services account and any Amazon QuickSight-supported Amazon Web Services Region.

Use the DataSetReferences entity within SourceTemplate to list the replacement datasets for the placeholders listed in the original. The schema in each dataset must match its placeholder.

Either a SourceEntity or a Definition must be provided in order for the request to be valid.

Tags

Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the dashboard.

VersionDescription

A description for the first version of the dashboard being created.

DashboardPublishOptions

Options for publishing the dashboard when you create it:

  • AvailabilityStatus for AdHocFilteringOption - This status can be either ENABLED or DISABLED. When this is set to DISABLED, Amazon QuickSight disables the left filter pane on the published dashboard, which can be used for ad hoc (one-time) filtering. This option is ENABLED by default.

  • AvailabilityStatus for ExportToCSVOption - This status can be either ENABLED or DISABLED. The visual option to export data to .CSV format isn't enabled when this is set to DISABLED. This option is ENABLED by default.

  • VisibilityState for SheetControlsOption - This visibility state can be either COLLAPSED or EXPANDED. This option is COLLAPSED by default.

ThemeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the theme that is being used for this dashboard. If you add a value for this field, it overrides the value that is used in the source entity. The theme ARN must exist in the same Amazon Web Services account where you create the dashboard.

Definition

The definition of a dashboard.

A definition is the data model of all features in a Dashboard, Template, or Analysis.

Either a SourceEntity or a Definition must be provided in order for the request to be valid.

ValidationStrategy

The option to relax the validation needed to create a dashboard with definition objects. This option skips the validation step for specific errors.

FolderArns

When you create the dashboard, Amazon QuickSight adds the dashboard to these folders.

LinkSharingConfiguration

A structure that contains the permissions of a shareable link to the dashboard.

LinkEntities

A list of analysis Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to be linked to the dashboard.


Creates a dataset

Description

Creates a dataset. This operation doesn't support datasets that include uploaded files as a source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_data_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_data_set(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSetId,
  Name,
  PhysicalTableMap,
  LogicalTableMap = NULL,
  ImportMode,
  ColumnGroups = NULL,
  FieldFolders = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  RowLevelPermissionDataSet = NULL,
  RowLevelPermissionTagConfiguration = NULL,
  ColumnLevelPermissionRules = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  DataSetUsageConfiguration = NULL,
  DatasetParameters = NULL,
  FolderArns = NULL,
  PerformanceConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] An ID for the dataset that you want to create. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] The display name for the dataset.

PhysicalTableMap

[required] Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources.

LogicalTableMap

Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical tables.

ImportMode

[required] Indicates whether you want to import the data into SPICE.

ColumnGroups

Groupings of columns that work together in certain Amazon QuickSight features. Currently, only geospatial hierarchy is supported.

FieldFolders

The folder that contains fields and nested subfolders for your dataset.

Permissions

A list of resource permissions on the dataset.

RowLevelPermissionDataSet

The row-level security configuration for the data that you want to create.

RowLevelPermissionTagConfiguration

The configuration of tags on a dataset to set row-level security. Row-level security tags are currently supported for anonymous embedding only.

ColumnLevelPermissionRules

A set of one or more definitions of a ColumnLevelPermissionRule.

Tags

Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the dataset.

DataSetUsageConfiguration
DatasetParameters

The parameter declarations of the dataset.

FolderArns

When you create the dataset, Amazon QuickSight adds the dataset to these folders.

PerformanceConfiguration

The configuration for the performance optimization of the dataset that contains a UniqueKey configuration.


Creates a data source

Description

Creates a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_data_source(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSourceId,
  Name,
  Type,
  DataSourceParameters = NULL,
  Credentials = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  VpcConnectionProperties = NULL,
  SslProperties = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  FolderArns = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSourceId

[required] An ID for the data source. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] A display name for the data source.

Type

[required] The type of the data source. To return a list of all data sources, use list_data_sources.

Use AMAZON_ELASTICSEARCH for Amazon OpenSearch Service.

DataSourceParameters

The parameters that Amazon QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source.

Credentials

The credentials Amazon QuickSight that uses to connect to your underlying source. Currently, only credentials based on user name and password are supported.

Permissions

A list of resource permissions on the data source.

VpcConnectionProperties

Use this parameter only when you want Amazon QuickSight to use a VPC connection when connecting to your underlying source.

SslProperties

Secure Socket Layer (SSL) properties that apply when Amazon QuickSight connects to your underlying source.

Tags

Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the data source.

FolderArns

When you create the data source, Amazon QuickSight adds the data source to these folders.


Creates an empty shared folder

Description

Creates an empty shared folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_folder(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  Name = NULL,
  FolderType = NULL,
  ParentFolderArn = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  SharingModel = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account where you want to create the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Name

The name of the folder.

FolderType

The type of folder. By default, folderType is SHARED.

ParentFolderArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the parent folder.

ParentFolderArn can be null. An empty parentFolderArn creates a root-level folder.

Permissions

A structure that describes the principals and the resource-level permissions of a folder.

To specify no permissions, omit Permissions.

Tags

Tags for the folder.

SharingModel

An optional parameter that determines the sharing scope of the folder. The default value for this parameter is ACCOUNT.


Adds an asset, such as a dashboard, analysis, or dataset into a folder

Description

Adds an asset, such as a dashboard, analysis, or dataset into a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_folder_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_folder_membership(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  MemberId,
  MemberType
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

MemberId

[required] The ID of the asset that you want to add to the folder.

MemberType

[required] The member type of the asset that you want to add to a folder.


Use the CreateGroup operation to create a group in Amazon QuickSight

Description

Use the create_group operation to create a group in Amazon QuickSight. You can create up to 10,000 groups in a namespace. If you want to create more than 10,000 groups in a namespace, contact Amazon Web Services Support.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_group(GroupName, Description = NULL, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] A name for the group that you want to create.

Description

A description for the group that you want to create.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that you want the group to be a part of.


Adds an Amazon QuickSight user to an Amazon QuickSight group

Description

Adds an Amazon QuickSight user to an Amazon QuickSight group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_group_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_group_membership(
  MemberName,
  GroupName,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

MemberName

[required] The name of the user that you want to add to the group membership.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to add the user to.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that you want the user to be a part of.


Creates an assignment with one specified IAM policy, identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Creates an assignment with one specified IAM policy, identified by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). This policy assignment is attached to the specified groups or users of Amazon QuickSight. Assignment names are unique per Amazon Web Services account. To avoid overwriting rules in other namespaces, use assignment names that are unique.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_iam_policy_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_iam_policy_assignment(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssignmentName,
  AssignmentStatus,
  PolicyArn = NULL,
  Identities = NULL,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account where you want to assign an IAM policy to Amazon QuickSight users or groups.

AssignmentName

[required] The name of the assignment, also called a rule. The name must be unique within the Amazon Web Services account.

AssignmentStatus

[required] The status of the assignment. Possible values are as follows:

  • ENABLED - Anything specified in this assignment is used when creating the data source.

  • DISABLED - This assignment isn't used when creating the data source.

  • DRAFT - This assignment is an unfinished draft and isn't used when creating the data source.

PolicyArn

The ARN for the IAM policy to apply to the Amazon QuickSight users and groups specified in this assignment.

Identities

The Amazon QuickSight users, groups, or both that you want to assign the policy to.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that contains the assignment.


Creates and starts a new SPICE ingestion for a dataset

Description

Creates and starts a new SPICE ingestion for a dataset. You can manually refresh datasets in an Enterprise edition account 32 times in a 24-hour period. You can manually refresh datasets in a Standard edition account 8 times in a 24-hour period. Each 24-hour period is measured starting 24 hours before the current date and time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_ingestion/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_ingestion(
  DataSetId,
  IngestionId,
  AwsAccountId,
  IngestionType = NULL
)

Arguments

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.

IngestionId

[required] An ID for the ingestion.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

IngestionType

The type of ingestion that you want to create.


(Enterprise edition only) Creates a new namespace for you to use with Amazon QuickSight

Description

(Enterprise edition only) Creates a new namespace for you to use with Amazon QuickSight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_namespace(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace,
  IdentityStore,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create the Amazon QuickSight namespace in.

Namespace

[required] The name that you want to use to describe the new namespace.

IdentityStore

[required] Specifies the type of your user identity directory. Currently, this supports users with an identity type of QUICKSIGHT.

Tags

The tags that you want to associate with the namespace that you're creating.


Creates a refresh schedule for a dataset

Description

Creates a refresh schedule for a dataset. You can create up to 5 different schedules for a single dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_refresh_schedule(DataSetId, AwsAccountId, Schedule)

Arguments

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

Schedule

[required] The refresh schedule.


Use CreateRoleMembership to add an existing Amazon QuickSight group to an existing role

Description

Use create_role_membership to add an existing Amazon QuickSight group to an existing role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_role_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_role_membership(MemberName, AwsAccountId, Namespace, Role)

Arguments

MemberName

[required] The name of the group that you want to add to the role.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a group in. The Amazon Web Services account ID that you provide must be the same Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that the role belongs to.

Role

[required] The role that you want to add a group to.


Creates a template either from a TemplateDefinition or from an existing Amazon QuickSight analysis or template

Description

Creates a template either from a TemplateDefinition or from an existing Amazon QuickSight analysis or template. You can use the resulting template to create additional dashboards, templates, or analyses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_template(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  Name = NULL,
  Permissions = NULL,
  SourceEntity = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  Definition = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. You use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

TemplateId

[required] An ID for the template that you want to create. This template is unique per Amazon Web Services Region; in each Amazon Web Services account.

Name

A display name for the template.

Permissions

A list of resource permissions to be set on the template.

SourceEntity

The entity that you are using as a source when you create the template. In SourceEntity, you specify the type of object you're using as source: SourceTemplate for a template or SourceAnalysis for an analysis. Both of these require an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For SourceTemplate, specify the ARN of the source template. For SourceAnalysis, specify the ARN of the source analysis. The SourceTemplate ARN can contain any Amazon Web Services account and any Amazon QuickSight-supported Amazon Web Services Region.

Use the DataSetReferences entity within SourceTemplate or SourceAnalysis to list the replacement datasets for the placeholders listed in the original. The schema in each dataset must match its placeholder.

Either a SourceEntity or a Definition must be provided in order for the request to be valid.

Tags

Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the resource.

VersionDescription

A description of the current template version being created. This API operation creates the first version of the template. Every time update_template is called, a new version is created. Each version of the template maintains a description of the version in the VersionDescription field.

Definition

The definition of a template.

A definition is the data model of all features in a Dashboard, Template, or Analysis.

Either a SourceEntity or a Definition must be provided in order for the request to be valid.

ValidationStrategy

TThe option to relax the validation needed to create a template with definition objects. This skips the validation step for specific errors.


Creates a template alias for a template

Description

Creates a template alias for a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_template_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_template_alias(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  AliasName,
  TemplateVersionNumber
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template that you creating an alias for.

TemplateId

[required] An ID for the template.

AliasName

[required] The name that you want to give to the template alias that you're creating. Don't start the alias name with the $ character. Alias names that start with $ are reserved by Amazon QuickSight.

TemplateVersionNumber

[required] The version number of the template.


Creates a theme

Description

Creates a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_theme/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_theme(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  Name,
  BaseThemeId,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  Configuration,
  Permissions = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account where you want to store the new theme.

ThemeId

[required] An ID for the theme that you want to create. The theme ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region in each Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] A display name for the theme.

BaseThemeId

[required] The ID of the theme that a custom theme will inherit from. All themes inherit from one of the starting themes defined by Amazon QuickSight. For a list of the starting themes, use list_themes or choose Themes from within an analysis.

VersionDescription

A description of the first version of the theme that you're creating. Every time update_theme is called, a new version is created. Each version of the theme has a description of the version in the VersionDescription field.

Configuration

[required] The theme configuration, which contains the theme display properties.

Permissions

A valid grouping of resource permissions to apply to the new theme.

Tags

A map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags that you want to add to the resource.


Creates a theme alias for a theme

Description

Creates a theme alias for a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_theme_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_theme_alias(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  AliasName,
  ThemeVersionNumber
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme for the new theme alias.

ThemeId

[required] An ID for the theme alias.

AliasName

[required] The name that you want to give to the theme alias that you are creating. The alias name can't begin with a $. Alias names that start with $ are reserved by Amazon QuickSight.

ThemeVersionNumber

[required] The version number of the theme.


Creates a new Q topic

Description

Creates a new Q topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_topic(
  AwsAccountId,
  TopicId,
  Topic,
  Tags = NULL,
  FolderArns = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a topic in.

TopicId

[required] The ID for the topic that you want to create. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Topic

[required] The definition of a topic to create.

Tags

Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags that are assigned to the dataset.

FolderArns

The Folder ARN of the folder that you want the topic to reside in.


Creates a topic refresh schedule

Description

Creates a topic refresh schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_topic_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_topic_refresh_schedule(
  AwsAccountId,
  TopicId,
  DatasetArn,
  DatasetName = NULL,
  RefreshSchedule
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic you're creating a refresh schedule for.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to modify. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

DatasetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the dataset.

DatasetName

The name of the dataset.

RefreshSchedule

[required] The definition of a refresh schedule.


Creates a new VPC connection

Description

Creates a new VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_create_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_create_vpc_connection(
  AwsAccountId,
  VPCConnectionId,
  Name,
  SubnetIds,
  SecurityGroupIds,
  DnsResolvers = NULL,
  RoleArn,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account where you want to create a new VPC connection.

VPCConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC connection that you're creating. This ID is a unique identifier for each Amazon Web Services Region in an Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] The display name for the VPC connection.

SubnetIds

[required] A list of subnet IDs for the VPC connection.

SecurityGroupIds

[required] A list of security group IDs for the VPC connection.

DnsResolvers

A list of IP addresses of DNS resolver endpoints for the VPC connection.

RoleArn

[required] The IAM role to associate with the VPC connection.

Tags

A map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the VPC connection.


Deletes all Amazon QuickSight customizations in this Amazon Web Services Region for the specified Amazon Web Services account and Amazon QuickSight namespace

Description

Deletes all Amazon QuickSight customizations in this Amazon Web Services Region for the specified Amazon Web Services account and Amazon QuickSight namespace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_account_customization/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_account_customization(AwsAccountId, Namespace = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to delete Amazon QuickSight customizations from in this Amazon Web Services Region.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that you're deleting the customizations from.


Use the DeleteAccountSubscription operation to delete an Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Use the delete_account_subscription operation to delete an Amazon QuickSight account. This operation will result in an error message if you have configured your account termination protection settings to True. To change this setting and delete your account, call the update_account_settings API and set the value of the TerminationProtectionEnabled parameter to False, then make another call to the delete_account_subscription API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_account_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_account_subscription(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account that you want to delete.


Deletes an analysis from Amazon QuickSight

Description

Deletes an analysis from Amazon QuickSight. You can optionally include a recovery window during which you can restore the analysis. If you don't specify a recovery window value, the operation defaults to 30 days. Amazon QuickSight attaches a DeletionTime stamp to the response that specifies the end of the recovery window. At the end of the recovery window, Amazon QuickSight deletes the analysis permanently.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_analysis(
  AwsAccountId,
  AnalysisId,
  RecoveryWindowInDays = NULL,
  ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account where you want to delete an analysis.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID of the analysis that you're deleting.

RecoveryWindowInDays

A value that specifies the number of days that Amazon QuickSight waits before it deletes the analysis. You can't use this parameter with the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery option in the same API call. The default value is 30.

ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery

This option defaults to the value NoForceDeleteWithoutRecovery. To immediately delete the analysis, add the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery option. You can't restore an analysis after it's deleted.


Deletes an Amazon QuickSight brand

Description

Deletes an Amazon QuickSight brand.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_brand/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_brand(AwsAccountId, BrandId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand.

BrandId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight brand.


Deletes a brand assignment

Description

Deletes a brand assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_brand_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_brand_assignment(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand assignment.


Deletes a custom permissions profile

Description

Deletes a custom permissions profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_custom_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_custom_permissions(AwsAccountId, CustomPermissionsName)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the custom permissions profile that you want to delete.

CustomPermissionsName

[required] The name of the custom permissions profile that you want to delete.


Deletes a dashboard

Description

Deletes a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_dashboard/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_dashboard(AwsAccountId, DashboardId, VersionNumber = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're deleting.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

VersionNumber

The version number of the dashboard. If the version number property is provided, only the specified version of the dashboard is deleted.


Deletes a dataset

Description

Deletes a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_data_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_data_set(AwsAccountId, DataSetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID for the dataset that you want to create. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Deletes the dataset refresh properties of the dataset

Description

Deletes the dataset refresh properties of the dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_data_set_refresh_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_data_set_refresh_properties(AwsAccountId, DataSetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.


Deletes the data source permanently

Description

Deletes the data source permanently. This operation breaks all the datasets that reference the deleted data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_data_source(AwsAccountId, DataSourceId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSourceId

[required] The ID of the data source. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Deletes a linked Amazon Q Business application from an Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Deletes a linked Amazon Q Business application from an Amazon QuickSight account

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_default_q_business_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_default_q_business_application(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight account that you want to disconnect from a Amazon Q Business application.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that you want to delete a linked Amazon Q Business application from. If this field is left blank, the Amazon Q Business application is deleted from the default namespace. Currently, the default namespace is the only valid value for this parameter.


Deletes an empty folder

Description

Deletes an empty folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_folder(AwsAccountId, FolderId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.


Removes an asset, such as a dashboard, analysis, or dataset, from a folder

Description

Removes an asset, such as a dashboard, analysis, or dataset, from a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_folder_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_folder_membership(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  MemberId,
  MemberType
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The Folder ID.

MemberId

[required] The ID of the asset that you want to delete.

MemberType

[required] The member type of the asset that you want to delete from a folder.


Removes a user group from Amazon QuickSight

Description

Removes a user group from Amazon QuickSight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_group(GroupName, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to delete.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the group that you want to delete.


Removes a user from a group so that the user is no longer a member of the group

Description

Removes a user from a group so that the user is no longer a member of the group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_group_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_group_membership(
  MemberName,
  GroupName,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

MemberName

[required] The name of the user that you want to delete from the group membership.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to delete the user from.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the group that you want to remove a user from.


Deletes an existing IAM policy assignment

Description

Deletes an existing IAM policy assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_iam_policy_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_iam_policy_assignment(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssignmentName,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID where you want to delete the IAM policy assignment.

AssignmentName

[required] The name of the assignment.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that contains the assignment.


Deletes all access scopes and authorized targets that are associated with a service from the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application

Description

Deletes all access scopes and authorized targets that are associated with a service from the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_identity_propagation_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_identity_propagation_config(AwsAccountId, Service)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to delete an identity propagation configuration from.

Service

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services service that you want to delete the associated access scopes and authorized targets from.


Deletes a namespace and the users and groups that are associated with the namespace

Description

Deletes a namespace and the users and groups that are associated with the namespace. This is an asynchronous process. Assets including dashboards, analyses, datasets and data sources are not deleted. To delete these assets, you use the API operations for the relevant asset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_namespace(AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to delete the Amazon QuickSight namespace from.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that you want to delete.


Deletes a refresh schedule from a dataset

Description

Deletes a refresh schedule from a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_refresh_schedule(DataSetId, AwsAccountId, ScheduleId)

Arguments

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

ScheduleId

[required] The ID of the refresh schedule.


Removes custom permissions from the role

Description

Removes custom permissions from the role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_role_custom_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_role_custom_permission(Role, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

Role

[required] The role that you want to remove permissions from.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that includes the role.


Removes a group from a role

Description

Removes a group from a role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_role_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_role_membership(MemberName, Role, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

MemberName

[required] The name of the group.

Role

[required] The role that you want to remove permissions from.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a group in. The Amazon Web Services account ID that you provide must be the same Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that contains the role.


Deletes a template

Description

Deletes a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_template(AwsAccountId, TemplateId, VersionNumber = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template that you're deleting.

TemplateId

[required] An ID for the template you want to delete.

VersionNumber

Specifies the version of the template that you want to delete. If you don't provide a version number, delete_template deletes all versions of the template.


Deletes the item that the specified template alias points to

Description

Deletes the item that the specified template alias points to. If you provide a specific alias, you delete the version of the template that the alias points to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_template_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_template_alias(AwsAccountId, TemplateId, AliasName)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the item to delete.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template that the specified alias is for.

AliasName

[required] The name for the template alias. To delete a specific alias, you delete the version that the alias points to. You can specify the alias name, or specify the latest version of the template by providing the keyword ⁠$LATEST⁠ in the AliasName parameter.


Deletes a theme

Description

Deletes a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_theme/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_theme(AwsAccountId, ThemeId, VersionNumber = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme that you're deleting.

ThemeId

[required] An ID for the theme that you want to delete.

VersionNumber

The version of the theme that you want to delete.

Note: If you don't provide a version number, you're using this call to delete_theme to delete all versions of the theme.


Deletes the version of the theme that the specified theme alias points to

Description

Deletes the version of the theme that the specified theme alias points to. If you provide a specific alias, you delete the version of the theme that the alias points to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_theme_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_theme_alias(AwsAccountId, ThemeId, AliasName)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme alias to delete.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme that the specified alias is for.

AliasName

[required] The unique name for the theme alias to delete.


Deletes a topic

Description

Deletes a topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_topic(AwsAccountId, TopicId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic that you want to delete.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to delete. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Deletes a topic refresh schedule

Description

Deletes a topic refresh schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_topic_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_topic_refresh_schedule(AwsAccountId, TopicId, DatasetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to modify. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

DatasetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.


Deletes the Amazon QuickSight user that is associated with the identity of the IAM user or role that's making the call

Description

Deletes the Amazon QuickSight user that is associated with the identity of the IAM user or role that's making the call. The IAM user isn't deleted as a result of this call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_user(UserName, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user that you want to delete.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.


Deletes a user identified by its principal ID

Description

Deletes a user identified by its principal ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_user_by_principal_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_user_by_principal_id(PrincipalId, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

PrincipalId

[required] The principal ID of the user.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.


Deletes a custom permissions profile from a user

Description

Deletes a custom permissions profile from a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_user_custom_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_user_custom_permission(UserName, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The username of the user that you want to remove custom permissions from.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to delete.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that the user belongs to.


Deletes a VPC connection

Description

Deletes a VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_delete_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_delete_vpc_connection(AwsAccountId, VPCConnectionId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account where you want to delete a VPC connection.

VPCConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC connection that you're creating. This ID is a unique identifier for each Amazon Web Services Region in an Amazon Web Services account.


Describes the customizations associated with the provided Amazon Web Services account and Amazon Amazon QuickSight namespace in an Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Describes the customizations associated with the provided Amazon Web Services account and Amazon Amazon QuickSight namespace in an Amazon Web Services Region. The Amazon QuickSight console evaluates which customizations to apply by running this API operation with the Resolved flag included.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_account_customization/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_account_customization(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace = NULL,
  Resolved = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to describe Amazon QuickSight customizations for.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that you want to describe Amazon QuickSight customizations for.

Resolved

The Resolved flag works with the other parameters to determine which view of Amazon QuickSight customizations is returned. You can add this flag to your command to use the same view that Amazon QuickSight uses to identify which customizations to apply to the console. Omit this flag, or set it to no-resolved, to reveal customizations that are configured at different levels.


Describes the settings that were used when your Amazon QuickSight subscription was first created in this Amazon Web Services account

Description

Describes the settings that were used when your Amazon QuickSight subscription was first created in this Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_account_settings(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the settings that you want to list.


Use the DescribeAccountSubscription operation to receive a description of an Amazon QuickSight account's subscription

Description

Use the DescribeAccountSubscription operation to receive a description of an Amazon QuickSight account's subscription. A successful API call returns an AccountInfo object that includes an account's name, subscription status, authentication type, edition, and notification email address.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_account_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_account_subscription(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with your Amazon QuickSight account.


Provides a summary of the metadata for an analysis

Description

Provides a summary of the metadata for an analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_analysis(AwsAccountId, AnalysisId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analysis. You must be using the Amazon Web Services account that the analysis is in.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID of the analysis that you're describing. The ID is part of the URL of the analysis.


Provides a detailed description of the definition of an analysis

Description

Provides a detailed description of the definition of an analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_analysis_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_analysis_definition(AwsAccountId, AnalysisId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analysis. You must be using the Amazon Web Services account that the analysis is in.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID of the analysis that you're describing. The ID is part of the URL of the analysis.


Provides the read and write permissions for an analysis

Description

Provides the read and write permissions for an analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_analysis_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_analysis_permissions(AwsAccountId, AnalysisId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analysis whose permissions you're describing. You must be using the Amazon Web Services account that the analysis is in.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID of the analysis whose permissions you're describing. The ID is part of the analysis URL.


Describes an existing export job

Description

Describes an existing export job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_asset_bundle_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_asset_bundle_export_job(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssetBundleExportJobId
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account the export job is executed in.

AssetBundleExportJobId

[required] The ID of the job that you want described. The job ID is set when you start a new job with a start_asset_bundle_export_job API call.


Describes an existing import job

Description

Describes an existing import job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_asset_bundle_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_asset_bundle_import_job(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssetBundleImportJobId
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account the import job was executed in.

AssetBundleImportJobId

[required] The ID of the job. The job ID is set when you start a new job with a start_asset_bundle_import_job API call.


Describes a brand

Description

Describes a brand.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_brand/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_brand(AwsAccountId, BrandId, VersionId = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand.

BrandId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight brand.

VersionId

The ID of the specific version. The default value is the latest version.


Describes a brand assignment

Description

Describes a brand assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_brand_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_brand_assignment(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand assignment.


Describes the published version of the brand

Description

Describes the published version of the brand.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_brand_published_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_brand_published_version(AwsAccountId, BrandId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand.

BrandId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight brand.


Describes a custom permissions profile

Description

Describes a custom permissions profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_custom_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_custom_permissions(AwsAccountId, CustomPermissionsName)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the custom permissions profile that you want described.

CustomPermissionsName

[required] The name of the custom permissions profile to describe.


Provides a summary for a dashboard

Description

Provides a summary for a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_dashboard/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_dashboard(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  VersionNumber = NULL,
  AliasName = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're describing.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

VersionNumber

The version number for the dashboard. If a version number isn't passed, the latest published dashboard version is described.

AliasName

The alias name.


Provides a detailed description of the definition of a dashboard

Description

Provides a detailed description of the definition of a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_dashboard_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_dashboard_definition(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  VersionNumber = NULL,
  AliasName = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're describing.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

VersionNumber

The version number for the dashboard. If a version number isn't passed, the latest published dashboard version is described.

AliasName

The alias name.


Describes read and write permissions for a dashboard

Description

Describes read and write permissions for a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_dashboard_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_dashboard_permissions(AwsAccountId, DashboardId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're describing permissions for.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard, also added to the IAM policy.


Describes an existing snapshot job

Description

Describes an existing snapshot job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_dashboard_snapshot_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_dashboard_snapshot_job(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  SnapshotJobId
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the dashboard snapshot job is executed in.

DashboardId

[required] The ID of the dashboard that you have started a snapshot job for.

SnapshotJobId

[required] The ID of the job to be described. The job ID is set when you start a new job with a start_dashboard_snapshot_job API call.


Describes the result of an existing snapshot job that has finished running

Description

Describes the result of an existing snapshot job that has finished running.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_dashboard_snapshot_job_result/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_dashboard_snapshot_job_result(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  SnapshotJobId
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the dashboard snapshot job is executed in.

DashboardId

[required] The ID of the dashboard that you have started a snapshot job for.

SnapshotJobId

[required] The ID of the job to be described. The job ID is set when you start a new job with a start_dashboard_snapshot_job API call.


Describes an existing dashboard QA configuration

Description

Describes an existing dashboard QA configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_dashboards_qa_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_dashboards_qa_configuration(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard QA configuration that you want described.


Describes a dataset

Description

Describes a dataset. This operation doesn't support datasets that include uploaded files as a source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_data_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_data_set(AwsAccountId, DataSetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID for the dataset that you want to create. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Describes the permissions on a dataset

Description

Describes the permissions on a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_data_set_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_data_set_permissions(AwsAccountId, DataSetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID for the dataset that you want to create. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Describes the refresh properties of a dataset

Description

Describes the refresh properties of a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_data_set_refresh_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_data_set_refresh_properties(AwsAccountId, DataSetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.


Describes a data source

Description

Describes a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_data_source(AwsAccountId, DataSourceId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSourceId

[required] The ID of the data source. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Describes the resource permissions for a data source

Description

Describes the resource permissions for a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_data_source_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_data_source_permissions(AwsAccountId, DataSourceId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSourceId

[required] The ID of the data source. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Describes a Amazon Q Business application that is linked to an Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Describes a Amazon Q Business application that is linked to an Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_default_q_business_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_default_q_business_application(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight account that is linked to the Amazon Q Business application that you want described.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that contains the linked Amazon Q Business application. If this field is left blank, the default namespace is used. Currently, the default namespace is the only valid value for this parameter.


Describes a folder

Description

Describes a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_folder(AwsAccountId, FolderId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.


Describes permissions for a folder

Description

Describes permissions for a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_folder_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_folder_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  Namespace = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Namespace

The namespace of the folder whose permissions you want described.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.

NextToken

A pagination token for the next set of results.


Describes the folder resolved permissions

Description

Describes the folder resolved permissions. Permissions consists of both folder direct permissions and the inherited permissions from the ancestor folders.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_folder_resolved_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_folder_resolved_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  Namespace = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Namespace

The namespace of the folder whose permissions you want described.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.

NextToken

A pagination token for the next set of results.


Returns an Amazon QuickSight group's description and Amazon Resource Name (ARN)

Description

Returns an Amazon QuickSight group's description and Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_group(GroupName, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to describe.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the group that you want described.


Use the DescribeGroupMembership operation to determine if a user is a member of the specified group

Description

Use the describe_group_membership operation to determine if a user is a member of the specified group. If the user exists and is a member of the specified group, an associated GroupMember object is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_group_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_group_membership(
  MemberName,
  GroupName,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

MemberName

[required] The user name of the user that you want to search for.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to search.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that includes the group you are searching within.


Describes an existing IAM policy assignment, as specified by the assignment name

Description

Describes an existing IAM policy assignment, as specified by the assignment name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_iam_policy_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_iam_policy_assignment(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssignmentName,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the assignment that you want to describe.

AssignmentName

[required] The name of the assignment, also called a rule.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that contains the assignment.


Describes a SPICE ingestion

Description

Describes a SPICE ingestion.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_ingestion/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_ingestion(AwsAccountId, DataSetId, IngestionId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.

IngestionId

[required] An ID for the ingestion.


Provides a summary and status of IP rules

Description

Provides a summary and status of IP rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_ip_restriction/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_ip_restriction(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the IP rules.


Describes all customer managed key registrations in a Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Describes all customer managed key registrations in a Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_key_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_key_registration(AwsAccountId, DefaultKeyOnly = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the customer managed key registration that you want to describe.

DefaultKeyOnly

Determines whether the request returns the default key only.


Describes the current namespace

Description

Describes the current namespace.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_namespace/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_namespace(AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the Amazon QuickSight namespace that you want to describe.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that you want to describe.


Describes a personalization configuration

Description

Describes a personalization configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_q_personalization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_q_personalization_configuration(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the personalization configuration that the user wants described.


Describes the state of a Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration

Description

Describes the state of a Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_quick_sight_q_search_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_quick_sight_q_search_configuration(AwsAccountId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration that the user wants described.


Provides a summary of a refresh schedule

Description

Provides a summary of a refresh schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_refresh_schedule(AwsAccountId, DataSetId, ScheduleId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.

ScheduleId

[required] The ID of the refresh schedule.


Describes all custom permissions that are mapped to a role

Description

Describes all custom permissions that are mapped to a role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_role_custom_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_role_custom_permission(Role, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

Role

[required] The name of the role whose permissions you want described.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a group in. The Amazon Web Services account ID that you provide must be the same Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that contains the role.


Describes a template's metadata

Description

Describes a template's metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_template(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  VersionNumber = NULL,
  AliasName = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template that you're describing.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

VersionNumber

(Optional) The number for the version to describe. If a VersionNumber parameter value isn't provided, the latest version of the template is described.

AliasName

The alias of the template that you want to describe. If you name a specific alias, you describe the version that the alias points to. You can specify the latest version of the template by providing the keyword ⁠$LATEST⁠ in the AliasName parameter. The keyword ⁠$PUBLISHED⁠ doesn't apply to templates.


Describes the template alias for a template

Description

Describes the template alias for a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_template_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_template_alias(AwsAccountId, TemplateId, AliasName)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template alias that you're describing.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

AliasName

[required] The name of the template alias that you want to describe. If you name a specific alias, you describe the version that the alias points to. You can specify the latest version of the template by providing the keyword ⁠$LATEST⁠ in the AliasName parameter. The keyword ⁠$PUBLISHED⁠ doesn't apply to templates.


Provides a detailed description of the definition of a template

Description

Provides a detailed description of the definition of a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_template_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_template_definition(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  VersionNumber = NULL,
  AliasName = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template. You must be using the Amazon Web Services account that the template is in.

TemplateId

[required] The ID of the template that you're describing.

VersionNumber

The version number of the template.

AliasName

The alias of the template that you want to describe. If you name a specific alias, you describe the version that the alias points to. You can specify the latest version of the template by providing the keyword ⁠$LATEST⁠ in the AliasName parameter. The keyword ⁠$PUBLISHED⁠ doesn't apply to templates.


Describes read and write permissions on a template

Description

Describes read and write permissions on a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_template_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_template_permissions(AwsAccountId, TemplateId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template that you're describing.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.


Describes a theme

Description

Describes a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_theme/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_theme(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  VersionNumber = NULL,
  AliasName = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme that you're describing.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

VersionNumber

The version number for the version to describe. If a VersionNumber parameter value isn't provided, the latest version of the theme is described.

AliasName

The alias of the theme that you want to describe. If you name a specific alias, you describe the version that the alias points to. You can specify the latest version of the theme by providing the keyword ⁠$LATEST⁠ in the AliasName parameter. The keyword ⁠$PUBLISHED⁠ doesn't apply to themes.


Describes the alias for a theme

Description

Describes the alias for a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_theme_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_theme_alias(AwsAccountId, ThemeId, AliasName)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme alias that you're describing.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

AliasName

[required] The name of the theme alias that you want to describe.


Describes the read and write permissions for a theme

Description

Describes the read and write permissions for a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_theme_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_theme_permissions(AwsAccountId, ThemeId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme that you're describing.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme that you want to describe permissions for.


Describes a topic

Description

Describes a topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_topic(AwsAccountId, TopicId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to describe. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Describes the permissions of a topic

Description

Describes the permissions of a topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_topic_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_topic_permissions(AwsAccountId, TopicId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic that you want described.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to describe. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Describes the status of a topic refresh

Description

Describes the status of a topic refresh.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_topic_refresh/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_topic_refresh(AwsAccountId, TopicId, RefreshId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic whose refresh you want to describe.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to describe. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

RefreshId

[required] The ID of the refresh, which is performed when the topic is created or updated.


Deletes a topic refresh schedule

Description

Deletes a topic refresh schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_topic_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_topic_refresh_schedule(AwsAccountId, TopicId, DatasetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that contains the refresh schedule that you want to describe. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

DatasetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.


Returns information about a user, given the user name

Description

Returns information about a user, given the user name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_user(UserName, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user that you want to describe.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.


Describes a VPC connection

Description

Describes a VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_describe_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_describe_vpc_connection(AwsAccountId, VPCConnectionId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account that contains the VPC connection that you want described.

VPCConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC connection that you're creating. This ID is a unique identifier for each Amazon Web Services Region in an Amazon Web Services account.


Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight dashboard or visual in your website, without having to register any reader users

Description

Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight dashboard or visual in your website, without having to register any reader users. Before you use this action, make sure that you have configured the dashboards and permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_generate_embed_url_for_anonymous_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_generate_embed_url_for_anonymous_user(
  AwsAccountId,
  SessionLifetimeInMinutes = NULL,
  Namespace,
  SessionTags = NULL,
  AuthorizedResourceArns,
  ExperienceConfiguration,
  AllowedDomains = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're embedding.

SessionLifetimeInMinutes

How many minutes the session is valid. The session lifetime must be in [15-600] minutes range.

Namespace

[required] The Amazon QuickSight namespace that the anonymous user virtually belongs to. If you are not using an Amazon QuickSight custom namespace, set this to default.

SessionTags

The session tags used for row-level security. Before you use this parameter, make sure that you have configured the relevant datasets using the DataSet$RowLevelPermissionTagConfiguration parameter so that session tags can be used to provide row-level security.

These are not the tags used for the Amazon Web Services resource tagging feature. For more information, see Using Row-Level Security (RLS) with Tagsin the Amazon QuickSight User Guide.

AuthorizedResourceArns

[required] The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the Amazon QuickSight resources that the user is authorized to access during the lifetime of the session.

If you choose Dashboard embedding experience, pass the list of dashboard ARNs in the account that you want the user to be able to view.

If you want to make changes to the theme of your embedded content, pass a list of theme ARNs that the anonymous users need access to.

Currently, you can pass up to 25 theme ARNs in each API call.

ExperienceConfiguration

[required] The configuration of the experience that you are embedding.

AllowedDomains

The domains that you want to add to the allow list for access to the generated URL that is then embedded. This optional parameter overrides the static domains that are configured in the Manage QuickSight menu in the Amazon QuickSight console. Instead, it allows only the domains that you include in this parameter. You can list up to three domains or subdomains in each API call.

To include all subdomains under a specific domain to the allow list, use *. For example, ⁠https://*.sapp.amazon.com⁠ includes all subdomains under ⁠https://sapp.amazon.com⁠.


Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight experience in your website

Description

Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight experience in your website. This action can be used for any type of user registered in an Amazon QuickSight account. Before you use this action, make sure that you have configured the relevant Amazon QuickSight resource and permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_generate_embed_url_for_registered_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_generate_embed_url_for_registered_user(
  AwsAccountId,
  SessionLifetimeInMinutes = NULL,
  UserArn,
  ExperienceConfiguration,
  AllowedDomains = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're embedding.

SessionLifetimeInMinutes

How many minutes the session is valid. The session lifetime must be in [15-600] minutes range.

UserArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name for the registered user.

ExperienceConfiguration

[required] The experience that you want to embed. For registered users, you can embed Amazon QuickSight dashboards, Amazon QuickSight visuals, the Amazon QuickSight Q search bar, the Amazon QuickSight Generative Q&A experience, or the entire Amazon QuickSight console.

AllowedDomains

The domains that you want to add to the allow list for access to the generated URL that is then embedded. This optional parameter overrides the static domains that are configured in the Manage QuickSight menu in the Amazon QuickSight console. Instead, it allows only the domains that you include in this parameter. You can list up to three domains or subdomains in each API call.

To include all subdomains under a specific domain to the allow list, use *. For example, ⁠https://*.sapp.amazon.com⁠ includes all subdomains under ⁠https://sapp.amazon.com⁠.


Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight experience in your website

Description

Generates an embed URL that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight experience in your website. This action can be used for any type of user that is registered in an Amazon QuickSight account that uses IAM Identity Center for authentication. This API requires identity-enhanced IAM Role sessions for the authenticated user that the API call is being made for.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_generate_embed_url_for_registered_user_with_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_generate_embed_url_for_registered_user_with_identity(
  AwsAccountId,
  SessionLifetimeInMinutes = NULL,
  ExperienceConfiguration,
  AllowedDomains = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services registered user.

SessionLifetimeInMinutes

The validity of the session in minutes.

ExperienceConfiguration

[required]

AllowedDomains

A list of domains to be allowed to generate the embed URL.


Generates a temporary session URL and authorization code(bearer token) that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight read-only dashboard in your website or application

Description

Generates a temporary session URL and authorization code(bearer token) that you can use to embed an Amazon QuickSight read-only dashboard in your website or application. Before you use this command, make sure that you have configured the dashboards and permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_get_dashboard_embed_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_get_dashboard_embed_url(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  IdentityType,
  SessionLifetimeInMinutes = NULL,
  UndoRedoDisabled = NULL,
  ResetDisabled = NULL,
  StatePersistenceEnabled = NULL,
  UserArn = NULL,
  Namespace = NULL,
  AdditionalDashboardIds = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're embedding.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard, also added to the Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy.

IdentityType

[required] The authentication method that the user uses to sign in.

SessionLifetimeInMinutes

How many minutes the session is valid. The session lifetime must be 15-600 minutes.

UndoRedoDisabled

Remove the undo/redo button on the embedded dashboard. The default is FALSE, which enables the undo/redo button.

ResetDisabled

Remove the reset button on the embedded dashboard. The default is FALSE, which enables the reset button.

StatePersistenceEnabled

Adds persistence of state for the user session in an embedded dashboard. Persistence applies to the sheet and the parameter settings. These are control settings that the dashboard subscriber (Amazon QuickSight reader) chooses while viewing the dashboard. If this is set to TRUE, the settings are the same when the subscriber reopens the same dashboard URL. The state is stored in Amazon QuickSight, not in a browser cookie. If this is set to FALSE, the state of the user session is not persisted. The default is FALSE.

UserArn

The Amazon QuickSight user's Amazon Resource Name (ARN), for use with QUICKSIGHT identity type. You can use this for any Amazon QuickSight users in your account (readers, authors, or admins) authenticated as one of the following:

  • Active Directory (AD) users or group members

  • Invited nonfederated users

  • IAM users and IAM role-based sessions authenticated through Federated Single Sign-On using SAML, OpenID Connect, or IAM federation.

Omit this parameter for users in the third group – IAM users and IAM role-based sessions.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that contains the dashboard IDs in this request. If you're not using a custom namespace, set Namespace = default.

AdditionalDashboardIds

A list of one or more dashboard IDs that you want anonymous users to have tempporary access to. Currently, the IdentityType parameter must be set to ANONYMOUS because other identity types authenticate as Amazon QuickSight or IAM users. For example, if you set "⁠--dashboard-id dash_id1 --dashboard-id dash_id2 dash_id3 identity-type ANONYMOUS⁠", the session can access all three dashboards.


Generates a session URL and authorization code that you can use to embed the Amazon Amazon QuickSight console in your web server code

Description

Generates a session URL and authorization code that you can use to embed the Amazon Amazon QuickSight console in your web server code. Use get_session_embed_url where you want to provide an authoring portal that allows users to create data sources, datasets, analyses, and dashboards. The users who access an embedded Amazon QuickSight console need belong to the author or admin security cohort. If you want to restrict permissions to some of these features, add a custom permissions profile to the user with the update_user API operation. Use register_user API operation to add a new user with a custom permission profile attached. For more information, see the following sections in the Amazon QuickSight User Guide:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_get_session_embed_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_get_session_embed_url(
  AwsAccountId,
  EntryPoint = NULL,
  SessionLifetimeInMinutes = NULL,
  UserArn = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account associated with your Amazon QuickSight subscription.

EntryPoint

The URL you use to access the embedded session. The entry point URL is constrained to the following paths:

  • ⁠/start⁠

  • ⁠/start/analyses⁠

  • ⁠/start/dashboards⁠

  • ⁠/start/favorites⁠

  • ⁠/dashboards/DashboardId ⁠ - where DashboardId is the actual ID key from the Amazon QuickSight console URL of the dashboard

  • ⁠/analyses/AnalysisId ⁠ - where AnalysisId is the actual ID key from the Amazon QuickSight console URL of the analysis

SessionLifetimeInMinutes

How many minutes the session is valid. The session lifetime must be 15-600 minutes.

UserArn

The Amazon QuickSight user's Amazon Resource Name (ARN), for use with QUICKSIGHT identity type. You can use this for any type of Amazon QuickSight users in your account (readers, authors, or admins). They need to be authenticated as one of the following:

  1. Active Directory (AD) users or group members

  2. Invited nonfederated users

  3. IAM users and IAM role-based sessions authenticated through Federated Single Sign-On using SAML, OpenID Connect, or IAM federation

Omit this parameter for users in the third group, IAM users and IAM role-based sessions.


Lists Amazon QuickSight analyses that exist in the specified Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists Amazon QuickSight analyses that exist in the specified Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_analyses/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_analyses(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analyses.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Lists all asset bundle export jobs that have been taken place in the last 14 days

Description

Lists all asset bundle export jobs that have been taken place in the last 14 days. Jobs created more than 14 days ago are deleted forever and are not returned. If you are using the same job ID for multiple jobs, list_asset_bundle_export_jobs only returns the most recent job that uses the repeated job ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_asset_bundle_export_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_asset_bundle_export_jobs(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the export jobs were executed in.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all asset bundle import jobs that have taken place in the last 14 days

Description

Lists all asset bundle import jobs that have taken place in the last 14 days. Jobs created more than 14 days ago are deleted forever and are not returned. If you are using the same job ID for multiple jobs, list_asset_bundle_import_jobs only returns the most recent job that uses the repeated job ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_asset_bundle_import_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_asset_bundle_import_jobs(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the import jobs were executed in.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all brands in an Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Lists all brands in an Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_brands/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_brands(AwsAccountId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brands that you want to list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned in a single request.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.


Returns a list of all the custom permissions profiles

Description

Returns a list of all the custom permissions profiles.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_custom_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_custom_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the custom permissions profiles that you want to list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.


Lists all the versions of the dashboards in the Amazon QuickSight subscription

Description

Lists all the versions of the dashboards in the Amazon QuickSight subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_dashboard_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_dashboard_versions(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're listing versions for.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists dashboards in an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists dashboards in an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_dashboards/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_dashboards(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboards that you're listing.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all of the datasets belonging to the current Amazon Web Services account in an Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists all of the datasets belonging to the current Amazon Web Services account in an Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_data_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_data_sets(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists data sources in current Amazon Web Services Region that belong to this Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists data sources in current Amazon Web Services Region that belong to this Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_data_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_data_sources(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


List all assets (DASHBOARD, ANALYSIS, and DATASET) in a folder

Description

List all assets (DASHBOARD, ANALYSIS, and DATASET) in a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_folder_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_folder_members(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all folders in an account

Description

Lists all folders in an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_folders/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_folders(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


List all folders that a resource is a member of

Description

List all folders that a resource is a member of.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_folders_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_folders_for_resource(
  AwsAccountId,
  ResourceArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the resource.

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) the resource whose folders you need to list.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists member users in a group

Description

Lists member users in a group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_group_memberships/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_group_memberships(
  GroupName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to see a membership list of.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return from this request.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the group that you want a list of users from.


Lists all user groups in Amazon QuickSight

Description

Lists all user groups in Amazon QuickSight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_groups(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that you want a list of groups from.


Lists the IAM policy assignments in the current Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Lists the IAM policy assignments in the current Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_iam_policy_assignments/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_iam_policy_assignments(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssignmentStatus = NULL,
  Namespace,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains these IAM policy assignments.

AssignmentStatus

The status of the assignments.

Namespace

[required] The namespace for the assignments.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all of the IAM policy assignments, including the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), for the IAM policies assigned to the specified user and group, or groups that the user belongs to

Description

Lists all of the IAM policy assignments, including the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), for the IAM policies assigned to the specified user and group, or groups that the user belongs to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_iam_policy_assignments_for_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_iam_policy_assignments_for_user(
  AwsAccountId,
  UserName,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the assignments.

UserName

[required] The name of the user.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the assignment.


Lists all services and authorized targets that the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application can access

Description

Lists all services and authorized targets that the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application can access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_identity_propagation_configs/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_identity_propagation_configs(
  AwsAccountId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contain the identity propagation configurations of.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.


Lists the history of SPICE ingestions for a dataset

Description

Lists the history of SPICE ingestions for a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_ingestions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_ingestions(
  DataSetId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  AwsAccountId,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset used in the ingestion.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists the namespaces for the specified Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the namespaces for the specified Amazon Web Services account. This operation doesn't list deleted namespaces.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_namespaces/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_namespaces(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the Amazon QuickSight namespaces that you want to list.

NextToken

A unique pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request. You will receive a pagination token in the response body of a previous ListNameSpaces API call if there is more data that can be returned. To receive the data, make another list_namespaces API call with the returned token to retrieve the next page of data. Each token is valid for 24 hours. If you try to make a list_namespaces API call with an expired token, you will receive a ⁠HTTP 400 InvalidNextTokenException⁠ error.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Lists the refresh schedules of a dataset

Description

Lists the refresh schedules of a dataset. Each dataset can have up to 5 schedules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_refresh_schedules/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_refresh_schedules(AwsAccountId, DataSetId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.


Lists all groups that are associated with a role

Description

Lists all groups that are associated with a role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_role_memberships/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_role_memberships(
  Role,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

Role

[required] The name of the role.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a group in. The Amazon Web Services account ID that you provide must be the same Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that includes the role.


Lists the tags assigned to a resource

Description

Lists the tags assigned to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want a list of tags for.


Lists all the aliases of a template

Description

Lists all the aliases of a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_template_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_template_aliases(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template aliases that you're listing.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all the versions of the templates in the current Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Lists all the versions of the templates in the current Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_template_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_template_versions(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the templates that you're listing.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all the templates in the current Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Lists all the templates in the current Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_templates(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the templates that you're listing.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all the aliases of a theme

Description

Lists all the aliases of a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_theme_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_theme_aliases(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme aliases that you're listing.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all the versions of the themes in the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists all the versions of the themes in the current Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_theme_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_theme_versions(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the themes that you're listing.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists all the themes in the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists all the themes in the current Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_themes/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_themes(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Type = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the themes that you're listing.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.

Type

The type of themes that you want to list. Valid options include the following:

  • ALL (default)- Display all existing themes.

  • CUSTOM - Display only the themes created by people using Amazon QuickSight.

  • QUICKSIGHT - Display only the starting themes defined by Amazon QuickSight.


Lists all of the refresh schedules for a topic

Description

Lists all of the refresh schedules for a topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_topic_refresh_schedules/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_topic_refresh_schedules(AwsAccountId, TopicId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic whose refresh schedule you want described.

TopicId

[required] The ID for the topic that you want to describe. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Lists all reviewed answers for a Q Topic

Description

Lists all reviewed answers for a Q Topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_topic_reviewed_answers/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_topic_reviewed_answers(AwsAccountId, TopicId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that containd the reviewed answers that you want listed.

TopicId

[required] The ID for the topic that contains the reviewed answer that you want to list. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.


Lists all of the topics within an account

Description

Lists all of the topics within an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_topics/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_topics(AwsAccountId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topics that you want to list.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Lists the Amazon QuickSight groups that an Amazon QuickSight user is a member of

Description

Lists the Amazon QuickSight groups that an Amazon QuickSight user is a member of.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_user_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_user_groups(
  UserName,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to list group memberships for.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return from this request.


Returns a list of all of the Amazon QuickSight users belonging to this account

Description

Returns a list of all of the Amazon QuickSight users belonging to this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_users(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return from this request.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.


Lists all of the VPC connections in the current set Amazon Web Services Region of an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists all of the VPC connections in the current set Amazon Web Services Region of an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_list_vpc_connections/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_list_vpc_connections(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account that contains the VPC connections that you want to list.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Predicts existing visuals or generates new visuals to answer a given query

Description

Predicts existing visuals or generates new visuals to answer a given query.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_predict_qa_results/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_predict_qa_results(
  AwsAccountId,
  QueryText,
  IncludeQuickSightQIndex = NULL,
  IncludeGeneratedAnswer = NULL,
  MaxTopicsToConsider = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the user wants to execute Predict QA results in.

QueryText

[required] The query text to be used to predict QA results.

IncludeQuickSightQIndex

Indicates whether Q indicies are included or excluded.

IncludeGeneratedAnswer

Indicates whether generated answers are included or excluded.

MaxTopicsToConsider

The number of maximum topics to be considered to predict QA results.


Creates or updates the dataset refresh properties for the dataset

Description

Creates or updates the dataset refresh properties for the dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_put_data_set_refresh_properties/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_put_data_set_refresh_properties(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSetId,
  DataSetRefreshProperties
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.

DataSetRefreshProperties

[required] The dataset refresh properties.


Creates an Amazon QuickSight user whose identity is associated with the Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity or role specified in the request

Description

Creates an Amazon QuickSight user whose identity is associated with the Identity and Access Management (IAM) identity or role specified in the request. When you register a new user from the Amazon QuickSight API, Amazon QuickSight generates a registration URL. The user accesses this registration URL to create their account. Amazon QuickSight doesn't send a registration email to users who are registered from the Amazon QuickSight API. If you want new users to receive a registration email, then add those users in the Amazon QuickSight console. For more information on registering a new user in the Amazon QuickSight console, see Inviting users to access Amazon QuickSight.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_register_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_register_user(
  IdentityType,
  Email,
  UserRole,
  IamArn = NULL,
  SessionName = NULL,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace,
  UserName = NULL,
  CustomPermissionsName = NULL,
  ExternalLoginFederationProviderType = NULL,
  CustomFederationProviderUrl = NULL,
  ExternalLoginId = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityType

[required] The identity type that your Amazon QuickSight account uses to manage the identity of users.

Email

[required] The email address of the user that you want to register.

UserRole

[required] The Amazon QuickSight role for the user. The user role can be one of the following:

  • READER: A user who has read-only access to dashboards.

  • AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, datasets, analyses, and dashboards.

  • ADMIN: A user who is an author, who can also manage Amazon QuickSight settings.

  • READER_PRO: Reader Pro adds Generative BI capabilities to the Reader role. Reader Pros have access to Amazon Q in Amazon QuickSight, can build stories with Amazon Q, and can generate executive summaries from dashboards.

  • AUTHOR_PRO: Author Pro adds Generative BI capabilities to the Author role. Author Pros can author dashboards with natural language with Amazon Q, build stories with Amazon Q, create Topics for Q&A, and generate executive summaries from dashboards.

  • ADMIN_PRO: Admin Pros are Author Pros who can also manage Amazon QuickSight administrative settings. Admin Pro users are billed at Author Pro pricing.

  • RESTRICTED_READER: This role isn't currently available for use.

  • RESTRICTED_AUTHOR: This role isn't currently available for use.

IamArn

The ARN of the IAM user or role that you are registering with Amazon QuickSight.

SessionName

You need to use this parameter only when you register one or more users using an assumed IAM role. You don't need to provide the session name for other scenarios, for example when you are registering an IAM user or an Amazon QuickSight user. You can register multiple users using the same IAM role if each user has a different session name. For more information on assuming IAM roles, see assume-role in the CLI Reference.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.

UserName

The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to create for the user you are registering.

CustomPermissionsName

(Enterprise edition only) The name of the custom permissions profile that you want to assign to this user. Customized permissions allows you to control a user's access by restricting access the following operations:

  • Create and update data sources

  • Create and update datasets

  • Create and update email reports

  • Subscribe to email reports

To add custom permissions to an existing user, use update_user instead.

A set of custom permissions includes any combination of these restrictions. Currently, you need to create the profile names for custom permission sets by using the Amazon QuickSight console. Then, you use the register_user API operation to assign the named set of permissions to a Amazon QuickSight user.

Amazon QuickSight custom permissions are applied through IAM policies. Therefore, they override the permissions typically granted by assigning Amazon QuickSight users to one of the default security cohorts in Amazon QuickSight (admin, author, reader, admin pro, author pro, reader pro).

This feature is available only to Amazon QuickSight Enterprise edition subscriptions.

ExternalLoginFederationProviderType

The type of supported external login provider that provides identity to let a user federate into Amazon QuickSight with an associated Identity and Access Management(IAM) role. The type of supported external login provider can be one of the following.

  • COGNITO: Amazon Cognito. The provider URL is cognito-identity.amazonaws.com. When choosing the COGNITO provider type, don’t use the "CustomFederationProviderUrl" parameter which is only needed when the external provider is custom.

  • CUSTOM_OIDC: Custom OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider. When choosing CUSTOM_OIDC type, use the CustomFederationProviderUrl parameter to provide the custom OIDC provider URL.

CustomFederationProviderUrl

The URL of the custom OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider that provides identity to let a user federate into Amazon QuickSight with an associated Identity and Access Management(IAM) role. This parameter should only be used when ExternalLoginFederationProviderType parameter is set to CUSTOM_OIDC.

ExternalLoginId

The identity ID for a user in the external login provider.

Tags

The tags to associate with the user.


Restores an analysis

Description

Restores an analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_restore_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_restore_analysis(AwsAccountId, AnalysisId, RestoreToFolders = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analysis.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID of the analysis that you're restoring.

RestoreToFolders

A boolean value that determines if the analysis will be restored to folders that it previously resided in. A True value restores analysis back to all folders that it previously resided in. A False value restores the analysis but does not restore the analysis back to all previously resided folders. Restoring a restricted analysis requires this parameter to be set to True.


Searches for analyses that belong to the user specified in the filter

Description

Searches for analyses that belong to the user specified in the filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_analyses/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_analyses(
  AwsAccountId,
  Filters,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analyses that you're searching for.

Filters

[required] The structure for the search filters that you want to apply to your search.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Searches for dashboards that belong to a user

Description

Searches for dashboards that belong to a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_dashboards/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_dashboards(
  AwsAccountId,
  Filters,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the user whose dashboards you're searching for.

Filters

[required] The filters to apply to the search. Currently, you can search only by user name, for example, ⁠"Filters": [ { "Name": "QUICKSIGHT_USER", "Operator": "StringEquals", "Value": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:1:user/default/UserName1" } ]⁠

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Use the SearchDataSets operation to search for datasets that belong to an account

Description

Use the search_data_sets operation to search for datasets that belong to an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_data_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_data_sets(
  AwsAccountId,
  Filters,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

Filters

[required] The filters to apply to the search.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Use the SearchDataSources operation to search for data sources that belong to an account

Description

Use the search_data_sources operation to search for data sources that belong to an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_data_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_data_sources(
  AwsAccountId,
  Filters,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

Filters

[required] The filters to apply to the search.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Searches the subfolders in a folder

Description

Searches the subfolders in a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_folders/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_folders(
  AwsAccountId,
  Filters,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder.

Filters

[required] The filters to apply to the search. Currently, you can search only by the parent folder ARN. For example, ⁠"Filters": [ { "Name": "PARENT_FOLDER_ARN", "Operator": "StringEquals", "Value": "arn:aws:quicksight:us-east-1:1:folder/folderId" } ]⁠.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Use the SearchGroups operation to search groups in a specified Amazon QuickSight namespace using the supplied filters

Description

Use the search_groups operation to search groups in a specified Amazon QuickSight namespace using the supplied filters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_groups(
  AwsAccountId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Namespace,
  Filters
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

NextToken

A pagination token that can be used in a subsequent request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return from this request.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that you want to search.

Filters

[required] The structure for the search filters that you want to apply to your search.


Searches for any Q topic that exists in an Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Searches for any Q topic that exists in an Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_search_topics/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_search_topics(
  AwsAccountId,
  Filters,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic that you want to find.

Filters

[required] The filters that you want to use to search for the topic.

NextToken

The token for the next set of results, or null if there are no more results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request.


Starts an Asset Bundle export job

Description

Starts an Asset Bundle export job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_start_asset_bundle_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_start_asset_bundle_export_job(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssetBundleExportJobId,
  ResourceArns,
  IncludeAllDependencies = NULL,
  ExportFormat,
  CloudFormationOverridePropertyConfiguration = NULL,
  IncludePermissions = NULL,
  IncludeTags = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL,
  IncludeFolderMemberships = NULL,
  IncludeFolderMembers = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account to export assets from.

AssetBundleExportJobId

[required] The ID of the job. This ID is unique while the job is running. After the job is completed, you can reuse this ID for another job.

ResourceArns

[required] An array of resource ARNs to export. The following resources are supported.

  • Analysis

  • Dashboard

  • DataSet

  • DataSource

  • RefreshSchedule

  • Theme

  • VPCConnection

The API caller must have the necessary permissions in their IAM role to access each resource before the resources can be exported.

IncludeAllDependencies

A Boolean that determines whether all dependencies of each resource ARN are recursively exported with the job. For example, say you provided a Dashboard ARN to the ResourceArns parameter. If you set IncludeAllDependencies to TRUE, any theme, dataset, and data source resource that is a dependency of the dashboard is also exported.

ExportFormat

[required] The export data format.

CloudFormationOverridePropertyConfiguration

An optional collection of structures that generate CloudFormation parameters to override the existing resource property values when the resource is exported to a new CloudFormation template.

Use this field if the ExportFormat field of a StartAssetBundleExportJobRequest API call is set to CLOUDFORMATION_JSON.

IncludePermissions

A Boolean that determines whether all permissions for each resource ARN are exported with the job. If you set IncludePermissions to TRUE, any permissions associated with each resource are exported.

IncludeTags

A Boolean that determines whether all tags for each resource ARN are exported with the job. If you set IncludeTags to TRUE, any tags associated with each resource are exported.

ValidationStrategy

An optional parameter that determines which validation strategy to use for the export job. If StrictModeForAllResources is set to TRUE, strict validation for every error is enforced. If it is set to FALSE, validation is skipped for specific UI errors that are shown as warnings. The default value for StrictModeForAllResources is FALSE.

IncludeFolderMemberships

A Boolean that determines if the exported asset carries over information about the folders that the asset is a member of.

IncludeFolderMembers

A setting that indicates whether you want to include folder assets. You can also use this setting to recusrsively include all subfolders of an exported folder.


Starts an Asset Bundle import job

Description

Starts an Asset Bundle import job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_start_asset_bundle_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_start_asset_bundle_import_job(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssetBundleImportJobId,
  AssetBundleImportSource,
  OverrideParameters = NULL,
  FailureAction = NULL,
  OverridePermissions = NULL,
  OverrideTags = NULL,
  OverrideValidationStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account to import assets into.

AssetBundleImportJobId

[required] The ID of the job. This ID is unique while the job is running. After the job is completed, you can reuse this ID for another job.

AssetBundleImportSource

[required] The source of the asset bundle zip file that contains the data that you want to import. The file must be in QUICKSIGHT_JSON format.

OverrideParameters

Optional overrides that are applied to the resource configuration before import.

FailureAction

The failure action for the import job.

If you choose ROLLBACK, failed import jobs will attempt to undo any asset changes caused by the failed job.

If you choose DO_NOTHING, failed import jobs will not attempt to roll back any asset changes caused by the failed job, possibly keeping the Amazon QuickSight account in an inconsistent state.

OverridePermissions

Optional permission overrides that are applied to the resource configuration before import.

OverrideTags

Optional tag overrides that are applied to the resource configuration before import.

OverrideValidationStrategy

An optional validation strategy override for all analyses and dashboards that is applied to the resource configuration before import.


Starts an asynchronous job that generates a snapshot of a dashboard's output

Description

Starts an asynchronous job that generates a snapshot of a dashboard's output. You can request one or several of the following format configurations in each API call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_start_dashboard_snapshot_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_start_dashboard_snapshot_job(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  SnapshotJobId,
  UserConfiguration,
  SnapshotConfiguration
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the dashboard snapshot job is executed in.

DashboardId

[required] The ID of the dashboard that you want to start a snapshot job for.

SnapshotJobId

[required] An ID for the dashboard snapshot job. This ID is unique to the dashboard while the job is running. This ID can be used to poll the status of a job with a describe_dashboard_snapshot_job while the job runs. You can reuse this ID for another job 24 hours after the current job is completed.

UserConfiguration

[required] A structure that contains information about the anonymous users that the generated snapshot is for. This API will not return information about registered Amazon QuickSight.

SnapshotConfiguration

[required] A structure that describes the configuration of the dashboard snapshot.


Starts an asynchronous job that runs an existing dashboard schedule and sends the dashboard snapshot through email

Description

Starts an asynchronous job that runs an existing dashboard schedule and sends the dashboard snapshot through email.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_start_dashboard_snapshot_job_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_start_dashboard_snapshot_job_schedule(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  ScheduleId
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that the dashboard snapshot job is executed in.

DashboardId

[required] The ID of the dashboard that you want to start a snapshot job schedule for.

ScheduleId

[required] The ID of the schedule that you want to start a snapshot job schedule for. The schedule ID can be found in the Amazon QuickSight console in the Schedules pane of the dashboard that the schedule is configured for.


Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Amazon QuickSight resource

Description

Assigns one or more tags (key-value pairs) to the specified Amazon QuickSight resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to tag.

Tags

[required] Contains a map of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the resource.


Removes a tag or tags from a resource

Description

Removes a tag or tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to untag.

TagKeys

[required] The keys of the key-value pairs for the resource tag or tags assigned to the resource.


Updates Amazon QuickSight customizations for the current Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Updates Amazon QuickSight customizations for the current Amazon Web Services Region. Currently, the only customization that you can use is a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_account_customization/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_account_customization(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace = NULL,
  AccountCustomization
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to update Amazon QuickSight customizations for.

Namespace

The namespace that you want to update Amazon QuickSight customizations for.

AccountCustomization

[required] The Amazon QuickSight customizations you're updating in the current Amazon Web Services Region.


Updates the Amazon QuickSight settings in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Updates the Amazon QuickSight settings in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_account_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_account_settings(
  AwsAccountId,
  DefaultNamespace,
  NotificationEmail = NULL,
  TerminationProtectionEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the Amazon QuickSight settings that you want to list.

DefaultNamespace

[required] The default namespace for this Amazon Web Services account. Currently, the default is default. IAM users that register for the first time with Amazon QuickSight provide an email address that becomes associated with the default namespace.

NotificationEmail

The email address that you want Amazon QuickSight to send notifications to regarding your Amazon Web Services account or Amazon QuickSight subscription.

TerminationProtectionEnabled

A boolean value that determines whether or not an Amazon QuickSight account can be deleted. A True value doesn't allow the account to be deleted and results in an error message if a user tries to make a delete_account_subscription request. A False value will allow the account to be deleted.


Updates an analysis in Amazon QuickSight

Description

Updates an analysis in Amazon QuickSight

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_analysis/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_analysis(
  AwsAccountId,
  AnalysisId,
  Name,
  Parameters = NULL,
  SourceEntity = NULL,
  ThemeArn = NULL,
  Definition = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analysis that you're updating.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID for the analysis that you're updating. This ID displays in the URL of the analysis.

Name

[required] A descriptive name for the analysis that you're updating. This name displays for the analysis in the Amazon QuickSight console.

Parameters

The parameter names and override values that you want to use. An analysis can have any parameter type, and some parameters might accept multiple values.

SourceEntity

A source entity to use for the analysis that you're updating. This metadata structure contains details that describe a source template and one or more datasets.

ThemeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the theme to apply to the analysis that you're creating. To see the theme in the Amazon QuickSight console, make sure that you have access to it.

Definition

The definition of an analysis.

A definition is the data model of all features in a Dashboard, Template, or Analysis.

ValidationStrategy

The option to relax the validation needed to update an analysis with definition objects. This skips the validation step for specific errors.


Updates the read and write permissions for an analysis

Description

Updates the read and write permissions for an analysis.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_analysis_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_analysis_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  AnalysisId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the analysis whose permissions you're updating. You must be using the Amazon Web Services account that the analysis is in.

AnalysisId

[required] The ID of the analysis whose permissions you're updating. The ID is part of the analysis URL.

GrantPermissions

A structure that describes the permissions to add and the principal to add them to.

RevokePermissions

A structure that describes the permissions to remove and the principal to remove them from.


Updates an Amazon QuickSight application with a token exchange grant

Description

Updates an Amazon QuickSight application with a token exchange grant. This operation only supports Amazon QuickSight applications that are registered with IAM Identity Center.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_application_with_token_exchange_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_application_with_token_exchange_grant(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account to be updated with a token exchange grant.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the Amazon QuickSight application.


Updates a brand

Description

Updates a brand.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_brand/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_brand(AwsAccountId, BrandId, BrandDefinition = NULL)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand.

BrandId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight brand.

BrandDefinition

The definition of the brand.


Updates a brand assignment

Description

Updates a brand assignment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_brand_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_brand_assignment(AwsAccountId, BrandArn)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand assignment.

BrandArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the brand.


Updates the published version of a brand

Description

Updates the published version of a brand.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_brand_published_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_brand_published_version(AwsAccountId, BrandId, VersionId)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the brand.

BrandId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight brand.

VersionId

[required] The ID of the published version.


Updates a custom permissions profile

Description

Updates a custom permissions profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_custom_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_custom_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  CustomPermissionsName,
  Capabilities = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the custom permissions profile that you want to update.

CustomPermissionsName

[required] The name of the custom permissions profile that you want to update.

Capabilities

A set of actions to include in the custom permissions profile.


Updates a dashboard in an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Updates a dashboard in an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_dashboard/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_dashboard(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  Name,
  SourceEntity = NULL,
  Parameters = NULL,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  DashboardPublishOptions = NULL,
  ThemeArn = NULL,
  Definition = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're updating.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

Name

[required] The display name of the dashboard.

SourceEntity

The entity that you are using as a source when you update the dashboard. In SourceEntity, you specify the type of object you're using as source. You can only update a dashboard from a template, so you use a SourceTemplate entity. If you need to update a dashboard from an analysis, first convert the analysis to a template by using the create_template API operation. For SourceTemplate, specify the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the source template. The SourceTemplate ARN can contain any Amazon Web Services account and any Amazon QuickSight-supported Amazon Web Services Region.

Use the DataSetReferences entity within SourceTemplate to list the replacement datasets for the placeholders listed in the original. The schema in each dataset must match its placeholder.

Parameters

A structure that contains the parameters of the dashboard. These are parameter overrides for a dashboard. A dashboard can have any type of parameters, and some parameters might accept multiple values.

VersionDescription

A description for the first version of the dashboard being created.

DashboardPublishOptions

Options for publishing the dashboard when you create it:

  • AvailabilityStatus for AdHocFilteringOption - This status can be either ENABLED or DISABLED. When this is set to DISABLED, Amazon QuickSight disables the left filter pane on the published dashboard, which can be used for ad hoc (one-time) filtering. This option is ENABLED by default.

  • AvailabilityStatus for ExportToCSVOption - This status can be either ENABLED or DISABLED. The visual option to export data to .CSV format isn't enabled when this is set to DISABLED. This option is ENABLED by default.

  • VisibilityState for SheetControlsOption - This visibility state can be either COLLAPSED or EXPANDED. This option is COLLAPSED by default.

ThemeArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the theme that is being used for this dashboard. If you add a value for this field, it overrides the value that was originally associated with the entity. The theme ARN must exist in the same Amazon Web Services account where you create the dashboard.

Definition

The definition of a dashboard.

A definition is the data model of all features in a Dashboard, Template, or Analysis.

ValidationStrategy

The option to relax the validation needed to update a dashboard with definition objects. This skips the validation step for specific errors.


Description

Updates the linked analyses on a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_dashboard_links/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_dashboard_links(AwsAccountId, DashboardId, LinkEntities)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard whose links you want to update.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

LinkEntities

[required] list of analysis Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to be linked to the dashboard.


Updates read and write permissions on a dashboard

Description

Updates read and write permissions on a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_dashboard_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_dashboard_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL,
  GrantLinkPermissions = NULL,
  RevokeLinkPermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard whose permissions you're updating.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

GrantPermissions

The permissions that you want to grant on this resource.

RevokePermissions

The permissions that you want to revoke from this resource.

GrantLinkPermissions

Grants link permissions to all users in a defined namespace.

RevokeLinkPermissions

Revokes link permissions from all users in a defined namespace.


Updates the published version of a dashboard

Description

Updates the published version of a dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_dashboard_published_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_dashboard_published_version(
  AwsAccountId,
  DashboardId,
  VersionNumber
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard that you're updating.

DashboardId

[required] The ID for the dashboard.

VersionNumber

[required] The version number of the dashboard.


Updates a Dashboard QA configuration

Description

Updates a Dashboard QA configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_dashboards_qa_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_dashboards_qa_configuration(AwsAccountId, DashboardsQAStatus)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the dashboard QA configuration that you want to update.

DashboardsQAStatus

[required] The status of dashboards QA configuration that you want to update.


Updates a dataset

Description

Updates a dataset. This operation doesn't support datasets that include uploaded files as a source. Partial updates are not supported by this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_data_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_data_set(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSetId,
  Name,
  PhysicalTableMap,
  LogicalTableMap = NULL,
  ImportMode,
  ColumnGroups = NULL,
  FieldFolders = NULL,
  RowLevelPermissionDataSet = NULL,
  RowLevelPermissionTagConfiguration = NULL,
  ColumnLevelPermissionRules = NULL,
  DataSetUsageConfiguration = NULL,
  DatasetParameters = NULL,
  PerformanceConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID for the dataset that you want to update. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] The display name for the dataset.

PhysicalTableMap

[required] Declares the physical tables that are available in the underlying data sources.

LogicalTableMap

Configures the combination and transformation of the data from the physical tables.

ImportMode

[required] Indicates whether you want to import the data into SPICE.

ColumnGroups

Groupings of columns that work together in certain Amazon QuickSight features. Currently, only geospatial hierarchy is supported.

FieldFolders

The folder that contains fields and nested subfolders for your dataset.

RowLevelPermissionDataSet

The row-level security configuration for the data you want to create.

RowLevelPermissionTagConfiguration

The configuration of tags on a dataset to set row-level security. Row-level security tags are currently supported for anonymous embedding only.

ColumnLevelPermissionRules

A set of one or more definitions of a ColumnLevelPermissionRule.

DataSetUsageConfiguration
DatasetParameters

The parameter declarations of the dataset.

PerformanceConfiguration

The configuration for the performance optimization of the dataset that contains a UniqueKey configuration.


Updates the permissions on a dataset

Description

Updates the permissions on a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_data_set_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_data_set_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSetId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSetId

[required] The ID for the dataset whose permissions you want to update. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

GrantPermissions

The resource permissions that you want to grant to the dataset.

RevokePermissions

The resource permissions that you want to revoke from the dataset.


Updates a data source

Description

Updates a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_data_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_data_source(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSourceId,
  Name,
  DataSourceParameters = NULL,
  Credentials = NULL,
  VpcConnectionProperties = NULL,
  SslProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSourceId

[required] The ID of the data source. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] A display name for the data source.

DataSourceParameters

The parameters that Amazon QuickSight uses to connect to your underlying source.

Credentials

The credentials that Amazon QuickSight that uses to connect to your underlying source. Currently, only credentials based on user name and password are supported.

VpcConnectionProperties

Use this parameter only when you want Amazon QuickSight to use a VPC connection when connecting to your underlying source.

SslProperties

Secure Socket Layer (SSL) properties that apply when Amazon QuickSight connects to your underlying source.


Updates the permissions to a data source

Description

Updates the permissions to a data source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_data_source_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_data_source_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  DataSourceId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

DataSourceId

[required] The ID of the data source. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

GrantPermissions

A list of resource permissions that you want to grant on the data source.

RevokePermissions

A list of resource permissions that you want to revoke on the data source.


Updates a Amazon Q Business application that is linked to a Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Updates a Amazon Q Business application that is linked to a Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_default_q_business_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_default_q_business_application(
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace = NULL,
  ApplicationId
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon QuickSight account that is connected to the Amazon Q Business application that you want to update.

Namespace

The Amazon QuickSight namespace that contains the linked Amazon Q Business application. If this field is left blank, the default namespace is used. Currently, the default namespace is the only valid value for this parameter.

ApplicationId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Q Business application that you want to update.


Updates the name of a folder

Description

Updates the name of a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_folder/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_folder(AwsAccountId, FolderId, Name)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder to update.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

Name

[required] The name of the folder.


Updates permissions of a folder

Description

Updates permissions of a folder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_folder_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_folder_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  FolderId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains the folder to update.

FolderId

[required] The ID of the folder.

GrantPermissions

The permissions that you want to grant on a resource. Namespace ARNs are not supported Principal values for folder permissions.

RevokePermissions

The permissions that you want to revoke from a resource. Namespace ARNs are not supported Principal values for folder permissions.


Changes a group description

Description

Changes a group description.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_group(GroupName, Description = NULL, AwsAccountId, Namespace)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to update.

Description

The description for the group that you want to update.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the group is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the group that you want to update.


Updates an existing IAM policy assignment

Description

Updates an existing IAM policy assignment. This operation updates only the optional parameter or parameters that are specified in the request. This overwrites all of the users included in Identities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_iam_policy_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_iam_policy_assignment(
  AwsAccountId,
  AssignmentName,
  Namespace,
  AssignmentStatus = NULL,
  PolicyArn = NULL,
  Identities = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the IAM policy assignment.

AssignmentName

[required] The name of the assignment, also called a rule. The name must be unique within the Amazon Web Services account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace of the assignment.

AssignmentStatus

The status of the assignment. Possible values are as follows:

  • ENABLED - Anything specified in this assignment is used when creating the data source.

  • DISABLED - This assignment isn't used when creating the data source.

  • DRAFT - This assignment is an unfinished draft and isn't used when creating the data source.

PolicyArn

The ARN for the IAM policy to apply to the Amazon QuickSight users and groups specified in this assignment.

Identities

The Amazon QuickSight users, groups, or both that you want to assign the policy to.


Adds or updates services and authorized targets to configure what the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application can access

Description

Adds or updates services and authorized targets to configure what the Amazon QuickSight IAM Identity Center application can access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_identity_propagation_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_identity_propagation_config(
  AwsAccountId,
  Service,
  AuthorizedTargets = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the identity propagation configuration that you want to update.

Service

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services service that contains the authorized targets that you want to add or update.

AuthorizedTargets

Specifies a list of application ARNs that represent the authorized targets for a service.


Updates the content and status of IP rules

Description

Updates the content and status of IP rules. Traffic from a source is allowed when the source satisfies either the IpRestrictionRule, VpcIdRestrictionRule, or VpcEndpointIdRestrictionRule. To use this operation, you must provide the entire map of rules. You can use the describe_ip_restriction operation to get the current rule map.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_ip_restriction/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_ip_restriction(
  AwsAccountId,
  IpRestrictionRuleMap = NULL,
  VpcIdRestrictionRuleMap = NULL,
  VpcEndpointIdRestrictionRuleMap = NULL,
  Enabled = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the IP rules.

IpRestrictionRuleMap

A map that describes the updated IP rules with CIDR ranges and descriptions.

VpcIdRestrictionRuleMap

A map of VPC IDs and their corresponding rules. When you configure this parameter, traffic from all VPC endpoints that are present in the specified VPC is allowed.

VpcEndpointIdRestrictionRuleMap

A map of allowed VPC endpoint IDs and their corresponding rule descriptions.

Enabled

A value that specifies whether IP rules are turned on.


Updates a customer managed key in a Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Updates a customer managed key in a Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_key_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_key_registration(AwsAccountId, KeyRegistration)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the customer managed key registration that you want to update.

KeyRegistration

[required] A list of RegisteredCustomerManagedKey objects to be updated to the Amazon QuickSight account.


Use the UpdatePublicSharingSettings operation to turn on or turn off the public sharing settings of an Amazon QuickSight dashboard

Description

Use the update_public_sharing_settings operation to turn on or turn off the public sharing settings of an Amazon QuickSight dashboard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_public_sharing_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_public_sharing_settings(
  AwsAccountId,
  PublicSharingEnabled = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID associated with your Amazon QuickSight subscription.

PublicSharingEnabled

A Boolean value that indicates whether public sharing is turned on for an Amazon QuickSight account.


Updates a personalization configuration

Description

Updates a personalization configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_q_personalization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_q_personalization_configuration(
  AwsAccountId,
  PersonalizationMode
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account account that contains the personalization configuration that the user wants to update.

PersonalizationMode

[required] An option to allow Amazon QuickSight to customize data stories with user specific metadata, specifically location and job information, in your IAM Identity Center instance.


Updates the state of a Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration

Description

Updates the state of a Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_quick_sight_q_search_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_quick_sight_q_search_configuration(
  AwsAccountId,
  QSearchStatus
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration that you want to update.

QSearchStatus

[required] The status of the Amazon QuickSight Q Search configuration that the user wants to update.


Updates a refresh schedule for a dataset

Description

Updates a refresh schedule for a dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_refresh_schedule(DataSetId, AwsAccountId, Schedule)

Arguments

DataSetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID.

Schedule

[required] The refresh schedule.


Updates the custom permissions that are associated with a role

Description

Updates the custom permissions that are associated with a role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_role_custom_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_role_custom_permission(
  CustomPermissionsName,
  Role,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace
)

Arguments

CustomPermissionsName

[required] The name of the custom permission that you want to update the role with.

Role

[required] The name of role tht you want to update.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that you want to create a group in. The Amazon Web Services account ID that you provide must be the same Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that contains the role that you want to update.


Updates the SPICE capacity configuration for a Amazon QuickSight account

Description

Updates the SPICE capacity configuration for a Amazon QuickSight account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_spice_capacity_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_spice_capacity_configuration(AwsAccountId, PurchaseMode)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the SPICE configuration that you want to update.

PurchaseMode

[required] Determines how SPICE capacity can be purchased. The following options are available.

  • MANUAL: SPICE capacity can only be purchased manually.

  • AUTO_PURCHASE: Extra SPICE capacity is automatically purchased on your behalf as needed. SPICE capacity can also be purchased manually with this option.


Updates a template from an existing Amazon QuickSight analysis or another template

Description

Updates a template from an existing Amazon QuickSight analysis or another template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_template(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  SourceEntity = NULL,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  Definition = NULL,
  ValidationStrategy = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template that you're updating.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

SourceEntity

The entity that you are using as a source when you update the template. In SourceEntity, you specify the type of object you're using as source: SourceTemplate for a template or SourceAnalysis for an analysis. Both of these require an Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For SourceTemplate, specify the ARN of the source template. For SourceAnalysis, specify the ARN of the source analysis. The SourceTemplate ARN can contain any Amazon Web Services account and any Amazon QuickSight-supported Amazon Web Services Region;.

Use the DataSetReferences entity within SourceTemplate or SourceAnalysis to list the replacement datasets for the placeholders listed in the original. The schema in each dataset must match its placeholder.

VersionDescription

A description of the current template version that is being updated. Every time you call update_template, you create a new version of the template. Each version of the template maintains a description of the version in the VersionDescription field.

Name

The name for the template.

Definition

The definition of a template.

A definition is the data model of all features in a Dashboard, Template, or Analysis.

ValidationStrategy

The option to relax the validation needed to update a template with definition objects. This skips the validation step for specific errors.


Updates the template alias of a template

Description

Updates the template alias of a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_template_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_template_alias(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  AliasName,
  TemplateVersionNumber
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template alias that you're updating.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

AliasName

[required] The alias of the template that you want to update. If you name a specific alias, you update the version that the alias points to. You can specify the latest version of the template by providing the keyword ⁠$LATEST⁠ in the AliasName parameter. The keyword ⁠$PUBLISHED⁠ doesn't apply to templates.

TemplateVersionNumber

[required] The version number of the template.


Updates the resource permissions for a template

Description

Updates the resource permissions for a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_template_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_template_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  TemplateId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the template.

TemplateId

[required] The ID for the template.

GrantPermissions

A list of resource permissions to be granted on the template.

RevokePermissions

A list of resource permissions to be revoked from the template.


Updates a theme

Description

Updates a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_theme/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_theme(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  Name = NULL,
  BaseThemeId,
  VersionDescription = NULL,
  Configuration = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme that you're updating.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

Name

The name for the theme.

BaseThemeId

[required] The theme ID, defined by Amazon QuickSight, that a custom theme inherits from. All themes initially inherit from a default Amazon QuickSight theme.

VersionDescription

A description of the theme version that you're updating Every time that you call update_theme, you create a new version of the theme. Each version of the theme maintains a description of the version in VersionDescription.

Configuration

The theme configuration, which contains the theme display properties.


Updates an alias of a theme

Description

Updates an alias of a theme.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_theme_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_theme_alias(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  AliasName,
  ThemeVersionNumber
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme alias that you're updating.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

AliasName

[required] The name of the theme alias that you want to update.

ThemeVersionNumber

[required] The version number of the theme that the alias should reference.


Updates the resource permissions for a theme

Description

Updates the resource permissions for a theme. Permissions apply to the action to grant or revoke permissions on, for example "quicksight:DescribeTheme".

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_theme_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_theme_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  ThemeId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the theme.

ThemeId

[required] The ID for the theme.

GrantPermissions

A list of resource permissions to be granted for the theme.

RevokePermissions

A list of resource permissions to be revoked from the theme.


Updates a topic

Description

Updates a topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_topic(AwsAccountId, TopicId, Topic)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic that you want to update.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to modify. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

Topic

[required] The definition of the topic that you want to update.


Updates the permissions of a topic

Description

Updates the permissions of a topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_topic_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_topic_permissions(
  AwsAccountId,
  TopicId,
  GrantPermissions = NULL,
  RevokePermissions = NULL
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic that you want to update the permissions for.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to modify. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

GrantPermissions

The resource permissions that you want to grant to the topic.

RevokePermissions

The resource permissions that you want to revoke from the topic.


Updates a topic refresh schedule

Description

Updates a topic refresh schedule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_topic_refresh_schedule/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_topic_refresh_schedule(
  AwsAccountId,
  TopicId,
  DatasetId,
  RefreshSchedule
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the topic whose refresh schedule you want to update.

TopicId

[required] The ID of the topic that you want to modify. This ID is unique per Amazon Web Services Region for each Amazon Web Services account.

DatasetId

[required] The ID of the dataset.

RefreshSchedule

[required] The definition of a refresh schedule.


Updates an Amazon QuickSight user

Description

Updates an Amazon QuickSight user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_user(
  UserName,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace,
  Email,
  Role,
  CustomPermissionsName = NULL,
  UnapplyCustomPermissions = NULL,
  ExternalLoginFederationProviderType = NULL,
  CustomFederationProviderUrl = NULL,
  ExternalLoginId = NULL
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The Amazon QuickSight user name that you want to update.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID for the Amazon Web Services account that the user is in. Currently, you use the ID for the Amazon Web Services account that contains your Amazon QuickSight account.

Namespace

[required] The namespace. Currently, you should set this to default.

Email

[required] The email address of the user that you want to update.

Role

[required] The Amazon QuickSight role of the user. The role can be one of the following default security cohorts:

  • READER: A user who has read-only access to dashboards.

  • AUTHOR: A user who can create data sources, datasets, analyses, and dashboards.

  • ADMIN: A user who is an author, who can also manage Amazon QuickSight settings.

  • READER_PRO: Reader Pro adds Generative BI capabilities to the Reader role. Reader Pros have access to Amazon Q in Amazon QuickSight, can build stories with Amazon Q, and can generate executive summaries from dashboards.

  • AUTHOR_PRO: Author Pro adds Generative BI capabilities to the Author role. Author Pros can author dashboards with natural language with Amazon Q, build stories with Amazon Q, create Topics for Q&A, and generate executive summaries from dashboards.

  • ADMIN_PRO: Admin Pros are Author Pros who can also manage Amazon QuickSight administrative settings. Admin Pro users are billed at Author Pro pricing.

The name of the Amazon QuickSight role is invisible to the user except for the console screens dealing with permissions.

CustomPermissionsName

(Enterprise edition only) The name of the custom permissions profile that you want to assign to this user. Customized permissions allows you to control a user's access by restricting access the following operations:

  • Create and update data sources

  • Create and update datasets

  • Create and update email reports

  • Subscribe to email reports

A set of custom permissions includes any combination of these restrictions. Currently, you need to create the profile names for custom permission sets by using the Amazon QuickSight console. Then, you use the register_user API operation to assign the named set of permissions to a Amazon QuickSight user.

Amazon QuickSight custom permissions are applied through IAM policies. Therefore, they override the permissions typically granted by assigning Amazon QuickSight users to one of the default security cohorts in Amazon QuickSight (admin, author, reader).

This feature is available only to Amazon QuickSight Enterprise edition subscriptions.

UnapplyCustomPermissions

A flag that you use to indicate that you want to remove all custom permissions from this user. Using this parameter resets the user to the state it was in before a custom permissions profile was applied. This parameter defaults to NULL and it doesn't accept any other value.

ExternalLoginFederationProviderType

The type of supported external login provider that provides identity to let a user federate into Amazon QuickSight with an associated Identity and Access Management(IAM) role. The type of supported external login provider can be one of the following.

  • COGNITO: Amazon Cognito. The provider URL is cognito-identity.amazonaws.com. When choosing the COGNITO provider type, don’t use the "CustomFederationProviderUrl" parameter which is only needed when the external provider is custom.

  • CUSTOM_OIDC: Custom OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider. When choosing CUSTOM_OIDC type, use the CustomFederationProviderUrl parameter to provide the custom OIDC provider URL.

  • NONE: This clears all the previously saved external login information for a user. Use the describe_user API operation to check the external login information.

CustomFederationProviderUrl

The URL of the custom OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider that provides identity to let a user federate into Amazon QuickSight with an associated Identity and Access Management(IAM) role. This parameter should only be used when ExternalLoginFederationProviderType parameter is set to CUSTOM_OIDC.

ExternalLoginId

The identity ID for a user in the external login provider.


Updates a custom permissions profile for a user

Description

Updates a custom permissions profile for a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_user_custom_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_user_custom_permission(
  UserName,
  AwsAccountId,
  Namespace,
  CustomPermissionsName
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The username of the user that you want to update custom permissions for.

AwsAccountId

[required] The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that contains the custom permission configuration that you want to update.

Namespace

[required] The namespace that the user belongs to.

CustomPermissionsName

[required] The name of the custom permissions that you want to update.


Updates a VPC connection

Description

Updates a VPC connection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/quicksight_update_vpc_connection/ for full documentation.

Usage

quicksight_update_vpc_connection(
  AwsAccountId,
  VPCConnectionId,
  Name,
  SubnetIds,
  SecurityGroupIds,
  DnsResolvers = NULL,
  RoleArn
)

Arguments

AwsAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the account that contains the VPC connection that you want to update.

VPCConnectionId

[required] The ID of the VPC connection that you're updating. This ID is a unique identifier for each Amazon Web Services Region in an Amazon Web Services account.

Name

[required] The display name for the VPC connection.

SubnetIds

[required] A list of subnet IDs for the VPC connection.

SecurityGroupIds

[required] A list of security group IDs for the VPC connection.

DnsResolvers

A list of IP addresses of DNS resolver endpoints for the VPC connection.

RoleArn

[required] An IAM role associated with the VPC connection.


Objects exported from other packages

Description

These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.

paws.common

config, credentials, creds, list_paginators, paginate, paginate_lapply, paginate_sapply, paws_stream_parser